Full text of "Smithsonian year"

See other formats

fOSTO^

APR 5 - 1967

SMITHSONIAN

YEAR
1966

)9<#(*

Smithsonian Year
1966

ANNUAL REPORT OF THE

EAR
THE
1 VE

•fT ,NTS

;

■4-1

-4->

-*$

t/3

«-•-.

-g

CL,

GL,

"-5

<b"

-5

"~^

-o

£*

"§

V+~>

<2)

<4l

.5?

■h

•**

•ft-

-v

«X0

■ex.

Q-<

si;

^S ,

■ft.

5 1

•ex.

-<: £

"S3

■r

I g- % r

S * ^ * -ft-

8 -^

2>:

*1 N

ON ' "

£ 5

Smithsonian Year
1966

ANNUAL REPORT OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION FOR THE YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 1966, INCLUDING THE
FINANCIAL REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE
COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

Washington 1966

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington, D.C., 20402 - Price $1.75

The Smithsonian Institution

The Smithsonian Institution was created by act of Congress in 1846,
in accordance with the terms of the will of James Smithson, of England,
who in 1826 bequeathed his property to the United States of America
"to found at Washington, under the name of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, an establishment for the increase and diffusion of knowledge
among men." In receiving the property and accepting the trust,
Congress determined that the Federal Government was without
authority to administer the trust directly, and, therefore, constituted
an "establishment," whose statutory members are "the President,
the Vice President, the Chief Justice, and the heads of the executive
departments."

The Establishment

Lyndon B. Johnson, President of the United States

Hubert H. Humphrey, Vice President of the United States

Earl Warren, Chief Justice of the United States

Dean Rusk, Secretary of State

Henry H. Fowler, Secretary of the Treasury

Robert S. McNamara, Secretary of Defense

Nicholas deB. Katzenbach, Attorney General

Lawrence F. O'Brien, Postmaster General

Stewart L. Udall, Secretary of Interior

Orville L. Freeman, Secretary of Agriculture

John T. Connor, Secretary of Commerce

W. Willard Wirtz, Secretary of Labor

John W. Gardner, Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare

Robert C. Weaver, Secretary of Housing and Urban Development

Board of Regents and Secretary
June 30, 1966

Presiding Officer ex officio

Chancellor

Regents of the Institution

Executive Committee

Secretary

Assistant Secretaries

Lyndon B. Johnson, President of the United
States

Earl Warren, Chief Justice of the United
States

Earl Warren, Chief Justice of the United
States, Chancellor

Hubert H. Humphrey, Vice President of the
United States

Clinton P. Anderson, Member of the Senate

J. William Fulbright, Member of the Senate

Leverett Saltonstall, Member of the Senate

Frank T. Bow, Member of the House of
Representatives

Michael J. Kirwan, Member of the House of
Representatives

George H. Mahon, Member of the House of
Representatives

John Nicholas Brown, citizen of Rhode Island

William A. M. Burden, citizen of New York

Robert V. Fleming, citizen of Washington,
D.C.

Crawford H. Greenewalt, citizen of Dela-
ware

Caryl P. Haskins, citizen of Washington, D.C.

Jerome C. Hunsaker, citizen of Massachusetts

Robert V. Fleming, Chairman, Clinton P.
Anderson, Caryl P. Haskins

S. Dillon Ripley

James Bradley, Assistant Secretary (Admin-
istration)

Sidney R. Galler, Assistant Secretary (Science)

\ listing of the professional staff of the Smithsonian Institution, its
Dureaus, and its offices, appears in Appendix 6.

Last year, the Annual Report of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution for the
first time appeared under the general title Smithsonian Tear. At that time certain
changes were instituted in the procedures pertaining to Smithsonian annual reports:

1 . Issuance of the Annual Report of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution

(now Smithsonian Year) is no longer followed by appearance of a greenbound
volume containing a General Appendix of articles in the sciences and the arts.
The last of the old series is that for 1964.

2. For 1965, the objective of the General Appendix was met by a Smithsonian

yearbook containing the eleven addresses delivered at the scholarly sessions
of the Smithson Bicentennial Celebration held in Washington in September
1965. Entitled Knowledge Among Men, it was published in 1966 by Simon and
Schuster for the Smithsonian Institution.

3. The United States National Museum Annual Report is no longer issued initially as a

separate document reporting on the activities of its component Museums
of Natural History and of History and Technology. These reports are hence-
forth incorporated in Smithsonian Year, together with the reports of the other
branches of the Institution.

4. Reprints of each of these reports are available. To some of them are appended

tabulated and statistical information which is of primary interest to those
concerned with the particular field covered, and which for reasons of space
can no longer be carried in this volume.

SMITHSONIAN PUBLICATION 4697

Contents

Page

The Establishment ii

The Smithsonian Institution hi

Statement by the Secretary 1

Office of the Secretary 19

Office of International Activities 21

Office of Education and Training 30

Office of Public Information 32

Smithsonian Press 33

Smithsonian Museum Service 37

Smithsonian Associates 38

United States National Museum 43

Office of the Registrar 45

Office of Exhibits 47

Conservation- Analytical Laboratory 52

Traveling Exhibition Service 53

Smithsonian Activities — Natural Sciences 57

Museum of Natural History 63

Research and Publication 72

Systematics 72

Ecology 73

Oceanography 77

Anthropology 78

Vertebrate Zoology 90

Invertebrate Zoology 95

Entomology 98

Botany 102

Paleobiology 105

Mineral Sciences 112

The Collections 115

Care and Conservation 115

Gifts and Additions 122

Exhibits 132

Staff Publications 134

National Zoological Park 153

Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute 163

Radiation Biology Laboratory . 173

Page

Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory 181

Meteors and Comets 182

Meteorites and Cosmic Dust 184

Planetary Studies 186

Theoretical Astrophysica 192

Radio Astronomy 195

Optical Astronomy 196

Historical Astronomy 199

Central Bureaus 200

Staff Changes 200

Staff Papers 201

Science Information Exchange 215

Smithsonian Activities — History and Art 219

Museum of History and Technology 221

Research and Publication 224

Science and Technology 224

Arts and Manufactures 227

Civil History 231

Armed Forces History 233

Growth of the United States 236

American Studies 237

The Collections 238

Care and Conservation 238

Gifts and Additions 242

Exhibits 250

Staff Publications 255

National Air and Space Museum 259

National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board 269

Freer Gallery of Art 271

National Collection of Fine Arts 281

National Portrait Gallery 293

National Gallery of Art 303

John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts 321

Other Smithsonian Activities 333

Smithsonian Institution Libraries 335

International Exchange Service 339

Administrative Support Services 341

Appendix 345

1 . Report of the Executive Committee of the Board of Regents . . 347

2. Smithsonian Foreign Currency Program Grants 375

3. Publications of the Smithsonian Press 377

4. Members of the Smithsonian Council 385

5. Research Participation Program Appointments 391

6. Staff of the Smithsonian Institution 397

Statement by the Secretary

Statement by the Secretary
S. Dillon Ripley

The re-endorsement of the essential role of this Institution in
research and various processes of education came dramatically
this past year in the celebration of the two hundredth anni-
versary of the birth of James Smithson. The two and a half days
of the meetings, September 16-19, 1965, included an extraordi-
narily interesting seminar on the situation of man's knowledge
by scholars of international eminence. The twelve commissioned
papers have just been published.* During the celebration and
with great pageantry a robed procession of nearly five hundred
delegates of universities and kindred scholarly institutions, pre-
ceded by our mace bearer and banners of the various bureaus,
by members of the Smithsonian's Establishment, and by its
Chancellor and Regents, marched across the Mall. Thus we
restated the unique circumstance of our half-government, half-
private character, a symbolic composite, underscoring the spirit
of freedom of inquiry and freedom of scholarly exchange with all
nations of the world.

President Lyndon B. Johnson addressed the assemblage with
significant words: "learning respects no geographic boundaries.
. . . partnership between Government and private enterprise
can serve the greater good of both. . . . the Institution
financed by Smithson breathed life in the idea that the growth
and spread of learning must be the first work of a nation that
seeks to be free. . . . We can support Secretary Ripley's
dream of creating a center here at the Smithsonian where great
scholars from every nation will come and collaborate. . . .
Together we must embark on a new and a noble adventure:

* Knowledge Among Men (New York: Simon and Schuster for the Smithsonian
Institution, June 1966), the first in a new series to be known as the Smithsonian
Annual.

2 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

"First, to assist the education effort of the developing nations
and the developing regions.

"Second, to help our schools and universities increase their
knowledge of the world and the people who inhabit it.

"Third, to advance the exchange of students and teachers who
travel and work outside their native lands.

"Fourth, to increase the free flow of books and ideas and art,
of works of science and imagination.

"And, fifth, to assemble meetings of men and women from
every discipline and every culture to ponder the common prob-
lems of mankind."*

The Smithsonian hopes to work closely with the appropriate
branches of Government in international scholarly meetings in
furtherance of its traditional and pioneering international role.

RESEARCH

Our research accomplishments during the year have spread
over a wide spectrum in science, history and art.

An accomplishment of particular significance has been
achieved by David L. Correll in the field of protein chemistry.
One of the studies in this area has been the isolation of phy to-
chrome, a proteinaceous pigment occurring in all higher forms
of plants. This pigment serves as a photoreceptor that absorbs
the radiant energy which regulates the morphological develop-
ment of plants and that is controlled by the red and far-red
portions of the visible spectrum. Without phytochrome there
would presumably, be no stem elongation, no leaf expansion,
and no flowering in the higher plants. It is only in the past
few years that this pigment has been isolated, and then in impure
form. Dr. Correll has isolated phytochrome in pure form and,
with collaborators from the National Institutes of Health, has
determined its amino acid content, molecular weight, and fluo-
rescence spectrum, information that will undoubtedly lead to
defining the metabolic role and physiological responses occurring
as a result of the pigment's regulatory action.

In astrophysics the culmination of a 10-year effort in the
geodetic phase of the Smithsonian's Satellite-Tracking Program

*The Noble Adventure, Remarks of the President at the Smithsonian Bicentennial
Celebration, September 16,1965 (Washington: Government Printing Office, 1965).

The Regents and the Secretary

of the

Smithsonian Institution

request the honor of your presence

at the Bicentennial Celebration

commemorating the two hundredth anniversary

of the birth of

JAMES SMITHSON

Thursday, Friday, and Saturday,

September Sixteenth, Seventeenth, and Eighteenth,

one thousand nine hundred and sixty-five

at the Smithsonian Institution

Washington, District of Columbia

The favor of a reply
is requested

THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

TO THE

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

THE President, Council and Fellows of the Royal
Society of London send their greetings and congratu-
lations to the Smithsonian Institution on the occasion
of the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of its founder
James Smithson.

The Royal Society is happy to recall that James Smith-
son was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society on 19 April
1787 at a very early age, and contributed a number of
scientific papers to its Philosophical Transactions.

The Royal Society has followed with admiration the
splendid way in which the Smithsonian Institution has
developed over the years since its foundation in 1846, and
has fulfilled the wish of its founder by the great contribu-
tion it has made to the increase and diffusion of knowledge
among men.

The Royal Society confidently expresses the hope that
the Smithsonian Institution may long continue its valuable
contributions to the increase of knowledge and the welfare
of mankind.

fCc

crrj

PRISSWENT
SEPTEM13EH 1965

James Smithson Bicentennial Cele-
bration guests were registered
September 16, 1965, in the great
hall of the Smithsonian building.
Renovated and refurbished in the
spirit of architect James Ren-
wick's design, the hall's red and
gold carpets, marbleized pillars,
and plush settees convey a sense
of Victorian elegance of the
period (1850-1860) when it was
built. Harmonizing modern cases
display objects that illustrate
the wide range of Smithsonian
activities.

31 '

_^^SAGtS
H^jflB/ATlON I

^\i

1 f

1 p v

[•

■

Secretary S. Dillon Ripley ^left) and Science Information Exchange Associate
Director Frank J. Kreysa greet museum directors from Czechoslovakia:
Vladimir Denkenstein, National Museum, Prague; Jan Jelinek, Moravian
Museum, Brno; and Joseph Kuba, Technical Museum, Prague. Below:
Foreign Currency Program Director Kennedy B. Schmertz with Mohamed
Yacoub, Director of the Musee National du Bardo, and Mohamed Masmoudi
of the Musee Regional de Sfax.

Smithsonian Secretary's badge of office, worn about the neck from a cherry-red
ribbon, depicts the owl of Athena, symbol of wisdom. Below: Chief Justice
Earl Warren, Chancellor of the Smithsonian, greets former Secretary
Charles G. Abbot, before robing for the Academic Procession.

From the rampart behind the statue of Joseph Henry, the Smithsonian's first
Secretary, Tower Musicians have sounded a fanfare and the Herald has
read President Johnson's proclamation on the occasion of the Bicentennial
Celebration. Below: Preceeded by banners of the Smithsonian bureaus,
procession of nearly 500 scholars from 90 nations march in the order of the
founding of their institutions.

The Procession: Chancellor Earl Warren and Secretary Ripley. Below:
Three past Secretaries of the Smithsonian (from left) Charles G. Abbot
(1928-1944), Alexander Wetmore (1945-1952), and Leonard Carmichael
(1953-1964). (Photo courtesy Washington Star.)

230-457—66-

After the Procession, President Lyndon B. Johnson addressed the convocation.
He announced support of the plan to create at the Smithsonian a center
"where great scholars from every nation will come and collaborate."

Guests of the Celebration were served meals in colorful pavilions on the Mall,
in front of the Museum of History and Technology. Below: At the exhibit
"The Art and Spirit of a People," featuring objects from the Eleanor and
Mabel Van Alstyne collection, were gathered speakers who were to address
the scholarly sessions (from left) : Fred L. Whipple, Ian McTaggart Cowan,
Stephen E. Toulmin, Arthur Koestler, G. Evelyn Hutchinson, Claude
Levi-Strauss, Herbert Butterfield, and Jerome S. Bruner.

The scholarly sessions were held in the Departmental Auditorium. The
Auditorium is located on Constitution Avenue, opposite the Museum
of History and Technology. Below: Mrs. Lyndon B. Johnson and Secre-
tary Ripley greet Bicentennial Celebration guests at the White House lawn
party and reception Friday afternoon, September 17.

Thomas Boylston Adams, president of the Massachusetts Historical Society
and descendant of two Presidents, addressed the banquet that concluded
the Bicentennial Celebration. Below: At the banquet Lord Florey, President
of the Royal Society of London, exhibits the citation accompanying award
of the first Smithson Medal to the Royal Society. Robert V. Fleming
(right), Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Board of Regents,
made the presentation. Sir Patrick Dean, British Ambassador, is at left.

Smithson Medal, awarded for outstanding contributions in the areas of art,
science, history, and technology. A bronze copy of the medal was presented
to each guest at the Celebration.

STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 3

was reached with the completion of the Smithsonian Standard
Earth, a determination of the gravitational field and figure of
the earth and of observing-site positions accurate to within 10
to 20 meters. Observations of Explorers 19 and 24, the first
balloon satellites placed in near-polar orbits, led Luigi Jacchia
and Jack Slowey of the Observatory to the conclusion that, in
addition to solar heating, the earth's magnetic field plays a
role in the formation of the daytime "bulge" of the earth's
upper atmosphere in the rarefied air 600 kilometers (400 miles)
above the surface of the earth.

These impressive dividends of fundamental discovery add
greatly to the value of the satellite-tracking program entrusted
to the Smithsonian by the National Aeronautics and Space
Administration.

The Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory Star Catalog, originally
compiled for satellite-tracking use, was printed with the aid of
electronic computers. A 4-volume catalog of some 260,000
stars, it contains data that heretofore had to be sought in more
than 50 catalogs.

Significant advances in meteorite research in the Museum ol
Natural History included the intensive study of the minute
inclusions of glass in the chondrules of stony meteorites. This
glass is proof of the original molten state of these enigmatic
bodies, and its nature provides evidence of conditions during a
very early stage in the history of the solar system.

Tektite investigations continued cooperatively with colleagues
at the Corning Glass works and the U.S. Geological Survey.
Emphasis was placed on the study of artificial glass systems of
tektite composition. A particularly interesting series of experi-
ments demonstrated that artificial glasses prepared from geologi-
cally old raw materials can give potassium-argon ages for the glass
as high as five million years. This ties in with our studies of
tektites from Central Australia, which have established that a
serious discrepancy exists between their young geological age
and the much greater age indicated for them by potassium-argon
measurements. These findings may indicate that the currently
accepted interpretation of the potassium-argon method as
applied to tektites needs reexamination.

Toward the end of the fiscal year, the new Smithsonian Office
of Anthropology was engaged in preliminary planning for sev-

4 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

eral major new research programs under the leadership ot
Professor Sol Tax, who on January 1, 1966, was appointed special
adviser on anthropology to the Secretary of the Smithsonian
Institution.

Inspired by Professor Claude Levi-Strauss' address at the
Bicentennial Celebration, planning began for a large-scale pro-
gram in salvage or urgent ethnology, our part of which is now
called the Smithsonian Research Program on Changing Cultures.

For at least a century anthropologists have understood a
main purpose of their field investigations to be the recording of
data on cultures undergoing change. Even when the focus of
their research was different, most field workers have felt that in a
sense they were producing primary historical documents on a
unique cultural situation which would never again be quite the
same, if indeed it would not soon be totally unrecognizable.
From the beginnings of the field study of human cultures a sense
of urgency has been created by the awareness that there were too
few anthropologists to keep up with this culture change.

In the last 15 or 20 years this sense of urgency has become
more intense as it has become obvious that the course of indus-
trialization and "modernization" and the rapid development of
means of communication have so speeded up culture change all
over the world that the disappearance within the near future
of a very large part of the cultural variability of mankind can be
foreseen, perhaps even the disappearance of most of that cultural
variation which is important to anthropology and crucial for
the testing of anthropological hypotheses. At the same time the
study of culture and society has advanced to the point where we
are more aware of the theoretical importance, actual or con-
ceivable, of the data we are losing. It is no longer only historical
or antiquarian interests that are threatened by the rapid trans-
formation or disappearance of ancient cultural traditions. While
it is true that all cultures change at all times, it can hardly be
denied that the present situation is qualitatively different, and
that anthropology is in danger of losing the largest portion of
its laboratory just at the time when investigators have become
able to use it most effectively.

To assist SOA in planning an attack on this problem, an
advisory conference with financial support from the Wenner-
Gren Foundation was held in Washington on April 10-12.

STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 5

This was attended by 29 anthropologists from abroad and 1 1
from the U.S. (in addition to Smithsonian anthropologists). As
a result, the Smithsonian now plans to take a leading role in
the rapid increase in anthropological field research that is
required.

J. Lawrence Angel during the summer of 1965 studied skeletons
from the first farming populations on the Anatolian plateau
(Qatal Huyuk) and on the Macedonian plain (Nea Nikomedeia),
dating to the 7th and 6th millennia B.C. About a quarter of
the 59 skulls from these sites, located in marshy areas, show a
virtual doubling of marrow space (diploe) and another third
show lesser signs of this porotic hyperostosis. This is the bony
expression of anemia, probably thalassemia and sicklemia. Since
the heterozygotes carrying genes for these conditions have in-
creased resistance to falciparum malaria, this early occurrence of
severe porotic hyperostosis at these easy-to-cultivate marshy
sites, but not at early sites in dry areas (Kephala, Khirokitia,
etc.), implies that falciparum malaria increased greatly in some
areas as man settled down in farming villages. This finding-
parallels Livingstone's observations on modern sicklemia in
Liberia, and suggests that in the early Eastern Mediterranean
we are getting close to the provenience of origin of the mutation
which produced Plasmodium falciparum from the better tolerated
parasite P. malar iae.

The Smithsonian Office of Anthropology in December 1965
inaugurated a new series, Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology,
that replaces the Institution's former series in anthropology.
The new series introduces a larger size, double-column page,
with a format that makes for a more effective presentation of
illustrations, and its subject matter is not restricted to one
geographical region as was that of the older series. Volume 1 is
a definitive monograph on one aspect of the archeological work
that the Smithsonian Institution conducted cooperatively with
the late Emilio Estrada of Guayaquil, Ecuador, from 1954
through 1961.

Written by Betty J. Meggers, Clifford Evans, and Emilio
Estrada, the study, Early Formative Period of Coastal Ecuador:
The Valdivia and Machalilla Phases, suggests that the earliest
pottery making culture in South America is the Valdivia Phase,
dated by carbon- 14 at between 5 1 50 ± 150 and 42 70 ±60 years

6 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

ago, and it argues provocatively that the pottery is a trans-Pacific
introduction by an accidental drift from the Island of Kyushu,
Japan. In addition to this speculative hypothesis the study
adds considerable information on the culture sequences of the
Andean area of South America, especially concerning the highly
important transition from wild food collecting to the introduction
of agriculture.

The bamboos, economically one of the most important
groups of flowering plants, received a fresh treatment in Floyd A.
McClure's work The Bamboos published in 1966. The book,
based on a lifetime of experience, deals with the propagation
and use of this versatile plant, as well as with its morphology and
taxonomy.

Too often treated only from the classical and traditional view-
points, the algae and other marine plants are difficult subjects
for study in the classroom. E. Yale Dawson's new book, Marine
Botany, presents a concise and readable text in a single volume
especially adapted for class use. There are sections on marine
flowering plants, food chains, algal physiology, commercial uses
of algae, and algal ecology, as well as the systematics of algae,
the sum of which has never appeared before in a college textbook
in English. Dawson's book transects disciplinary lines within
the broad field of marine botany and is certain to become a
model of its kind.

In a single step, the Smithsonian Institution has now become
one of the important repositories of algal specimens in the United
States. By securing the marine herbarium of the Beaudette
Foundation and by negotiating a long-term loan for the algal
herbarium of the Hancock Foundation, the Institution now has
outstanding competence for research on the marine floras ol
Pacific North America and the islands of Oceania. These rapid
advances were the result of the energy and resourcefulness of
Dawson, who had rapidly established a vigorous program of
algal research and collection at the Smithsonian during the
past year, prior to his tragic death in Egypt in June 1966.

Ostracodes are microscopic arthropods that leave an abundant
fossil record. The history to be learned from their remains
may reflect changes in shorelines, formation of estuaries, drying
up of lakes, and elevation or depression of the deep ocean
floor. Dr. Richard H. Benson and his associate Dr. Rosalie F.

STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 7

Maddocks, who recently have been active participants in the
International Indian Ocean Expedition, are studying modern
ostracode faunas from many parts of the world, with the double
objective of developing more precise methods of making his-
torical and environmental interpretations from fossil ostracode
assemblages and of contributing to a fuller understanding of
the history of the ocean basins. Computer analysis of species
distribution patterns in coral reef environments of northern
Madagascar has reaffirmed the trustworthiness and usefulness
of ostracode assemblages as sensitive indicators of environmental
change. A similar analysis of Arctic and northern Pacific ostra-
codes has successfully demonstrated that the Bering Strait has
not been a significant passageway for migration of marine
bottom-dwelling animals, at least since the beginning of the
Ice Age.

This past year important field studies on Lepidoptera were
undertaken by Donald R. Davis in the Philippines in concert
with scientists from San Carlos University. An unsuspected
relict Paleartic fauna was discovered on Mount Apo in southern
Mindanao Island. The only previously known relict Temperate
Zone insect fauna in the Philippines had been known from
northern Luzon, far to the north. Presence of certain birds such
as the Mount Apo bullfinch and the newly discovered Mindanao
serin finch tend to underscore the importance of the highlands
of Mindanao as refugia for old, relict invasion animals and
plants.

During a trip to Egypt, the new chairman of the department
of entomology, Karl V. Krombein, made an exchange which
has brought to our collections a few of the stored-products pests
found in alabaster vases from the tomb of Tutankhamen. These
represent several extant species of beetles whose larvae feed on
dried vegetable matter, such as cracked grains, spices, or milled
products. The beetles, recovered from tightly sealed vases,
definitely date from the year of Tutankhamen's burial some
3,500 years ago. Except for fossilized forms, these are the oldest
insects in the Smithsonian collections.

Since July 1965 the department of vertebrate zoology has
become increasingly involved in the development of research
programs which depend for their success on collaborative rela-
tionships with scientists representing a variety of disciplines.

8 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Although some of the programs to be mentioned below involve
groups of organisms other than vertebrates, Smithsonian par-
ticipation in these programs has stemmed from the enthusiastic
interest of its vertebrate zoologists.

Through the support of the Office of Ecology under Helmut K.
Buechner, the department of vertebrate zoology in January 1966
participated in the establishment of the Area de Pesquisas
Ecologicas do Guama (APEG), Belem, Brazil. APEG was es-
tablished through a series of official announcements by Dr. Jose
Maria Conduru, Director of the Instituto de Pesquisas e Esperi-
mentacao Agropecuarias do Norte (IPEAN). In addition, a
Commission for the Coordination of Research Activities was
formed to review and coordinate research at APEG. A pri-
mary objective of APEG is the establishment of a broad program
of basic research on the ecology of the Amazonian forest — one
which will also offer scientific training directly related to re-
gional needs. Both the Smithsonian and IPEAN are collabo-
rating in the development of a scientific program for APEG
through the provision of grants from the Smithsonian and of
facilities, personnel, and equipment from IPEAN. From this
support have sprung research programs on soils, botany, ento-
mology, and epidemiology. Other institutions participating
with IPEAN and the Smithsonian are the Belem Virus Labora-
tory (Instituto Evandro Chagas), the Museu Paraense Emilio
Goeldi, the Escola de Agronomia de Amazonia (Belem), the
University of Brasilia, the Faculdade de Filosofia (Rio Claro,
Sao Paulo), and INPA (Manaus). These institutions are all
represented in the membership of the Commission for the
Coordination of Research Activities on APEG.

The Smithsonian Institution historically has a deep interest in
problems of tropical biology, in which perhaps over half its
scientists have at one time or another specialized, especially in
Brazil and adjacent countries of northern Latin America. The
recently renamed Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute
(STRI — formerly the Canal Zone Biological Area), which ad-
ministers the Barro Colorado Station in the Panama Canal
Zone, has a continuing role to play in the expansion of collabo-
rative activities with Latin American scientists. It has estab-
lished marine stations in the Panama area at Fort Amador on

STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 9

the Pacific and at Galeta Island on the Atlantic. Important
work in tropical animal ecology is proceeding at STRI under
Dr. Moynihan's vigorous direction. Some of these studies are
outlined further on in this report.

We view these components of our activities as a valid and
highly productive part of the developing United States segment
of the International Biological Program.

Activities in history at the Smithsonian include research into
and eventual publication on a wide variety of problems in the
history of various aspects of science and military and naval
history as well as the history of economics and technology.

Howard I. Chapelle has completed a history of ship design in
the United States during the period of sail. The book will be
published next winter by Norton under the title Search for Speed
Under Sail in North America, 1700-1855.

Elvira Clain-Stefanelli published what we believe to be the
first up-to-date history of numismatic research, "Numismatics,
An Ancient Science," (Paper 32 in Contributions from the Museum
of History and Technology, 1965).

Bernard S. Finn completed an elaborate study of the telephone
research of A. G. Bell, based upon experimental study of the
characteristics of the original instruments in our collection.
Publication is expected in the Smithsonian Journal of History.

Sami K. Hamarneh completed a catalog of the medical
manuscripts in one of the most important Near Eastern libraries,
the Zahiriyah National Library, Damascus, Syria. The work
(in Arabic) will be published in Syria. This work was supported
in part by a grant from the Fluid Research Fund.

Melvin H. Jackson is undertaking, with a Dutch collaborator,
the preparation for publication of an extraordinary collection of
18th-century drawings of the operations of the Royal Brass
Foundry at Woolwich, England.

Peter C. Welsh organized and carried out two notable special
exhibits, "The Art and Spirit of a People" and "The Trotter in
America," both of which involved recently acquired collections.
For each he prepared and the Smithsonian published a catalog.

John H. White, Jr., has completed a manuscript, "Repre-
sentative American Locomotives Before 1880." This work
features engineering drawings of fifty locomotives, no less than

10 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

half of which have not heretofore been represented by drawings.
This work was supported by a Smithsonian Research Awards
grant.

Deborah J. Warner completed a biographical article (American
Scientist, vol. 54, 1966) on an unusually elusive figure in the
history of American astronomy — George Willis Ritchey (1864-
1945), who was the pioneer designer of big telescopes.

In connection with work undertaken in furthering the eventual
development of the Armed Forces Museum, Assistant Director
J. S. Hutchins commenced a study of the development of horse
equipments used by cavalry, light artillery, and mounted in-
fantry troops in United States service.

Research in the archives of the Smithsonian, developed during
the past year by Samuel T. Suratt, holds much promise for the
future. Much of the history of American scientific activity
during the 19th century reposes in these records and docu-
ments. A certain exposure of the value of these materials will
undoubtedly come through the work in future years of Nathan
Reingold on the Joseph Henry Papers, a project of paramount
importance in the history of science in America which we hope
will be undertaken under the sponsorship of the American
Philosophical Society, the National Academy of Sciences, and
the Smithsonian.

This year marks the completion by John A. Pope of the
monumental work "The Freer Chinese Bronzes" to appear in
1967 in two volumes, it will be a major addition to the subject,
owing to the wide range and quality of the Freer collections.

Continued vitality and energy has been evidenced in the work
of the National Collection of Fine Arts and the National Portrait
Gallery. Three exhibitions at the National Collection this
year included important catalogs containing research material
brought together by the staff: Mrs. Adelyn Breeskin's Roots of
Abstract Art in America 1910-1930; Richard Wunder's Frederic
Edwin Church, for a retrospective exhibit of the great American
landscapist; and David W. Scott's American Landscape, a Changing
Frontier.

Both these galleries plan a major move during the coming year
into the imposing Patent Office building, a long-heralded event
of great importance to Washington and to the Nation, affording
as it will identity to these organizations, a sense of unity, and a

STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 1 1

strong commitment to research in American art, and in biogra-
phy and iconology.

PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENTS

Much of the life of the Smithsonian centers round the Mall,
that stretch of greensward which epitomizes for so many Ameri-
cans the very heart of the Nation's Capital. As a member of
the President's Temporary Commission on Pennsylvania Avenue
and the Mall, the Secretary of the Smithsonian is but demonstrat-
ing the historic interest which the Institution has always had in
the Mall and its surroundings. Under its original charter in
1846 the Smithsonian was granted a park encompassing land
on the south side of the Mall from Ninth to Twelfth Street.
Its first Secretary, professor Joseph Henry, was much concerned
with Smithsonian Park and wrote in his pocket diary in July 1848

The idea has occurred to me that the Mall might be made one of
the most delightful places in the United States by filling up the
canal, planting the ground with clumps of native ornamental trees
and making a broad gravel road entering around the whole, extend-
ing from the foot of Capitol Hill to the Monument. This would
be one of the finest "drives" in the World.

How right he was. The Mall can be and should remain one of
the most magnificent and beautiful spots in the world. The
Smithsonian is deeply committed to supporting and encouraging
all those concerned with the Mall in their plans for keeping it as
an inspiring and enlivening heartland for the American people.
Let it never be sterile and dull. Let it always be lively, vigorous,
restful, varied, and above all, beautiful.

Plans proceed apace for preserving and renovating James
Renwick's delightful and entertaining Smithsonian castle on
the Mall. It is our plan that the spirit of Renwick's design
for this building will be preserved, but redesigned for amenities
in such a way that it will stand as visible symbol of the paramount
intellectual position and stature of the Institution it houses.
Renwick's designs were among thirteen submitted to the Special
Committee of the Regents who went in search of a building to
epitomize the Smithson bequest. Prominent among these was
Robert Dale Owen, Congressman from Indiana, whose taste
and style had such an impact on the early Smithsonian, and
whose brother David, the geologist, selected the stone for the

12 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

building. His lineal descendant in Congress today, the Honor-
able Winfield K. Denton of Indiana, with whom the Secretary
journeyed this past summer to New Harmony to visit the home
of the Owens, has served as chairman of a subcommittee of the
House of Representatives charged with overseeing the Federal
appropriations of the Institution. It is a pleasant coincidence
indeed.

The Regents chose Renwick after a searching survey of monu-
mental public buildings on the Eastern Seaboard which included
presumably not only Renwick's Grace Church (1843) and Saint
Patrick's Cathedral (1853-87) in New York City, but also such
outstanding buildings as the House of Refuge and the Eastern
Penitentiary in Philadelphia, and the State Lunatic Asylum in
Trenton. The subcommittee could hardly be accused of lack
of diligence.

The proposed and dramatic moves of the National Collection
of Fine Arts and the National Portrait Gallery have already
been mentioned. This year plans are under way for the re-
design and renovation of the Smithsonian Arts and Industries
building of 1879-81 which stands on the Mall next to the
Renwick Castle. Now to be rechristened "Exposition Hall,"
the building was designed by Clauss and Schultz in a fanciful
manner reminiscent, in plan, of the great 5th-century basilica
of St. Simon Stylites in the Syrian Desert. Just a few years
before Clauss and Schultz created their design, this remarkable
basilica, with its central octagon sending out four naves of equal
length, had been brought to the attention of the western world
by the Count de Vogue's monumental publication on the early
Christian buildings of Syria. He and subsequent scholars have
been uncertain whether the central octagon had been crowned
by a dome above the column on which the saint had sat in self-
mortification for over two decades. The American architects
thoughtfully provided us with a polygonal dome. Goode (1897)*
called the design "admirable" as an exhibition building, which
it is, but wrote that it is neither "externally or internally ... as
pleasing or dignified as would have resulted from the use of a
more expensive system of construction and more costly materials."
To be sure it was built of brick, but it is light and airy inside,

*The Smithsonian Institution, 1846-1896, edit. George Brown Goode (Washing-
ton: Smithsonian Institution, 1897).

STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 13

and is indeed admirably designed for its purposes, as modern
architects like Buckminster Fuller would probably testify. It is,
moreover, a charming reminder of a whole period of "exposi-
tion" architecture. The Smithsonian is undertaking additional
studies to make its immediate surroundings in "Smithsonian
Park" more gracious and appealing, more in keeping with the
spirit of the Mall.

Plans for another Renwick building, the original Corcoran
Art Gallery on Pennsylvania Avenue at Seventeenth Street,
are also under way. Recently used by the Court of Claims,
this stylish gallery, in a 17th-century French mode, amply de-
serves the renovation and restoration which the late President
Kennedy and the Fine Arts Commission under its talented
chairman William Walton decreed for it. President Johnson
has taken the keenest personal interest in its allocation to the
Smithsonian as a center for decorative arts and design where,
near Blair House, it can convey to foreign heads of state a
certain sense of the reality of American fine arts, style, and
aesthetic creation — part of the American dream.

The most notable contributions of the President and Mrs.
Johnson to the artistic life of the capital, and indeed of the
Nation, occurred this year when, as a result of their direct con-
cern and intercession, Mr. Joseph H. Hirshhorn decided to
present his collection of nearly sixty-seven hundred objects of
painting and sculpture to the United States. The Smithsonian
will act as custodian of this vast collection, valued at in excess of
twenty-five million dollars. This is one of the three great art
events of this century in Washington, the others being the
Charles Lang Freer Gift of 1915 and the Andrew W. Mellon
gift of 1938, continued so munificently by himself and his chil-
dren. A site has now been chosen and approved by the
Congress for this great Hirshhorn collection.

This year, too, marked the authorization of a National Air
and Space Museum building for the Museum that was first
established by Congress in 1946 as a Smithsonian bureau. This
Museum is destined to become a vital center for education and
historical research to which will come scholars, historians, and
professionals from many fields of learning to study its compre-
hensive reference collections.

An additional and most important project of the year was the

230-457—66 3

14 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

creation of the Chesapeake Bay Center for Field Biology on
parcels of land known as Java Farm and Ivy Neck on the western
shore of Chesapeake Bay south of Annapolis. This research
center, a collaborative venture with the Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity and the University of Maryland, has been made possible
through the original bequest of Robert Lee Forrest, through a
most stimulating and seminal grant of $375,000 from the Ford
Foundation, and through the collaboration of the Colhoun
family, relatives of the late Miss Adelaide Murray, former
hereditary owner of Ivy Neck. More recently, a grant of
SI 00,000 from the Research Corporation has given the Smith-
sonian an additional most valued contribution toward the funds
needed to complete land acquisition.

This past year has witnessed the setting up of the National
Foundation for the Arts and Humanities, with its component
Endowments, and the Federal Council on the Arts and Humani-
ties, of which latter body the Secretary has been asked to serve
as Chairman. This is an honor which the head of the Smith-
sonian accepts with the assumption that it has a certain signifi-
cance beyond mere symbolism. The relationships of the Foun-
dation, the two Endowments, other agencies of government and
the cultural scene generally deserve careful understanding and
analysis. To these relationships the development of the National
Science Foundation bears certain analogies. Above all, the
future relations of these Foundations to the components of
American education present fascinating opportunities for study
and instruction. Art is still largely free of directed, or fraternally
controlled management by the apparatus of education. The
directions taken by the humanities, on the other hand, depend
largely upon the interests of higher education, especially upon
research in the graduate departments of universities.

The university is an omnium gatherum today in the United
States. As Robert Hutchins recently said, in addressing the
Fund for the Republic convocation on the university, held in Los
Angeles on May 8, 1966: "The responsibility of the professions
for the preparation and induction of neophytes, the operation of
training schools and research institutes outside the university, and
a break of the greatest significance between secondary and higher
education are the general rule in other countries," but are

STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 15

unknown or exceptional in the United States [italics mine]. Every
other nation assigns some tasks of education, training and re-
search to other institutions. Nowhere else is it automatically
assumed that everything anybody wants by way of educational
experience beyond the high school or anything anybody would
like to see done by way of solving practical problems, collecting
data, investigating the universe, or cleaning up the landscape
may as a matter of course be a function of the university."

Presumably the reason the National Foundation on the Arts
and Humanities is not a part of the Office of Education is in
partial recognition of the fact that support for the arts and
humanities should relate to people, to groups and organizations
not directly connected with the degree-granting processes. This
has often been a problem for the National Science Foundation,
which to some considerable extent has had to assume that science
is performed by groups in laboratories, and that priorities for
science may depend on relationships to national goals in educa-
tion. Let us hope that the arts and the humanities can remain
free from any dominating institutional pattern, on the highest
plane of creativity and original research.

LEARNING

The Smithsonian Institution is much interested in the present
condition of learning. We are concerned to relate our bureaus
and offices to those in higher education at various levels. The
Institution hopes to join with other institutions in the city to
foster an international center for advanced studies; we shall
continue to develop individual programs with universities. We
now have programs with 17 for the training of graduate students.
Last year 35 graduate students and 12 postdoctoral fellows
worked in bureaus of the Smithsonian, while some 50 under-
graduates had various term appointments to study at the Smith-
sonian, including summer training courses. All this is an appro-
priate evocation of our original purposes and our duty indeed to
the cause of learning. In the coming year we hope to extend
our work with students and specialists into a study of exhibit
techniques and audience responses which may prove to be of
direct benefit to the cause of education and its relation to the
state of learning in our country.

16 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

STAFF CHANGES

Important changes took place within the Secretary's immediate
staff during the year. Dr. Sidney R. Galler, formerly head of the
Biology Branch in the Office of Naval Research, was appointed to the
position of Assistant Secretary (Science). This position had been
unfilled since T. Dale Stewart's return to fulltime research in the Office
of Anthropology.

A Public Information Office was established to bring together the
press office and other responsibilities for public information which had
been shared by several offices. The first director of the new office,
B. Richard Berg, came to the staff from the George Washington
University.

After more than seven years of service as a staff assistant to the
Secretary, Dr. T. W. Taylor resigned to accept appointment as Deputy
Commissioner, Bureau of Indian Affairs.

Robert G. Cunningham, who had joined the staff in 1964 to organize
the Smithson Bicentennial Celebration and later to mar age the
Development Office, left the Institution to return to secondary
education.

The Institution's largest museums gained new directors. Dr.
Richard S. Cowan, a member of the department of botany from 1957
and Assistant Director of the Museum of National History since 1 962,
became Director of the Museum, succeeding T. Dale Stewart. Dr.
Robert P. Multhauf was appointed the second director of the Museum
of History and Technology after John C. Ewers' return to the Office of
Anthropology as senior scientist.

Upon the retirement of Paul H. Oehser as Chief, Editorial and
Publication Division, Anders Richter came to the Institution from the
University of Chicago Press. Under Mr. Richter's direction this
division has been reorganized into the Smithsonian Press.
THE BOARD OF REGENTS

The membership of the Board of Regents remained unchanged.
The roll of Regents at the close of the fiscal year is given on page iii.

The customary informal dinner meeting, preceding the annual
meeting, was held on January 26, 1966, in the Great Hall of the
Smithsonian Institution Building. Dr. Harold Stern, Assistant Director
of the Freer Gallery, spoke on Japanese hand scrolls; Mr. Charles Olin,
Chief of the Conservation Laboratory, spoke on the Smithsonian's new
conservation program. Mr. Donald McClelland, Assistant to the
Director of the National Collection of Fine Arts, gave a presentation
on the White House Art Project. The annual meeting was held on
January 27, 1966, in the Regents Room.

OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR 17

The spring meeting of the Board of Regents was held on May 1 7,
1966, in the Regents Room. At the conclusion of the meeting a brief
installation ceremony was held in the Great Hall to recognize the
recent appointments of Dr. Richard S. Cowan as Director of the
Museum of Natural History and Dr. Robert P. Multhauf as Director
of the Museum of History and Technology. The reception was followed
by an informal dinner in the Associates Hall.

FINANCES

Federal funds appropriated to the Institution for its regular operations
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1966, totaled $18,921,000 and were
obligated as follows (Appendix 1 contains a report on the private funds
of the Institution) :

Astrophysical Observatory $1, 164, 000

International Activities 31,000

International Exchange Service 121, 000

National Air and Space Museum 385, 000

National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board 91, 000

National Collection of Fine Arts 430, 000

National Portrait Gallery 258, 000

Radiation Biology Laboratory 336, 000

Tropical Research Institute 213, 000

United States National Museum 7, 013, 000

Research Awards 335, 000

Office of the Secretary 324, 000

Management Support 237, 000

Buildings Management Department 6, 063, 000

Administrative Services 1, 894, 000

Unobligated 26, 000

VISITORS

Visitors to the six buildings comprising the Smithsonian complex
on the Mall this year totaled 12,150,854, of whom 3,895,758 came in
July and August. The greatest number of visitors for a single day was
114,441 on April 9, 1966. The tabulation on page 18 gives a sum
mary of attendance records for the six buildings. The National
Zoological Park had an estimated 4,383,463 visitors during the year.
This figure, added to the attendance in the Institution's buildings on
the Mall, and to the record 1,577,108 at the National Gallery of Art,
brings the total Smithsonian attendance for fiscal 1965 to 18,111,425.

18 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

S gi

b~s

<->

£<£

-*•*■*— 't>CDOCD-*COOCD

o — ' cd m m cd m

* N O O) + CO (N

^" * -<" 10 cT * rC co"
tocoootococor--
coor^toiococMcoincoco^ — <

— T cm — «" — " —" cm

iDco-HNtocoroio- . — > m r~»
o^focMr^ocDCDCMcoTfin

cm" cm" cm" o" •*" cm" oo" rf co" r>T o" co"

co—'cDtOiOLnOcoocoinco

CO
CM

CO
CD

CM
CM

CO
CO

CM
CO

CD
CO

cd
co

m
co

CO
CO

CM
CM

<
>

IT>

t>-

■*

<3 _

-f

—

^•l3

■*

1-1

-H

<
u

K -~

■*

-f

t>»

1 — '

.^flq

CO
V

r-»

2 &

r-^

t-»

•— t

-*■

r~«

■*

•*

■*

s "§

•*

-t

to
cd

|£

t"»

X
CO

^ C ... *CNICfl-H-.^CON01*O)CD

S.3 §P ^COCDCMCOLnCM-^r^CDt^CD

ft K-S m CM ^-> — Tf-CMtDOcOrt-OCM

° t; "« «„„„„„--,..,-.,

;r 1; "a „ss r^coocotOTfco^r^mcDco

O ^hS'-Q CM CO ^ CM — i CM

o
u

mcocDcoocDr^cO'^'t^.cocD

cocotoi^tDco--|cor^tocT>m
CMtcr^-^cD-*T^O'^'--'CMO

■*" cd" cm" — <" m" cm"

rSQ3

_, „ _ CO

3 cu

< co O Z Q >— ih 2 < 2

-9 -° b J? u

S fl 8 S -fl H

Smithsonian Activities

Office of the Secretary

OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES

William W. Warner, Director

On March 7, 1966, the Institution established an Office of Inter-
national Activities. William W. Warner, who joined the Smithsonian
staff in March of 1 964 as a consultant to the Secretary, was named its
first Director.

Broadly conceived, the role of the Office of International Activities
is to promote international programs in those disciplines or fields of
study which find relatively little support from other sources, and in
particular, those areas of basic research in the sciences and humanities
where further advancement of knowledge in this country requires
continuing and strong cooperative research programs with other
nations. These programs benefit not only the Smithsonian, but many
other American institutions. The Office also serves as the Institution's
point of liaison with government agencies and international organiza-
tions dealing with international matters of interest to the Smithsonian.

The Director represents the Institution on such working groups as
the Department of State's Interagency Council on International
Educational and Cultural Affairs, which is a policy-making body for
government-sponsored exchange of persons programs; the Cultural
Activities Committee of the United States National Commission for
UNESCO; and the International Committee of the National Trust
for Historic Preservation.

Beyond these basic responsibilities, the Office also helps other
elements of the Smithsonian in the establishment of research projects
or exhibit programs which involve substantial participation of foreign
institutions or the international exchange of scholars. Examples range
from an Archeological Survey of Brazil to a proposed scientist-exchange
program with the Leningrad Institute of Zoology. Once established,
some of these programs are directly administered by the Office of
International Activities. More often, however, they are administered
by the organizational units within the Smithsonian that are most
interested or have greatest competence in the subject matter of the
program.

SPECIAL FOREIGN CURRENCY PROGRAM

Fiscal Year 1966 saw the Smithsonian receive its first appropriation
of excess foreign currencies deriving from the sale of agricultural

22 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

surplus under Public Law 480, in order to undertake a grant program
for archeological excavation or research in the so-called excess- currency
countries. At the beginning of the year Kennedy B. Schmertz, a
former Foreign Service Officer with experience in the Near East, was
appointed director of the Smithsonian's Foreign Currency Program
within the Office of International Activities. By the end of the year,
a total of $1,250,000 in foreign currencies had been granted to some
21 American universities or museums. (A list of grants is found in
Appendix 2 )

Among the major recipients of first-year grants were the American
Research Center in Egypt and the Hebrew Union College-Jerusalem
School of Archeology. The former is a consortium of ten American
universities, with headquarters in Boston, Massachusetts, and an
overseas office in Cairo, which was established in 1948 to facilitate
the research or excavations of the member institutions in Egypt.
The Smithsonian's grant permitted the Center to field six archeological
projects during the 1966 season, ranging from the excavation of Fustat
near modern Cairo, which was a great Arab capital and trading
center in the Middle Ages, destroyed during the Crusades, to a study of
the hieroglyphics of the temples of Rameses II at Karnak. The
Hebrew Union-Jerusalem School of Archeology grant was used to
support a seminar on Near Eastern Civilization for American graduate
students and to excavate at Gezer in southern Israel. This excavation
uncovered a massive "cyclopean" defense tower dating from the 19th
century B.C. and provided the first archeological proof that the city
of Gezer was destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar.

In the exercise of this program, the Institution has been especially
interested in supporting projects in those excess-currency countries
where American institutions have had little or no opportunity for
archeological investigation. For this reason special attention was
given to the establishment of the American Academy of Benares
through a grant to the American Institute of Indian Studies at Poona,
a research center administered by the University of Pennsylvania.
The guiding purpose of the Academy at Benares is quite clear. Experts
have long maintained that the archeology and art history of India are
so rich that often the most difficult question is where to begin. The
Benares Academy seeks to answer this question by conducting long-
range surveys which will document, record, and photograph ancient
temples and both above-ground and below-ground archeological
sites throughout India, as a prerequisite to the determination of in-
telligent research priorities. With the appointment of Dr. Pramod
Chandra of the University of Chicago as resident director, the
Academy began operations in September 1965 in the historic Rewa

OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 23

Palace building generously provided by the Hindu University of
Benares. Shortly after establishment of the Academy, the Smith-
sonian was pleased to acknowledge a grant of $56,750 from the John
D. Rockefeller III Fund to meet the necessary dollar costs which are
mainly for equipment unobtainable in India and for the travel within
the United States of Indian scholars connected with the Academy.

Other noteworthly achievements during the first year of the Foreign
Currency Program include:

The Peabody Museum of Natural History of Yale University
excavations of the El Fayum badlands of Egypt, which have unearthed
fossil remains of the oldest known land mammal of the African Tertiary
and various examples of Oligocene primates ancestral to both man and
the apes.

The University of Missouri-Corning Museum of Glass survey
and excavations of ancient glass factories along the Phoenician coast
of Israel, which uncovered a massive nine-ton slab of opaque raspberry
colored glass in an abandoned cistern of the ancient city of Beth
She'arim. The site has since been converted into a small museum.

The award of a joint dollar-foreign currency grant, with the
Atomic Energy Commission, to the Lawrence Radiation Laboratory
of the University of California, to test the practicability of X-raying
Egyptian pyramids for unknown interior chambers. The first tests
are being made on the Second Pyramid at Giza.

As the Smithsonian's Foreign Currency Program developed through
the year, the Institution received many expressions of interest and
support from American scholars, the Congress, and United States
Embassies abroad. Ambassador Chester Bowles in a letter to Secretary
Ripley urged the Institution to become more and more involved in
promoting archeological studies in India. Professor Robert Adams,
Director of the Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago, charac-
terized the program as "an important breakthrough in funding
overseas research in archeology and related disciplines." Congress-
man Leonard Farbstein, in the course of House hearings on the
utilization of U.S. -owned foreign currencies, commended the .Smith-
sonian for the rapidity and efficiency with which its program was
established and termed it "a very satisfactory addition to the manner
of disposition of the funds that we have been collecting in these various
countries."

Toward the close of the year under review, the Congress granted
the Smithsonian a substantially increased foreign currency appro-
priation and also authority to extend the program to other fields of
Smithsonian interest, especially projects in systematic and environ-
mental biology which support the goals of the International Biological

24 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Program. With this in mind, the Director travelled to Yugoslavia
and Poland in the spring of 1 966 to explore the possibilities for support-
ing binational research projects using excess currencies in both those
countries. Similar program explorations were carried out in Tunisia,
Guinea, Pakistan, and Ceylon.

EXCHANGE OF PERSONS PROGRAMS

By a working agreement with the State Department's Bureau of
Educational and Cultural Affairs, the Smithsonian Office of Inter-
national Activities advises the State Department and other federal
or private organizations on promising candidates for international
exchange programs in fields of Smithsonian competence. Suggestions
concerning American scholars to fill Fulbright and other openings
abroad are usually forwarded to the Conference Board of Associated
Research Councils. Suggestions concerning foreign scholars or museum
curators who might benefit from study at the Smithsonian or kindred
institutions in the United States are forwarded through the Depart-
ment to Cultural Affairs Officers in U.S. Embassies overseas.

In addition, the Office helps in or assumes total responsibility for
programming the visits of foreign grantees coming to the United States
under State Department or other exchange programs. Following the
Smithson Bicentennial, a six-week study and observation tour was
arranged for Dr. Mehmet Onder, Director of Antiquities of the Turkish
Ministry of Education, and Dr. Raci Temezer, Director of the Hittite
Museum in Ankara, as well as one-week tours for Dr. Hamit Kosay,
Director of the Ethnographic Museum of Turkey, and Dr. Tahsin
Dolunay, Director of the Topkapi Museum in Istanbul. Following
their return to Turkey, the United States Embassy in Ankara reported
that the visits of these museum directors had been instrumental in
creating a favorable climate for increased exchange of exhibits and
increased opportunities for American archeologists wishing to work in
Turkey. Dr. Kosay published an account of his visit and his observa-
tions of the Smithsonian in the Bulletin of the Turkish Historical Society.

From January to March 1966, Joseph A. Patterson, Director of the
American Association of Museums, made extensive visits to museums
in the Middle East, Southeast Asia, and the Far East. The purpose of
this trip, funded and planned by the Office of International Activities,
was first to determine what needs to be done by museums in the develop-
ing world in order to better realize their potential for public education
and second what American museums can do to help. Mr. Patterson
discovered that the priority need, common to all countries visited, was
for trained museum personnel, before improved facilities. Although
physical plants and exhibit facilities are in most cases inadequate,

OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 25

Mr. Patterson found that foreign museum directors themselves under-
stood that new museums or new exhibit techniques cannot be success-
fully planned or maintained without at least a strong nucleus of trained
museum professionals in each country. Highlights of his trip included
a meeting with Prime Minister Indira Gandhi of India, who expressed
herself as extremely interested in museum education, and conferences
with Korean officials which laid a firm groundwork for the establish-
ment of a National Science Museum in Seoul.

Brief conferences and observation tours with the Smithsonian's
scientific or administrative staff were arranged for a total of 37 foreign
grantees coming through Washington under State Department, Agency
for International Development, Department of Health, Education and
Welfare, and other auspices. A number of these visitors were ranking
government officials interested in learning about the organization of
the Smithsonian itself, as an example of how federal and private sources
in the United States combine to support museums, basic research in
the sciences or humanities, and the performing arts. Included in this
category were M. Michel Pomey of France, Chief of Mission and
General Counsel to the Ministry of Cultural Affairs; Dr. Dusan
Popovski of Yugoslavia, Member of Parliament and former head of the
Secretariat for Education and Culture; Dr. Zaven Hacobian of Iran,
Director General of the Cultural Relations Department of the Ministry
of Culture and Arts; and Mr. Mapatunage James Perera of Ceylon,
Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of Education and Cultural Affairs.
Other visitors were primarily interested in museum administration or
museum education; among them were Dr. Abdem Ramon Lancini,
Director of the Museum of Natural Sciences of Caracas, Venezuela,
who came to study the administration of science museums, and a group
of ten Ugandan secondary school and college instructors, who conferred
with Smithsonian staff members on the role of museums in supple-
mentary primary education.

INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE OF EXHIBITS

During much of the period under review, Director William W.
Warner and David W. Scott, Director of the National Collection of
Fine Arts, held meetings with representatives of the United States
Information Agency concerning increased Smithsonian responsibility
in presenting exhibits of American art abroad. In the view of USIA
officials, a true exchange program in the fine arts— that is, both the
sending of American exhibits abroad and the circulation of exhibits of
foreign provenance within the United States — might best be admin-
istered by a single institution internationally recognized in the field.
Since USIA was prevented by statute from the domestic circulation of

26 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

foreign exhibits, while the Smithsonian had long been engaged in
presenting foreign art to American museums through its Traveling
Exhibition Service, the Institution seemed to US I A the logical organi-
zational home for a two-way exchange program in the fine arts.

Accordingly, in November 1965, an agreement was signed in which
the Smithsonian took on responsibility for presenting American art
exhibits abroad, including American representation at the Venice and
Sao Paulo Biennials. The agreement encompassed only the fine and
decorative arts, with USIA retaining responsibility for all other kinds
of exhibits. USIA agreed to provide guidance on international
cultural relations factors and a system for communicating requests
for exhibits from foreign museums or galleries, through the good
offices of Cultural Affairs Officers at U.S. diplomatic posts abroad.
The Agency also agreed that its overseas posts would assist in schedul-
ing and publicizing all exhibits sent abroad by the Smithsonian.

The first major exhibit undertaken by the Smithsonian following
the transfer of responsibility was the United States entry at the thirty-
third Venice Biennale, which opened in the American Pavilion in
Venice on the 18th of June. An account of this and other exhibits
under the new exchange program is found in the report of the National
Collection of Fine Arts (p. 281).

In conjunction with the Traveling Exhibition Service and the NCFA,
the Office also assisted in making arrangements for the Washington
showings of various exhibits of international significance. These
included Embroideries by Children of Chijnaya, an exhibit of embroideries
made by Indian children of the Puno highlands of Peru and assembled
by Peace Corps Volunteers, which opened at the State Department
and subsequently toured 23 American museums with wide critical
acclaim, including feature articles in the New York Times Magazine
and Woman's Day; The World of Peru, a photographic panel exhibit
depicting Peru's archeology, architecture, folk arts, natural history
and industry, which opened at the Museum of Natural History; and
The Preservation of Abu Simbel, a photographic and 3-dimensional
exhibit prepared by the University of Pennsylvania and the National
Geographic Society designed to create interest in the campaign of the
American Committee to Preserve Abu Simbel, which also opened at the
Museum of Natural History and was later enthusiastically received by
some 18 museums across the nation.

In addition, the Office assisted with the scheduling of Art Treasures
of Turkey by providing a tour for three Turkish museum curators who
visited the ten major cities where the exhibit was subsequently shown,
in order to make advance arrangements and advance planning of
installations.

OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL ACTITIVIES 27

THE SMITHSON BICENTENNIAL

The Office Director served as Chairman of the Committee on Foreign
Invitations, which had the responsibility of determining the foreign
invitation list for the Bicentennial. Since the Washington expenses of
all foreign guests were provided for by the Institution, there were
obvious budgetary limits to the numbers invited. The formula
eventually adopted was to invite directors of prominent museums,
zoological parks and botanical gardens from the world over and to
invite representatives from such universities, research organizations or
other institutions of higher learning as had historical or contemporary
ties with the Institution. Similarly, individual foreign scholars or
scientists who had carried out research at the Smithsonian or other-
wise collaborated with the Institution were also invited. In addition,
invitations were sent to all Ministers of Culture or Education in
countries with which the United States has diplomatic relations.

The Office staff assisted the Bicentennial staff in advising foreign
guests on appropriate institutions and individuals to contact in their
travels within the United States following the Bicentennial celebrations.

But perhaps the greatest benefit of the Bicentennial, in the view of
the Office of International Activities, were the many opportunities to
confer with foreign scholars and museum curators concerning future
collaboration or the establishment of programs of common interest.
Thus, for example, conversations were held with Drs. Mohamed
Jacoub and Mohamed Masmoudi, Directors of Tunisian National
Museums and the Sfax Ethnographical Museum, respectively, and
Dr. Kazimierz Michalowski, Deputy Director of the National Museum
in Warsaw, concerning extension of the Foreign Currency Program to
Tunisia and Poland. Discussion concerning cooperative museum
projects were held with Dr. Karl Katz, Director of the Bezaliel (Na-
tional Museum) in Israel, Dr. Ajit Mookerjee, Director of the National
Crafts Museum of India, and many others.

CONFERENCES
Early in December the Office of International Activities sponsored
a small working-group conference on problems affecting the rich marine
resources of the Peruvian coast. In attendance were representatives
from the Department of Interior's Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, the
Pan American Union, the National Academy of Sciences, the Con-
servation Foundation, the Agency for International Development, the
State Department, and the Smithsonian itself. The conference was
inspired by Secretary Ripley's concern over the alarming decline in
the populations of guano-producing sea birds of Peru's coastal islands

28 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

and the need to stimulate research with an ecological approach to the
interdependent factors — birds, fish, man's exploitation, variations in the
Humboldt current — which influence Peru's marine environments.

Various papers emanated from this conference, and in February,
George E. Watson, curator of birds, Museum of Natural History,
visited Peru to discuss the need for coordination of existing avian,
fisheries, and oceanographic research with appropriate Peruvian scien-
tists and government officials. Watson found that the Instituto del Mar,
Peru's principal oceanographic center, was extremely interested in
intensified and more coordinated research, with the help of appropriate
American institutions and international organizations. By the end of
the year under review, the Smithsonian forwarded a proposal to the
Agency for International Development for funding of a small inter-
national conference in Peru, the purpose of which would be to determine
how to apply modern systems analyses, with the development of mathe-
matical models and computer simulation, to the interrelated problems
of Peru's marine eco-system.

The Office also assisted in planning for the Office of Anthropology
Conference on Changing Cultures, held at the Smithsonian in April.
This conference, which considered preliminary planning for world-wide
research on cultures or groups of peoples whose identity will soon be
lost through rapid acculturation, was attended by some 36 foreign
delegates whose travel was mainly provided for through the Foreign
Currency Program.

In May the Smithsonian played host to the Foreign Service Institute's
Senior Seminar on Foreign Policy. A class of 25 senior Foreign Service,
U.S. Information Agency, and Department of Defense officers heard
Secretary Ripley explain the Institution's general mission, after which
various staff members gave briefings on the forthcoming International
Biological Program, the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory and
its role in the International Geodetic Bureau, new programs of the
division of education and training, and the Special Foreign Currency
Program. Following lunch at the Museum of History and Technology,
the class was given a conducted tour of two exhibits in preparation,
growth of America and the history of medicine, by MHT Director
Robert Multhauf. Ambassador G. Lewis Jones, coordinator of the
Senior Seminar, called the visit important and useful, since it gave our
senior diplomatic representatives abroad greater familiarity with the
Institution's overseas commitments, as well as international scientific
programs in general. He therefore made plans to have succeeding
Seminar classes visit the Smithsonian on a regular basis.

230-457

Above: Philistine votive tablet dating from the 11th century, found during
the Carnegie Museum-Pittsburgh Theological Seminary excavations at
Ashdod, Israel, in July 1965, under the direction of Dr. James L. Swauger.

Projects supported by grants from the Smithsonian Office of In-
ternational Activities, Foreign Currency Program (see pp. 21-24).

Opposite: Facade of the Rewa Palace (above), a fine example of early 19th
century architecture in India, which houses the American Academy of
Banares. Symposium (below) on the present-day study needs of South
Asian art and archaeology held on April 3, 1966, in the main hall of the
American Academy of Benares, Rewa Palace, Varanasi.

Overleaf: Egyptian laborers at Mendes, a stratified Pharonic site in the Nile
Delta, under the direction of Dr. Donald Hansen of the American Research
Center in Egypt.

Under a cooperative program arranged by the Office of International Activ-
ities with the Peace Corps (see p. 30) , Volunteers in their spare time collect
specimens for the Smithsonian. In Placencia, British Honduras, Volunteer
James Grover (above) preserves a rare species of lobster, and (below)
unearths insect larvae in the "bush" behind his house.

OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 29

COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS

In February the Pan American Union awarded the first three grants
to Latin American biologists for study at the Smithsonian's Tropical
Research Institute (STRI), in the Canal Zone, or the Museum of
Natural History under a new joint program with the Smithsonian.

The initial grants went to Estanislau Kostka Pinto da Silveira, a
vertebrate zoologist with the Brazilian Forestry and Conservation
Research Center in Rio de Janeiro; to Maximo Alcides Galvez Riveros,
associate professor of biology at the National University in Ayacucho,
Peru; and to Brother Daniel Gonzalez Padifio, F.S.C., professor of
pharmacology at the University of Antioquia in Medellin, Colombia.
Professors Pinto da Silveira and Galvez Riveros are conducting field
studies on Barro Colorado Island, while Brother Daniel is studying
specimens of the economic plants of Colombia at the Museum of
Natural History.

The purpose of this program is to advance basic research in the
natural sciences in Latin America by providing the opportunity for
systematic biologists to study the Smithsonian's unique collections or,
in the case of those primarily interested in environmental biology, the
opportunity to carry out field work utilizing the equally unique
resources of the Tropical Research Institute. The joint program was
evolved by the Office of International Activities and the Pan American
Union's Department of Scientific Affairs; it is funded through the
Organization of American States' Fellowship Program. Candidates
are free to carry out their own research interests or, as the case may be,
to serve as research assistants in the on-going projects of the STRI
scientists, in order to gain general experience in field investigative
methods. It is hoped that this program, now relatively modest in scale,
will grow as the opportunities become better known in Latin American
universities and the number of qualified candidates increases.

In the field of UNESCO relations, the Office provided study papers
for the Department of State concerning the advantages of United States
membership in the International Centre for the Study of the Preser-
vation and the Restoration of Cultural Property in Rome, more
popularly known as the "Rome Centre," which is an international
organization dedicated to the advancement of museum conservation
and historical or archeological site preservation, through training
programs, consultation and technical publications. The study papers
were in part based on a visit to the Rome Centre made by Charles
Olin, chief of the Smithsonian's conservation research laboratory. The
Office also held preliminary discussions with the Bureau of Educational
and Cultural Affairs of the Department of State concerning the

30 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Smithsonian as a potential site for UNESCO conferences of a scholarly
or scientific character.

Beginning in July of 1965, the Office of International Activities
established a cooperative program with the Peace Corps in which Peace
Corps Volunteers overseas collect specimens or make field observations
in their spare time, according to the specific needs of Smithsonian
curators. The Office Director wrote an article in the Volunteer, the
monthly magazine sent to Peace Corps Volunteers around the world,
explaining the Smithsonian's research objectives and describing the
collecting needs of the different departments or divisions. Soon there-
after Volunteers began to respond in significant numbers. The
department of entomology has received many insect specimens from
Africa and corresponded with Volunteers in 22 countries. The depart-
ment of mineral sciences and the division of birds have also received
significant help, while in the Museum of History and Technology the
division of textiles has received photographs and descriptive material
on weaving and dyeing processes in Sierra Leone.

Toward the close of the period under review, the Office Director held
preliminary conversations with Mr. Jack Vaughn, Director of the
Peace Corps, concerning possible Peace Corps-Smithsonian projects
utilizing Volunteers in conservation education, ecological surveys and
major archeological excavations.

OFFICE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING

Charles Blitzer, Director

The programs of the Office of Education and Training fall into
two broad categories, reflecting the major activities of the Institution.
The first, and larger, category includes those programs directly related
to Smithsonian research in science, history, and the arts. The second
category includes those programs directly related to the exhibit and
public education functions of our museums. In both cases, the
programs of the Office are designed to support and strengthen continuing
and fundamental Smithsonian activities and, at the same time, to
make the results of these activities more widely available to the appro-
priate groups.

The research-related programs of the Office consist primarily of three
sorts of visiting research appointments: for post-doctoral scholars
and scientists, for graduate students, and for undergraduates. These
appointments serve a number of purposes: they make the enormous
resources of the Smithsonian, both in collections and in trained pro-
fessional staff, available to the scholarly and scientific community;

OFFICE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING 31

they bring these resources to bear directly upon the training of excellent
students from our universities; they bring to the Smithsonian scholars
and scientists whose researches contribute to the fulfillment of our
research mission, and whose presence enlivens the intellectual atmos-
phere of the Institution. Evidence of the need met by these appoint-
ments is to be found in the numbers of applications received for the
current academic year — a total, after preliminary screening, of more
than 500 applications for some 80 appointments in all categories.
The National Research Council, which administers the Institution's
post-doctoral appointments in the sciences, reports that the ratio of
applicants to available positions was the highest in its entire experience.

The names and projects of those appointed for the academic year
1965-66, and the summer of 1965 are listed in Appendix 5.

Cooperative education programs were established between the
Smithsonian and nine universities. A total of 17 such programs,
aiming primarily at the training of graduate students, now exist.
Programs which have been formalized since the publication of the
1965 annual report are:

University of Cincinnati Paleobiology

Duke University Marine Sciences

George Washington Invertebrate Zoology

University
Johns Hopkins University Paleontology

University of Maryland American Studies

Fine Arts

Ornithology
University of Miami Marine Sciences

University of Michigan Oriental Art

University of Washington Oceanography

Yale University Paleobiology

The Office of Education and Training sponsored six conferences of
interest to Smithsonian staff members and their colleagues in the
academic community:

1 . Seminar on Aviation History (in cooperation with the American

Aviation Historical Society)

2. Revision of Smithsonian Institution Meteorological Tables

3. Flora of North America

4. Role of Historic Archaeology in the Study of American Culture

and History

5. Veterinary Medicine

6. Political Campaigning in the Nineteenth Century.

32 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

OFFICE OF PUBLIC INFORMATION

B. Richard Berg, Director

To strengthen the Smithsonian's capabilities for keeping the public
informed about the expanding programs and activities of the Institution,
a Public Information Office was established September 1, 1965.
B. Richard Berg was appointed Director, with George J. Berklacy as
press officer. William C. Grayson was appointed chief of film and
broadcasting on March 15, 1966, and at the close of the fiscal year the
audio-visual library also became part of the office, with Mary Ann
Friend in charge, and Albert J. Robinson was appointed motion picture
and public affairs photographer.

The Bicentennial of James Smithson's birth in September, focused
international attention on the Smithsonian and marked the culmination
of a number of projects designed to improve public understanding of
the work of the Institution. The early history and present diversity
of the Smithsonian was documented by Walter Karp in a colorfully
illustrated volume entitled The Smithsonian Institution published by the
Institution in association with the editors of American Heritage. The
first volume of the Smithsonian Annual brought together the scholarly
papers presented during the three-day celebration in a volume entitled
Knowledge Among Men (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1966).

A documentary film on the founding of the Institution was produced
by Charles and Ray Eames with a grant from the International
Business Machines Corporation, for premier showing at the Bicentennial.
This 20- minute historical film, "The Smithsonian Institution," tells
the story of James Smithson and his will, the intense debates in Congress
over use of the legacy, the founding of the Institution, and decisions by
early Secretaries which set the Smithsonian on its present course.

The National Broadcasting Company arranged a nation-wide telecast
of President Johnson's historic speech on "The Noble Adventure" of
international education to delegates attending the Bicentennial convo-
cation on the Mall, and the Voice of America broadcast the convocation
program around the world.

The celebration served as a focal point for a number of major articles
in national magazines both here and abroad. The work of the Smith-
sonian was described in Nature (London's weekly journal of science),
Punch, Life, Business Week, American Education, Science, National Geographic
Magazine, and many other publications. Editorials appeared in news-
papers ranging from The New York Times to The Times (London) to the
Pasco Times (Texas) to The Wall Street Journal.

The number of press releases announcing educational programs and

SMITHSONIAN PRESS 33

research results more than doubled during the year. However, more
information was provided to the public through direct cooperation
with reporters, writers, and photographers than was generated through
the production of formal news releases.

More than 78,000 telephone inquiries were handled by the Office's
Dial-A-Satellite service, providing recorded messages on satellites and
other celestial objects visible in the Washington skies. Prepared by
James C. Cornell, Jr., information officer at the Smithsonian Astro-
physical Observatory, Cambridge, Massachusetts, Dial-A-Satellite
service is also provided to residents in the Boston metropolitan area, in
the New York City area through an arrangement with the Hayden
Planetarium of the American Museum of Natural History, and in the
Philadelphia area through an arrangement with the Fels Planetarium
of the Franklin Institute.

A Dial-A-Museum service, providing recorded announcements on
museum hours and special events open to the public, is being inaugu-
rated on August 1, 1966, to provide better assistance to the public by
making general information accurately and quickly available and to
free the Institution's switchboard for more efficient handling of complex
inquiries.

In broadcasting, the Smithsonian was represented this year in three
half- hour programs on 100 stations of the National Educational
Television network featuring the creation of exhibits, the Everglades
life group, the hall of everyday life in the American past, and the hall
of physical anthropology. These were produced by WETA of Wash-
ington in cooperation with the Smithsonian. Other programs included
a half-hour documentary on the Smithson Bicentennial, on WRC-TV,
and a number of radio programs featuring the cultural activities of
the Smithsonian.

Efforts to achieve a full network program on the Smithsonian
culminated in 1966 in successful negotiation with NBC for production
of the first Smithsonian network television series of 26 programs to
start October 15, 1966.

SMITHSONIAN PRESS

Anders Richter, Director

In fulfillment of the founder's prescription for the "diffusion" of
knowledge, the Smithsonian has from the days of its establishment
placed its weight on the two pillars of publications and exhibits.
In his "Advertisement" for Ancient Monuments of the Mississippi Valley,
the first volume to appear (1848) in the Smithsonian Contributions to

34 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Knowledge, Joseph Henry, the Institution's first Secretary, elaborated
a most pregnant plan for the publication of scholarly and popular
works. The prolific output of over twelve thousand titles in the en-
suing 118 years is the natural issue of the first part of Smithson's
prescription, for the "increase" of knowledge, for it is a truism that
publication is a consequential extension of research. The Smithsonian's
publications program partakes of the newly defined emphasis given
by the present administration to research and education. The outer
manifestation of this, during fiscal 1966, occurred with the creation
of the Smithsonian Press and the appointment in May 1966 of a
Director to succeed Paul H. Oehser, whose many years of superb
service as Chief of the predecessor Editorial and Publications Division
and as Public Relations Officer terminated with his retirement in
December 1965. The responsibility for public relations was trans-
ferred to a separate Office of Public Information. At the close of the
fiscal year, the Director of the Press proposed for approval of the
Secretary a general reorganization of the publications department.
According to this plan, there will be further definition of Press re-
sponsibilities through elimination of most non-publishing functions.
The Press will continue its strong editorial and design effort in support
of the several established series which report the explorations and
research of staff and collaborators of the Smithsonian in science,
history and art; as well as of more popular publications, such as
museum guidebooks and art catalogs. It is expected, however, that
the Smithsonian Press imprint will be extended to a greater number
of books written as independent works by the staff, by other scholars in
the Federal Government, and members of the academic community
at large. Inasmuch as the pragmatic definition of publishing is
"to make public," it will be necessary to expand the promotion and
distribution services of the Press. In keeping with the objectives of the
present administration, our purpose is the establishment of a university
press of professional and academic excellence.

Under the imprint of the Smithsonian Press are issued ten active
series emanating from the various Museums and Bureaus of the Smith-
sonian. This is a rare advantage to Smithsonian staff members and
their collaborators, for few universities offer such a captive medium
for reports of research. Much more, the Smithsonian serials constitute
a public and scholarly service of extraordinary value, for they enable
the publication of reports which fall between the journal article and
the book — a most neglected species of publication. The present
series are. from the Museum of Natural History, the United States
National Museum Bulletins, the Proceeding of the United States National
Museum, the Contributions from the National Herbarium, and the Smith-

SMITHSONIAN PRESS 35

sonian Contributions to Anthropology; from the Museum of History and
Technology, the United States National Museum Bulletins and the
Contributions from the Museum of History and Technology; from the National
Air Museum, the Annals of Flight; from the Smithsonian Astrophysical
Observatory, the Contributions to Astrophysics; and from the Freer
Gallery of Art, the Freer Gallery of Art Oriental Studies, Occasional Papers
of the Freer Gallery of Art, and Ars Orientalis. The National Collection
of Fine Arts and the Travelling Exhibition Service sponsor a good
many art catalogs, and the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections is a
series with no particular source. The titles of all works issued in these
series during fiscal 1966 are included in the list of Smithsonian publi-
cations in Appendix 3.

The Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology series was inauguarted
during the year as a medium for material formerly published in the
Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletins, which will be discontinued.
Another venerable series, the Annual Reports of the Smithsonian Institution,
was re-designed and named Smithsonian Tear. The "General Ap-
pendix" to the annual report, which formerly contained review essays,
was eliminated and in its stead will appear a series of separate Smith-
sonian Annuals. The first such annual, Knowledge Among Men, containing
the addresses delivered by notable scholars at the bicentennial cele-
bration of James Smithson's birth, was published in June 1966 by
Simon and Schuster.

In keeping with its purpose to make available works which describe
and interpret its activities and related science to the public at large,
the Smithsonian has continued and furthered its cooperative arrange-
ments with private publishers. During the past year Simon and
Schuster published the Smithsonian Treasury of 20th-century Science.
Edited by Webster P. True, this volume is composed of articles reprinted
from the "General Appendixes" of recent annual reports. Under
terms of another agreement, the firm of American Heritage assisted in
the preparation and production of a beautifully illustrated popular
history of the Smithsonian, entitled The Smithsonian Institution, which
was published upon the bicentennial anniversary of James Smithson's
birth.

During the past fiscal year, 109 publications appeared under the
Smithsonian imprint. Of these, sixty-eight were funded by the federal
appropriation in the amount of $238,319, thirty-eight were issued
through Smithsonian private funds in the amount of $225,661, and
three were supported by grants and gifts in the amount of $56,526.
Among them are two works which must be considered major publishing
events.

The initial volume of the Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology

36 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

appeared in January. In it, authors Betty J. Meggers, Clifford Evans
and Emilio Estrada have, under the innocuous title of Early Formative
Period of Coastal Ecuador, The Valdivia and Machalilla Phases, adduced
detailed evidence in support of a radical theory of trans- Pacific Japanese
influence upon the early culture of South America. The book quickly
received major reviews and promises to be a landmark in New World
archeology. In April the Smithsonian Press scored another major
event with issuance of the 4-volume Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory
Star Catalog, compiled by the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory
staff. This work identifies and locates every recorded star in the
firmament to the ninth magnitude, more than one-quarter million in
all. The work is distinguished further in that its twenty-six hundred
pages were produced from computer tapes programmed to project each
page on the face of a cathode-ray tube, where it was photographed for
offset printing. This basic reference work encompasses information
which previously had to be sought in more than fifty separate catalogs.

The publications distribution section of the Smithsonian Press
continued to receive requests for publications from libraries, univer-
sities, research institutions, bookstores, and individuals throughout the
world. A total of 360,781 publications were distributed (exclusive of
those distributed by the Superintendent of Documents of the Govern-
ment Printing Office) as opposed to 341,439 in fiscal 1965. Of these,
approximately one-hundred thousand were sent to foreign addresses.
In addition, 551,642 Smithsonian information leaflets were printed for
the use of Smithsonian staff members for use in answering queries.

The Press continues to administer a Print Shop, a small branch of
the Government Printing Office, which exists to serve immediate
printing needs — many of which, such as labels for collections, are
peculiar to the Smithsonian. The Print Shop, with a staff of two
journeymen, completed 849 printing jobs during fiscal 1966.

By means of its publications has the Smithsonian conserved and
communicated the fruits of its scholarship. But, in common with other
university presses, the Press may provide less important benefits as well.
The presence of an effective publishing program within the Institution
plays an immeasurable but certain part in the attraction and retention
of research staff. More measurable, though as easily overlooked, is the
"public relations" effect of publications by themselves. It has been
said that the Smithsonian is known and respected in some of the world's
remotest parts by penetration of its books and pamphlets. Each publi-
cation distributed under the imprint carries the name of the Smith-
sonian in the very best context.

SMITHSONIAN MUSEUM SERVICE 37

SMITHSONIAN MUSEUM SERVICE

Meredith Johnson, Acting Director

During 1966 the Smithsonian Museum Service continued to expand
its facilities for interpreting Smithsonian Museums and their functions
to the nearly 19 million visitors who come to the Institution. Special
emphasis has been placed upon on-the-spot information, direction, and
orientation for visitors through Girl Scout information guides, leaflets,
floor plans, and teleshows.

The staff of the Museum Service carried on its previous program of
providing the public with accurate and extensive information on the
Smithsonian and other museums in the Washington area through
phone calls and letters. They continued to give tours, often in foreign
languages, to special guests of the Institution. In this fashion they
served as host to The Princess Margaret, Countess of Snowden, and
the Earl of Snowden, and to His Imperial Highness Prince Mikasa
of Japan and his wife and daughter.

The Junior League of Washington donated its 12th year of service to
the elementary schools of the Greater Washington Area. The program
of tours was conducted by the Museum Service in cooperation with
Mrs. Gilbert M. Grosvenor, Mrs. Joseph Smith, Jr., and Mrs. Ernest
N. May, Jr., chairmen of the Junior League Guide Program, and with
the curatorial staff of the Smithsonian. More than 32,000 children
were taken on 1,137 tours during the school year. The Junior League
tour service is a significant contribution to the Institution's educational
program. Teachers from the area were invited to come and help the
guides and curators develop scripts that would follow closely the cur-
riculum of the local school systems.

The Docent Program provided visitors and scholars with written
information on our zoological and anthropological exhibits and research
facilities. They assisted in the training of the Junior League Guides,
prepared bibliographies in their respective areas, and revised leaflets
and brochures for distribution.

The Free Film Theater continued to provide Wednesday evening
films and lectures to the public. Curators often gave introductory
talks and participated in question periods after the films. Over 7,000
people attended these film showings during the year. Slides and films,
made available to schools and other groups all over the country by the
Audio- Visual Library, made it possible for those unable to visit the
Smithsonian to take advantage of its exhibits and research. Films
such as "The Smithsonian's Whale" and "The Leaf Thieves" do a great
deal to publicize the activities of its Museums.

38 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

For the benefit of the children who visit the Smithsonian Museums,
a carousel was operated on the Mall, and its activities were accompanied
by a steam calliope. Through an increasing number of evening func-
tions the Service hopes to involve a greater percentage of the public in
our work and to familiarize them on a less formal basis with our
exhibits, their preparation and function.

The special events division of the Museum Service greatly expanded
its activities this year because of the tremendously increased number
of presentations, receptions, permanent and temporary exhibit hall
openings, and concerts.

The Museum Service provided the invitations, programs, catering,
and greeting of guests at all the special events of the Smithsonian.
Many of the arrangements for the Bicentennial Celebration of James
Smithson's birthday were handled by the Museum Service. This
included the provision of bilingual guides and information aides for
the many museum personnel who came from abroad to help the
Smithsonian celebrate the anniversary of its benefactor.

The Museum Shops of the Institution provided visitors with books,
cards, slides, and reproductions relating to its exhibits. An additional
shop was opened in the Smithsonian building this year in order to
provide visitors there with attractive and educational remembrances
of their visit. Museum Shops are now operating in each of our seven
buildings.

The Society of Associates began its first year under the joint guidance
of Mrs. Vernon Knight and Mr. G. Carroll Lindsay, Director of the
Museum Service. The tremendous success of its membership drive
has been both an exciting experience and a rewarding insight into the
interest in our Museums among the general public, not only here
in Washington but throughout the country.

SMITHSONIAN ASSOCIATES

G. Carroll Lindsay, Acting Executive Secretary

On September 18, 1965, during the celebration of the two- hundredth
anniversary of the birth of James Smithson, the Secretary formally
announced the establishment of the Smithsonian Society of Associates.*

Formal recognition of the support accorded the Smithsonian by its
friends across the Nation and, indeed, across the world, has long been
a dream of the Institution. Charles D. Walcott, fourth Secretary of
the Smithsonian, had considered the formation of a nationwide
society of friends of the Smithsonian as part of an endowment cam-

*The name was later shortened to Smithsonian Associates.

SMITHSONIAN ASSOCIATES 39

paign in the 1920s, but the project failed to materialize as a result of
Walcott's death in 1927, and the onset of the great depression of the
1930s prevented its revival. Membership in the Associates is open
to all who care to join with the Smithsonian Institution in furtherance
of the Institution's objective, stated by founder James Smithson in
his will as "the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men."

Through their modest annual dues, members express their desire
to participate directly in the work of the Smithsonian in the fields
of science, art, and history. In response to this concretely expressed
interest, the Institution provides the Associates with special educa-
tional and cultural benefits, including events that acquaint them
with the wide range of Smithsonian activities and its programs in
education, scientific and historical research, museum exhibition,
and the performing arts. Associates are encouraged to participate
in these activities to the fullest possible extent.

The Smithsonian will continue, as it has for the past 120 years,
energetically to serve the scientific and scholarly community of the
nation and the world, and make its museums and information resources
available to the general public. The Associates, because of their special
interest in the Smithsonian, will have the privilege of an especially
close relationship with the Institution and the opportunity to share
deeply in its programs.

Since November the Associates in the Washington area have enjoyed
a variety of lectures, film showings, programs for children, exhibit
openings, and similar opportunities to become more fully acquainted
with the varied work of the Smithsonian. One event of great interest
was a behind-the-scenes tour of the Smithsonian's exhibit-production
activities. Silk screen artists showed how they produce exhibit labels
and graphics. Model-makers displayed their intricate wares in cut-
away form, showing the delicate mechanisms which go into the pro-
duction of a "working" exhibit. A large group of freeze-dry specimens,
the freeze-dry process that is rapidly replacing conventional taxidermy
methods at the Smithsonian, and a wide variety of other exhibits-making
techniques were demonstrated.

Another event of special interest was a program presented by car-
toonist Milton Caniff, who drew for an audience of eager adults and
children their favorite characters from "Steve Canyon." Johnny Hart
and Brant Parker on another memorable evening delighted young and
old with the King, Rodney the Cowardly Knight, the Wizard, the
King's horse Bung, and other characters who inhabit the Kingdom
of Id.

In a more serious vein the Associates heard Archaeological Institute
of America lecturer Machteld J. Mellink describe the archaeological

40 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

work at Lycia, and heard Link lecturer George M. Low evaluate the
Apollo space program.

Younger audiences of members' children were captivated by Saturday
morning programs that dealt with subjects ranging from a study of
minerals to the exploration of outer space, all under the direction of
Smithsonian scientists.

Many members were absorbed by the contemporary art works from
the Sao Paulo Bienal, shown for the first time in the United States
at the Smithsonian and introduced to Washington at a gala Associates
reception also attended by the artists whose works were on view.

On May 1, 1966, Mrs. Vernon Knight, executive secretary of the
Associates, resigned to take up residence in Texas and G. Carroll
Lindsay, director of the Smithsonian Museum Service, assumed the
position as acting executive secretary. On June 1, Mrs Lisa Suter,
formerly membership secretary for the Corcoran Gallery of Art, joined
the staff as program director, with responsibility for planning and
directing the various programs of lectures, films, children's events, and
other educational activities.

Publications and Addresses

The following addresses and statements were delivered by the
Secretary (the scientific papers of the Secretary are listed on pages
137-138):

Commencement address, Marlboro College, Marlboro, Vermont,
June 6, 1965.

Statement on basic research and the National Science Foundation,
presented to the Subcommittee on Science, Research, and Develop-
ment of the Committee on Science and Astronautics, U.S. House
of Representatives, July 22, 1965.

"The museum as an enigma." Address before the closing banquet of
the Bicentennial Celebration commemorating the birth of James
Smithson, Washington, D.C., September 18, 1965. (Published in
Knowledge Among Men. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1966.)

"Museums in today's changing world." Address to the International
Council of Museums, New York City, September 27, 1965.

Address to the Council of Fellows of the American Anthropological
Association, Denver, Colorado, November 20, 1965.

Opening remarks to the International Union for the Conservation of
Nature and Natural Resources, Bangkok, Thailand, November 29,
1965.

ADDRESSES BY SECRETARY 41

Statement on a center for advanced study in Washington, presented to
the Woodrow Wilson Memorial Commission, Washington, D.C.,
March 10, 1966.

"A perspective of the Smithsonian program in ecology." Address to
the National Parks Association, Washington, D.C., March 15, 1966.

"Three challenges to biology." Address to the Sigma Xi Initiation
Banquet, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland,
April 21, 1966.

"The future of environmental improvement." Address to the Environ-
mental Improvement Lecture Series, The Graduate School of the
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C., May 31, 1966.

"Status of learning." Commencement address, The George Wash-
ington University, Washington, D.C., June 5, 1966.

Publications and speeches by members of the Secretary's staff
included the following:

G. Carroll Lindsay. George Brown Goode. Pp. 127-140 in Keepers
of the Past, edit, by Clifford Lord. Chapel Hill, N.C.: University
of North Carolina Press, 1965.

Ritterbush, P. C. Outside professional activities by federal laboratory
personnel. In The Environment of the Federal Laboratory, Third
Symposium of the Federal Council for Science and Technology
(Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1965), pp. 98-102.

. Research training in governmental laboratories in the United

States. Minerva (Winter 1966), vol. 4, no. 2, pp. 186-201.

. "Science and technology in support of civilian power."

Address, The Air War College, Maxwell A.F.B., Alabama, April 21,
1966.

Among the many newspaper and magazine articles about the
Smithsonian appearing during the year, those listed below were of
particular interest:

Burkett, Warren. Science chases dust from "Nation's Attic" — The
Smithsonian. Business Week, May 21, 1966, pp. 110-113.

Carmichael, Leonard. James Smithson: Pathfinder in Science and
Philanthropy. Nature (London: October 23, 1965), vol. 208, no.
5008, pp. 320-321.

The many splendored Smithsonian. Carnegie Magazine (September
1965), pp. 239-244.

Cowan, R. S.; Davis, D.; Humphrey, P. S.; Klein, W. H.; Ritter-
bush, P. C; and Shetler, S. Smithsonian Institution Conference
on Environmental Biology. Bioscience, vol. 15, 1965, pp. 607-608.

Curry-Lindahl, Kai. Museijubileum i Washington. Svenska Dag-
bladet, October 19, 1965, p. 1.

230-457—66 5

42 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Downie, Leonard, Jr. The National Air Museum. The Washington

Post; Potomac [Magazine], September 5, 1965, pp. 10-11.
Esterow, Milton. Man in the news: Smithsonian's birdman. The

New York Times, May 30, 1966. p. 1.
Glueck, Grace. Smithsonian widens art vistas— cluster of museums

emerging as great national center. The New York Times, May 30,

1966, pp. 1, 8.
Herron, Paul. A legacy of learning. The Washington Post: [Maga-
zine] Potomac, September 5, 1965, p. 2.
Martin, David. The Smithsonian, wellspring of a Nation's pride.

Life (November 19, 1965), vol. 59, no. 21, pp. 86-102.
Morales, Herbert. Diffusing knowledge among men. American

Education (September 1965), vol. 1, no. 6.
The Smithsonian Institution. NEA Journal (September 1965), vol. 54,

no. 6, pp. 30-32.
Ripley, Josephine. The Smithsonian looks ahead. The Christian

Science Monitor, August 14, 1965, p. 1.
Sghaden, Herman. The Smithsonian, old and new. The Washington

Star: Sunday Magazine, September 12, 1965, pp. 4-25.
Simons, Howard. A thoughtful party. New Scientist (London: Sep-
tember 30, 1965), p. 831.
Tassler, Alan, and Payne, William A. Museum of History and

Technology. The Washington Post: Potomac, September 5, 1965,

pp. 18-23.
Toulmin, Stephen. Dusting off the attic. Punch, October 27, 1965,

pp. 605-607.
White, O. M. Smithsonian: storehouse of science and culture.

National Geographic School Bulletin, vol. 44, no. 3. September 27,

1966, pp. 42-44.
Witherspoon, Thomas C. Resource for understanding in the Nation's

Capital. The George Washington University Magazine (Spring 1966),

vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 20-21.
Wolff, Geoffrey A. The Smithsonian Institution. The Washington

Post: Potomac, September 5, 1965, pp. 5-8.
Wyant, William K., Jr. Preserving the past for the future. Coronet,

July 1966, pp. 138-143.
Yenckel, James. The Natural History Museum. The Washington

Post: Potomac, September 5, 1965, pp. 14-17.

United States National Museum

Frank A. Taylor, Director

tn the Great Hall of the Smithsonian Institution, on the evening of
■*■ May 17, 1966, Secretary Ripley installed Dr. Richard S. Cowan
and Dr. Robert P. Multhauf as directors of the Museum of Natural
History and the Museum of History and Technology, respectively.
The installation ceremony was attended by members of the Board of
Regents and Smithsonian colleagues of the Directors and their families.

Dr. Cowan, botanist, came to the Smithsonian Institution in 1957
as associate curator of botany and served from 1962 as assistant and
later as deputy director of the Museum of Natural History. He was
appointed Director in December 1965. Dr. Multhauf, historian of
science, joined the Smithsonian staff in April 1 954 as curator of engi-
neering and has served as chairman of the department of science and
technology of the Museum of History and Technology since June 1957.
He was appointed Director on April 4, 1966.

The Act of 1846 establishing the Smithsonian Institution provided
for a museum, and the name "United States National Museum" came
into use in the 1850s. In 1884 appropriations to the Smithsonian for
the U.S. National Museum were authorized and an annual report to
the Congress by its Director was required. Today, its component mu-
seums are institutions of individual and world-wide reputation. The
reports on the Museums of Natural History and History and Tech-
nology are therefore treated separately, in accordance with the re-
porting procedures established in the Smithsonian Tear 1965, and are to
be found on pages 63 and 221.

44 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

On September 10, 1965, the Senate passed the National Museum
Act of 1965 and forwarded it to the House of Representatives. On
June 2, 1966, the Committee on House Administration reported
favorably on the House version of the bill, with recommendations that
it pass. The prospect for passage was favorable.*

The preamble of the Act states that the museums of the Nation
constitute cultural and educational institutions of great importance
to its progress, and that national recognition is necessary to insure
that museum resources for preserving and interpreting the Nation's
heritage may be more fully utilized in the enrichment of public life
in the community.

Implicit in the Act is recognition of the Smithsonian's traditional
role of making available to all museums the results of its research into
museum practices and techniques and the development of innovations
in such areas as the exhibition and preservation of museum objects,
cataloging of collections, and Museum administration. Also implied
is the assistance given others by advice, by training of personnel, and
by the review and evaluation of museum programs, building plans, and
projects. The Act specifies that the Director of the United States
National Museum shall cooperate with museums and their professional
organizations in continuing study of museum problems and opportuni-
ties, both in the United States and abroad, and that he shall prepare
and carry out programs for training, publication, research, and the
development of museum techniques.

Pending the appropriation of funds to implement the National
Museum Act, plans have been made for a modest start of new pro-
grams in fiscal year 1 967. The need most frequently voiced by museum
officers is for trained museum personnel. A series of seminars on
museum functions will start with a meeting on museum education, to
be held in late summer 1966. Arranged by the Smithsonian Office of
Education and Training, this first seminar is being supported by the
Office of Education, Department of Health, Education, and Welfare.
Guidance obtained from these meetings will be followed in developing
cooperative programs under the Act.

During the year, the Smithsonian cooperated with the American
Association of Museums and the Department of Health, Education,
and Welfare in compiling and testing a questionnaire on the basic data
of museums and their educational programs. The returns from this
will bring up to date information about the museum field and will be
the start of a machine-record information tool to be compiled and

*The bill was passed and was signed by President Lyndon B. Johnson on October
15, 1966.

OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR 45

administered by the American Association of Museums with the
assistance of Smithsonian computer facilities.

The Director, United States National Museum, at the invitation of
Dr. Roland Force, Director of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum,
Honolulu, Hawaii, acted as one of several consultants advising on
proposals to expand the scope of that museum in fields of archives,
Hawaiian history, and the history of technology and industry in the
State.

The Director, with others, discussed with Dr. Grover Murray,
incoming President of Texas Technological College, the development
of the University Museum as a teaching aid and as a source of educa-
tional exhibits for developing countries, as part of Dr. Murray's plans
for an international center for research in the utilization of arid and
semi-arid lands.

As president of the International Committee for Museums of Science
and Technology of the International Council of Museums, the Director
assisted in planning for the Washington meetings of ICOM '65 and
conducted the programs of the International Committee in Wash-
ington, Philadelphia, and New York.

The ICOM General Conference adopted a resolution calling upon
governments owning blocked currencies in developing countries to
employ these funds in aid of museums and their organizations. The
Director assisted the Smithsonian Office of International Activities in
drafting tentative programs for aid to museums in these excess currency
countries. Joseph A. Patterson, Director of the American Association
of Museums, made a preliminary survey of museum opportunities in
Asia, under the proposed program.

The National Museum arranged a day at the Smithsonian for the
foreign museum professionals on the annual State Department-Ameri-
can Association of Museums tour of United States museums. Direc-
tors of the museums of the Smithsonian entertained the visitors at
luncheon and with tours of their museums.

The Director spoke at the celebration of the 25th anniversary of the
Nashville Children's Museum. He was elected a member of the
Council of the American Association of Museums.

OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR

A primary function of the Office of the Registrar is the accessioning
of new material. As Registrar for both the Museum of Natural History
and the Museum of History and Technology, this office recorded the
accessions for 1,412,279 specimens, of which 1,281,062 were natural

46 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

history materials. (Statistics on the present totals of the collections
and the distribution of specimens in these two museums are given on
pages 122 and 242.) Another function of the office is handling mail for
both Museums. Its increased activity is reflected in the volume of mail
flowing through the mail room, which this year rose to 3,553 pieces
daily, as compared to 2,639 three years ago.

Often overlooked as an educational aspect of the Smithsonian is still
another service performed through this office — processing replies to
daily requests for information on every conceivable subject. These
inquiries come from the housewife, the farmer, the retired military
man, the young man in the military service, the teacher, the business-
man, and always, the school child. This year the queries totaled
approximately 13,000, and who knows how many careers have been
started or helped by the thoughtful, authoritative replies, many re-
quiring for their preparation considerable time and research, which
this office sought from the Smithsonian's professional staff and for-
warded to the enquirer.

Freight and express shipments processed by the office numbered
5800 and totaled 581 tons. The equipment sent for use of Museum
staff members engaged in explorations consisted not only of collecting
and camping gear, diving equipment, and scientific instruments, but
also of several pickup trucks and two boats that were shipped to foreign
ports. Collecting equipment was likewise shipped to members of the
Peace Corps, as well as to other Americans stationed in foreign coun-
tries, who have offered to collect specimens distinctive to the particular
areas of their official activities.

Among the incoming foreign shipments cleared through the U.S.
Customs in 1966 were items ranging from every variety of natural
history specimen to a portable proton magnetometer (for use in under-
water exploration). Four cases of rare Diirer drawings from Berlin and
13 tons of art treasures carried by air freight from Turkey, together
valued at more than six million dollars, were entered for the Traveling
Exhibition Service.

Official assignments for foreign travel accounted for more than three
hundred individual passport transactions requiring visas to worldwide
areas. Collecting permits and clearances were obtained from many
countries for remote localities where field work was undertaken in
behalf of the Smithsonian.

To keep abreast of the rapid growth within the Smithsonian, a
review is being made of procedures to simplify and improve registra-
tion methods, including the possibility of automating some phases
of the work.

OFFICE OF EXHIBITS 47

REGISTRARS OFFICE— SUMMARY OF ACTIVITIES
Fiscal Year ended June 30, 1966

Accessions (specimens)

Museum of Natural History 1,281,062

Museum of History and Technology 131,217

Mail (pieces) 895, 356

Transportation — shipments arranged 5, 800

(16,680 pieces, 581 tons)

Letters of inquiry processed 13, 000

Foreign travel requests processed

Passports obtained 300

Visas obtained 600

OFFICE OF EXHIBITS

Under the direction of chief of exhibits John E. Anglim and assistant
chief Benjamin W. Lawless, the office of exhibits made its contribution
to the Smithsonian's public education, information, and inspirational
objectives. By means of imaginative design, effective arrangement
of specimens, and readable labels, the office of exhibits gave signifi-
cant support to the effort of museum scientists and historians to
make readily understandable to the general viewer, complex and
often little-understood historical, cultural, scientific, and technological
concepts, and to awaken an interest in the fields of knowledge they
represent.

Research in new approaches to exhibit design was continued with
the development of a learning-aid for elementary school children on
the subject of the physics of light. The first unit was installed for
testing in a Fairfax County, Virginia, school near the close of the school
year. Progress made on the individual experiments assure that 16
will be ready for rotation to 3 schools during the 1966-1967 school year.

As part of a planning project to investigate principles of exhibits for
the blind, a comparison was made between the effectiveness of an
exhibit made especially for the blind and one made for the sighted but
explained to the blind with the aid of touch objects passed around by
a guide lecturer. Other experiments will be made under a grant
from the Vocational Rehabilitation Administration of the Department
of Health, Education, and Welfare.

History and Technology Exhibits Laboratory

The Museum of History and Technology exhibits laboratory com-
pleted the architectural restoration of the great hall in the Smithsonian

48 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

building in time for the Bicentennial Celebration of James Smithson's
birth. This work included research on furniture and furnishings,
color schemes, all appropriate to the architecture of the 1 840s, and the
design of cases to display exhibits in the many disciplines of history,
art, science, and technology embraced by the Smithsonian, Riddick
Vann was the exhibits designer and coordinator for this project and
was assisted in case installation by production teams under the super-
vision of Walter N. Lewis.

In November, exhibits were completed by production teams under
the supervision of Frank A. Gambino in a major portion of the Armed
Forces history section of the museum, including chronological exhibits
through the Civil War; the ordnance hall; the Continental gondola
Philadelphia; and the hall of orders, medals, and decorations. The
chronological exhibits tell by means of historic specimens, documents,
and finely detailed ship models the military history of America from
the earliest explorations through the final battles of the Civil War.
Such notable relics as General George Washington's campaign tent
and General Philip H. Sheridan's horse mounted in a lifelike stance
associate the visitor with the actual objects of history. Design of the
hall layout as well as many of the individual exhibition units was by
John W. Brown. Layout and design of the second part of the chrono-
logical series, from the Civil War to the present, is being undertaken
by John R. Clendening.

The ordnance hall shows military and naval arms dating from
Colonial times to the Korean War, generally arranged by chronology
and type. Hall designer Brown, assisted by Nadya Kayaloff and
John Clendening, show graphically the development of military weap-
ons from the wheel-lock musket of the 16th century to the modern
repeating rifle.

The oldest American man-of-war still in existence, the gunboat
Philadelphia, was installed adjacent to the ordnance hall under the
design supervision of Mr. Brown. Adjacent exhibits cases and panels
document the strategically important battle of Valcour Island and the
part played in that battle by the crew of the Philadelphia.

In the exhibition of orders, medals, and decorations of all countries,
which progresses from the earliest orders of knighthood to the medals
and decorations of our present century, designer Deborah Bretzfelder
made use of the rich decorative content of the exhibit specimens to
create an exhibition area of unusual visual interest.

In March 1966, the hall of physical sciences was opened to the public.
Covering the development of the physical sciences from ancient times
to the present, the hall features a full-scale replica of the observatory of
Ptolemy; a documented display of astronomical devices dating back

OFFICE OF EXHIBITS 49

to medieval times; a reproduction of the shop front of Benjamin Pike,
complete with optical instruments built by this remarkable 19th-
century American; a collection of early teaching instruments from
major American colleges and universities; a life-group showing Andrew
Ellicott and Benjamin Banneker surveying the northwest boundary
of the District of Columbia; and actual portions of the Mark I and
Eniac computers. Other specimens in this hall include a special ex-
hibition of ruling and dividing engines, a special exhibit on the nature
and theory of light, and a reconstruction of the interior of Henry Fitz's
telescopemaking shop of the late 19th century. The exhibits designer
was James J. Shelton, assisted by Miss Kayaloff and Mr. Clendening
and installation of the hall was by production teams led by Harry
H. Harris and Walter N. Lewis.

The hall of ceramics opened to the public in April 1966. In it
designer Barbara Bowes utilized a variety of room sizes and decorative
motifs to complement and enhance a variety of ceramic objects ranging
from sophisticated examples of European porcelain and delftware to
the beginnings of American ceramics of the 17th and 18th centuries.
Of particular note are the Robert McCauley collection of Liverpool
jugs, the Hans Syz collection of porcelain, and the Ellouise Baker
Larson collection of English earthenware and Staffordshire ware for
the American market. The hall was installed by production teams
under the supervision of Carl A. Alexander.

The last two permanent exhibit halls opened during this fiscal year
were the hall of medicine and dentistry and the hall of pharmacy.
In these, a series of cases and period rooms portray in chronological
order the development of the healing arts from Greek and Roman
times to the present. The halls were designed by Mr. Clendening and
the exhibits were installed by production teams led by Mr. Lewis.

Special and temporary exhibits numbered 42, a great increase over
previous years, and they demonstrated in 3-dimensional form the vast
scope of the Smithsonian collections and the increasing scholarly
interest in bringing the results of current research work on these
collections before the general public. They ranged from American
folk art to the life and times of Jawaharlal Nehru and from German
glass to Atlas computers.

Throughout the year, units of the MHT exhibits laboratory con-
tinued their work of modelmaking, restoration, plastics, preparation,
and cabinetmaking for various exhibits halls and special exhibitions.
For the curatorial staff Robert L. Klinger and his group continued
to prepare and restore exhibits specimens and to construct detailed
museum models and animated devices such as a working model of the
locomotive Stourbridge Lion recently completed for the hall of trans-

50 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

portation. Richard W. Marshall worked on large-scale schematic
models of piano, harpsichord, and clavichord key actions for display
in the hall of musical instruments and completed a finely detailed
model of an early mine pump for the hall of civil engineering. Donald
Hoist prepared mannequins and reconstructed uniforms for the hall
of Armed Forces History. John W. Schulz and Benjamin Snouffer
prepared models and restored specimens for exhibit halls completed
and in progress, including a schematic model of the Jacquard loom for
the textile hall and a Dutch scoop-wheel turbine model for the hall
of civil engineering. The restoration section under G. Gordon Dentry
and Donald L. Fredette prepared furniture, ceramics, and glass for
use in period rooms and case settings.

In addition to its regular duties, the office of exhibits lent support
throughout the year to various museums of the Smithsonian complex,
as well as offering consultation in a number of exhibits disciplines to
various museums throughout the United States and abroad. Here,
too, special mention should be made of the considerable number of
foreign museum experts who came to the Smithsonian to study our
exhibits techniques.

Also during this fiscal year, the exhibits editor's office, which formerly
reported to the Director, was transferred to the office of exhibits.
Under the direction of chief exhibits editor George Weiner, assisted
by Mrs. Constance R. Minkin, the office is responsible for writing or
rewriting, editing, coordination, and printing liaison of all exhibits
labels for the U.S. National Museum and, as the need arises, elsewhere
in the Smithsonian Institution. During this year, Mr. Weiner and
his staff, which includes Mis. Edna W. Wright and Nicholas Rona,
produced 8165 labels for 78 permanent and special exhibits of museums
and offices of the Smithsonian Institution.

Natural History Laboratory

Under the direction of chief of exhibits John E. Anglim, assisted by
A. Gilbert Wright, the Museum of Natural History exhibits laboratory
completed 115 cases and panels for seven permanent exhibits halls, as
well as producing a dozen special and temporary exhibitions and
rendering substantial assistance to the exhibits programs of the National
Collection of Fine Arts and the Smithsonian Institution Traveling
Exhibition Service.

The new hall of gems, designed by Mrs. Dorothy Guthrie, was
opened in September 1965 during the Bicentennial Celebration, and
the new jade room, also designed by Mrs. Guthrie, was opened in

OFFICE OF EXHIBITS 51

December. Also opened during the year were extensions of the
cultures of Africa and Asia hall, designed by Lucius E. Lomax; the
hall of osteology, designed by Morris Pearson; the hall of physical
anthropology, designed by Joseph Shannon; and the life in the sea hall,
also designed by Mr. Shannon. In June the reptile and amphibian
section of the hall of cold-blooded vertebrates, designed by James
Speight, was opened.

Preparation and installation of the exhibits were performed by the
production section under the supervision of production chief Julius
Tretick, aided by assistant production chief Charles W. Mickens,
fabrication supervisor Frank A. Nelms, and graphics supervisor
Keith M. Metzler. Labels for the exhibits were edited and coordinated
by the exhibits editor and his staff.

During the year, the illustration section, under Christopher H.
Reinecke, produced nearly 200 drawings, paintings, charts, and other
illustrations for use in exhibits. The models, dioramas, and accessories
section, headed by John Babyak, produced diorama figurines and
life-size figures for life groups, foreground accessories, replicas of
marine invertebrates, and other models. The plastics section, under
John C. Widener, continued research into new plastics molding and
casting techniques and produced a large variety of small and large
plastic casts faithful in surface detail to the originals. Among the more
notable were a Semitic storm god for the hall of Old World archeology;
a basking shark for the life in the sea hall; life-size mannequins for the
MHT First Ladies hall; and such diversified objects as lava formations,
meteorites, and Corinthian capitals. The freeze-dry microbiology
laboratory, under Rolland O. Hower, continued its work in perfecting
this Smithsonian-developed preservation process, which has virtually
supplanted the more tedious taxidermy procedures in the preparation
of small animals for exhibition purposes. The new section of lighting
and audio-visual techniques, headed by Carroll B. Lusk, devised new
methods for illuminating diamonds, sapphires, and other precious
stones; and Mr. Lusk, assisted by James C. Nyce, engineered an exceed-
ingly popular audio-visual exhibition of African musical instruments
for the cultures of Africa and Asia hall and conducted extensive research
into visitor-operated random-access slide projectors to be used in both
the Museums of Natural History and the Museum of History and
Technology.

In April, both Museums jointly developed a behind-the-scenes tour
for the Smithsonian Society of Associates. Conducted in the Museum
of Natural History, this tour showed the scope and variety of activities
of the office of exhibits of the United States National Museum and
demonstrated its techniques for bringing to the general public, for its

52 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

education and enlightenment, representative portions of our collections
and the results of Smithsonian research.
During the year, 12 special exhibits were produced or installed.

CONSERVATION-ANALYTICAL LABORATORY

The conservation-analytical laboratory in 1966 placed its major
emphasis on the development of a facility to produce rapid analyses
for identification of materials. This is the result of a need for this
facility in relation to the accessioning of objects, the determination
of authenticity, and the importance of the identification of material
used in conservation treatment.

The laboratory is designed and equipped to undertake research in
conservation which involves the materials, the environment, and the
technology of the object and to cooperate in this research with other
bureaus of the Smithsonian Institution and other museums and labora-
tories in the United States, Europe, and Asia.

One major analytical program which the laboratory undertook in
cooperation with curator Gus Van Beek of the Smithsonian Office of
Anthropology and Rutherford J. Gettens of the Freer Gallery of Art
was the quantitative analysis of bronze objects using X-ray fluorescence
analysis.

Analysis of pigments was undertaken by the laboratory to authen-
ticate works of art, and to recognize the unoriginal parts of an object.
Analytical techniques used for analysis of pigment samples included
microscopic examination, chemical microscopy, X-ray diffraction, and
infrared spectrophotometry. The latter two instrumental techniques
require only 50 micrograms of sample for analysis and quickly provide
information on the presence of impurity phases, minor constituents,
variations in composition, extenders, and crystal structure, all of which
are evidence of artificial or natural origins of mineral pigments and
of methods of manufacture.

During the past few years, extended -range high-resolution infrared
instrumentation has become commercially available and has led to
a wealth of new information for practicing industrial spectroscopists,
especially those dealing with inorganic pigments and extenders. How-
ever, a survey of the literature indicates that few spectra have been
published for inorganic pigments encountered in the analysis of fine
paintings.

In the course of the preparation of a series of high-resolution infrared
spectra and X-ray diffraction patterns on standard known samples of
inorganic pigments for use in the identification and study of oil paint-
ings, it became apparent that differences in the method of manufacture

Office of Exhibits: Sculptor
John Weaver completing
clay figure of Congo Chief
for hall of Asian and
African cultures.

Exhibits specialist Rolland
Hower checking data in
freeze dry laboratory.

> v.\\\ 1 1

Office of Exhibits: Accessories specialist Juan de Pau working on leaf specimens
for the hall of botany.

Installation of hall of ceramics — final stages, with Joseph Faletta working on
an exhibit as John Brown and William Haase check plans.

! XI ,.

^ -/J!"

Conservation Research Labora-
tory. Painting in the Naval
History collections is restored
and rebacked: Top, Raking
light shows tears before treat-
ment. Center, detail of ship at
left after tears filled and painting
lined. Bottom, treatment com-
pleated.

Traveling Exhibition Service's "Rugs from the McMullen Collection" dis-
played at the Munson-Williams-Proctor Institute, Utica, New York. Travel-
ing Exhibition Service's "Early Chicago Architecture" at the Chicago
Civic Center.

TRAVELING EXHIBITION SERVICE 53

of recent pigments could be observed in the laboratory results. This
suggested further work in two areas : clarification of the relationships
between method of manufacture and X-ray diffraction and infrared
results on the known samples and methods of distinguishing pigment
samples from oil paintings on the basis of manufacture. Variations in
the elemental composition also occur and can be detected by micro-
techniques of X-ray fluorescence analysis.

The detailed study of coinage, its composition, and the method by
which it was manufactured, is a fertile field for the study of the history
of metallurgy. A program of this nature was begun with curator
Vladimir Clain-Stefanelli of the division of numismatics. The primary
emphasis in this work is on the totally nondestructive techniques.

The methods of analysis which have been used to date are: X-ray
emission spectrography, X-ray diffraction and optical microscopy.
X-ray emission spectrography gives us the major alloy composition of
a very thin layer of metal on the surface of the coin. X-ray diffraction
provides information on the crystal structure and physical state of the
crystalline lattice of the surface layer. Optical microscopy is used to
examine the surface characteristics of the coin.

Planned future methods of analysis include neutron activation analy-
sis, laser probe optical emission spectrography, X-ray radiography,
and possibly ultrasonic and eddy current testing. Neutron activation
analysis will allow us to make a more realistic estimate of the average
composition of the coins under study because it does not restrict itself
to the surface of the object. Laser probe optical emission spectrography
is being considered because of the increased sensitivity to trace elements.
One objection to laser excitation is a small mark which results on the
coin; and the method does remove micro quantities of material.
Laser probe emission spectrography does, however, present the possi-
bility of comparing the source of raw material through correlation of
trace element patterns. X-ray radiography will be used to reveal
details of the gross internal structure while ultrasonic and eddy current
methods will be used to obtain information about the internal structure
on the micro scale.

TRAVELING EXHIBITION SERVICE

The Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service is self-
supporting, deriving its income mainly from the rental fees charged
for its exhibitions.

It currently circulates throughout the United States and Canada
about 100 shows, as listed below.

230-457 — 66 6

54 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

The larger, important exhibitions of 1 966 included Diirer and His Time,
from Berlin, Pre-Columbian Gold from Peru, Rugs From the McMullan
Collection, from Mr. Joseph McMullan, and Art Treasures of Turkey,
from Ankara and Istanbul. An extension of the loan of 7,000 Tears of
Iranian Art permitted this exhibition to be shown at the Allentown Art
Museum, an action given favorable notice in an article "Big Show,
Small Museum" that appeared in Arts Magazine (December 1965).
Catalogs were published for the Diirer, Latin American, McMullan
and Turkish exhibitions, and a leaflet on Irish architecture and monu-
ments. John Canaday wrote in The New York Times that the catalog
Diirer and His Times, which was reprinted three times, is "a must for
every art library."

In accordance with the Smithsonian's widening educational interests,
a pilot program to bring art to the District of Columbia schools was
instituted. Works supplied by the National Collection of Fine Arts
were prepared, transported, and installed at the Taft Junior High
School and the Woodrow Wilson High School. On the basis of the
enthusiastic response, a proposal to expand the program was submitted.

On February 1 4, 1 966, the Traveling Exhibition Service was placed
under the U.S. National Museum. Expansion of the scope of the
exhibits into crafts, history, technology, science, and education was
initiated, and exhibitions of objects and prints from the Smithsonian
collections are being planned with the cooperation of the curators of the
Museum of Natural History and the Museum of History and Tech-
nology. The current catalog lists four of these exhibitions for 1967.

Requests have been received from many foreign institutions for
circulation abroad of exhibits such as the 1964-1965 Bridges, Tunnels
and Waterworks after they finish their United States tours. Funds are
being sought to respond to these requests.

Art in Science and Polish Graphic Art were previewed in the Arts and
Industries building. The latter exhibit was opened with ceremonies
sponsored by the Polish Ambassador.

During the year the small staff of the Service, which negotiates,
organizes, and circulates the exhibitions, explained the Service to a
number of foreign visitors at the request of the State Department,
advised other institutions on circulating specific exhibitions, and re-
sponded to many inquiries about the objectives and organization of the
Smithsonian Institution. Close liaison was maintained with foreign
cultural attaches and embassies. The Chief of the Service was in-
vited to Belgrade as the guest of the Yugoslav Commission for Cul-
tural Relations with Foreign Countries.

TRAVELING EXHIBITION SERVICE 55

Exhibitions carried over from prior years number 53. The service
initiated 28 new shows, dispersed 32, and negotiated for 39 new ones
during 1 966. During the year the exhibits were shown on 625 occasions
to an estimated total of 1,250,000 viewers.

Exhibitions Initiated in 1966

Painting and Sculpture

Art in Science New Names in Latin American Art

Eyewitness to Space Art Treasures of Turkey

Pre-Columbian Gold from Peru

Drawings and Prints

Six Danish Graphic Artists Contemporary African Printmakers

The World of William Hogarth Contemporary Dutch Graphics

Mirror of the Artist Polish Graphic Art

Action-Reaction Diirer and His Time

Architecture
Art in Urban Architecture Early Chicago Architecture

Design and Crafts

Calligraphy in Islamic Textiles Jazz Posters

Folk Toys from Japan Posters from Denmark

Glass from Czechoslovakia Rugs from the McMullan Collection

History
Early Monuments and Architecture of Ireland

Children's Art

Danish Children Illustrate Hans Ghanian Textiles

Christian Andersen Museum Impressions

Embroideries by Children of Chijnaya

Natural History and Science
The Preservation of Abu Simbel

Photography
Gentle Wilderness: The Sierra Nevada

56 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Exhibits Continued from Prior Years

1964-65: Arte Programmata; Watercolors by Pop Hart; Modern Watercolors
from Sweden; The Art of the Yoruba; Contemporary American Drawings II;
William Blake: Poet, Printer, Prophet; Bridges, Tunnels, and Waterworks;
Contemporary Fine Presses in America; Eskimo Graphic Art III; The Fabulous
Decade; Kokoschka: King Lear, Apullian Journey, Hellas; Prints from the
Mourlot Press; Old Master Prints; American Costumes; American Furniture;
Masters of Ballet Design; Murals in Lace; The American Flag; Be My Guest!;
Brass Rubbings from England; World Fairs; Paintings by Young Balinese;
Paintings by Mexican Children; National High School Prints; Ancient Rock
Paintings and Engravings; Colors and Patterns in the Animal Kingdom;
The Stonecrop Family: Variations on a Pattern; The Color of Water; Pier
Luigi Nervi.

1963-64: Alvar Aalto; Albers: Interaction of Color; Contemporary American
Landscape Architecture; Birds of Asia; Antonio Frasconi 1952-63; Hearts
and Flowers; The Nile; Religious Themes by Old Masters; Eero Saarinen;
Swiss Posters.

1962-63: Craftsmen of the City; Historic Annapolis.

1961-62: Physics and Painting; UNESCO Watercolor Reproductions; Con-
temporary Italian Drawings; The Face of Viet Nam; Le Corbusier — Chapel at
Ronchamp.

1960-61 : The Image of Physics; Tropical Africa II.

1959-60: Images of War; Paintings by Young Africans; Japan I by Werner
Bischof.

1956-57: Japan II by Werner Bischof.

Smithsonian Activities

Natural Sciences

For the natural sciences the year was one of reappraisal and
program consolidation. During this period an effort was made to
reassess the Institution's role in the encouragement and support of
of Scientific research in terms of its basic mission to increase and diffuse
knowledge among men and in relation to the logistic resources re-
quired to maintain the high quality of its research activities. It is
appropriate to highlight here some of the new programs and activities
to be described in greater detail elsewhere in this annual review in
order to point up changes and trends in the Institution's research
concepts.

The Smithsonian's traditional interest in the biological sciences,
particularly in systematics, prompted creation of a Task Force for
Tropical Biology. Its mission was to survey the field of tropical
biology and to design a comprehensive Tropical Biology Research
Program embracing our existing scientific investigations in the Tropics
and at the same time identifying other zones of research warranting
the attention and the support of the Institution. One result of this
survey, as the Secretary has noted, is that the Institution has broadened
the research objectives and activities of its Canal Zone Biological
Area, and redesignated it as the Smithsonian Tropical Research
Institute. Also, a marine biological laboratory was added to STRI's
research facilities and a program of research in tropical biology,
involving close collaboration with other organizations concerned with
the tropics, was initiated.

During the same period, the Institution established on a tract of
land located on the southwestern shore of the Chesapeake Bay, in
Maryland, the Chesapeake Bay Center for Field Biology. Its scientific
research program is now being formulated by a consortium of academic
institutions presently consisting of the Johns Hopkins University, the
University of Maryland, and the Smithsonian Institution. The
Center, which provides a natural biological preserve, both terrestrial
and estuarine, in which to conduct long-term ecological and behavioral
investigations, is visualized as the first of several field research stations
strategically located so that scientists can construct a set of normal
ecological standards, or so-called ecological bench marks. This
system will permit them to measure and compare ecological changes,
including those resulting from controlled environmental manipulation.

The research objectives of the Office of Anthropology were broadened
to include a Program of Urgent Anthropology designed to investigate

60 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

and document the cultures, languages, and physical characteristics of
isolated communities and tribes threatened with extinction through
assimilation and the encroachments of modern civilization. Professor
Sol Tax of the University of Chicago is serving as a special advisor in
anthropology to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution in order
to facilitate this program.

Another noteworthy change is the enlargement of the scientific
responsibilities of the Office of Oceanography to include limnology.
The Institution historically has been a leader in biological ocean-
ography, and this enlargement is a tangible expression of its concern
with the need for encouraging basic research concerned with fresh-
water resources, especially lakes and rivers. The Office of Oceanog-
raphy and Limnology has established a unique Oceanographic
Research Guidance Committee to assist the Institution in assessing the
taxonomic and ecological resources needed to support the research
programs of public agencies and universities in the field of oceanography.
The rapidly growing national program in oceanography involving
the collection of marine organisms from the oceans of the world,
requires facilities for processing and identifying specimens. The
Committee will apprise the Institution of the status of oceanographic
research programs and expeditions to that any necessary taxonomic
assistance can be made available through the Smithsonian Ocean-
ographic Sorting Center and through the research efforts of its scientists.

To further the objectives of the International Biological Program and
to consolidate the several investigations conducted by our scientists,
a Smithsonian Institution Committee for the International Biological
Program was formed. One noteworthy project initiated under this
Program concerns the Center for Ecological Research, established in
Belem, Brazil, which offers scientists from the United States and else-
where an unparalled opportunity to collaborate on numerous inter-
disciplinary ecological problems in the field.

The problem of providing adequate logistic support for the Institu-
tion's many research activities in the natural sciences has come in for
a careful appraisal. As a result, the Smithsonian Research Awards
Program concerns the center for ecological research established in
who require "seed money" to initiate projects or to advance investiga-
tions in progress. The Program was established to provide a mech-
anism for responding rapidly to urgent financial requirements that
cannot wait for the usual review and budgeting procedures.

During this same period, the Institution established the Smithsonian
Research Foundation as a means for increased administrative and
logistic flexibility in the support of research projects. In this connec-
tion, the Institution has established an annual inventory of research

NATURAL SCIENCES 61

projects in order to determine the current and future resources needed
to sustain the Institution's scientific research programs. A project-
planning system was devised to enable each investigator to present
the status of his research project as well as the future fiscal and man-
power requirements for maintaining an optimum level of research
activity.

Finally, computer programs and automatic data processing tech-
niques are being adopted for the collection, storage, and retrieval of
information concerning museum specimens. As a first step in this
process, an electronic punchtape system is being used to produce at one
operation a tape from which cross-indexed catalog cards, specimen
labels, and shipping lists can be produced.

Museum of Natural History

Richard S. Cowan, Director

~\ tore and more the museum scientist, whose goal is to elucidate the
■*■*■*- particular aspect of nature that is his specialty, finds that to
achieve his goal he must seek data from ancillary fields to complement
the conventional criteria of his own field. Thus, as his scientific
horizons widen and he attacks larger, more complex problems, he
finds that the research team approach is essential.

In anthropology for example, teams of botanists, archaeologists, and
geologists are working together to solve the riddle of ancient man's
existence in the Oaxaca Valley of Mexico. In zoology, taxonomists
are working directly with histologists and anatomists to unravel the
mysteries of evolution in several groups of animals. In at least two
major groups of plants, chemical data are being used to support the
validity of gross morphology in the study of their systematics. In
mineral sciences, rocks from the deep-water mid-Atlantic ridge and
extra-terrestrial meteorites and tektites are being analyzed by the
non-destructive electron probe. In paleobiology, the significance of
variation in fossil animal populations is being tested and evaluated on
the basis of studies of modern forms. In entomology, the subadult
stages are being studied along with the total biology of the organism
in order to better interpret the traditional criteria for elucidating the
evolution of various insect groups.

That such studies can coexist with the more classical ones is not
merely evident, the conviction grows that they are truly interdependent
and that the Museum scientist, sharing goals with scientists in other
institutions — universities, for example, must seek closer ties with them.

64 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

With this in mind, it is heartening to report that an increase in the
number of supportive personnel has permitted our professional staff
to undertake such significantly broadening activities, among which,
perhaps, the most important are those related to education, especially
at the graduate or near-graduate level. In summer 1966 numerous
college students served as temporary interns, working in the collections.
Graduate students are working independently or with members of the
staff for the doctorate degree. And several post-doctoral fellows are
likewise studying in the collections. These, especially, while solving
their own research problems, broaden the understanding and interest
of our own people. But educational activities are not confined to
non-Smithsonian researchers coming to work with our collections and
with our scientists, for a growing number of the research staff are
establishing formal and informal educational relationships with
universities, both local and more distant. Several members of the
staff are conducting seminars at these centers of learning, others have
been granted leave of absence from the Institution to teach courses for
one or more semesters, and a number are preparing to participate in a
pilot program that will integrate the exhibits of the Museum with the
curriculum of the District of Columbia secondary schools.

The growing concern of the scientific staff that it relate more closely
to the mainstream of science is further attested to by its broad participa-
tion in both national and international meetings. Smithsonian policy
seeks to have representation at every national or international scientific
meeting of significance to the areas of our interest. In consequence,
one or another of the scientific staff has journeyed to distant parts
of the globe in the past year to interact with his counterparts overseas.
In addition, a substantial number of conferences and symposia involv-
ing outstanding scholars from this country and from abroad, have
been convened at the Museum to discuss mutual problems, to formulate
research programs, and to evaluate the progress of organizational units
with respect to their ultimate goals.

In biological research, the necessity for studying organisms in their
living condition has understandably led to increased scientific travel
to the field. It is with the deepest sadness and a sense of irreparable
loss that it must be reported that one of the research staff gave his life
in the service of science during the past year. Dr. E. Yale Dawson,
whose article immediately follows this statement, was drowned in the
Red Sea June 22 while studying the kinds, distribution, and ecological
relationships of the marine algae there. An incredibly well-organized

MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY INTRODUCTION 65

and outstandingly productive researcher, Yale Dawson will be re-
membered equally as a warm, friendly human who always had time
for the interests of others. Though he himself is gone, the work he
accomplished in research and in building the algological collections
in the Museum will stand for a very long time as a monument to the
industry and devotion he applied to his every scientific undertaking.
To his memory, the following report on the Museum's activities for
1966, a year unparalleled for scientific progress, is dedicated.

Marine Botany at the Smithsonian

Early in its history the Smithsonian Institution recognized the
significance to man of a knowledge of the vegetation of the sea. Its
Contributions to Knowledge in the years 1851 to 1858 included a sumptuous
monograph by W. H. Harvey on the seaweeds of North America, a
work which has served as a superlative model to marine botany ever
since.

During succeeding years the study of marine animals in the Smith-
sonian's Museum of Natural History far outstripped the study of plants
of the sea. The classical collections of Harvey remained, however, in
the National Herbarium, and to them were added through the years
some 25,000 specimens of seaweeds of the world.

The vast oceanographic enterprise of the International Indian Ocean
Expedition in the early 1960s, in which the Museum of Natural History
became deeply involved, provided a new impetus. The need for
marine botanical studies became sharply evident, and from that need,
a plan was developed through the office of the Assistant Director
(Oceanography) to renew and to expand the established interests of
the Smithsonian Institution in the vegetation of the sea. Activation
of these plans was begun in 1963, and they received their most effective
encouragement in 1965 with the establishment of an algal research
facility in the new west wing of the Museum of Natural History. This
facility, its use and application, has expanded rapidly during the past
year. Some of the exciting and promising aspects of the program are
outlined below.

MARINE BOTANY FOR MARINE STATIONS

The marked advance of higher education in biology in the United
States is nowhere better illustrated than by the rapid advances since
World War II in the field of oceanography, with all its biological
ramifications. Nor has the new emphasis on marine sciences been
confined to seaside institutions, for numerous inland colleges and uni-

66 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

versities are successfully seeking to provide marine facilities for their
students. Yet these advances have not been achieved without growing
pains. On the Pacific Coast, in 1940 there were, for example, but five
marine laboratories, whereas now there are 22, and at each of these
where courses in marine biology are taught, publications describing
local faunas and floras are needed to serve teacher, student, and re-
searcher in the identification of the organisms being studied. Yet since
1944, only a single local marine algal manual (designed for use at the
Hopkins Marine Station in Pacific Grove, California), has been avail-
able for the entire Pacific Coast with its varied and elaborate algal
representation.

Recognizing this need, the Smithsonian Institution in 1965 began to
encourage the preparation of identification manuals on the marine
plants of the Pacific Coast. In cooperation with Humboldt State
College at Areata, California, and the National Science Foundation,
a course in marine botany was presented, and, with che help of the
class, an identification manual was written for the seaweeds in the
vicinity of the new marine facility at nearby Trinidad. Currently, in
collaboration with the University of Arizona and the Office of Naval
Research, a similar manual is being completed for the algal flora near
the new marine facility, on the upper Gulf of California, jointly operated
by the University of Arizona and the University of Sonora.
. Obviously, the rapid development of marine laboratory facilities of
California, of which a major new one is that established on Catalina
Island by the University of Southern California, makes imperative a
modern and thorough treatment of the marine algae of the entire
State. The Smithsonian, through arrangement with the Stanford
University Press and with partial support of the Office of Naval
Research, is now engaged in preparing such a "Marine Algae of
California," coauthored by Dr. Isabella Abbott of the Hopkins Marine
Station, Dr. G. J. Hollenberg of the University of Redlands, Dr.
Paul C. Silva of the University of California at Berkeley, and the writer.
This study involves the treatment and illustration of nearly a thousand
species. Many of these, especially the deepwater forms, have re-
mained underscribed to date, and new entities are being discovered
regularly as underwater explorations are conducted by diver-botantists.
The Smithsonian Institution has been collaborating with the Uni-
versity of California at Santa Barbara in such exploration in the
southern California Channel Islands, through Dr. Michael Neushul
and his students at the marine laboratory in Goleta.

Another aspect of the rapid expansion of marine stations in this
country and the enormous enlargement of student bodies in marine
science is the concurrent need for more instruction in marine botany.

MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY INTRODUCTION 67

Traditionally, the subject has been taught only by highly specialized
researchers in marine algae, and no textbook on marine botany, as
such, has been available to the less specialized botany teachers. The
Smithsonian Institution recently supported the completion of the
first such textbook which, in conjunction with the use of local marine
floras such as are available or in progress, will make possible the
teaching of marine botany at almost any college or university in the
nation to which representative marine plants can be brought. Such
a course, as part of the Smithsonian's program, will be presented in
early 1967 at the University of Arizona, in Tucson, a seemingly un-
likely place for the subject, but one at which much marine interest
has been aroused by the provision of marine facilities only four hours
distant in connection with the experimental desalination plant at
Puerto Penasco, Sonora, Mexico, operated by the U.S. Department
of the Interior.

THE HERBARIUM IN FLORISTIC RESEARCH

The conduct of phytogeographic research in the algae, as in any
other group of organisms, requires the use of large collections for com-
parative examination. The more comparative material that is avail-
able, the more conclusive can be the taxonomic results and the more
reliable the interpretations of specimens of an organism to which a
useful name is assigned. The building up of the algal reference col-
lections at the Smithsonian's Museum of Natural History is a major
consideration. Although 25,000 specimens had accumulated up to
1965, no concerted effort had been made to develop a useful world
representation, nor had adequate provision been made for deposition
of liquid-preserved algal materials.

Beginning in spring 1965, fieldwork directed toward assembling an
extensive working collections of liquid-preserved algae was undertaken
in California, in the Gulf of California, and in the Bahamas. A
fortunate circumstance early in this program led to the acquisition by
the Smithsonian of the large herbarium of the Beaudette Foundation
for Biological Research, containing over 7,300 specimens, including
1500 liquid preparations and 700 microscope slides. This algarium
was incorporated into the Museum's herbarium during summer 1965,
and to the combined collection nearly 10,000 specimens have since
been added through the able assistance of museum technician Charles F.
Rhyne. Fieldwork is currently being continued through cooperation
with several foreign algologists, who arranged field collecting trips for
the writer during the summer of 1966. These include Dr. B. Toziin,
University of Istanbul, Turkey; Prof. Joseph Powell, American Uni-

68 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

versity of Beirut, Lebanon; Dr. A. A. Aleem, University of Alexandria,
Egypt; Dr. T. V. Desikachary, University of Madras, India; Mr. H. M.
Burkill, Botanic Gardens, Singapore; Dr. H. B. S. Womersley, Uni-
versity of Adelaide, Australia; and Dr. Valery May, Royal Botanic
Gardens, Sydney, Australia.

The conduct of fieldwork and the preparation and identification of
specimens for the herbarium are greatly enhanced by collaboration
of specialists who know well their own local floras. Thus, much of
the field effort planned in the near future is to be conducted at estab-
lished algological centers where rapid assembly of materials can be
accomplished with the help of the most knowledgeable persons. At the
same time, these foreign specialists are encouraged to prepare and send
sets of their local materials in exchange. A number of such exchanges
are already active, and additional agreements are being made from
time to time. One of the latest of these is with the herbarium of the
Botanisches Museum, Berlin-Dahlem, Germany, which lost its entire
algal collection during World War II and is endeavoring to rebuild
through exchanges for specimens currently being collected in an area
of classical German algal research in the Adriatic Sea.

Another major asset to the program of floristic studies and the prep-
aration of manuals of Pacific American marine algae has been provided
by the cooperation of the Allan Hancock Foundation at the University
of Southern California. Its director, Dr. Leslie A. Chambers, has
agreed to place on 5-year loan to the Smithsonian Institution the 26,000
algal specimens of its herbarium. The availability of these collections,
assembled by the writer during 20 years' research in the Pacific, will
greatly enhance and speed the current program.

In addition to its herbarium collections of macroscopic algae, the
Smithsonian's Museum of Natural History has developed over the
years an outstanding collection of carefully prepared slides of diatoms.
These, under the care of Paul S. Conger since 1935 now number some
24,000 microscope slides.

A further research facility of considerable value is the Dawson marine
algal library of some 5,000 titles which has been installed for use in the
Museum's division of cryptogams.

MONOGRAPHIC STUDIES OF CORALLINE ALGAE

The continued development of field manuals and textbooks, and the
integration of algological knowledge into a broader understanding of
the oceans must ultimately depend upon detailed basic research on
particular groups of marine algae. For many algae, even widespread
and common species, only superficial information is available. There

Seaweed collecting at Trinidad, California, near the Marine Station of Hum-
boldt State College, one of the institutions with which the Smithsonian is
cooperating in marine botany research (see p. 66). Below: Seaweed and
sea lions at Bahia Independencia, Peru, in the southern region of the Marine
Botany Program.

E. Yale Dawson sampling sea-
weed on a muddy shore in
Potrero Bay, Costa Rica.
Below: Phycologist at work
on the sea floor, Isla Brin-
canco, Panama.

MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY INTRODUCTION 69

are few specialists who enter into detailed anatomical, cytological,
morphological, biogeographical, and physiological investigations of
species and who are able, therefore, to integrate the results into system-
atic studies of genera and families. Some large and important groups
have been studied during the past century by only a handful of
specialists the world over.

The "crustose corallines," the calcified benthonic marine members
of the red algae, comprise just such a neglected group. They occur
from the Tropics to the Arctic; they are the major and, in some cases,
even the primary elements of "coral" reefs; they form extensive banks
and often control bottom form and benthonic animal populations in
northern waters; and, being calcified, they are important fossils,
occurring especially abundantly in rocks of Tertiary age. As fossils,
they are of much interest to oil geologists because of their potential in
dating and in determining paleoecology. Nevertheless, because of a
lack of basic information, the crustose corallines are often treated in
regional manuals with strong reservations as to accuracy, and in
practice they are generally unidentifiable.

Since 1964, Walter H. Adey of the Museum's division of paleo-
botany has been engaged in a biosystematic-monographic study
of the crustose corallines of the North Atlantic — arctic to tropic. Un-
fortunately, the abundant, well-preserved collections and associated
detailed field data needed for such a study have never been assembled,
and even in the North Atlantic the necessary field facilities for such
work are limited or not available. These difficulties notwithstanding,
the area from Long Island Sound to northern Labrador has now been
surveyed in some detail by use of small boats and diving gear. During
the summer of 1965 the 134-foot freighter Phykos, obtained temporarily
from the Navy reserve fleet, was used for preliminary study of the
region from Sandy Hook to the Florida Keys. This vessel also pro-
vided, below diving limits, a dredging and submersible capability for
coralline work which cannot be matched with small boats.

Continued extensive field work is planned for the next several years.
Stations occupied in Jamaica during February 1966, with the assistance
of Thomas Goreau and his staff at the Univeristy College of the West
Indies, provided the additional information and collections prerequisite
to preparing for the intensive Tropical Western Atlantic program that
will begin in 1968-1969. During the summer and winter of 1966-1967
small boats will be used for intensive collecting of crustose corallines
in Iceland and Norway, and in the spring and summer of 1967 this
program will be extended to France and the British Isles.

Integrated with the field investigations during 1966-1967 will be a
"type" search and study program, at European museums, directed

70 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

toward providing a firmer taxonomic base for crustose corallines.
This is necessary because the literature of coralline algae is largely
deficient in the kind of detailed information on type specimens needed
for accurate taxonomic interpretations. In many cases the whereabouts
or even existence of type specimens is in doubt and must be researched
and established.

ALGOLOGY ALONG PACIFIC LATIN AMERICA

The development of the University of Arizona marine station on the
Gulf of California has stimulated renewed interest in the marine algae
of Pacific Mexico and has shown a need for a revised marine flora of
the Gulf of California to serve not only the station but other nascent
marine facilities at Bahia de Los Angeles, at La Paz, at Guaymas, and
at Mazatlan. In addition, a developing economic exploitation of sea-
weed resources along the Pacific Coast of Mexico has created need for
a more thorough knowledge of the kinds and distributions of Mexican
algae. Several important species are currently being harvested along
northwestern Baja California, Mexico, and the Smithsonian Institution
has recently been instrumental in the birth of a new industry in the
Gulf of California. There, through our assistance, Marine Colloids,
Inc., of Rockland, Maine, has been successful in finding and initiating
the harvesting of Eucheuma uncinatum, a seaweed much needed as a raw
material for the production of industrial phycocolloids.

A major focal point of biological attention along Pacific Latin
America in recent years has been the Galapagos Islands. The Amer-
ican Secretariat of the Charles Darwin Foundation for the Galapagos
Islands is now situated in the Department of Botany, and several
Smithsonian scientists are currently studying material obtained in
1964 on the expedition of the Galapagos International Scientific
Project. Preliminary accounts of the cacti, the marine algae, and
several groups of insects have been completed, and work on the amphi-
pods and other animal groups is in progress. Several members of the
Department of Botany are participating in the preparation of a new
flora of the Galapagos being undertaken by the California Academy
of Sciences through support of the National Science Foundation.
Marine algal studies are continuing, and the Galapagos marine flora
is currently being compared with the marine flora of mainland Ecuador
and Peru. Planned collaboration in this program includes phycolo-
gists Cesar Acleto of the Universidad de San Marcos, Lima, Peru, and
Sylvia E. Taylor of Dunedin, Florida, both research participants on
recent Pacific South American cruises of the National Science Founda-
tion's research vessel Anton Br nun.

MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY INTRODUCTION 71

A further objective of the Pacific Latin American marine algal work
is the continued preparation of floristic accounts and of illustrated
identification keys to the genera and species. These are aimed at
stimulating interest and promoting algological studies by resident
investigators in the various eastern Pacific republics. Such manuals,
in Spanish and English, have been prepared with support of the Office
of Naval Research for El Salvador and for Pacific Central America,
generally. A Spanish edition of Seaweeds of Peru is planned by
Sr. Acleto, who is expected as a visiting investigator at the Smithsonian
Institution during 1966-1967.

E. Yale Dawson
Division of Cryptogams

Research and Publication

SYSTEMATIGS

While the overall objective of the office of systematics is to facilitate
systematic undertakings within the entire biological community, its
main concern is to help systematists in the Museum of Natural History
initiate and extend research projects, especially those with an orientation
transcending departmental structure. Externally the office seeks to
develop in the entire scientific community an awareness of and appreci-
ation for the stature, intrinsic importance, and intellectual content of
systematics.

The Office contracted with the Federal Services Division of the
International Business Machine Corporation for a study of how data
processing methods techniques can be applied to museum problems.
Funds provided by the Office of Systematics enabled the department of
invertebrate zoology to purchase equipment with which one operator
can catalog all the very large number of collections being accessioned
by the department, and which at the same time prints index cards on
as many parameters as desired. In addition, the same operation
automatically generates paper tape bearing the data from the collec-
tions, and these data may then be inserted automatically in a central
data center. It has been estimated that as much as a 60 percent in-
crease in the efficiency of the cataloging operation is gained by having
this equipment.

A conference of distinguished primatologists was convened to assist
in the development of a primatology program for the Museum of
Natural History. The implementation of their planning in conjunction
with that of the division of mammals is expected in the next fiscal year.

Funds were provided for a joint study of the systematics of fishes of
the mackerel assemblage by Tetsuo Matsui of the Institute of Oceano-
ography and Robert Gibbs of the division of fishes. This support
enabled Matsui to visit to the Smithsonian Institution for the purpose
of studying the Atlantic populations of some of these fishes, on which
Gibbs is a recognized specialist; this was especially important since
Matsui previously had worked only with Indian and Pacific Ocean
materials.

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ECOLOGY 73

Systematic research is often hampered by a lack of knowledge of
Oriental and less familiar languages in which scientific results are
sometimes reported. Assistance was provided for the translation of
critical research papers which were important to the successful com-
pletion of monographic studies.

ECOLOGY

In recognition of the challenges and opportunities in the field of
environmental biology, the Smithsonian on July 1, 1965, established
an Office of Ecology. This new Office is headed by Dr. Helmut K.
Buechner, formerly professor of zoology at Washington State Uni-
versity, Pullman, Washington.

The foundations for a program in ecology at the Smithsonian have
existed for some time. Extensive biological collections such as those
at the Smithsonian are essential for precise determination of the com-
ponents of the ecosystems under study; the Smithsonian has long
engaged in a variety of ecological and behavioral studies at the Smith-
sonian Tropical Research Institute on Barro Colorado Island, Panama;
and excellent experimental programs on photosynthesis and the effects
of radiation on organisms have been developed at the Smithsonian
Radiation Biology Laboratory.

Against this background the Smithsonian is now building a program
in environmental biology that will extend through all levels of biological
organization. At the cellular and subcellular levels, and reaching up-
ward into the organismal level, it hopes to expand the Radiation
Biology Laboratory to provide a broad base in environmental physi-
ology. Present research there is concentrated on plants — in studies of
the transmittal of solar energy into metabolic responses, storage aspects
of photosynthesis, energy conversion, and genetic mutations induced by
radiation. Expansion of the program on the animal side in close
association with the scientists at the National Zoological Park would
provide the physiological foundation essential to an overall program
in environmental biology. At the organismal level, ecological ap-
proaches contribute to an understanding of phylogenetic relationships
and evolutionary biology. At the higher levels of biological organi-
zation— population systems, vegetation, and whole ecosystems — the
Smithsonian is expanding into new fields. By adding this new dimen-
sion effectively, it hopes to develop a broadly conceived, integrated
program in ecology of significance both to science and to society.

Within this general framework, the Smithsonian is now in the process
of refining objectives to identify those areas in which effective contribu-

74 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

tions can be made through its own unique program and through an
integration of its efforts with those at universities and other institutions
here and overseas. In this connection the Smithsonian is initiating a
survey of leading university programs in ecology to determine how
and where it can contribute best to the growth of knowledge vital to
establishing harmonious adjustments between man and his environ-
ment in the years ahead.

One way in which the Smithsonian can collaborate with universities
is through its new foreign currency program. Under this program,
initiated a little over a year ago, the Institution now has the financial
capacity to pursue reseaixh in archaeology and anthropology in the
countries where foreign currencies have been declared excess. These
funds, derived from the sale of agricultural commodities, are made
available to the Smithsonian under Public Law 480. Beginning in
Fiscal Year 1967 the foreign currency program will be expanded
substantially into environmental biology and oceanography. Through
the use of these funds the Smithsonian has an unusual opportunity to
combine and direct the efforts of anthropologists and ecologists toward
developing a more complete history of man's environmental relation-
ships as a basis for understanding his current behavior in various
regional ecosystems. Foreign currencies will enable the Smithsonian
to develop programs to study the structure and functions of natural
ecosystems, with a view toward conservation and the orderly develop-
ment of natural resources, in countries like India, Pakistan, and Ceylon.
Both inventory and descriptive types of ecological investigations will
be required, but thorough understanding of ecosystems will depend on
studies of energy conversion through primary and secondary trophic
levels, of the dynamics of population systems, and of regulatory mech-
anisms of the system. It will be necessary, however, for the Smith-
sonian to develop capabilities for handling ecosystem studies at home
as well as abroad.

The International Biological Program (IBP), which has a strong
focus on environmental biology with a view toward broadening the
productivity base for human populations, will provide unprecedented
opportunity for ecological research and international conservation
efforts during the 5-year period from 1967 to 1972. The Smithsonian
will be engaged in the terrestrial conservation program of the IBP.
Dr. Lee M. Talbot, an internationally known conservationist on the
staff of the Office of Ecology, will work closely with the terrestrial
conservation section of the IBP in the establishment of a World Network
of Nature Reserves and the development of a world program in
conservation. It is highly important that ecological benchmarks be

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ECOLOGY 75

set aside for scientific research. Some of these may be National Parks,
others, Wilderness areas, and still others, small Nature Reserves. They
should not be merely set aside for posterity — they should be carefully
studied for their contributions to knowledge now and in the future.
One of our major contributions to this network of reserves can be in
the inventories of the biological components and general descriptions
of the ecosystems preserved.

The success of the IBP will depend largely on the rapid training
of young people at all educational levels. Through its new division of
education and training the Smithsonian can contribute to the educa-
tional program of the IBP. On-the-job training with the collections
at the Institution and in the field under the guidance of our own
scientists and those from cooperating universities will be an essential
part of the Smithsonian participation in the IBP.

During 1965 the Smithsonian established the Chesapeake Bay
Center for Field Biology on about 700 acres of land about 7 miles
south of Annapolis, on the west shore of the Bay. To the original
Forrest bequest, known as Java Farm, the southern portion of Ivy
Neck has been added through the cooperation of Miss Adelaide
Colhoun and a generous grant from the Ford Foundation. The
Smithsonian on February 9, 1966, formed a consortium with The
Johns Hopkins University and the University of Maryland for coopera-
tion in research and education. It is an open-ended consortium, which
may be joined by other universities in the Washington area, in what
it is hoped will become an intellectually stimulating venture. Dr. Kyle
Barbehenn, Director for the new Center, is now planning a well-
rounded research program with the universities, including studies of
vegetation change, field and laboratory studies of social behavior of
mammals, estuarian ecology, and population regulation.

One of our most important facilities in the developing ecological
program is the Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute (formerly the
Canal Zone Biological Area). Over the past 20 years an impressive
series of studies have emanated from this island station. Recent em-
phasis, under the excellent leadership of its Director, Martin H.
Moynihan, has been on comparative behavior of primates, the evolution
of interspecific relations, the significance of social signal systems, social
organization and behavior of tropical birds, and isolating mechanisms
in marine fishes (a detailed report of this work appears on p. 1 63) . STRI
provides a model and a base for expanding ecological research in the
New World tropics. Increased activity in tropical research has been
initiated under the guidance of Dr. F. Raymond Fosberg, a newly
appointed specialist on tropical biology who comes to the Smithsonian

76 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

from the Geological Survey with a wealth of tropical experience. The
increased emphasis on tropical biology is in recognition of the signif-
icance of this region to an understanding of the principles of ecology
and evolutionary biology.

A conference on bird life in central and northern Latin America,
supported by a grant from The Conservation Foundation, was held at
the Smithsonian April 13-15, 1966. The objective was to assess
numerical changes in the populations of both resident and migratory
birds in relationship to alterations in their habitats. This conference
was first proposed by William Vogt, Secretary of The Conservation
Foundation, who wondered whether the destruction of rain forests
and other changes in vegetation might not have as much influence on
recent declines in the numbers of migratory birds as agricultural
pesticides.

Most of the seven contributors from the five Latin American coun-
tries represented, and appi-oximately a dozen contributors from the
United States, agreed that because of their adaptability to wintering
habitats, most migratory birds that breed in the north temperate
zone can survive considerable environmental changes in their winter
ranges. On the other hand, the conservation of resident species,
particularly those of the humid tropical forests, is a much more serious
problem. These birds, which through a long period of evolution are
adapted to rain forests for nesting, are apparently losing ground.

A group of conferees, headed by John W. Aldrich, compiled a list
of 2 1 suggestions for action based on the conference papers and discus-
sions. Among these the principal points covered were: (1) conservation
of all renewable natural resources, as a basis for preservation of avifauna;
(2) inventories and descriptions of samples of ecosystems; (3) control
of illegal traffic in live birds and turtles and in cayman skins; (4) inter-
national fellowships for training Latin American technicians; (5) trans-
lations into Spanish of bird guides, of examples of successful conser-
vation efforts, and of digests of books and articles on conservation;
(6) the organization of bird-banding programs; (7) the development of
intergovernmental studies on changes in the abundance of migratory
birds; (8) international exchange of information; and (9) research,
education, and publicity.

The results of this conference may assist greatly, not only in the
preservation of bird life, but in the overall conservation of renewable
natural resources in northern Latin America.

In summary, the Smithsonian plans to form a small group of some of
the best research scholars in the country who will integrate their
efforts (1) to contribute to theory in population biology and ecosystem
science and (2) to provide information essential to the Federal Govern-

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION OCEANOGRAPHY 77

ment in the evolution of our society in the critical years ahead. In
this challenging new era of ecological orientation the Smithsonian can
serve as a point of focus for both national and international programs
in basic research and education. The Smithsonian is in a position to
play a major role in the IBP — the outgrowth of which it is hoped will
be a continuing emphasis on environmental biology as the background
for harmonious relationships of human societies within the world's
ecosystems.

As opportunities for making contributions to ecosystem science
and conservation emerge, the Smithsonian stands ready to accept its
responsibilities in the firm conviction that the survival of human soci-
eties at high standards of living in quality environments depends on
what is accomplished in environmental biology within the next decade.

OCEANOGRAPHY

As has been the case in recent years, the Smithsonian plays a key role
in biological oceanographic operations at the federal level. We are
the national center for the identification and study of whole marine
organisms. Although complementary studies of commercial and sports
fisheries are made by the Department of the Interior, the Institution
provides basic information on the kinds, distributions, and populations
of organisms in the world ocean.

The principal work of the oceanography program is the support of
specimen-oriented research that leads to the preparation of mono-
graphs of groups of marine organisms, showing their relationships and
describing their ecology.

The Institution's staff members participated during the past year
in 74 cruises of 14 ships belonging to 10 organizations.

The oceanography effort was expanded to include marine sedi-
mentology. Cores and sediments have been given to the Institution
by the Navy, the Coast Guard, the Coast and Geodetic Survey, the
Army Engineers, the Geological Survey, and other organizations.
A new constant low temperature storage facility has been constructed
and cores from the National Science Foundation's deep coring project
will be transferred soon from their temporary storage area to our
facility. Rocks from the mid-Atlantic ridge and from other oceanic
areas have been collected and sent from other sources to the Institution
for study by our active petrology group.

In cooperative project undertaken with the U.S. National Academy
of Sciences and the Government of the Republic of China, Assistant
Director I. E. Wallen spent four weeks in Taiwan advising on ocean-
ography development. The Institution, with support from the

78 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

Department of State, sent Wallen to the meeting of a special panel
of the Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission on Mutual
Assistance to Developing Countries.

The Smithsonian Oceanographic Sorting Center continued to expand
its operations: the shipment of specimens increased, with 2,844,941
being sent to 190 specialists from 27 countries during the year, as
contrasted to 2,260,949 to 70 specialists in the prior 2% years of its
existence. The total of specimens sorted during the year was 3,527,415,
against 4,924,210 for the previous 2% years. The involvement of
specialists from 27 countries emphasized the point that there does not
exist in any one country the capability to identify all marine organisms.
Biological oceanography as practiced in the Smithsonian Institution is
as international as the seas themselves.

During the year the surplus oceanographic vessel Phykos was used
for 2}{ months before being laid up. The small sailing yacht Ellida,
acquired as a gift, was reconditioned at modest cost and was used for
research in the Chesapeake Bay area during May and June 1966.

ANTHROPOLOGY

Two additional senior research scientists joined the office of anthro-
pology this year, John C. Ewers, formerly Director of the Museum
of History and Technology, and T. Dale Stewart, formerly Director
of the Museum of Natural History. Both had accomplished sub-
stantial amounts of research and writing during past years, in spite of
the demands of their administrative duties; they will now be able to
devote much more time to their scholarly activities.

During the year, John C. Ewers completed seven papers on the
ethnohistory of the Great Plains and on the artists who recorded or
interpreted its Indians. He also began work on an historical intro-
duction to a centennial edition of George Catlin's O-kee-pa, the famous
artist's major descriptive contribution to ethnology, to be published
by the Yale University Press. He served as chairman of the planning
committee of the Smithson Bicentennial Celebration, held at the
Institution from September 16 to 19, 1965. On June 5, 1966, The
University of Montana awarded Ewers the honorary degree of Doctor
of Laws, in recognition of his contributions to museology and to the
history and ethnology of the Plains Indians.

T. Dale Stewart worked on his report on the archeological site in
Stafford County, Virginia, known as Patawameke, from which
Pocahontas was kidnapped in 1613 and taken to Jamestown. He
edited portions of the volume on physical anthropology of the Handbook
of Middle American Indians, being published by the University of Texas

", .jM^r--" ~

• *^Stfr ' ^&>&^ B^^^ip^*" ■

Chesapeake Bay Center for Field Biology. Grants (see pp. 14 and 45) have
enabled the Smithsonian and its associates in the consortium — The Johns
Hopkins University and the University of Maryland- — -to add two key parcels
of land to the recentiy established Center. The three peninsulas that make
up the southern half of Ivy Neck Farm are shown in the foreground while the
B-shaped Corn Island is in the upper right. Hog Island, lying beyond Corn
Island, and the forest to the right of that Island are part of the original
Forrest bequest of 368 acres, acquired in 1962. The Center now contains
700 acres, including mature forest, second growth, old fields, cultivated fields,
and salt marsh. With control of over 10 miles of shoreline, it is the largest
undeveloped expanse on the western shore of the Chesapeake Bay. It lies a
mere 7 miles south of Annapolis and an hour's drive from Washington or
Baltimore, making it a convenient site for the use of biologists in the region.
As the facility develops, it should attract students of ecology and behavior
from around the world. (Official U.S. Navy photo.)

Etruscan amphora of the late 6th century B.C. before and after cleaning in the
anthropology conservation laboratory. Below: Example of thickening in
Neolithic skulls from Turkey (see p. 85) caused by anemia, probably the
result of chronic malarial infection: Top one is normal, middle (cremated)
and bottom ones are thickened.

xkf

- >

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ANTHROPOLOGY 79

Press, and he outlined exhibit scripts for the section of the hall of
physical anthropology concerned with ancient man.

Waldo R. Wedel was in the field in the summer of 1965, assisted by
museum specialist George S. Metcalf and five university students,
excavating an early historic Indian village in central Kansas. Believed
to have been inhabited by a Wichita Indian group about A.D.
1500-1 700, the site consists of refuse heaps scattered around an elliptical
pattern of shallow oblong depressions placed end-to-end around a
low earth mound. Excavations in 1940 had disclosed two long narrow
curving pithouses inside the ring of surface depressions. In 1965, two
more such pithouses were found; with those opened previously, they
formed a subrectangular pattern around the mounded center and
within the ring of depressions or "borrow pits." No similar structures
or arrangement of structures have yet been reported from the Plains
region or elsewhere. From their floors, beneath a thick layer of burned
roof and wall material, were taken much pottery, and stone, bone, and
shell artifacts generally like those found elsewhere on the site in stor-
age pits and refuse mounds. From their central location in the village
and their unusual construction and arrangement, it is tentatively in-
ferred that these earth-covered pithouses probably represented the
dwellings of the village leaders.

At two other village sites lying about 800 and 2,100 yards east and
south of the circle excavated, similar circles of depressions occur around
a central mound. The line connecting their centers runs 30° south of
due east, and, projected to the eastern horizon, corresponds exactly
with the sunrise position at the winter solstice. Local observers on
December 21-22, 1965, verified the alignment of these two circles
with the rising sun. Since no obvious topographical or other reason
appears for such an alignment, and in light of other alignments and
orientations of sites and features, the location of these circles and their
unique character argues for an intentional or planned placement on
a recognized axis. These findings suggest strongly that the Wichita
Indians of the 16th and 17th centuries, like their contemporaries among
the upper Rio Grande pueblos, had a ceremonial calendar based on an
astronomical year beginning with the winter solstice, instead of a
descriptive calendar like most of their Plains neighbors in which the
time reckoning began with some event of particular importance to
the Indian.

Scattered and disarticulated human bones found in the four pithouses,
some of them charred or burned, suggest the possibility of enemy action
or that human sacrifice was practiced. Ethnographic data indicate
that winter solstice rituals in the Southwest were somehow connected
with human sacrifice. Further examinations at other of the known

80 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

circles in central Kansas are urgently needed to determine more
accurately the relationships between these specialized structures and
astronomical points, and the possibility that rituals of human sacrifice
were directly involved.

As a result of widespread newspaper publicity given the dig, visitors
came in ever-increasing numbers, averaging 30 to 50 a day during the
last few weeks, so that a total of about 3,000 persons, including many
foreign visitors, saw Smithsonian research in progress at the site.

Henry B. Collins continued his Eskimo research, supervising the
preparation of two volumes issued by the Arctic Institute of North
America: volume 6 of the series, Anthropology of the North: Translations
from Russian Sources, a translation of A. P. Okladnikov's "The Soviet
Far East in Antiquity, An Archaeological and Historical Study of the
Maritime Region of the U.S.S.R.," and volume 12 of Arctic Bibliography,
a series which summarizes and indexes the contents of publications in
all fields of science, and in all languages, pertaining to the Arctic and
sub- Arctic regions of the world.

Robert M. Laughlin continued his work on a Tzotzil-English,
English-Tzotzil dictionary (Tzotzil, a Mayan language, is spoken by
approximately 100,000 Indians in the state of Chiapas, southeastern
Mexico). The dictionary now contains some 20,000 entries. This is
the most complete dictionary compiled since the 16th century for any
American Indian language.

As part of the Archbold-Bredin-Smithsonian Biological Survey of
the Island of Dominica, in the British West Indies, Clifford Evans and
research associate, Betty J. Meggers conducted an intensive arche-
ological survey on Dominica during January 1966. After field recon-
naissance located 22 different sites, many of which are early French
and English colonial rather than Indian, it was determined that the
ecological conditions for Indian occupation were so poor in comparison
to nearby Guadaloupe and Martinique and other lesser Antilles that
Indians must have used the island as a "stepping stone" without long
occupation at any one spot.

Supported by a Smithsonian research award, a long-range program
of archeological research was begun in Brazil with Evans and Meggers
as principal investigators. Nine Brazilians trained by them in 1964
under the auspices of the Fulbright Commission have carried on the
collaborative research efforts in the field. Official negotiations and
agreements were arranged between the Smithsonian Institution and
the Conselho Nacional de Pesquisas of Brazil, which named as their
official representative in Brazil the Museu Paraense Emilio Goeldi, in
Belem. The program was assisted by Artur Hehl Neiva of the Fulbright
Commission who served as liaison.

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ANTHROPOLOGY 81

At the close of the fiscal year, Evans and Meggers were in Brazil
inspecting each project to be sure that all participants were conducting
their work according to standardized procedures of note-taking,
classification, record-keeping, etc. so that at the close of the 5-8 year
program all interpretations from all sites are comparable. The nine
Brazilian archeologists have conducted field work to date in the States
of Rio Grande do Sul, Santa Catarina, Parana, Sao Paulo, Guanabara,
Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Rio Grande do Norte and Matto Grosso. Al-
ready some extremely important data have been secured, including
deep stratified Paleo-Indian deposits in Rio Grande do Sul, and
pottery-bearing sites in the State of Bahia, from which pottery had not
previously been recorded.

Using the hydration thickness technique of dating, Evans analyzed
and interpreted the obsidian artifacts from Easter Island for inclusion
by Thor Heyerdahl in volume two of the history and archeology of
Easter Island.

The reliability of an aspect of glotto-chronology is being questioned
in an article now in preparation by William H. Crocker. Two Canela
vocabularies taken from the same group and collected by different
people in the same decade have been found to contain enough non-
cognates to account for one thousand years of geographical separation.
These noncognates are generally either synonyms or words with similar
meanings, or attributable to errors of the field workers concerned.
Newly collected data on the Canela messianic movement were prepared
for presentation at the Symposium on the Biota of the Amazon, in
Belem, Brazil, in June 1966.*

For the 37th Congress of Americanists, being held in Argentina in
September, Crocker has prepared an acculturative history of the
Canela Indians since 1900. The early monograph on the Canela,
The Eastern Timbira, by Curt Nimuendaju, was utilized as a mid-
point base to assure the reliability of the information and the trends.
Groups of informants of different age-grades were used to reconstruct
the conditions of each of their adolescent initiation periods as the
tribe moved from one old village site to another. As a result of the
efficacy of this technique, a fairly full history of innovations, losses, and
trends has been reconstructed, with the maximum error for most
items being about plus or minus two years since 1900. In order to
continue his acculturation study of the Canela and to obtain informa-

*As reported in Smithsonian Tear 1965 (pp. 40-42) a prophetess among the Canela
Indians of Brazil predicted that the traditional culture hero would come to earth
to save his people and turn them into civilizados. They believed her and danced
continuously and stole cattle to facilitate the festivities untd they were attacked
and driven out of their lands by the neighboring Brazilian hinterlanders.
230-457—66 8

82 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

tion between field visits, Crocker has trained three Canela Indians to
record information on certain daily events. They write from 40 to 60
pages a month, and these manuscripts have been received regularly
by mail. It is expected that at least one autobiography can be edited
from these materials, and since one of the Indians makes his contribu-
tion partly in his own language using phonemic script, his texts will
serve to facilitate the linguistic analysis of the language. A system for
coding the Canela ethnographic materials has been worked out, and
a collection of about 12,000 Keysort cards is now ready for utiliza-
tion in the analysis of specific topics.

Gus W. Van Beek concentrated his research on the pre-Islamic pot-
tery chronology of Hajar Bin Humeid, the longest continuously oc-
cupied pre-Islamic site as yet excavated in southern Arabia. In
addition to the ongoing descriptive work, technical studies of certain
types of pottery were initiated. One of these, in collaboration with
William Melson of the department of mineral sciences, involves the
petrographic analysis of representative pottery types to permit a more
accurate description of the composition of the pottery. The other, in
collaboration with Edward V. Sayre of the Brookhaven National Lab-
oratory, utilizes neutron activation analysis to investigate the composi-
tion of one type of pottery, sand-tempered ware, with a wide
distribution at a number of sites stretching in a belt from northeastern
Ethiopia to Hadhramaut in southern Arabia; this analysis of trace
elements should show whether sherds from all sites are identical and
these data will indicate whether examples of this ware were made at
one or more centers and whether direct trade was involved in its
distribution.

During the year, Van Beek also studied the enigmatic monolithic
stele at Axum, Ethiopia, and presented before the African Studies
Association, meeting in Philadelphia, October 27-30, 1965, a paper
entitled "The Monuments of Axum in the Light of South Arabian
Archeology," in which it was shown that these gigantic granite stele
probably belong to the beginning of the Christian era in Ethiopia
(A.D. 327), and must be interpreted in the light of the then rapidly
developing Christian symbolism. He also prepared a survey and
annotated bibliography on the archeology of Arabia during the period
from 1960 to 1965 for the Council on Old World Archaeology.

William C. Sturtevant continued his research on the culture of the
Seminole Indians and related topics, in Washington and through
visits to museums and archival collections elsewhere. He also initiated
a long-term project aimed towards an exhaustive catalog of all illus-
trations of Northeastern Indians done before 1860 and having any
claim for ethnographic accuracy.

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ANTHROPOLOGY 83

Research on the collections, in conjunction with preparation of
materials for exhibition in the hall of the cultures of Africa and Asia,
was continued by Gordon D. Gibson.

At the Peabody Museum and at Essex Institute, both in Salem,
Massachusetts, Saul H. Riesenberg abstracted ethnographic and
historical materials from the collections of ship's logs and journals in
connection with his research in Micronesian ethnohistory. With the
aid of a native Ponapean in this country, a student at Princeton, he
carried forward the task of translating an important Ponapean manu-
script which he and John L. Fischer of Tulane University, are anno-
tating and preparing for publication.

A sourcebook of Korean anthropology being prepared by Eugene I.
Knez, in collaboration with Chang-Soo Swanson and assisted by
Willie Song, will include, in translation, a selection of articles pertaining
to Korean life and culture written by Korean and Japanese scholars and
scientists representing the major subdivisions of anthropology. A
selected and annotated bibliography of 500 articles, monographs, and
books has been completed and will constitute the other half of the
sourcebook. Most of the Asian articles and the bibliographic items
have appeared in print since 1900, but are from many sources not well
known here, or from out-of-print journals.

Kent V. Flannery and his field party left in December for Mexico to
begin their study of the prehistoric human ecology of the Valley of
Oaxaca. Geomorphologists Michael and Anne Kirkby began by
mapping the land forms and geological strata of the Valley, which is
in the shape of a capital T, 70 miles from north to south and 30 miles
east to west. It is now clear that the region was cut by the upper
tributaries of the Atoyac River, and is, in effect, a river valley with at
least three definable terraces; there never was a "giant lake" in central
Oaxaca as suggested by earlier investigators. The distribution of
archeological sites, and even the different types of soils accompanying
them, make it clear that the prehistoric rise to prominence of the
Valley of Oaxaca was not a product of any "lush, fertile, well-watered"
aspect attributed to the Valley by earlier writers; in fact, its rise was a
tribute to the ingenuity of the prehistoric Indians in making use of its
scanty surface water and alluvial soil. No great "irrigation civiliza-
tion," with centralized bureaucratic control of water resources was
possible here, because no single stream in the valley could be used to
irrigate more than a square mile; rather, there are at least 15 types of
irrigation going on all over the valley, with intensively local adapta-
tions. Some regions produce 10 alfalfa crops a year, while others can
grow only maguey (Agave sp.). Preliminary indications are that early
farmers here clung desperately to the alluvial areas with a 3-meter

84 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

water table and spread only later into the vast stretches of marginal
land upstream. The oldest prehistoric phase excavated dates to
roughly 5000-3500 B.C. and resembles the Coxcatlan phase in the
Valley of Tehuacan, 160 miles to the north.

These early agriculturalists hunted deer and rabbit in the mountains
near Mitla, and in the rock shelters where they camped have been
found occupation floors containing hundreds of plant specimens pre-
served by dessication. The presence of acorns and hardened deer
antler suggests that these were autumn encampments by groups who
were harvesting both wild and domestic plants as well as doing some
hunting. Also during Early Formative times, in the Valley, villages
were being built with houses having partial stone foundations and
walls of wattle and daub. The pottery decoration, figurines, and
other artifacts clearly show that important strides had already been
made toward the craft specialization and urbanization that mark the
growth of civilization in Mexico as elsewhere.

Four main vegetational (and faunal) zones have been located in the
Mitla area. One is the valley floor itself, at 1 ,600 meters, characterized
by mesquite and prickly pear. A lower zone, the canyons east of
Mitla, at 1,300 meters, is arid tropical, with iguanas and kapok trees
{Ceiba sp.). A higher zone, on the lower mountain slopes at 1,900
meters, has oak, organ cactus, maguey, copal (Bursera) and guaje
(Lucaena). This is the richest zone in wild plants and was intensively
used for collecting and hunting, while the valley floor was intensively
used for agriculture. The fourth and last zone, the surrounding moun-
tain tops at 2,200 meters or more, has oak, pine, manzanita, and
madrono. Caves have been located in all four of these zones, and it is
hoped to excavate one in each this season in order to extablish use of
wild resources in prehistory. The definition of vegetation zones will
be made easier by the 800 specimens of plants collected in January and
February by Wallace Ernst of the department of botany.

Tie-ins between the ethnographic work of Aubrey Williams, Univer-
sity of Maryland, and the archeological work have been numerous.
For example, working near Mitla at a purely dry-farming village,
Williams discovered that farmers there plant one crop a year of yellow
corn, black beans, and squash, in the same field, as well as a crop of
small black beans which are cultivated on marginal land. Four miles
away, at "Guila Naquitz" cave, in levels dating to A.D. 900, the
archeologists uncovered a series of storage pits which contained exactly
the same four food products.

In February 1965, Robert L. Stephenson began a sabbatical leave
from his duties as Acting Director of the River Basin Surveys. Before
and during this leave he worked on reports on his archeological research

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION — ANTHROPOLOGY 85

in the Whitney Reservoir area of Central Texas, on the Blue Blanket
Island Site, on the Potts Village Site and on the Sully Site, all of
Oahe Reservoir, South Dakota.

Richard B. Woodbury and research associate, Nathalie F. S. Wood-
bury, in collaboration with Watson Smith, Peabody Museum, Harvard
University, completed a report on the 1917-1923 excavations at the
Zuni ruin of Hawikuh, New Mexico, which were directed by Frederick
Webb Hodge, formerly Director of the Bureau of American Ethnology.
The excavations were sponsored by the Museum of the American
Indian, Heye Foundation, New York, which is publishing the report.
Hodge's voluminous field notes and the extensive room plans and
drawings of pottery designs were used in the compilation. In addition,
the pottery was reclassified and new type definitions were prepared in
accordance with current archeological practice, although Hodge's
own stratigraphic study was discovered in manuscript form and is
included in the report.

In August 1965, the Smithsonian Institution and the Georgia Kraft
Company of Rome, Georgia, entered jointly into a research contract
for the salvage of archeological sites, near Cottonton, Alabama, along
the Chattahoochee River, which would otherwise be lost forever through
the construction of a new paper mill and its supporting services.
Research associate C. G. Holland, conducted field work for six weeks
in areas ahead of the construction and as the work continues additional
archeological investigation will be carried out. The salvage archeology
is being conducted in an early to middle 18th-century Indian village
producing gunflints, Indian pottery, kaolin pipes, trade beads, and
iron artifacts.

Olga Linares de Sapir continued archeological research in Senegal
as an honorary collaborator. She made extensive excavations in shell
mounds that unfortunately are being destroyed rapidly in the wanton
excavation of the shell for paving primary and secondary roads. In
addition to the work in Senegal she was able to travel into the
Cameroons, Nigeria, and Ivory Coast and compare the status of
archeological research in these areas with Senegal. Interesting com-
parative information was obtained, but only in Nigeria is there a fully
developed research program in archeology through the University
in Ibadan.

Museum specialist George S. Metcalf, in collaboration with Kent
Flannery, prepared a report on an Olmec "were -jaguar" from the
Yucatan Peninsula. He also collaborated with Stephen de Borhegyi
on a study of an inscribed celt from Guatemala.

J. Lawrence Angel, in Greece and Turkey in summer 1965, studied
more than 500 human skeletons from sites ranging from Paleolithic

86 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

to 19th century A.D. The Early Neolithic material from Catal Hiiyuk
(N=34) in the marsh-edged Konya plain and from Nea Nikomedeia
(N=104) in the marshy Macedonian plain near the old coastline
shows a high incidence (20-30 percent) of fully developed porotic
hyperostosis in adults (healed) and children. This overdevelopment
of blood-forming diploe of skull and bone marrow (children) indicates
anemia, probably sicklemia or thalassemia occurring in response to
chronic severe infestation by malarial Plasmodium falciparum. Later
Neolithic skeletons from Kephala (51) on rocky Kea and bones from
Early Bronze Age Karatas (155) in mountainous Lycia show little or
no hyperostosis. Angel is synthesizing results from about 150 later
skeletons combined with his 1,200 from the Greek mainland to analyze
the interaction between such health factors as malaria, arthritis, level
of nutrition and age at death, and historical change.

Lucile E. Hoyme directed a Howard University student, Walker B.
Moore, in the identification of juvenile skulls in the collections of the
Division of Physical Anthropology, in terms of physiological age at
death. A precoded form for automatic data processing was designed,
with the help of museum technician Donald J. Ortner, on which were
recorded stage of tooth eruption, tooth wear, caries, and suture closure.
Approximately 4,000 Eskimo and Aleut crania were examined, of
which 291 proved to be juveniles. A method was also worked out for
establishing the sequence of tooth eruption, and W. B. Moore used
this as the basis for a prize-winning exhibit at the 100th annual meeting
of the District of Columbia Dental Society.

Donald J. Ortner developed methods for microprobe study of
mineral concentration in bone, and in a pilot study found probable
aging differences in Haversian systems.

Hoyme also continued research on the geographical distribution of
various human cranial characteristics, to determine whether patterns
of distribution corresponding to climatic regions would suggest the
mode of action of natural selection. Certain predicted correlations
between cranial form and climatic factors proved absent, but it appears
that natural selection maintains and even increases individual variation.
Preliminary analysis of the American Indian and Siberian crania
studied suggests other internal correlations, which will be tested as the
research proceeds.

Organizing and filing the data sheets of the Human Relations Area
Files was completed during the year. There are now files of informa-
tion (mostly photocopied from published sources, but also using un-
published material) on 266 ethnic or political groups, representing
the entire inhabited world. Use of the files by the Smithsonian staff
and by visiting scholars and other government agencies has increased

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ANTHROPOLOGY 87

markedly. About 50 outside research projects made use of the files,
compared to 30 the previous year.

River Basin Surveys

In February 1966, Warren W. Caldwell was appointed Director of
the River Basin Surveys, succeeding Robert L. Stephenson, who had
been serving as Acting Director.

The Smithsonian River Basin Surveys participated in a wide range
of archeological projects during the year, concentrating on the Missouri
Basin as in previous years. Field investigations totaling 13, of which
9 were active in July and August 1965, were focused primarily upon
the major enclave of horticultural communities extending along the
axis of the Missouri River in the two Dakotas ; however, reconnaissance
and excavation parties worked in Iowa, Wyoming, and elsewhere
in North Dakota as well.

1. The Sommers site, upper Big Bend Reservoir, South Dakota,
continuing investigations begun in 1964 at what is perhaps the largest
of the early villages in the Middle Missouri area. In addition to the
clearing of several deeply buried houses, the 1 965 excavations demon-
strated that at least part of the village was defended by a deep ditch
or dry moat.

2. The Cattle Oiler site, a small, isolated village in the upper Big
Bend Reservoir where for the first time evidence was found of con-
temporary or closely subsequent occupations by peoples of the Initial
Middle Missouri and Extended Middle Missouri Traditions.

3. The Ketchen site, just downstream from the Cattle Oiler village
appears to have been occupied by peoples of the Middle Missouri
Tradition. Although architectural features are abundant, other evi-
dences suggest that the occupation was of short duration, or possibly,
that the village was never completed.

4. The eastern shore of the upper Big Bend Reservoir just down-
stream from Pierre, South Dakota, where five sites were tested. For
the most part, architectural remains were few and indeterminate;
however, enough evidence was found to indicate that the principal
occupations fell within the generic "La Roche" category.

5. The Thomas Riggs site, in the Oahe Reservoir just upstream
from Pierre, South Dakota. Prior investigators had concluded that
the village was unfortified; however, aerial photographs suggested the
presence of a complex, bastioned defensive perimeter. Test excava-
tions using heavy earth-moving machinery proved the existence of a
moat and palisade and indicated that further, intensive work is
necessary.

88 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

6. The Fort Manuel site, in the upper Oahe Reservoir of north-
central South Dakota, an important but short-lived trading establish-
ment of 1812-1813.

7. The Medicine Crow site, near Fort Thompson in the lower
Big Bend Reservoir where a renewed excavation exposed a fire hearth
attributable to the early preceramic occupations.

8. The Fort Yates area, upper Oahe Reservoir, south-central
North Dakota, excavating at the Ben Standing Soldier and Battle
Greek Sites where remains of the Extended Middle Missouri Horizon
("Archaic Mandan") were found. In addition, tests at the Porcupine
Creek Site produced good evidence of the early period of settlement
on the Standing Rock Reservation.

9. The Arpan site, in the middle Oahe Reservoir near Mobridge,
South Dakota, where a low mound was excavated that contained sec-
ondary human burials within a sub-floor pit. The remains were
culturally related to others in the immediate vicinity and are assumed
to date within a few years of A.D. 1200.

10. The Stelzer site, a Plains Woodland camp area near the Arpan
Mounds that has produced significant Plains Woodland remains in the
past. Continued excavations here added no new evidence, however,
remains of early-day "homesteader" activities were found.

1 1 . Some 47 sites were recorded in reservoir and canal rights of
way within the Garrison Diversion Project of eastern North Dakota.
At least 12 of these, including mound groups and Woodland camps
seem to be important enough to warrant continued investigation.

12. A number of sites were found during a reconnaissance of the
Bowman-Haley Reservoir on the upper Grand River in southwestern-
most North Dakota. Two camp areas, both of McKean affiliation,
will require intensive excavation.

13. A brief shoreline survey of the Angostura Reservoir, south-
western South Dakota, assessed the effects of bank erosion.

In June of 1966, 6 additional parties began field investigations as
follows:

1. Additional work at the Sommers site to trace the defensive
ditch discovered during previous excavations.

2. Continued excavation at the Cattle Oiler and Ketchen villages
in order to establish relationships between the sites and to clarify the
sequence of occupation.

3. The Durkin site, a large, early village in the Big Bend Reservoir
that is assumed to be important to the interpretation of the adjacent
Sommers Site.

4. The lower Cannonball site, a large village in the upper Oahe
Reservoir that seems to mark a crucial point in the putative transition
from the Extended to the Terminal Middle Missouri Horizon.

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ANTHROPOLOGY 89

5. Excavation of one or more sites of McKean affiliation within the
Bowman-Haley Reservoir.

6. Mummy Cave, near Cody, Wyoming, where a combined
Whitney Gallery of Western Art-National Geographic Society-
Smithsonian Institution party was excavating deep deposits containing
a long sequence of human occupation.

In addition to the field parties of the River Basin Surveys, a number
of other institutions worked within the Missouri Basin under coopera-
tive agreement with the U.S. National Park Service. At the beginning
of the year, the cooperators included: the University of Missouri, the
University of Kansas, the Kansas State Historical Society, the State
Historical Society of North Dakota, and the University of Nebraska.
At the end of the fiscal year, cooperative agreements had been con-
cluded with four institutions for investigations within the Basin: the
University of Missouri, excavating in the Stockton and Kaysinger
Bluff reservoirs of Missouri; the State Historical Society of North
Dakota in the Oahe Reservoir of North Dakota; the University of
Kansas, excavating in the Clinton Reservoir, northeast Kansas; and
the University of Nebraska in the Glen Elder Reservoir, north-central
Kansas.

New Programs

Towards the end of the fiscal year, the Smithsonian Office of An-
thropology was engaged in preliminary planning for several major
new research programs under the stimulus of Professor Sol Tax, of the
University of Chicago, who on January 1, 1966, was appointed special
advisor on anthropology to the Security of the Smithsonian Institution.

As part of a substantial long-range research program of the Office
of Anthropology on ancient technology, Precolumbian metal artifacts
excavated from the Milagro Culture of Ecuador by Evans and Meggers
in 1961 have been submitted to the Battelle Memorial Institute of
Columbus, Ohio, for metallographic and spectrochemical studies.
The reports received to date are so significant that the study is being
broadened for the next several years to include the testing of artifacts
from both New and Old World archeological cultures such as Arabia.
Field research to rescue data on traditional crafts ahead of the rapidly
changing cultures brought on by western industrialization is being
organized in such areas as Iran and will be extended to other parts
of the world.

In April 1965, the Office of Anthropology decided to begin work
towards a multi-volume "Handbook of North American Indians" to
update the encyclopedic Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico
(Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30, 2 vols., 1907-1910), which
has been the most widely useful of the 200 Bulletins and 48 large Annual

90 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

Reports of the Bureau. William C. Sturtevant agreed to serve as editor
of this new Handbook, and planning as to its content and format began.
The aim is to produce a reference work for scholars and the interested
public, which will summarize and systematize anthropological and
historical knowledge of the cultures, languages, and physical form of
the Indians north of Mexico, and outline the course and results of
their relationships with the later European and African settlers of the
continent.

VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY

Research activities in the division of fishes included a broad range of
studies by the staff and the approximately 160 visiting investigators
who came to the division to consult with the staff on their research
projects and to study the extensive fish collections.

Ernest A. Lachner's studies of eastern North American barbeled
nest-building chubs (Cyprinidae) have resulted in a comprehensive
synthesis of their systematics, morphology, and distribution. His field
studies contributed to the understanding of the biology and biogeog-
raphy of the species and species groups. His ichthyological data have
been correlated with the geology and physiography of the area, resulting
in a comprehensive summary of the origins of the upland freshwater
fish fauna of the eastern United States.

The systematic studies by Robert H. Gibbs, Jr., with Bruce Collette,
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, of the giant-sized tunas of the world
will have broad application in the fishery industry, and will be used by
the industry and by fishery management organizations in many
countries of the world where a* tuna fishery is part of the economic
income of the nation. It is the first real analysis of the specific identity
of the several populations found in the oceans of the world.

William A. Gosline, Professor of Zoology, University of Hawaii,
was appointed senior postdoctoral research associate for the year
beginning September 1965. The subject of his investigation was the
arrangement and classification of the major groups of the order Perci-
formes, which with several thousand species, is the largest single order
of living fishes. His approach to the problem is primarily through
comparative osteology.

Victor G. Springer completed a revision of the circumtropical
blennioid fish genus Entomacrodns. One of the few intensive studies of
tropical marine shore fishes, this research has resulted in a broader
concept of fish speciation, distribution, origin, and evolution than has
existed heretofore. A major advance in the zoogeography of this

Many surviving village sites along the Big Bend Reservoir are in danger of
destruction. Much of the Catde Oiler Site here (see p. 87) has already
collapsed into the lake. Below: Remains of defensive stockade at Fort
Manuel (see p. 88), a fur-trade post of 1812-13 in the central Oahe Reservoir,
north-central South Dakota.

Collecting macaroni penguins on Elephant Island, off the Antarctic Peninsula
(see p. 92), are Smithsonian scientists George Watson and J. P. Angle. The
site is that where Shackleton's party wintered during his 1914-16 expedition.
Below: Robert H. Gibbs, Jr., dissecting a marlin during cruise 14 of RV
Anton Brun in the Southeast Pacific (see p. 90).

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 91

area has resulted. He is continuing his studies of the osteology,
phylogeny, and relationships of the Blenniidae.

Stanley H. Weitzman's osteological studies of numerous families and
groups of fishes contributed to a recent classification of fishes, pub-
lished in 1966, which he wrote in collaboration with P. H. Greenwood,
D. E. Rosen, and G. S. Myers. This classification collates for the
first time in many years the abundant nomenclature of the higher
categories of fishes and presents tentative phyletic arrangements of
families and orders.

A new service to the science of herpetology was inaugurated in the
division of reptiles and amphibians with the appearance of the first
issues of the Smithsonian Herpetological Information Services. These
are intended to provide multilithed copies of translations, indexes,
bibliographies, lists, and similar material for distribution to herpeto-
logical laboratories. It is common for an investigator to prepare as
a useful adjunct to his own work an index or translation which would
be equally useful to his colleagues if available but is generally not
suitable for formal publication. This is the type of material which
the Information Services distribute, and the scope of the project is
indicated by the items currently available:

A list of the herpetological publications of the United States National
Museum, 1853-1965. 12 pp., issued December 10, 1965.

On the biology of the giant Indonesian monitor lizard; by Darevsky
and Kadarsan [translated from the Russian]. 6 pp., issued Decem-
ber 10, 1965.

A list of institutions offering course work and degree programs in
herpetology. 9 pp., issued December 18, 1965.

Considerations concerning the variability of amphibians and reptiles,
by Stugren [translated from the Rumanian]. 10 pp., issued May 6,
1966.

Curator Doris M. Cochran and her collaborator Coleman J. Goin
submitted for publication their monograph on the frogs of Colombia.
In this study, 27 new species and subspecies of frogs are described.

James A. Peters pursued his long-term work on Ecuador, with
current emphasis on the zoogeographical and taxonomic problems
of the fauna of the higher altitudes of the Amazonian slopes of the
Andes. He spent October on the coastal plain investigating the
transition zone between the dry, almost desert conditions of south-
western Ecuador, which lie under the influence of the Humboldt
Current, and the dense tropical rain forests of northwestern Ecuador,
which show greatest relationships with the Caribbean slopes of Central
America. Work was begun on a list of the snakes of the family
Typhlopidae for Das Tierreich, to be included in the Liste der rezenten

92 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

Amphibien und Reptilien. An annotated list of rare and endangered
species of reptiles and amphibians in the United States was prepared
for the Department of the Interior's "Redbook," written by the Com-
mittee on Rare and Endangered Species, of which Peters is a member.

Curator George E. Watson continued work with J. P. Angle on an
identification manual of Antarctic birds, participating in a joint
U.S. Antarctic Research Program oceanographic research cruise
on USCGC Eastwind to the Antarctic Peninsula, South Shetland
and South Orkney Islands, from the end of December until early
March. He also continued research on the birds of Greece, visiting
seabird colonies throughout the Aegean islands, under the sponsorship
of the National Geographic Society.

Paul Slud concluded his field work in Costa Rica, where he collabo-
rated with an ecological team working on a project sponsored by the
Army Research Office. During the dry season, Slud conducted a
survey of birds and environments on Barro Colorado Island, Canal
Zone, and at the Area de Pesquisas Ecologicas do Guama, Belem,
Brazil.

Richard L. Zusi, continuing his studies of functional anatomy,
locomotion, and feeding behavior in shorebirds by means of laboratory
and field studies, obtained 1,300 feet of motion picture film of feeding
shorebirds in California, including species of the rocky coast, mud
flats, and ocean beach, to be analyzed by stop-motion projector. He
studied the definition and interaction of functional complexes of the
skull and the skeletal proportions of the trunk and limbs. He found
that variations of the neck, wing, and pectoral girdle proved useful in
the classification of plovers. As an outgrowth of the work on shorebirds
he began a functional analysis of the schizorhinal skull in diverse
orders of birds. With David Bridge, he obtained data at Assateague
Island, Maryland, for a study of the unique pupillary mechanism of
the black skimmer.

Charles La Rue, a Smithsonian pre-doctoral intern and graduate
student from the University of Maryland, under Zusi's direction
worked on a functional-anatomical study of the head in certain Ci-
coniiformes, with emphasis on variations in functional complexes.
Useful in these anatomical studies are the newly installed X-ray
machine and darkroom facilities of the division of birds.

As honorary curator of North American birds, Lester L. Short, Jr.,
continued his research on hybridization and intergradation in birds
of the Great Plains. New material for these investigations totalled
800 specimens taken in Nebraska during summer 1965. He continued
investigations of hybridization among three ecologically and morpho-

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 93

logically divergent species of southwestern North American wood-
peckers (Dendrocopos) and described other interesting hybrids. Fossil
(Tertiary) hawk and stork bones from Nebraska were studied, and a
new genus and species of stork were described. Work progressed on a
zoogeographical analysis of North American birds, being conducted
jointly with Ernst Mayr of Harvard University, and on a review of
woodpeckers of the world, the latter in cooperation with Walter J.
Bock of Columbia University.

The first volume of Alexander Wetmore's Birds of Panama was
issued in December. Dr. Wetmore conducted field work in south-
western Chiriqui (Panama) from January until March.

S. Dillon Ripley continued to work closely with his associate Salim
Ali on the "Handbook of Indian Birds," to be published in India. The
first volume has been completed and is scheduled to appear in late
1966. The publication of this and subsequent volumes represents a
long cherished desire on the part of both authors to bring up to date
information on the bird fauna of India, Pakistan, Ceylon, and Nepal,
and related islands and small territories and countries such as Sikkim
and Bhutan. Ripley also continued his work on a projected mono-
graph of the rails of the world, and completed, with research assistant
Gorman M. Bond, a study of the birds of Socotra and Abd-el-Kuri.

As part of the mammals of Panama project, directed by Charles O.
Handley, Jr., systematic collections were made at opposite extremes of
the Pacific coast of the Republic, near Jaque and near Puerto Armu-
ellas, by Francis M. Greenwell and Theodore H. Fleming. Fleming
stayed on in Panama to conduct an all-seasons study, supported in part
by the National Science Foundation, of mammalian population
dynamics.

During the first year of the Smithsonian Venezuelan project, also
under the direction of Charles O. Handley, Jr., about 8,000 specimens
of mammals, their associated ectoparasites, and a large body of
ecological and biological data for each were collected. In cooperation
with Instituto Venezolano de Investigaciones Cientificas (IVIC) and
Middle American Research Unit (MARU), collection of blood sera
to establish a virus antibody profile for the wild mammal population
was begun. Altogether 20 scientists (parasitologists, virologists, mam-
malogists, and ecologists) in 5 countries are participating in this project,
which enjoys the support of the Consejo de Bienestar Rural, the Museo
de Ciencias Naturales, and Universidad Central de Venezuela, in
Caracas. It is financed by the Office of the Surgeon General, Depart-
ment of the Army.

Also with the support of the Office of the Surgeon General, Henry
W. Setzer's studies of the mammals and their ectoparasites in the

94 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

African fauna continued in the southern part of the continent, particu-
larly in the Bechuanaland Protectorate and South-West Africa, and
they were extended to Nigeria and Senegal in West Africa. A pre-
liminary synopsis of the Hyracoidea, by J. Bothnia, was issued as the
first part in a projected identification manual for African mammals,
being prepared under the direction of J. Meester, University of
Pretoria.

Steps were taken in the division of mammals toward development of
a center for study and identification of subhuman primates. Particu-
larly significant was a conference of prominent primatologists that
considered the Smithsonian's assets and potential in this field and
produced a plan for development of a center.

Through the support of Helmut K. Buechner, Office of Ecology, the
department of vertebrate zoology in January 1966 participated in the
establishment of the Area de Pesquisas Ecologicas do Guama (APEG),
Bel em, Brazil. The APEG was established through a series of official
announcements by Director Jose Maria Gonduru, of the Instituto de
Pesquisas e Experimentacao Agropecuarias do Norte (IPEAN). One
of the primary objectives of the APEG is the establishment of a broad
program of basic research on the ecology of the Amazonian forest,
one which will also serve as a means of offering scientific training
directly related to regional needs. Both the Smithsonian and the
IPEAN are collaborating in the development of a scientific program
for the APEG through the provision of grants from the Smithsonian
and facilities, personnel, and equipment from the IPEAN. As a result
of this support, research programs are already under way on soils,
botany, entomology, and epidemiology.

Several members of the department of vertebrate zoology have
already participated in the research program of the APEG. In August
1965 Handley made a significant collection of bats in the APEG
bringing the known bat fauna of the Bel em area to a record total of
over 60 species. He also gathered data on the vertical distribution of
the bat fauna in the tropical forest making use of canopy mist nets.

Philip S. Humphrey, in collaboration with the Belem Virus Labora-
tory and supported by the Rockefeller Foundation, continued his
studies on the ecological distribution and epidemiology of birds in the
APEG. His field work was made enormously productive through the
enthusiastic assistance of Thomas Lovejoy, David Soleau, and Stephen
Humphrey. The emphasis of the summer's field work was on intensive
banding of tropical forest birds, an approach never before attempted
in the Amazon res-ion.

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 95

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY

On July 1, 1965, three new divisions — of Crustacea, of echinoderms,
and of worms — were formed from the old division of marine inverte-
brates and were joined with the existing division of mollusks to form
the department of invertebrate zoology. It is one of the largest
departments of its kind in the world with specialists in many of the
groups of invertebrate animals. Staff members concentrate primarily
on basic research in systematics, and their interests include classical tax-
onomy, embryology, population dynamics, ecology, and oceanography.

Raymond B. Manning concluded a monographic study on the
stomatopod Crustacea of the western Atlantic. He also furthered his
studies on decapod Crustacea during field and study trips to Dominica,
the Institute of Marine Science, University of Miami, and to the
Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands. J.
Laurens Barnard completed an illustrated handbook for the identifi-
cation of families and genera of marine gammaridean amphipods. In
addition he continued studies on the abyssal and bathyal antarctic
amphipods.

The origin of cave faunas is a fascinating study for the systematist
because it so often divulges what appear to be direct evidences of
evolutionary processes upon animals. Thomas E. Bowman completed
three reports on cave isopods from Mexico and Cuba.

John C. McCain carried out studies on caprellid amphipods of the
southeastern United States. To supplement existing study material,
McCain made collections at several localities in the northern Gulf of
Mexico. In addition he completed a manuscript on a new deep-water
genus and species of caprellid from the eastern Pacific.

Louis S. Kornicker conducted research on the taxonomy and distri-
bution of the myodocopid ostracods of the Atlantic Shelf, the Bay of
Naples, and the Red Sea, and he studied collections at the British
Museum, London, and the Naples Zoological Station.

David L. Pawson completed studies on the bathyal holothurians and
other echinoderms of the New Zealand-Australian region. He and
Donald F. Squires participated in an expedition to the Antarctic
Peninsula, during which large collections of invertebrates were ob-
tained. Earlier in the year, Pawson studied holothurian and echinoid
specimens in European museums.

With the assistance of Joseph C. Britton, Joseph Rosewater completed
a catalog of the more than 500 species of mollusks collected during
Cruise "A" of the International Indian Ocean Expedition. Rosewater

230-457—66-

96 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

continued studies on the littorinid snails of the Indo-Pacific region,
and the periplomatid clams of the western Atlantic.

Joseph P. E. Morrison continued his research on brackish-water
mollusks of the world and on the hydrobiid snails of American waters.
He carried out field work in Dominica, Antigua, Montserrat, and
Guadeloupe in an attempt to determine which of the mollusk species
are endemic and which had been dispersed by artificial means.

Studies on the composition and relationships of the Polynesian
molluscan fauna were continued by Harald A. Rehder who completed
for publication a number of reports on his research. He made progress
on his monographic study of the gastropod family Harpidae, and in
connection with his interest in Indo-Pacific mollusks examined museum
collections in Europe.

Meredith L. Jones carried out field work in the tropical western
Atlantic in search of the marine polychaetous annelids upon which
his systematic work is focused. He participated in an expedition to
the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea; he was joined by T. Peter Lowe
in making collections on Santa Catarina Island, Brazil; and he also
acted as scientific leader of an expedition to Andros Island, Bahamas,
sponsored by H. J. Bowen, of Wilmington, Delaware. Jones also
continued his monographic study of the magelonid polychaetes of the
world.

Studies on the fauna of northern waters were continued by Marian
H. Pettibone, who specializes in the systematics of polychaete worms
of the New England region. Her work continues on a revision of
genera of polynoid polychaetes and on deep-water collections made by
the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries off the mouth of the Columbia
River, Oregon.

In addition to administering the Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian
Biological Survey of Dominica, Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., continued
his monographic work on the freshwater crayfishes and their associated
entocytherid ostracods. He engaged in field studies on Dominica,
and also collected decapod Crustacea during a field trip through
southeastern Virginia, South Carolina, and Georgia. During part of
the year Hobbs examined crayfish collections in a number of European
museums.

The classification of collections of freshwater and terrestrial decapod
crustaceans from Dominica was the object of a collaborative study by
Hobbs and Fenner A. Chace, Jr. In addition, Chace began prelimi-
nary work on the marine caridean shrimps collected by the Bredin-
Smithsonian expeditions to the Caribbean in 1956, 1957, 1959, and
1960.

*" ' ^^r^

Aboard the RV Anton Brim off the coast of Chile, curator Roger F. Cressey
(foreground) aids in the capture of a shark from which he will remove the
parasitic copepods as a part of his studies on host-parasite relationships
(see p. 97). Below: Photographed by curator Klaus Rutzler, a diver
collects sponge specimens at a depth of 120 feet from the coral reef slope of
northern Jamaica during the Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian survey of
Dominica. The specimens are being studied by Rutzler.

Ernst Kirsteuer, from the American Museum of Natural History, examines
pieces of coral rock for its microfauna as a participant in the Bredin-Archbold-
Smithsonian biological survey of Dominica, Lesser Antilles. Below: Cata-
loguer in the division of Crustacea typing labels on an SCM typewriter
assembly which produces a master tape from which any number of individual
specimen labels may be prepared.

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 97

An interesting facet of evolutionary biology concerns the systematic
problems arising from parasite-host relationships and the interpretation
of host specificity. Roger F. Cressey, who is studying the copepods
parasitic on fishes, has found indications that where host specificity
occurs, it may provide new information relating to the phylogeny of
the fish host. In carrying out his studies during the past year he
participated in three expeditions, to the Gulf of Mexico and to the
southeastern Pacific, during which sharks, tunas, and billfishes were
examined for parasitic copepods. Cressey completed a revision of the
Pandaridae, a family of copepods parasitic on sharks.

Studies on community structure of animal populations were carried
out by Thomas E. Bowman, involving distribution of planktonic
marine Crustacea. J. Laurens Barnard was engaged in a study of the
benthic fauna of Bahia de San Quintin, Baja California; and Mere-
dith L. Jones is completing an analysis of a community of benthic
invertebrates from San Francisco Bay, California.

Donald F. Squires, former chairman of the department and now
Deputy Director of the Museum of Natural History, continued his
research on solitary corals. While on shipboard during the recent
expedition to Antarctica, he made observations on living deep sea
corals and he succeeded in returning several of the living corals by
air to Washington for further study.

W. Duane Hope has continued a monographic study of the freeliving
marine nematode genera Deontostoma, Thoracostoma and Pseudocella.
In winter 1965 he completed the field work for a study of seasonal
changes in the populations of marine nematodes in Hadley Harbor,
Massachusetts, and a survey of the marine nematodes for the Cape
Cod area.

Klaus Rutzler, who came from Austria to join the division of echino-
derms in fall 1965, has gained, through wide field experience, an under-
standing of the ecology as well as the systematics of Porifera, for
ecology is often the key to classification of sponges. Since his arrival
he has continued investigations on Caribbean and Adriatic sponges,
and during the first half of 1966 carried out an ecological survey of the
marine sponges of Jamaica and Dominica.

Mary E. Rice has conducted a comparative study of the repro-
ductive biology and development of three species of sipunculids from
the San Juan Archipelago in the State of Washington. In addition she
continued her study of the taxonomy of sipunculids collected from
the Maldive Islands in the Indian Ocean.

Honorary research associates of the divisions contributed sub-
stantially to the furtherance of research in their several disciplines.
Waldo L. Schmitt carried out a monographic study of the pinnotherid

98 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

crabs and began compilation of the field notes covering his extensive
collecting trips in the past, aided by his former secretary, Lucile
McCain. Mildred S. Wilson continued her studies on the diaptomid
copepods, which ultimately will lead to a revision of the North Ameri-
can species. Ailsa M. Clark proceeded with her work on the shallow-
water Indo-West-Pacific echinoderm fauna, and Elizabeth Deichmann
completed a study of collections of holothurians from the Gulf of
Guinea and continued her studies on the sea cucumbers of Florida
and the West Indies. Roman Kenk studied the systematics, life
cycles, and distribution of freshwater planarian flatworms. He has
established a series of laboratory cultures which allow him to observe
food habits, reproduction, and the behavior of planarians. Gilbert
L. Voss, University of Miami, continued his research on the Cephalo-
poda of the Atlantic.

Supported by a Guggenheim Fellowship, Dr. Jayme de Loyola e
Silva, Universidad do Parana, Curitiba, Brazil, was in residence in
the division of Crustacea studying the collections of sphaeromatid
isopods. NAS-NRC visiting research associate F. J. S. Maturo,
from the University of Florida, continued his systematic studies in the
division of echinoderms on the bryozoans of the Atlantic continental
shelf in general, and of the southeast coast of the United States in
particular. Also, during the past year, Dr. I. Canet was in residence
in the division of Crustacea. She has nearly completed a revision of
the economically important western Atlantic species of penaeid shrimps.

This year an histology laboratory was established under the re-
sponsibility of the division of worms to serve the needs of staff members.
Equipment, supplies, and technical assistance are now available for
making routine histological preparations for light microscopy.

Under agreements reached with a number of universities making
it possible for graduate students to carry on research projects in the
department of invertebrate zoology, seven students were associated
with the department under the guidance of five staff members.

ENTOMOLOGY

Oscar L. Cartwright continued his research on the Scarab beetle
family Scarabaeidae, especially the Aphodiinae. Many hundreds of
additional specimens of Ataenius including additional types have been
studied. A revision of two allied genera, Euparixia and R/iyparus, also
received some attention. Cartwright participated in the Smith-
sonian-H. J. Bowen expedition to Andros Island in the Bahamas,

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ENTOMOLOGY 99

obtaining undescribed species in several orders of insects as well as
new distributional records for many other species. He also collected
winter and early vernal forms of Aphodiinae in several areas along the
Gulf Coast in Florida, Alabama, and Mississippi.

Paul J. Spangler actively continued his research on several families
of water beetles. Identifications and ecological data for an additional
3,800 specimens were added to his monograph of the hydrophilid genus
Tropisternus. A manuscript on the Haliplidae of Mexico and Central
America was advanced by the preparation of about 500 specimens for
critical study and the completion of 38 illustrations. The study of a
collection of Hydrophilidae from southern Argentina was undertaken
at the request of the Hungarian National Museum; another study, on
the water beetles of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, was
begun; and a revision of the hydrophilid genus Enochrus from Mexico,
Central America, and the West Indies was undertaken as a joint
project with Ralph Gunderson. These and other taxonomic studies
were forwarded by 2 months of museum study in England, Belgium
and France, and by 12 weeks in Mexico and Central America, where
99,100 insects and 1,375 miscellaneous specimens, including 46,200
water beetles for his various research projects, were collected. His
field work was completed by 10 days of collecting in the Virgin Islands
to obtain material for one research project.

Research associate Doris H. Blake continued work on her review
of the chrysomelid beetle genus Glyptoscelis of the Western Hemisphere.
Mrs. Blake collected for 10 days in Puerto Rico.

Much of Richard C. Froeschner's research time was devoted to the
completion or continuation of several projects begun by the late re-
search associate Carl J. Drake: two papers have been submitted for
publication with Drake's name as sole author; a paper on the Gala-
pagos lacebugs was rewritten and will be submitted with Froeschner
as coauthor; and some work was done on an important revisionary
study of the American lacebug genus Corythuca, on which Drake had
made only some preliminary plans. Froeschner completed a paper on
the burrower bugs (Cydnidae) collected by the Danish Noona Dan
expedition to the Philippines and New Guinea. He also commenced
work on an illustrated manual of the known genera of lacebugs as a
complementary volume to the Drake and Ruhoff Lacebugs of the World,
a Catalog (U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 243, 1965); it will be based on Drake's
remarkably complete collection of lacebugs. Sorting, preliminary
examination, and determination was begun of some of the hemipterous
insects collected on the Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian Biological Sur-

100 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

vey of Dominica; preparation of actual reports will be started after
the survey teams complete their activities in 1966.

Karl V. Krombein began a revisionary study of a new Oriental genus
of myzinine wasp which is parasitic on cerambycid larvae boring in
trees. He received proofs of a large volume on the biology, nest
architecture, and associates of trap-nesting wasps and bees, and also
of his section in the second supplement to the Hymenoptera of America
North of Mexico, of which he is also co-editor.

Research associate Carl F. W. Muesebeck completed a manuscript
describing two new reared species of the diapriid genus Trichopria.
He has also made considerable progress on his revision of the braconid
genus Orgilus, an important parasite of caterpillars.

J. F. Gates Clarke continued his studies of the Meyrick types of
Microlepidoptera with preparations for volumes 6, 7 and 8; completion
of this monumental contribution is scheduled for 1968. Clarke has
also made significant progress on the Microlepidoptera of the Pacific
Islands and Neotropical Region.

Donald R. Davis almost completed the second part (subfamily
Incurvariinae) of his revision of the New World Incurvariidae; work
was intiated on the third (last) part treating the subfamily Adelinae.
Revisionary studies were also begun on the New World Carposinidae,
North American Acrolophidae, and North American Tineidae.
Davis conducted field work for four months on five major islands of
the Philippines, accompanied during the first three months by Julian
Jumalon of San Carlos University. Ecological information and ma-
terial collected on this trip will form an integral part of Davis' long-
term project on Indo-Australian Psychidae.

W. Donald Duckworth continued his long-term study of the New
World Stenomidae by conducting field investigations in Venezuela,
Trinidad, Puerto Rico, and Jamaica. He also completed his study of
the Amsel types of Venezuelan Stenomidae in Munich, and continued
similar studies on stenomid types in Berlin and Vienna.

William D. Field completed research on a new genus of thecline
butterflies, and is preparing a manuscript for publication. He has
also continued his investigations on a world revision of the butterfly
genus Vanessa, and on the butterflies and larger moths of Dominica.
During June, Field made a 10-day field trip into the New England
mountains to collect rare and localized species of butterflies.

Everett D. Cashatt, predoctoral associate, made considerable
progress on a revision of the North American moths of the subfamily
Chrysauginae. He also prepared a catalog of the Chrysauginae of
the world, listing 174 genera and 532 species. Cashatt also completed
investigations on the taxonomy and distribution of Oidematophorus

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ENTOMOLOGY 101

balanotes (Pterophoridae) and initiated studies on the Neotropical
chrysaugine genus Hyperparachma.

The Southeast Asia Mosquito Project (SEAMP), started in 1964
as a cooperative endeavor between the Smithsonian and the Depart-
ment of the Army and now, in its second year, has in preparation
monographic studies on the mosquitoes of the area concerned. SEAMP
has issued an informative field manual on the mosquitoes of Vietnam.

Ralph E. Crabill, Jr., continued research on several projects initiated
earlier. Several articles on the dolichocephalic Geophilomorpha
were almost completed. Considerable work was done on revisions
of the Mecistocephalidae and the genus Strigamia.

Oliver S. Flint, Jr., continued his studies on the Trichoptera of the
New World. In working on new collections from Mexico, Central
America, and Chile, he found many species new to the collection as
well as many new to science. During the summer Flint collected for
two and a half months in Mexico and Guatemala. Later in the year
he spent two months collecting in Chile and in the Palmer Peninsula
area of the Antarctic; this trip provided much valuable new material
as well as first-hand information on the habitats of many exotic species.

Research associate K. C. Emerson identified large collections of
Mallophaga from birds and mammals of Africa and Thailand, and
of Anoplura from Africa.

Research associate Thomas E. Snyder nearly completed the second
supplement to his Annotated Subject-Heading Bibliography of Termites; to
aid in the publication of this volume he obtained a grant from the
National Science Foundation.

Research associate Robert Traub and several assistants from the
University of Maryland School of Medicine have been working on
fleas (Siphonaptera) and trombiculid mites on collaborative projects
with the Smithsonian, dealing primarily with specimens collected in
Pakistan, Iran, and Mexico. The Pakistani material, which raises
the number of fleas known from that country from 10 to 67, includes
3 genera, 1 subgenus, and 21 species new to science; this constitutes
probably the richest single collection of fleas ever made. The need
for further research in the field is illustrated by the genus Macrostylo-
phora which parasitizes squirrels in South Asia; 16 species have been
described to date, but 1 1 new species are at hand mainly from the
Philippines and North Borneo.

In December 1965, J. F. Gates Clarke was appointed senior scientist
in recognition of his outstanding contributions to the development
of the Department, and Karl V. Krombein transferred from the
Department of Agriculture to become the new chairman.

102 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

BOTANY

Plant species and populations are often identified today, by joint
studies of ecology, cytology, phytochemistry, physiology, and other
nontaxonomic disciplines. The overall activities of the department of
botany are directed toward such an integrative approach to problems
in plant systematics. For example, a comparative study of the philo-
dendron family has recently been completed by systematist Dan H.
Nicolson and plant anatomist Richard H. Eyde. This horticulturally
important, pantropical family is characterized by a peculiar arrange-
ment of tiny flowers around a columnar floral stalk which often pro-
trudes from the base of a cuplike, expanded, or strapshaped appendage.
This appendage, or spathe, may be highly colored, as in the anthuriums
of commerce and the jack-in-the-pulpit. The subject of their joint
investigation was the anatomical structure of the flowers themselves
and its possible bearing upon intrafamilial alignment, since no modern
treatment was available. Their work was facilitated by Miss Priscilla
Sherwin who, as a participant in the Smithsonian summer research
assistant program, prepared the microscope slides upon which the
study was based and assisted with the observations. Among other
findings, their research showed that the genus Lysichiton was not
evolutionary primitive; that the genus Philodendron did not arise from
the Pothos subfamily, as advocated by some botanists; and that Acorus
(sweet flag), is unique in the family and should probably be segregated
and recognized in a new subfamily. These conclusions, which could
not have been reached on the basis of the systematic or anatomical
evidence alone, demonstrate the value of an interdisciplinary approach
to problems in systematic botany.

Kleinodendron, a new genus in the poinsettia family, was recently
described from southern Brazil by Lyman B. Smith. He was anxious
to know the closest relatives within this family but his own observations
on floral structure and external morphology were insufficient to reach
a conclusion. With the collaboration of William L. Stern, the ana-
tomical structure of the wood was examined to establish, if possible, the
nearest relatives of this Brazilian plant. Investigation and comparative
study of related forms indicated that Smith was correct in his tentative
interpretation that Kleinodendron could be assigned to the Cluytia tribe
of the poinsettia family.

Phytochemistry is playing an increasingly important role in system-
atics. The presence of chemical substances is utilized by Mason E.
Hale, along with data on morphology, geographic distribution, and
habitat, in the identification and characterization of lichens. In an
effort to complete world-wide studies of the important lichen genus

Mason E. Hale of the depart-
ment of botany finds lichens
in many habitats (see p. 102),
including Japanese rooftops,
here near Biwako. Below:
Foreign students are shown
laboratory of grass anatomy
(see p. 103) by T. R. Soder-
strom (right) and Dr. Cleofe
E. Calderon (far left), visiting
Argentinian scientist. At the
microscope is former Neigh-
borhood Youth Corps girl
Diana Newman, who works
for Smithsonian research
associate.

Student of Lyman B. Smith holding plant of Tillandsia oerstedii in Costa Rica,
where Smith taught course on epiphytes with the Organization for Tropical
Studies. Below: Smith's class in the field. Here botany combines with
entomology in the study ot orchid pollination.

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION BOTANY 103

Parmelia, Hale during the past year undertook explorations in Hawaii
and in western and southeastern United States to supplement previous
wide-ranging excursions in southeastern Asia and Japan under the
United States-Japan Cooperative Science Program. This research
exemplifies a combined chemical, morphological, and field approach to
the solution of taxonomic problems in a large genus.

Chromosome morphology and number in plants of the melastome
family are being investigated jointly by John J. Wurdack and col-
laborator Peter H. Raven of Stanford University. Kittie F. Parker,
honorary research associate, is working with biochemists at the Uni-
versity of Texas on a study of chemical variation and taxonomy in
Hymenoxys scaposa, a member of the composite family. Thomas R.
Soderstrom is combining the taxonomic and anatomic methods in his
continuing investigations of the primitive tropical olyroid grasses. His
work is being aided by Cleofe E. Calderon who is concentrating on the
anatomical phases of the research, while further assistance with studies
of leaf epidermises was provided by Jerold Grashoff, a Smithsonian
summer research assistant.

Traditional phases of plant taxonomy continue to receive paramount
attention notwithstanding some of the newer lines of research in which
botany staff members are involved. Of major importance has been
the establishment this year of the Index Nominum Genericorum
Project in facilities provided by the department of botany. This
project, initiated in 1954 at Utrecht, Netherlands, in association with
the headquarters there of the International Association for Plant
Taxonomy, has the aim of preparing a comprehensive card catalog of
all plant genera which have been validly published according to the
"International Code of Botanical Nomenclature." Each card carries
the name of the author of the genus, the exact reference to the publica-
tion in which the name appeared, and the name of the type species when
available. Information on each card is verified by actual examination
of the original publication as well as other publications pertinent to
the establishment of a type species. This work is carried out insofar
as possible by botanical monographers who volunteer their services,
but where these are not available, the project staff undertakes to
perform the necessary studies. To date 23,000 cards in sets of 1,000
have been issued and distributed by subscription to botanical institu-
tions throughout the world. The work is directed by botanical
bibliographer Ida K. Langman with the assistance of Mary F. South-
well. Support is through a grant to the International Association for
Plant Taxonomy by the National Science Foundation; botanist
Richard S. Cowan, director of the Museum of Natural History, acts as
administrator.

104 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

A conference to explore the feasibility of preparing a flora of North
America, sponsored by the American Society of Plant Taxonomists,
with Stanwyn G. Shetler as the local representative and organizer, was
held during two days in May 1966. The meetings were attended by
a select committee of ten botanists from the United States, Canada,
and Mexico, as well as by members of the department of botany. The
committee recommended that a flora be initiated and that the Smith-
sonian Institution act as host institution for the production of the work.
Shetler was suggested as secretary of the editorial committee.

Each year the department is privileged to entertain distinguished
visiting botanists who come for counsel, to examine the collections,
and to use the library in pursuit of their research. Armando Dugand,
Universidad del Atlantico, Barranquilla, Colombia, and Juan V.
Pancho, University of the Philippines, College, have spent the year
at the National Herbarium under the auspices of the John Simon
Guggenheim Memorial Foundation. Dugand's work concerns the
systematics and ecology of the flora and vegetation of the arid lands of
Colombia bordering the Caribbean Sea. At the same time he is
engaged in monographic studies of the catalpa family, in which he
needs our extensive holdings in order to make proper comparisons and
sound judgments. Pancho is studying the floristics of Mt. Makiling,
which stands astride the borders of the provinces of Laguna and
Batangas on the Island of Luzon. Several attempts have been made to
prepare a flora of this extinct volcano and surrounding countryside,
and there exists a manuscript, which is incomplete, prepared in the
1920's by an American botanist, the late A. D. E. Elmer. Pancho is
checking literature citations, examining critical specimens, and
reorganizing Elmer's identification keys for the plants of the region.

Julian Gonzalez Patino (Hermano Daniel), Rector of the Colegio
de San Jose, Medellin, Colombia, with the assistance of a fellowship
from the Pan American Union, is studying the medicinal plants of
Colombia and the flora of the Departamento de Antioquia.

John H. Beaman of Michigan State University spent the academic
year in residence as a Smithsonian senior postdoctoral fellow continuing
his studies on the alpine floras of Central America and Mexico. He
is also collaborating with Thomas R. Soderstrom on a monographic
treatment of the Central American bromegrasses. It is through
assistance to such visiting botanists as these, by providing them with
specimens and other facilities, that the department of botany is able to
make contributions to science above and beyond the direct research of
its own staff.

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION PALEOBIOLOGY 105

PALEOBIOLOGY

Research by G. Arthur Cooper was devoted largely to preparation
of illustrations for his monograph on the Permian of West Texas
(Glass Mountains) with Richard E. Grant of the U.S. Geological
Survey. All but 17 genera have been photographed for his manu-
script, which totals about 4,000 pages.

With members of the U.S. Geological Survey, Cooper made much-
needed collections from significant Ordovician localities in Utah and
Nevada in an effort to determine the age and correlation of some
poorly known formations. In May and early June, aided by Thomas
Phelan, Cooper carried on a field investigation of the Cedar Valley
and related Devonian formations of Iowa and Missouri. The purpose
of this trip was to collect fossils and data for a study on the correlation
of the Cedar Valley, for presentation at a 1968 symposium on the
Devonian, to be held in Calgary, Canada.

Research on various elements of the Lower Devonian fossil flora of
eastern Canada by Francis M. Hueber has been delayed for want
of laboratory facilities in the new quarters of the division of paleo-
botany in the west wing of the Natural History Museum. On the other
hand, some progress was made in the research project through addi-
tional fieldwork. Important petrifactions of plant material from
northern New Brunswick and the Gaspe Bay area of Quebec, Canada,
were obtained during a 2%-week collecting trip. During another 2
weeks of fieldwork, fossil plant material for comparison with the
Canadian fossil flora were obtained from Lower Devonian sediments
at Beartooth Butte and Cottonwood Canyon, Wyoming.

Investigation of the crustose corralline algae of the North Atlantic
was continued by Walter H. Adey through use of the vessel Phykos,
received from the Navy reserve fleet and remodeled for the coralline
program. Collections were made aiong the shelf areas extending from
Long Island Sound south to the Florida Keys. The Phykos was found
to be well suited to the task, for it provided space and stability not
available on the smaller vessels used earlier. The specimens obtained
during the summer of 1965 form a nucleus collection for the south-
eastern North Atlantic. Collections were made during February
from land-supported stations along the coast of Jamaica at the invita-
tion of Thomas Goreau, University of the West Indies.

As a part of a more general investigation of the early Tertiary
mammals of North America, C. Lewis Gazin has continued his detailed
study of the morphology, systematics, and environment of the Eocene
condylarthran mammal Hyopsodus, a companion piece to his earlier

106 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

study of the coordinal, and in part contemporary, Meniscotherium. A
study trip to the Carnegie Museum in April permitted him to extend
his statistical analysis of speciation in Hyopsodus to the upper Eocene
and to an important middle Eocene occurrence in the Green River
formation of Utah. At the request of the Wyoming Geological Associa-
tion, Gazin contributed a paper on the early Eocene mammalian faunas
related to the Rock Springs uplift for the guidebook to their field con-
ference during the latter part of the summer.

David H. Dunkle concentrated his studies on the poorly known and
widely scattered Middle Devonian fish faunas of North America, with
emphasis on a better understanding of the "Dinichthys"" tuberculatus-
pustulosus complex of coccosteiform arthrodires. Based on new and
underscribed specimens in the national collections and other materials
generously loaned for study by the Cleveland Museum of Natural
History, the University of Michigan Museum of Paleontology, the
Ohio University, and Bowling Green State University, a revisionary
manuscript on the fishes of the Silica Shale of Ohio is near completion.

In addition he collaborated with Dr. Habib-ur Rahman, Geological
Survey of Pakistan, in a report, in press, concerning the stratigraphy
of occurrence of a recently discovered fauna of marine Eocene fishes
in the Dera Ghazi Khan District, West Pakistan.

Nicholas Hotton III has been studying the functional morphology
of therapsid reptiles and the field occurrence of reptilian fossils in
the Beaufort series (Permo-Triassic, South Africa), in preparation
for a systematic revision of the dicynodont reptiles. Approximately
100 dicynodont fossil skulls from South Africa were prepared super-
ficially during the summer of 1965, with volunteer assistance. About
half of these have been tentatively identified. Functional morphologic
studies completed since this material was prepared indicate that
additional features of palate and jaws must be exposed before the
specimens will be useful in the projected taxonomic revision of the
group.

Osteological variation in living lizards is being studied by Hotton
from the viewpoint of their taxonomy, which is based on soft parts
in these forms. The primary purpose of this study is to establish a
model for determination of systematic patterns in the dicynodonts,
but, if successful it will also provide information on the relationship
between taxa established by neozoological techniques and taxa estab-
lished by paleontological techniques.

Petrographic studies of Beaufort sediments begun by research
assistant Ruth O. Hotton, are showing increasing promise as technical
problems, due chiefly to induration and fine grain of the material, are
solved. About 350 rock samples, collected in 1961 to 1963-64 over an

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION PALEOBIOLOGY 107

area more than 600 miles long and about 150 miles wide, are being
studied. In about 10 percent of the collection, quartz and feldspar
percentages have been determined by grain count in thin section, and
an extensive heavy-mineral suite, as yet undescribed, has been
extracted.

Clayton E. Ray continued work on Quaternary mammals, in par-
ticular on materials from the southeastern United States, Mexico, the,
Antilles, and Venezuela. Progress made on his comprehensive study
of the fossil musk oxen of North America resulted in two small manu-
scripts in press and a third nearing completion. The work of sorting
and identification of the Ladds, Georgia, fauna has continued as field
parties from Shorter College, Rome, Georgia, continued collecting and
shipping materials. One paper resulting from this project, the de-
scription of a new, giant chipmunk, was published during the year.

Ray spent approximately two months in Mexico during the latter part
of the year, doing fieldwork and examining museum collections. The
field work, in collaboration with personnel of the Peabody Museum of
Archaeology and Ethnology, Harvard University, is concentrated in
late Pleistocene deposits of the Puebla Valley where the faunas are
associated with early man. In June intensive fieldwork was begun at
Saltville, Virginia, in collaboration with Virginia Polytechnic Institute.

Research associate Remington Kellogg continued his study of the
extinct whalebone whales, particularly those occurring in the Miocene
Calvert, Choptank, and St. Marys formations of Maryland and Vir-
ginia. Progress was made on the allocation to better preserved speci-
mens of the unsatisfactory fossil mysticete vertebrae and mandibles
which served as types for the genera and species proposed by E. D.
Cope. A description was completed of a previously unknown large
odontocete from the Calvert formation of Maryland.

Richard S. Boardman was charged with the organization and part
authorship of a complete revision, for the Treatise of Invertebrate Paleon-
tology, of the volume on Bryozoa, which will deal with the entire
phylum down to the genus level, averaging a plate of illustrations per
genus. At present, nine scientists from this country and Western
Europe are contributing to this large undertaking.

The identification and use of bryozoan fragments in subsurface well
cuttings in oil exploration was the subject of an investigation by Board-
man and Jesse Merida, a graduate student at George Washington
University. The fragments are generally identifiable and should prove
useful in future exploration for oil. Boardman also, as a part of a
training program established between the Smithsonian Institution and
the Geology Department of Yale University, gave three lectures at
New Haven this year.

230-457—66 10

108 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

The study of Recent and Pleistocene podocopid ostracodes by
Richard H. Benson continued as a new laboratory including the most
advanced photomicrographic equipment was being completed. A
general examination of the history and present status of research on
the living marine descendants of this important fossil group was com-
pleted early in the year and submitted for publication. Two studies
concerned with the stratigraphic and ecologic aspects of the Pleistocene
freshwater ostracodes of Texas and Kansas were also completed. One
of these examined the feasibility of using muscle-scar patterns for
classification, and developed a simple quantitative method for com-
parison of the relative position of individual scars among different taxa.
A fourth area of study concerned the description and biogeographic
evaluation of the ostracodes of the Indian Ocean collected by Benson
and others during the International Indian Ocean Expedition. He
and his associate Rosalie Maddocks, who made extensive collections
in Madagascar before coming to the Smithsonian on temporary
appointment, have been documenting many new species from a portion
of the world's ostracode faunas previously unknown. A new technique
for removing fossil ostracodes from abyssal muds yielded a very large
population of ostracodes from depths of more than 12,000 feet in the
Madagascar Basin and Mozambique Channel. The ability to examine
these abyssal faunas has great promise in the understanding of similar
forms recovered from future drill cores taken from the ocean floor.
Another study in progress was concerned with the evaluation of the
Bering Strait as an effective barrier to migrant benthonic animals of
microscopic size, of which the ostracodes are a good example because
of their abundant fossil record. Examination of large faunas from the
Arctic and the northern Pacific is made possible by application of
computers and numerical taxonomic methods applied to biogeography.

Martin A. Buzas completed a study which utilizes a multivariate
statistical model called canonical analysis for comparison of biofacies.
Computation of canonical axes on the IBM 7094 simultaneously com-
pared abundances of 45 species of Foraminifera distributed in 182
samples off the Texas coast. Data concerning the spatial distribution
of Foraminifera from Rehoboth Bay, Delaware, are currently being
analyzed by use of the binomial, Poisson, and negative binomial dis-
tributions. In the Choptank River, Buzas is taking four foraminiferal
samples monthly at each of three stations distributed across a faunal
gradient. The temperature, salinity, oxygen, chlorophyll, phosphate,
and nitrate are also measured at each station each sampling time.
The study is unique in that its design will permit a statistical analysis
of the relationship of the fauna to several environmental variables.

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION PALEOBIOLOGY 109

Richard Cifelli continued his studies of planktonic Foraminifera
in the North and Equatorial Atlantic regions. In conjunction with K.
Norman Sachs of the U.S. Geological Survey, a study of the abundance
relationships between planktonic Foraminifera and Radiolaria showed
the two groups to occur in roughly equal numbers over much of the
western North Atlantic. This is rather surprising, as Radiolaria
appear to be mostly rare or absent in sediments over most of the
North Atlantic, while planktonic Foraminifera are prolific. This
implies that the siliceous radiolarian test is chemically less stable than
the calcitic foraminiferal test in the oceanic environment, and that
most radiolarian tests are dissolved and recycled into the sea water.
Interesting results were obtained from a study, in conjunction with
R. K. Smith, of the distribution of planktonic Foraminifera in the
waters east of the Grand Banks. The distributional patterns of the
Foraminifera appear to substantiate Worthington's hypothesis of a
two gyred circulation in the North Atlantic.

Additional samples of Tertiary consolidated foraminiferal ooze
were dredged and cored from the Mid-Atlantic Ridge. It has been
postulated by Cifelli, V. T. Bowen of the Woods Hole Oceanographic
Institution, and R. Siever of Harvard University that consolidation
of the oozes is a consequence of uplift of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge.

Two major research projects were undertaken by Erie Kauffman
during the past year. A detailed study of the Mesozoic bivalve family
Inoceramidae revealed for the first time the morphology and evolution
of interior shell features and provided a basis for a radically new
taxonomy. In connection with this Kauffman spent a month diving
in the Florida Keys studying the mode of life and habitat of living
counterparts of the inoceramids, the Isognomonidae. A second study
dealing with the ecologically unique cool-water bivalve Thyasira was
completed. The ancestral Cretaceous thyasirids from North America
were monographed for the first time. A detailed comparative study
of living and Cretaceous Thyasira provided a means of interpreting
paleoanatomy and equating the ecology of living and fossil representa-
tives; it revealed major evolutionary trends in the group.

Porter M. Kier spent the year researching on the fossil echinoid
order Oligopygoida. He studied all the available specimens, excavated
many lanterns, made a crystallographic analysis of the plates, and
redescribed all the species. After a collecting trip to Jamaica to
obtain more specimens, he is now completing a monograph of the
order. Kier also gave three lectures this year at Yale University as a
part of a training program established between the geology department
of the University and the Smithsonian Institution.

110 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

During the year 1966, Kenneth M. Towe completed installation of
the electron microscope facilities housed in the department of
paleobiology. Cooperative work is now underway with several staff
members.

At the semicentennial meetings of the American Association of
Petroleum Geologists held in St. Louis, Missouri, Towe and Cifelli
presented findings dealing with shell-wall infrastructure in the cal-
careous Foraminifera which clarified some misconceptions and incon-
sistencies in the studies of earlier workers. Their paper demonstrated
that the so-called "radial wall" is not necessarily constructed of fibrous
or prismatic crystals of calcite oriented perpendicular to the shell
surface, and also that the lamellar character of the walls of several of
the Foraminifera is not in agreement with the models suggested for this
group. This work, being prepared for publication, will have a strong
influence on existing systems of classification of the Foraminifera, which
have been heavily weighted by patterns of wall structure.

In the application of the electron microscope to the study of bryozoan
shell material, Towe and Richard S. Boardman made promising
progress in interpreting patterns and mode of calcification of zooecial
wall structure. It was found that in some Recent species of hetero-
poroid Bryozoa an interpretation of edgewise addition of calcite
crystals within the zooecial wall, as seen in the electron microscope,
helps to explain the origin of the reverse lamellar structures seen in the
light microscope. Continued work is providing more insight into this
problem.

In addition to these studies, Towe has projects underway dealing
with the mineralogical composition of colloidal iron oxides of both
organic and inorganic origin, the morphology of clay minerals, as well
as studies of shell structure in molluscs and brachiopods.

Thomas R. Waller, who joined the staff in April, completed a study
(Columbia University Ph.D. dissertation, 1966) of the evolution of a
common group of bivalves, including the western Atlantic Bay and
Calico scallops and their fossil ancestors. The application of population
systematics, utilizing automated data processing, has revealed a picture
of species forming and evolving on the Atlantic coast relatively rapidly,
so that within a period of about ten million years parallelism, con-
vergence, and extinction can be demonstrated at the species level. In
contrast, related scallops in the eastern Pacific have evolved relatively
slowly and today are morphologically primitive and ecologically
generalized.

Richard A. Robison, a specialist in trilobites and Cambrian stratig-
raphy, joined the Museum staff in mid June after five years on the
geology staff at the University of Utah.

This silicified Permian brachiopod Waagenconcha abichi, in an unusually fine
state of preservation, was obtained by R. E. Grant of the U.S. Geological
Survey from the Khisor Range in West Pakistan.

Electron micrographs of skeletal calcite of marine organisms (see p. 110):
1 , Cross-sectional view of pore canals and microcrystals in the wall of Cibicides
refulgens (Foraminifera) X 3,200. 2, View of the pores and microcrystals in
the ventral wall of Ammonia beccarii (Foraminifera); the various micro-
crystalline arrays in these minute animals may prove useful in their classifi-
cation, X 4,500. 3, Calcite crystals lining the zooecial wall in Heteropora
pelliculata (Bryozoa); the crystals point in the direction of growth, X 6,000.
4, Microscopic unicellular marine algal coccoliths (Coccolithus huxleyi) useful
to geologists for dating ocean sediments, X 5,000. 5, Aragonite crystals in a
portion of the nacreous layer in the shell of Brachiodontes recurvus (Mollusca) ,
X 5,000.

Overleaf >

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION PALEOBIOLOGY 111

Honorary research associate J. T. Dutro, U.S. Geological Survey,
continued his research on Paleozoic brachiopods, concentrating on a
biostratigraphic analysis of the fossils from the Redwall limestone in
Arizona. Field work included a 3-week trip to Nevada with G. A.
Cooper and R. S. Boardman, R. J. Ross, Jr. (U.S. Geological Survey),
H. B. Whittington (Harvard University), Fred Shaw (Mt. Holyoke
College), and Brian Norford (Canadian Geological Survey) for the
purpose of examining the regional stratigraphy of the Ordovician and
making pertinent collections of fossils.

Honorary associate curator Franco Rasetti, continued his work on
the Cambrian trilobite faunas of the Taconic region of New York.
Discovery of a Middle Cambrian fauna in addition to the previously
recognized Lower Cambrian trilobites resulted in the preparation of
several manuscripts of major importance to an understanding of the
paleogeography and tectonics of the region during that period.

Research associate W. P. Woodring continued his study of the
Tertiary Mollusca of the Canal Zone and adjoining parts of Panama.
A paper on the Panama land bridge as a sea barrier was prepared for
publication.

Working as a predoctoral intern under the direction of Woodring,
Carmen Perrilliat is completing a study of Miocene mollusks from Santa
Rosa, Veracruz, Mexico.

Charles W. Harper, in residence under a visiting research associate-
ship sponsored by the National Academy of Sciences, has been studying
the brachiopod collections as prelude to the preparation of manuscripts
that include studies of Llandovian to Eifelian Chonetacea, of Middle
Devonian North American chonetids, and of Middle Ordovician brach-
iopods from Venezuela; a monograph on the family Stropheodontidae;
and a memoir on the Brachiopods of the Arisaig series of Nova Scotia.

Under its new curator, Jack W. Pierce, the recently established
division of sedimentology, of the department of paleobiology, com-
pleted its first year. During this formative period, space was remodeled
for division laboratories and storage areas, equipment was acquired
for a basic laboratory, and some field equipment was procured.
Arrangements were made to start, in June, a feasibility study and
initial sampling leading toward a research project treating the sedi-
mentation and geochemical processes of the continental shelf and coast
of Argentina. This is a joint venture between Pierce, Frederic Siegel
(George Washington University), and Argentine scientists. His work
on the evolution of the North Carolina Outer Banks is continuing.

M. Grant Gross who agreed to join the staff in August 1966, will
continue his work on the cores obtained from Midway Island in con-
junction with J. I. Tracey and H. S. Ladd of the U.S. Geological Survey.

112 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

MINERAL SCIENCES

Research in meteorites was concentrated on phase analysis in chon-
drites and in several unusual iron meteorites. For the second year
this work was to a large extent supported by the National Aeronautics
and Space Agency. Under an Air Force contract a number of rare,
so-called unequilibrated chondrites were analyzed chemically.

Kurt Fredriksson completed a study of some 30 L — and LL —
group (amphoterites) chondrites and demonstrated that these two
groups can be clearly separated on the basis of olivine and pyroxene
compositions, although bulk analyses may show overlap. An intensive
study of the Sharps meteorite showed that this is one of the few H —
group chondrites that has variable olivine and pyroxene composition.
Furthermore, it contains fragments of a carbonaceous chondrite and
secondary chondrules, thus three igneous and three "sedimentary"
cycles can be recognized. This demonstrates that chondrites are
products of very complex extraterrestrial rock-forming processes that
took place early in the development of the solar system.

Research by Brian Mason during the year was directed toward
investigation of the chemical and mineralogical composition of stony
meteorites. Specimens of special research interest from the Museum's
collection are being chemically analyzed, and their mineralogy
studied by microscope, x-ray diffraction, and electron microprobe
techniques. A detailed examination of meteorites collected at Wolf
Creek crater in Western Australia in 1963 resulted in the discovery
of two new minerals. Descriptions of these were to be presented at a
meeting of the International Mineralogical Association in Cambridge,
England, in September 1966.

During July 1 965 Mason collected tektites in central Australia and
mapped their distribution. In August he was joined by E. P. Henderson
and together they carried out similar field work on the Nullarbor
Plain, a limestone plateau 500 miles from east to west and 100 miles
north to south, extending across South and Western Australia. As a
result of this and previous expeditions to Australia the museum now
possesses the finest collection of well localized tektites in any institution.
These are being intensively studied in cooperation with scientists from
the NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California.

Roy S. Clarke, Jr., continued his research on tektites cooperatively
with colleagues at the Corning Glass Works and the U. S. Geological
Svirvey. Studies in progress on the potassium-argon ages of artificial
glasses made from natural materials may have important implica-
tions for the presently accepted interpretation of the potassium-argon
experiment as applied to tektites.

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION MINERAL SCIENCES 113

Eugene Jarosewich analyzed 12 new meteorites, and a paper present-
ing the results of these analyses is in press. In addition the pyroxenes
from the Chainpur, Clovis, and Coolidge meteorites were analyzed,
and a series of separate chemical determinations performed on the
meteorites Knyahinya, Mangwendi, and Bjurbole.

Installation of an X-ray fluorescence analyzer in the chemical
laboratory was completed. Jarosewich and Joseph Nelen are devel-
oping a method for analyzing stony meteorites by this technique. The
fact that these meteorites have a silicate matrix containing finely
dispersed metallic inclusions presented a problem, and the first
objective was to obtain a fine, homogeneous powder. Various fusion
techniques were tried but with disappointing results; however, acid
attack to decompose the metal phase, followed by neutralization and
low temperature ignition to oxides, seems to offer promise.

After spending a month in Australia collecting tektites, E. P.
Henderson continued his studies of hexahedrites. On December 31,
1965, he retired and was appointed honorary research associate.

George Switzer continued his work on the garnet group of minerals,
and with William G. Melson completed a study of plagioclase-spinel-
graphite xenoliths in iron-bearing basalts from Disko Island, Greenland.
In November 1965 he was re-elected Secretary of the Mineralogical
Society of America and appointed U.S. member of the Museums
Commission of the International Mineralogical Association.

Paul E. Desautels completed a morphological study of nickel veyite
and continued his studies of radioactive minerals from Mexico and
lead oxychloride minerals from Greece.

John S. White completed his description of plattnerite and with
Brian Mason worked on the descriptions of two new mineral species
from the Wolf Creek, Australia, meteorite.

Peter B. Leavens joined the staff in November 1965 as an NAS-NRC
postdoctoral research associate. His primary interest is the mineralogy
and geochemistry of iron-manganese phosphates in pegmatites, and
he has been studying suites of these minerals in the Museum collections.
He has finished a reexamination of the incompletely described man-
ganese phosphate bermanite. In cooperation with T. A. Simpson
of the Alabama Geological Survey, he is preparing a paper on the
iron-manganese phosphates found in a pegmatite in Coosa County,
Alabama.

Among other research projects undertaken by Leavens are a paper
completed on the calcium oxalate mineral whewellite; another in
preparation on the OH:F ratio in the beryllium phosphate, herderite;
and one co-authored with C. S. Hurlbut of Harvard University on the
lithium silicates bikitaite and eucryptite. The specimens used in this

114 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

study were collected by Leavens and John White at the Foote Mineral
Company mine, King's Mountain, North Carolina.

William G. Melson continued his investigations of oceanic rocks.
Studies centered on the Mid-Atlantic Ridge and include greenstones,
basalts, and dolerites from lat. 22°N. ; ultramafic and alkali-rich mafic
rocks from St. Paul's Rocks; and an alkali "basalt" (olivine nephelinite)
and numerous other rock types dredged from the St. Paul's Rocks area.
Melson in November 1965 participated in cruises to the 22°N. area
(cruise 1 of the R.V. Thomas Washington) and in March 1966 to St.
Paul's Rocks and the Romanche Trench in the equatorial Atlantic
(cruise 20 of the R.V. Atlantis II). This work is part of cooperative
investigations of the Mid-Atlantic with Tj. H. van Andel of the Scripps
Oceanographic Institution and Vaughan T. Bowen of Woods Hole
Oceanographic Institution.

The cruises were extremely successful from a petrologic standpoint.
Dredging produced very large and complex suites of rocks which will
be examined into and perhaps through 1966.

Studies of greenstones from the R.V. Chain cruise 44 (1964) were
completed and the results are in press. In addition, several short
notes were submitted for publication on oceanic rocks and minerals
that include montomorillonites (mainly saponite) in hydrothermally
altered basalts from the 22°N. area, and an olivine nephelinite dredged
near St. Paul's Rocks during cruise 20 of the R.V. Atlantis II.

The Collections
CARE AND CONSERVATION

SPECIMENS ACCESSIONED, IDENTIFIED, AND DISTRIBUTED—
FISCAL YEAR 1966

Accessions

Trans-

Lent for

(transac-

ferred to

study to

tions)

Exchanged

other Gov-

investigators

1966

Received

with other

ernment

and other

Specimens

Departments

(new)

on loan

institutions

agencies

institutions

identified

Anthropology . .

1,226

559

2,228

Invertebrate Zool-

ogy

460

4,388

1,802

14, 506

38, 578

Vertebrate Zool-

ogy

191

9,648

6,751

16, 114

25, 438

Entomology . . .

477

6, 141

2,243

1,500

75, 507

31,547

Botany

337

3,229

7,876

37, 701

32, 160

18, 172

Paleobiology . .

138

341

2,579

13,706

46, 794

Mineral Sciences .

298

1, 188

151
39, 367

613

437

Totals . .

1,977

24, 981

22, 520

153, 165

163, 194

ANTHROPOLOGY

Creation of the anthropological conservation laboratory, which
replaces and incorporates the previous preparatory service, represents
a major step forward. In August 1965, the laboratory was set up in
its new quarters, and considerable progress was made in the acquisition
of basic supplies and equipment. The staff includes A. Joseph Andrews,
who remains chief preparator, and Bethune Gibson, who joined the
staff as a technician specializing in conservation, under the immediate
supervision of Gus W. Van Beek. During the year, a total of 1,313
specimens, ranging from fish-oil-saturated wooden bowls, from the
Northwest Coast of the United States, to African iron weapons, to
ancient Greek and Italic pottery, to bark paintings from Australia,
have been cleaned and given conservation treatment. The laboratory
personnel have also experimented with various materials in their search
for solutions to problems of conservation. Noteworthy discoveries
include development of processes for the removal of noncarbonate
encrustations on pottery, and ubiquitous black "ink blot" and root
deposits that occur on ancient pottery from various environmental
situations.

115

116 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

In conjunction with the conservation laboratory, museum technicians
have begun to reorganize the storage of all the ethnological specimens
from the Northwest Coast of North America, the Philippines, and Korea
and Japan. In the process it was determined that the U.S. National
Museum has one of the finest collections from the Northwest Coast
made in the late 1 800s — as yet unstudied except for an occasional piece
which has attracted attention because of its esthetic qualities. Reorga-
nization of the Old World archeological collection was also completed.

Further progress was made in the storing of the Old World archeo-
logical collections. The Asian anthropological collections are being
systematically reviewed, and the orderly rearrangement of the skeletal
storage was completed.

During the year the archives of anthropology, which, under the
management of Margaret C. Blaker continues to serve a large number
of anthropologists, linguists, and other scholars, received and answered
an increasing number of inquiries and orders for photographs.

The archives, formerly a part of the Bureau of American Ethnology,
are old, extensive, and well organized. The contents include ethno-
graphic, linguistic, archeological, historical, and some physical anthro-
pological manuscript material, large collections of personal papers of
a few anthropologists, and a very extensive collection of photographs.
The restrictions which limited the BAE archives to materials on the New
World having been removed, and being by no means limited to
materials gathered by the Smithsonian staff, the archives now may
receive anthropological manuscript and photographic material relating
to all parts of the world, as well as the personal papers of anthropolo-
gists. The collection thus becomes a national archive of anthropology,
serving the needs of ethnohistory, culture history, ethnology, compara-
tive linguistics, and the history of anthropology.

Important additions to the manuscript and photographic collections
received during the year include the personal papers of James Owen
Dorsey, ethnologist with the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1878—
1895, a gift from J. O. Dorsey's granddaughter, Mrs. Fitzhugh McLean
of Takoma Park, Maryland. These papers, consisting of diaries,
correspondence, autobiographical notes, lectures, and a volume
of notes on Siouan ethnography and language, have been listed in
detail and fill three manuscript boxes. The original manuscript
which was printed as Ojibway Texts by William Jones (Truman
Michelson, ed., Publications of the American Ethnological Society,
vol. 7, pts. 1, 2, 1917, 1919), but was previously uncatalogued in the
archives, was identified and arranged by comparison with the pub-
lished texts. The originals include partial interlinear translations
as well as the full English translations that were published. About

THE COLLECTIONS CARE AND CONSERVATION 117

5,000 prints have been made from glass negatives in the collection of
the former Bureau of American Ethnology and copied on safety film.
However, about 15,000 glass negatives remain uncopied, as well as
nearly 10,000 nitrate film negatives which are in an unsafe, deterio-
rating condition. Copying will continue as funds become available.

VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY

The completion of the west wing of the natural history building
enabled the division of fishes to move its collections into the new
quarters during the summer of 1965. This move, accomplished in
about three months through the cooperation of all staff members of the
ichthyological laboratory, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, involved the
transfer of approximately 300,000 jars of specimens in alcohol. Simul-
taneously, the collection was rearranged and preservative was restored.
All identified but uncataloged collections were placed in their proper
family along with the cataloged material. The collection of large
preserved specimens is gradually being transferred to 300 monel-metal-
lined tanks in the west wing.

The collections of reptiles and amphibians, moved into new quarters
in FY 1965 and for the most part arranged in taxonomic order, are now
more easily accessible. The program of relabeling and re bottling
continued.

In the division of birds over 400 new cases were added to the specimen
storage area. With a few exceptions, anatomical specimens of birds
preserved in fluid are no longer accessioned into the collections, as they
are intended for dissection and replacement rather than for permanent
reference. To encourage their use by qualified investigators, a catalog
of the anatomical collections is being prepared, to be available on
request. During the year Mrs. Julian Stein, Jr., volunteered her
services towards rearranging the egg data file, and Mrs. John W. Boyd
volunteered her services for working on maps of the distribution of
Antarctic birds and for translating Russian articles.

In the division of mammals, by the end of the year, the bulk of the
collections were housed in permanent quarters that place major groups
in areas which combine storage and research facilities. This is par-
ticularly significant for certain groups like the rodents and primates
for which special plans have been made for identification and service
facilities.

The osteological collections of cetaceans (whales, porpoises, and the
like) are still scattered in various temporary storage areas, and plans
are under consideration to centralize them in separate warehouse and
research facilities outside of the Natural History Museum.

118 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY

During the year the department acquired a typewriter system
designed to reduce cataloging and processing time by providing
replicate labels and/or catalog cards from a single typing. The
system features macro- and micro-typewriter units that can be oper-
ated from a punched-paper tape. The data typed on the label with
the microtypewriter is automatically reproduced on the catalog cards,
and as many cards as needed can be made up from the tape.

For most of the newly-established divisions of the department,
curatorial activities centered around rearrangement of the collections
in the new storage areas of the west wing. In the division of mollusks,
largely through the diligence of Museum technician, Florence Ruhoff,
15,736 lots were cataloged, a total higher than that during any of the
past 6 years and three times the number produced last year. As a
result, nearly all the large number of new accessions received during
the year are processed and incorporated into the collections. A
program initiated to sort the large backlog of uncataloged mollusk
accessions to systematic and geographic groupings is expected to make
this material more available to the researcher interested in obtaining
representatives of various families of mollusks from particular faunal
regions.

Museum specialist H. B. Roberts began to identify the backlog of
American crabs, particularly those from the Gulf of Mexico and the
Caribbean, in a program designed not only to physically reduce the
backlog but also to diversify the collections by arranging exchanges of
excess material with other institutions. Also by providing routine
identifications of specimens of crabs forwarded to the museum for
examination, Roberts has materially reduced the burden of routine
work formerly assumed by the professional staff.

ENTOMOLOGY

Under grants from the National Science Foundation, more than
20,000 specimens of Central and South American Lepidoptera were
sorted and labeled; a catalog of New World Stenomidae was prepared;
a photographic file of Stenomidae was initiated; about 5,000 specimens
of Ataenius were mounted and labeled; some 54,000 miscellaneous in-
sects were counted, sorted to order, and placed in fresh alcohol; 46,000
aquatic beetles were sorted to family and placed in fresh alcohol;
and 5,100 water beetles were prepared for critical study by extraction
of the male terminalia and by pinning, labeling, and sorting to genus.

Summer student intern Judith Ann Holland sorted, determined to

THE COLLECTIONS CARE AND CONSERVATION 119

genus, and placed in the working collection about 1 2,000 miscellaneous,
unidentified Scarabaeidae. Pre-doctoral associate Robert Gordon
studied, identified, and revised our collections of Hydroporus (Dytis-
cidae). Another pre-doctoral associate, E. D. Cashatt, segregated and
studied 3,000 American Chrysauginae, and prepared over 800 genitalic
slides.

Museum aid Gloria House sorted to family nearly 84,000 beetles,
mostly alcoholic material from Bolivia; she also mounted and labeled
nearly 2,500 specimens, and mounted an additional 500. Mrs. Joan
Ledbetter labeled, sorted and distributed over 97,000 miscellaneous
insects, of which some 25 percent was Lepidoptera and Diptera.
Mrs. Sophie Lutterlough restored, relabeled, and rehoused thousands
of ticks, most of which had dried out, as well as great numbers of
dried myriapods and arachnids; and cleaned and sorted many mi-
croscope slides. Mrs. Mary Ann Floyd completed rearrangement of
the Odonata collection by working over the Oriental and North
American sections.

J. F. Gates Clarke continued his reorganization and classification of
the Neotropical Microlepidoptera with the incorporation of over 4,000
specimens into the working collection. William D. Field transferred
and reclassified several families of Lepidoptera, formerly housed in
non-standard drawers; among the families transferred were the
Amathusiidae, Brassolidae, and our extensive collection of Old World
Papilionidae. Ralph E. Crabill found and verified the status of some
dozen type specimens of the C. H. Bollman myriapod collection; he
continued remounting O. F. Cook's microscopic slides, mostly typical,
and he restored, relabeled, and rehoused large numbers of dried
myriapods and arachnids, some of which turned out to be unsuspected
type specimens. Research associate K. C. Emerson transferred and
expanded the Mallophaga collection into new slide boxes; during this
process he added the material from the Carriker collection. Miss
Helle Starcke, assistant to research associate Robert Traub, began the
transfer and arrangement of the Siphonaptera collection into new
slide cabinets.

Over 5,000 microslides of small Diptera were prepared for the
collection by student aids at Radford College under a contract grant
administered by the Department of Agriculture. This contract,
initiated in 1961, has resulted in the addition of more than 30,000
microslides of specimens to the national collection. Agriculture
contracts with other universities and individuals have resulted in the
mounting and labeling of an additional 30,000 insects during the
current year; for the several years during which these contracts have

120 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

been in effect the national collection has benefited by the preparation
of some 1 1 5,000 specimens.

BOTANY

The addition of 363 new all-steel herbarium cases represents a
major advance in specimen storage in the National Herbarium. Of
these, 214 were incorporated into the phanerogamic segment of the
herbarium, allowing for the much needed expansion of a small portion
of the collections. The lichen collections are now completely housed
in new steel cases as is a portion of the grass herbarium. Other steel
cases were moved into the offices of curators to replace the wooden
cases in which their study specimens had been kept. Over 2,000 more
steel cases, however, will be needed to convert the entire herbarium
to modern steel storage cabinets.

During the year E. Yale Dawson, working with Charles F. Rhyne,
curated and added to the research collections the entire accumulated
backlog of algae. These totaled 14,931 specimens, In addition, a
"wet stack" storage facility was established to house fluid-preserved
specimens of algae. These specimens are represented by dummy
sheets inserted in taxonomic sequence among the dried and pressed
collections making the total collection available to users through
consultation of a single file.

Integration of New World and Old World type specimens into a
continuous series was completed by Velva E. Rudd who has also
transferred the formerly separate fruit collection into the general
herbarium. Bulky fruits are now to be found taxonomically arranged
in cases near the appropriate genus or family, a great convenience in
systematic studies.

PALEOBIOLOGY

In the division of paleobotany, nearly all of the primary and second-
ary type specimens of fossil plants have been segregated from the main
body of the paleobotanical collections. There remain only certain
elements of the Tertiary collection that require checking and relocation.
The main body of the reference collection is being organized by
Arthur D. Watt of the U.S. Geological Survey staff and placed in its
permanent arrangement in the main storage area of the division's
new quarters.

In consequence of the lengthy period during which the laboratory
of vertebrate paleontology has been concerned with exhibition, a very
considerable backlog of preparation for the study series and general

THE COLLECTIONS CARE AND CONSERVATION 121

attention to the condition of the study and reference collections has
accumulated. Much of this backlog pertains to preparation of plaster-
encased blocks included in field collections acquired during the past
several years.

General arrangement of the reference and study collections of
fossil vertebrates has been completed, since their move from the old part
of the building to the east wing, except for the rather large collec-
tion of Oligocene titanotheres, including several type specimens
which together with certain large fish and reptile specimens, are
temporarily laid out on case tops pending construction of covered
storage racks.

The curatorial activities in the division of invertebrate paleontology
centered on processing type specimens. More than 5,000 types were
checked against published literature, cataloged, and placed in the
collection. Carding of more than 500 type specimens representing a
large number of publications furthered the preparation of the planned
published list of types on deposit in the Museum. Also, the Tertiary
and Ordovician stratigraphic collections were moved to facilitate
storage of tens of thousands of specimens and make them more accessible
to the scientists directly involved with their use. The Ordovician
material was sorted geographically and stratigraphically during the
move.

The U.S. National Museum has been a repository for approximately
16,200 sediment samples, some of which were collected as early as 1840
by the U.S. Coast Survey. The division of sedimentology is making a
detailed inventory of these samples, the usefulness of which has been
limited by lack of an adequate inventory and of a single storage place.
An attempt is also being made to collate the samples with any published
or unpublished sample data and with available station information. A
preliminary tabulation discloses that 10,343 of the samples are from
the Atlantic continental shelf of the United States, including 815 from
the recent U.S. Geological Survey - Woods Hole Oceanographic
Institution project; 1,772 off the West Coast of the United States; 400
from Alaskan waters; 2,000 from the Albatross cruises; and 1,571 which
can not be associated with any available station information or for
which no information has been found. The remaining few samples
are from the Caribbean Sea, the southeast Pacific Ocean, and the
Arctic Ocean.

230-457—66 11

122 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

GIFTS AND ADDITIONS

SPECIMENS IN THE NATIONAL COLLECTION MAY 31, 1966

Anthropology 1,005,034

Cultural Anthropology 967,217

Physical Anthropology 37,817

Invertebrate Zoology 12, 149,941

Crustacea 1,477,157

Worms 651,097

Echinoderms 80, 244

Mollusks 9,941,443

Vertebrate Zoology 2, 845, 582

Mammals 336,825

Birds 520, 338

Reptiles and Amphibians 166, 778

Fishes 1,821,641

Entomology 17,345,519

(Former Division of Insects total, 1963 15,978,513)

(divisional totals are shown from this date)

Coleoptera 306,477

Hemiptera 233,879

Lepidoptera 261,428

Myriapoda and Arachnida 405, 544

Neuropteroids 159,678

Botany 3,238,876

Phanerogams 2,009,269

Ferns 256,568

Grasses 394,317

Cryptogams 533, 758

Plant Anatomy 44, 964

Paleobiology 13,233,558

Invertebrate Paleontology 13,179,878

Vertebrate Paleontology 49, 104

Paleobotany 4, 576

Mineral Sciences 427, 655

Mineralogy 121,648

Meteorites 7, 351

Petrology 298, 656

Total Natural History Collections 50, 246, 1 65

ANTHROPOLOGY

Among the several collections of ethnological materials from Africa
received during the year, especially noteworthy were a complete
costume of a Tuareg man, acquired from Sgt. Mohamcd Ali Ag.

THE COLLECTIONS GIFTS AND ADDITIONS 123

Mamatal, of the Mali army; and a collection of artifacts from the
Mandara Mountain area of northern Cameroon, collected for the
Smithsonian by Paul Hinderling. Darius Thieme, a musicologist,
has been engaged for over a year in making a collection of Nigerian
musical instruments for the Smithsonian, and two shipments of these
have arrived.

About 600 artifacts of the Canela Indians (Brazil) were collected
in the field. Including items as varied as life-size ceremonial masks
and maroon chalk ear plugs, they constitute the largest and most
complete assemblage of South American tribal material in the Museum.

An exceptionally well selected and documented collection received
directly from Asia in recent years is the Province Henry collection of
201 Taiwan tribal objects consisting of clothing, religious paraphernalia,
utensils, weapons, woodwork, and other items. An outstanding collec-
tion of 255 purchased and donated textiles was assembled mostly in
India and Thailand by Mrs. Elizabeth Bayley Willis. Other valuable
collections received were a Burmese collection of 600 objects from
William C. Sturtevant, 125 Korean masks of folk drama from Professor
Duhyun Lee, and 135 items of Iranian costumes from Mrs. Ethel Jane
Bunting. From Mrs. Mary Slusser in Nepal came jewelry, clothing,
toys, and games.

A cast of the Niah Cave skull (North Borneo Paleolithic) as recon-
structed by Don R. Brothwell, was received in exchange through
Kenneth P. Oakley of the British Museum (Natural History) and
placed on exhibit.

VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY

Major and significant additions to the vertebrate zoology collections
of the Department were made through Smithsonian expeditions and
surveys parts of the world, particularly in Latin America, the Pacific,
and Africa, as well as by gift and exchange.

Two outstanding collections of fishes, totaling approximately 10,000
specimens, are the several thousand fishes from the western Atlantic,
Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea, received from the Exploratory
Program of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and a large collection
of bathypelagic fishes, made during a survey of the fauna of the Cali-
fornia Current, received from the Scripps Institution of Oceanography,
La Jolla, California.

More than 5,000 specimens of reptiles and amphibians were cata-
loged, including 122 specimens as types or para types of new taxa.
Donald Broadley of the Umtali Museum, Rhodesia, sent a carefully
selected series of specimens, including paratypes of many new species

124 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

and also representatives of species not previously in the collections.
Bernard Martof, of the University of North Carolina, gave his synoptic
collection of 2,154 salamanders of the genus Leurognathus, which formed
a basis for his recent review and revision of the genus. Gustavo
Orces-Villagomez, Quito, Ecuador, deposited his extensive collec-
tions of Ecuadorian reptiles and amphibians in the Museum, admirably
supplementing the locality-oriented specimens obtained in Ecuador by
Dr. Peters. The Pacific Ocean Biological Survey Program of the
Smithsonian has continued to add to the lizard collections from all
parts of the Pacific.

Outstanding accessions of birds include a specimen of Pterodroma
baraui, received by exchange through Dr. Jouanin, and a specimen of
Wetmorethraupis sterrhopteron and two of Conioptilon mcilhennyi, by ex-
change through Dr. Lowery. Both of these latter two genera are newly
described tropical American passerines and as such represent exciting
additions to the national collections. Among the anatomical speci-
mens received were major collections from Chile, the Indian Ocean,
and North America. Other valuable acquisitions included two skele-
tons of the lesser flamingo donated by John G. Williams and skeletons
of the cahow and black-capped petrel presented by David B. Wingate.

More than 11,000 specimens of mammals were accessioned. Ap-
proximately 8,000 of these result from major field operations in Vene-
zuela and Africa, funded by Defense Department contracts. Important
collections of bats were received from Belem, Brazil, through a col-
laborative relationship with the Belem Virus Laboratory (Instituto
Evandro Chagas); from Peru, from A. L. Tuttle; and from Colombia,
sent by C. J. Marinkelle. In addition, an important collection of 387
mammal specimens from West Pakistan was received from Col. Robert
Traub.

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY

One of the most significant of the additions to the collections of
invertebrate zoology was a series of over 9,000 lots of leeches and an
extensive library of books and reprints on the Hirudinea, received as a
bequest from the late J. Percy Moore.

Mollusks accessioned during the year include nearly 15,000 speci-
mens from the southeastern Pacific, acquired through the studies of
Harald A. Rchder. Joseph P. E. Morrison arranged the transfer of
4,000 mollusks and 3,000 radula slides left by the late J. A. Weber of
Miami. Also added to the collection were over 9,000 marine mollusks
from southeast Asia, collected by Joseph Rosewater while participating
in the International Indian Ocean Expedition.

On Philippine expedition of Donald R. Davis, the rare butterfly Troganoptera
trojana was sought. Here, Julian Jumalon of San Carlos University sets out
a damaged male, which is deep velvet black, except for a brilliant red collar
and metallic green patches along both wings, as bait to lure the more valu-
able female. Below: a perfect female specimen, of which very few have
ever been obtained.

On a Smithsonian collecting trip, Paul J. Spangler with Malaise insect trap
at campsite in Costa Rica ("see p. 99), near Esparta, July 1965.

Spangler aspirating water beetles from his net after collecting in a pond at
Puntarenas, Costa Rica.

?" ji^FOSR*

THE COLLECTIONS GIFTS AND ADDITIONS 125

Transfers of specimens from the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service added
two large series of decapod crustaceans from the Gulf and Caribbean
area, and also a large collection of caprellid amphipods. Two large
collections of decapod crustaceans were received through the Institute
of Marine Science, University of Miami, and an extensive collection of
freshwater crustaceans was donated by Northeast Louisiana State
College.

Representatives of over 60 species of echinoderms, many not pre-
viously represented in the collection, were received on exchange from
the British Museum. More than 50 species of echinoids taken during
the International Indian Ocean Expedition were also added to the
collection during the year.

ENTOMOLOGY

Over 856,000 insects and allies were accessioned during the year,
the second highest total in the history of the department of entomology.
The tremendous F. C. Bishopp collection of ticks accounted for more
than a third of this total. Holotypes of 1,122 species were accessioned
during the year.

The largest and most important gift of Coleoptera was the C. H.
Dieke library and world-wide collection of 24,468 specimens of
Coccinellidae. Various members of the departmental staff added
materially; P. J. Spangler collecting 72,825 specimens and O. S. Flint
10,234. The Dominican survey produced 7,244 specimens, with
many more to be counted and accessioned. The African survey, under
H. W. Setzer of the division of mammals, added 17,174 insects, a
very important acquisition because our African material is so limited.

Upon the death of research associate Carl J. Drake, full custody of
the outstanding Drake Hemiptera collection passed to the Smithsonian
and to the care of the division of Hemiptera. A small but critically
important lot of 236 bedbugs from R. L. Usinger established our total
holdings as the world's richest collection of species and types in the
family Cimicidae. Other important acquisitions include 2,617
miscellaneous insects from various parts of the world, from K. W.
Cooper; 2,567 from the American tropics, collected by W. D. Duck-
worth; 2,202 from various parts of the world, from N. L. H. Krauss;
and 1,045 North American aphids from J. O. Pepper.

Lepidoptera and Diptera received include 7,305 specimens collected
on Dominica by J. F. G. Clarke and his wife; 18,850 Lepidoptera
and Diptera collected in the Philippines and Dominica by D. R.
Davis; 12,778 moths and flies from Dominica and Central America,
by O. S. Flint; 16,928 Central American Lepidoptera and Diptera

126 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

collected by P. J. Spangler and his wife. From non-staff members
came 487 butterflies from Greece, from J. C. Coutsis; 786 New Zealand
moths collected by T. H. Davies; 848 North American Lepidoptera
and Diptera presented by G. F. Edmunds; 5,205 flies from North
America, by K. Khalaf; and 3,841 moths from North America, from
F. W. Stehr. The largest single accession was 43,160 flies collected
by W. W. Wirth in Dominica, probably one of the finest representa-
tions of Diptera ever assembled from any of the islands of the Lesser
Antilles.

In addition to the Bishopp tick collection, the Myriapoda and
Arachnida holdings were augmented by several lots of critical im-
portance: G. E. Ball presented over 600 chilopods mostly from pre-
viously unsampled parts of Mexico; Smithsonian and Department of
Agriculture colleagues collected an impressively sizeable assortment
of myriapods and arachnids on Dominica; through W. Engelhardt
was obtained an exchange of 29 chilopods from the K. W. Verhoeff
collection, including a number of paratypes, an acquisition of critical
importance because of Verhoeff' s position as a pioneer in myriapod
studies.

Among neuropteroids received were important synoptic collec-
tions of Finnish Trichoptera from M. Meinander; Czechoslovakian
Trichoptera from J. Sykora; North American Hydroptilidae from
R. L. Blickle; and North American Plecoptera and Trichoptera from
S. G. Jewett. The single most important accession was the collection
of mostly South American Mallophaga assembled by the late research
associate M. A. Carriker; it contains 17,882 specimens mounted on
7,830 slides and included 653 holotypes. K. C. Emerson was respon-
sible for the transfer from the Department of Defense of over 2,000
slides of Anoplura and Mallophaga.

A. B. Gurney of the Agriculture staff donated some 4,500 specimens
of insects and allies collected by him in Ethiopia. H. W. Setzer and
J. Neal of the division of mammals transferred more than 8,000 insects
collected incidentally during their mammal survey in Iran. Both of
these accessions were most welcome because previously these areas were
virtually unrepresented in our collection.

The U.S. Department of Agriculture transferred over 76,500 insects,
many of them of considerable importance because of associated host
data. One important acquisition in this transfer was the Alfieri
synoptic collection of Egyptian Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, Lepidop-
tera, and Neuroptera, consisting of about 7,400 specimens representing
some 3,500 species and including several hundred types or cotypes.
The tremendous value may be appreciated when it is noted that of the
531 species of wasps and bees identified specifically in the Alfieri

THE COLLECTIONS GIFTS AND ADDITIONS 127

collection, over 70 percent were not represented previously in the
Museum collection by identified specimens. Two other welcome
lots were nearly 4,400 Diptera from Arizona collected by C. W.
Sabrosky; and 800 Hymenoptera from North and South America,
collected by D. R. Smith.

BOTANY

The inception of an algal research program has stimulated an
increase in the botanical materials that are so important for staff
activities. Holdings of algae have been appreciably enhanced by
acquisition of the herbarium of the Beaudette Foundation for Marine
Biology, comprising 7,677 specimens of dried and fluid-preserved
seaweeds. E. Yale Dawson donated over 1,600 specimens of algae
from his personal collections and more than 600 algal specimens were
received on exchange from the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle,
Paris.

The Plitt lichen herbarium of 21,564 mounted specimens was trans-
ferred to the Museum from the national fungus collections in Beltsville,
Maryland. Mason E. Hale contributed 5,833 specimens of lichens
resulting from his field work in Southeast Asia and the University of
Iowa donated its lichen herbarium of 3,000 specimens.

Under a research project supported in part by the National Science
Foundation, Conrad V. Morton deposited 16,174 photographs of type
specimens of ferns from European herbaria, greatly augmenting the
fern type collections. An outstanding collection of 622 ferns of Assam,
India, collected by Walter M. Koelz, was received on exchange from
the University of Michigan. Added to the already rich collections of
grasses from Brazil were 1,216 collected for the museum by Lyman B.
Smith and 1,035 specimens received on exchange from the Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew, collected by the British agrostologist W. Derek
Clayton. These grass collections from Brazil together with the others
in the U.S. National Herbarium form part of the basis for Thomas R.
Soderstrom's continuing research on the luxuriant grass flora repre-
sented in this country.

Recent botanical activities on the Island of Dominica in conjunction
with the Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian Biological Survey have resulted
in the accessioning of 22,560 flowering plants collected by staff members
Wallace R. Ernst and Dan H. Nicolson and by Grady L. Webster of
Purdue University and Kenton L. Chambers of Oregon State Uni-
versity. The Dominican plants form the basis, in part, for a forthcom-
ing flora of the island being undertaken by staff members of the
department of botany in collaboration with botanists at other insti-
tutions.

128 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

Accessions of woods from the Juan Fernandez Islands represented
many new taxa for the national collections, including Lactoris fernan-
deziana, sole species of the Lactoridaceae, a family endemic on these
Pacific islands. A rare, historically important collection of woods,
received in exchange from the museum of the V. L. Komarov Botanical
Institute, Leningrad, came from plants, grown in the former imperial
botanical gardens of St. Petersburg, which were brought into cultivation
through the efforts of early Russian plant explorers. Over half of the
64 specimens represent plants for which there had been no previous
examples in the wood collections of the Museum. A collection of 138
wood specimens gathered by Kenton L. Chambers, Oregon State
University, were the first to result from the Bredin-Archbold-Smith-
sonian Biological Survey of Dominica.

PALEOBIOLOGY

As a gift from J. Harlan Johnson of the Colorado School of Mines,
the division of paleobotany received 76 slides containing 18 primary
and 80 secondary types of fossil algae from Guatemala. Fieldwork by
Francis M. Hueber and James P. Ferrigno under support from the
Roland W. Brown fund for paleobotanical research brought to the
collections about 329 specimens of Lower Devonian plant fossils from
the Beartooth Butte formation at Beartooth Butte and Cottonwood
Canyon, Wyoming. Noteworthy specimens in the collection include
a series of excellent examples of Bucheria ovata Dorf, Drepanophycus
spinaeformis Goeppert and representative examples of Psilophyton wy-
omingense Dorf. From fieldwork in eastern Canada, 1,255 specimens of
Lower and Middle Devonian plant remains were added to the collec-
tions. A large number of anatomically preserved plants comprise the
significant element of this collection.

Outstanding among accessions of fossil vertebrates is a collection of
approximately 473 specimens of early Tertiary mammals from various
localities in the Green River Basin of southwestern Wyoming, princi-
pally from the lower member of the middle Eocene Bridger formation,
made by C. Lewis Gazin and Franklin L. Pearce under funds provided
by the National Science Foundation. The collection is rich in remains
of the smaller mammals, including the condylarth Hyopsodus; various
primates, rodents, insectivores, and carnivores; and the ungulates
Orohippus and Helaletes. Among the larger mammals represented are
Tillotherium and the perissodactyls Hyrachyus and Palaeosyops.

A particularly noteworthy acquisition, made by purchase through
the Walcott fund, is an unusually well represented skeleton of a Miocene
cetothere whale from the Choptank formation of Maryland. The

THE COLLECTIONS GIFTS AND ADDITIONS 129

specimen was collected by Richard Warren of Robert, Louisiana, from
the Calvert Cliffs south of Flag Pond. In addition to skull portions,
ribs, and chevrons, the specimen includes an articulated series of 20
vertebrae from the first cervical to the first lumbar and 14 vertebrae
from the eleventh lumbar to the twelfth caudal, only the second to
tenth lumbars missing. Not only is the specimen remarkable for its
completeness but it is the first cetothere to be discovered in the Chop-
tank formation.

Other notable accessions of vertebrate fossils include a collection
of well over 100 specimens, principally fossil mammals, from a fissure
filling near Ladds, in Bartow County, Georgia, acquired by purchase
through the Walcott fund from Shorter College in Rome, Georgia, and
approximately 100 specimens of late Pleistocene vertebrates from the
Puebla Valley of Mexico collected by Clayton E. Ray, under funds
provided in part by the National Science Foundation.

The most notable addition to the invertebrate fossil collections was a
gift of more than 30,000 specimens given by Johns Hopkins University.
Included was a valuable identified, biologically arranged series of
Tertiary mollusks, one of the most complete reference collections
known of these organisms from the East Coast of North America.
Many of the specimens were collected from localities no longer available
because of construction activities. In addition, more than 500 type
specimens previously deposited at the University were transferred to
the Museum.

The Walcott bequest provided funds for several other major addi-
tions to the collections: Robert B. Neuman collected more than 1,000
Cambrian and Ordovician specimens in Newfoundland; E. G. Kauff-
man and N. F. Sohl collected an important silicified fauna from the
Mesozoic of Trinidad and additional Tertiary and Mesozoic specimens
from the West Indies.

More than 15,000 Tertiary mollusks were accessioned from the
American Museum of Natural History including the specimens on
which a major study of Tertiary and Recent pectinids was based.

A gift of Triassic brachiopods from the Academy of Sciences of the
USSR is considered of great value. Arranged through A. Dagis of the
Institute of Geology and Geophysics, the gift will provide reference
information for distributional studies of several genera.

Most of the accessions made during the year involved type specimens
sent to the Museum, and a sizeable increase over previous years has
been noted in the number of types deposited.

130 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

MINERAL SCIENCES

The past year has been an important one for the growth of the
meteorite collection. Specimens were added from 26 meteorites not
previously represented and an additional 1 7 new meteorites are now
represented in the form of thin-sections. The total number of meteor-
ites added to the collection was 137, and the total thin-sections was
85. Over 1,800 tektite specimens from various localities were also
added. The Carl Bosch collection of nearly 600 meteorites was
acquired. A number of these will be important additions to the
collection.

The University of Minnesota agreed to place their meteorite collec-
tion, comprising approximately 120 specimens, on deposit in the Mu-
seum. Some are of great scientific value. In return an educational
exhibition of representative meteorites will be prepared and put on
display at the University. It is hoped that similar agreements can be
reached with other universities possessing a few unrepresentative
but scientifically important meteorite specimens.

The rate of growth of the mineral and gem collections remained
high. Quantities of scientifically important type specimens were
obtained from various sources. Also, excellent specimens were ob-
tained from all the newly discovered occurrences of any importance
noted during the year. Considerable time and effort was spent in
negotiating for and obtaining the Carl Bosch collection of minerals and
meteorites (approximately 28,000 specimens including almost 600
meteorites), which is the most important collection acquired since the
Roebling and Canfield additions in 1926. The collection will be
described more fully in the next annual report. It is estimated that it
represents a 20 percent increase in the total mineral collection.

Among several important gifts by individuals to the mineral col-
lection were a fine large tourmaline crystal from Madagascar, presented
by Randolph Rothschild; a superb specimen of torbernite from France,
by the Lester Barrer family; an extraordinary specimen of the new
mineral francevillite from Gabon, by Mr. Bernard T. Rocca; and an
exquisite suite of fine specimens of Mexican agate, by Colonel E. M.
Barron. Other fine specimen material and much research material
was obtained, as usual, through exchange. Numerous new and rare
species were added including dellaite, moctezumite, sonoraite, coaling-
ite, rosenhahnite, sakuralite, marokite and gaudefroyite.

The usual program of planned addition of specimens through
use of the Roebling and Canfield endowments continued. The
Roebling fund this year provided an extraordinarily beautiful specimen
of vivianitc from near Richmond, Virginia; a large and striking speci-

THE COLLECTIONS GIFTS AND ADDITIONS 131

men of barite from the mines of southern Illinois; excellent specimens
of vanuralite and francevillite from Gabon; arsenopyrite from Portugal;
silver from Mexico: amethyst from Ontario; and epidote from Baja
California. Outstanding among additions from the Canfield fund
are specimens of rubellite from Brazil, large sphene and spinel crystals
from Madagascar, arsenopyrite from Portugal, and an unusually
large and rare classic twin crystal of cumengite from Baja California.

As in all recent years, the gem collection has received additions of
great value and importance. Chief among the gifts was a 138.7-carat
star ruby. This magnificent gem, the largest and finest star ruby on
record, came as a gift from Rosser Reeves. Two very large faceted
gems of topaz purchased through the help of the Chamberlain fund:
one, weighing 7,725 carats is golden yellow; the other, weighing 2,680
carats, is colorless. Through the Roebling fund a 55-carat faceted
and flawless gem of petalite, the largest of its kind on record, was
obtained. The suite of carvings was enriched by a series of 13 jade
carvings given by Mrs. Mildred Taber Keally and 9 carvings of various
materials given by Sidney Krandall.

Many interesting and described suites of rocks containing chemically
analyzed specimens added to the petrology collections came from the
U.S. Geological Survey, the British Museum, Cambridge University,
and from several independent researchers through transfers, exchanges,
and gifts. The number of oceanic rocks in the collections was greatly
increased by a gift from Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution,
through Vaughn T. Bowen, of a large suite of rocks dredged from the
Mid-Atlantic Ridge at lat. 22° N.

Through Professor H. H. Hess of Princeton University was received
the Mayagiiez, Puerto Rico, serpentinite core, one of the National
Science Foundation's preliminary Mohole Project cores. The core is
unique in furnishing a nearly 1,000-foot section of a serpentinite body,
much of which has been unusually well described.

Exhibits

Although the new hall of physical anthropology was opened last year,
work continued on some of its exhibits. The most important addition
is a mural painted by Alton S. Tobey reconstructing in detail the
performance of a prehistoric surgical operation, trephination, by the
Incas in Machu Picchu. Reconstructions of varieties of australo-
pithecines and of Oreopithecus by Jay Matternes are in preparation.

The preparation of exhibit scripts by Gus W. Van Beek for the hall
of Old World archeology, continued. The first of several murals
planned for this hall — this one of Egyptian mourning women — was
completed in the Egyptian alcove by artist Laurinda Gupta. A new
mold and plastic cast was made from the plaster cast of the monumental
statue of the Semitic storm-god Hadad for use in the Syro-Palestinian
alcove.

The African hall progressed significantly during the year with the
completion, under the scientific direction of Gordon D. Gibson, of sev-
eral exhibits on the cultures of Central and East Africa. A push-button
program of African music was installed to illustrate with sounds several
African instruments; the musical selections are correlated with color
slides showing the manner in which the instruments are played.
Additional units on East Africa and a section on southern Africa remain
to be installed.

Advice on the preparation of particular exhibits was received from
several regional experts: Roger Summers, curator of the National
Museum of Rhodesia at Bulawayo, consulted at length with the staff
on the preparation of a diorama to represent the building of Zimbabwe;
Barrie Reynolds, Director of the Livingstone Museum, Zambia,
provided advice, pictures, and specimens for use in the preparation of
a life group to illustrate an episode in an initiation ceremony; Alan
Jacobs of the University of Illinois assisted very significantly in the
preparation of plans for an exhibit on the Masai; Conrad Reining,
Priscilla C. Reining, Walter Deshler, and Irving Kaplan advised with
respect to several other exhibits dealing with East Africa; and the Voice
of America staff assisted in supplying an appropriate recording for the
Chinese opera exhibit in the East Asian hall.

132

The popular gem hall was remodeled to approximately twice its former size,
most of the exhibits were redesigned, and new gems were added to the
displays.

The newly opened jade hall, adjacent to the gem hall, displays the Maude
Monell Vetlesen jade collection of Chinese jade carvings of the 16th through
19th centuries.

MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY EXHIBITS 133

In the department of vertebrate zoology the preparation of cases in
the hall of osteology and of models and cases for the hall of cold-
blooded vertebrates continued.

Through the efforts of Joseph Britton, who joined the staff as an
exhibits specialist during the year, development of exhibits for the hall
of life in the sea progressed rapidly. The alcove on reproduction and
parental care, illustrating the diversity of these activities in marine
invertebrates, and a special exhibit featuring a random access slide
projector designed to demonstrate a variety of marine organisms,
neared completion. Specifications were completed for 32 models
needed for other alcoves and 15 of these are in varying stages of pro-
duction. Work continued on the coral reef group and on cases il-
lustrating defense and methods of feeding.

Considerable progress was made in the laboratory of vertebrate
paleontology in the restoration and mounting of new skeletons and the
remounting and repairing of previously displayed materials to be used
in the new hall of Quaternary vertebrates. Mounts of the skeletons of
the saber-tooth cat Smilodon, the four-horned antelope Stockoceras, and
the dire wolf Aenocyon were completed, as were restorations and repairs
to the previously displayed mastodon skeletons, and the Cumberland
Cave wolverine Gulo was remounted. Mounting of the skeletons of
the giant ground sloth Eremotherium from Panama and the smaller
Paramylodon from Rancho La Brea, involving extensive use of heavy but
essentially concealed steel supports, was well along toward completion.

A diorama illustrating terrestrial life of the Triassic period, the first
of four scheduled for the balcony of the dinosaur hall, was installed after
completion of the background by Jay Matternes.

The new exhibit hall of gems was completed and opened in September
1965, and the new exhibit of the Maude Monell Vetlesen collection of
carved Chinese jades of the 16th to 19th centuries was opened in
January 1966. Paul E. Desautels wrote the scripts for these new
exhibits and the design was by Mrs. Dorothy Guthrie. Construction
work was completed and installation of cases was begun on the new
exhibits of physical geology and meteorites.

Further details concerning the construction of exhibits in the Museum
of Natural History are to be found in the report of the U.S. National
Museum, Office of Exhibits, pages 52-53.

230-457 — 66 12

Staff Publications

ANTHROPOLOGY

The Smithsonian Office of Anthropology in December 1965 inaugu-
rated a new series, "Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology,'-'
replacing the "Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletins," which will
be closed out with the appearance of numbers 196-200. The new
series introduces a larger (quarto) size, double-column page, with
higher quality printing and better reproduction of halftones and line
drawings, and it has no geographical restrictions on subject matter.

Angel, J. Lawrence (with Paul T. Baker). Old age changes in bone
density: sex and race factors in the United States. Human
Biology, vol. 37, pp. 104-121, 1965.

Collins, Henry B. Pre-Eskimo cultures in Alaska. Pp. 374—396 in
Japanese Archaeology, no. 1, Pre-Ceramic Age, Sosuke Sugihara,
ed., Tokyo, 1965. (In Japanese.)

. Foreword (as Chairman of Directing Committee) to volume

12, Arctic bibliography, p. v, 1965.

Crocker, William H. A preliminary analysis of some Canela re-
ligious aspects. Revista do Museu Paulista, n.s., vol. 14, pp. 163—
173, 1963.

. Ethnology: South America. Pp. 112-152 in Handbook of

Latin American Studies, no. 27. University of Florida Press, 1965.

Evans, Clifford. The dating of Easter Island archeological obsidian
specimens. No. 18 in Reports of the Norwegian Archaeological
Expedition to Easter Island and the East Pacific, vol. 2: Mis-
cellaneous reports. Monographs of the School of American
Research and the Kon-tiki Museum, no. 24, part 2, pp. 469-495,
1965.

Evans, Clifford, and Meggers, Betty J. Cronologia relativa y
absoluta en la costa del Ecuador. Cuadernos de Historia y
Arqueologia, Ano XI, vol. 10, no. 7, pp. 3-8, 1961. Casa de la
Cultura Ecuatoriana, N video del Guayas, Guayaquil, 1965.
— . Guia para prospeccao arqueologica no Brasil. Museu
Paraense Emilio Goeldi, Guia no. 2, 57 pp., Belem, 1965.

(contributing editors). Archaeology: South America. Pp.

56-75 in Handbook of Latin American Studies, no. 27. University
of Florida Press, 1965.

134

PUBLICATIONS ANTHROPOLOGY 135

Ewers, John C. Artists of the Old West. Garden City, N.Y.:
Doubleday & Co., 240 pp., 164 plates (35 in color), 1965.

. The emergence of the Plains Indian as the symbol of the

North American Indian. Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst, for 1964,
pp. 531-544, 1965.

. Last of the Buffalo Indians. The American West, vol. 2,

no. 2, pp. 26-31, 1965.

. Iroquois Indians in the Far West; Literate fur trader among

the Upper Missouri tribes; and The Medicine Rock of the Marias.
Chapters (pp. 129-136, 137-148, 165-168) in The Red Man's
West, ed. Michael S. Kennedy. New York: Hastings House, 1965.
. Plains Indian reactions to the Lewis and Clark Expedition.

Montana, the Magazine of Western History, vol. 16, no. 1,

pp. 2-12, 1966.
. The museum historian as scholar. Smithsonian Year 1965,

pp. 105-109, 1966.
. Chiefs from the Missouri and Mississippi, and Peale's

silhouettes of 1806. Smithsonian Journal of History, vol. 1, no. 1,

pp. 1-26, 1966.
Holland, C. G. Migration in a late archaic horizon. Quarterly

Bulletin, Archeological Society of Virginia, vol. 19, no. 3, pp.

65-68, March 1965.
. An archeological survey of the Oakley Reservoir. Illinois

State Museum, Preliminary Reports, no. 5, 1965.
Hoyme, Lucile E. The nasal index and climate: A spurious case of

natural selection in man. Amer. Journ. Phys. Anthropol., n.s.,

vol. 23, pp. 336-337, 1965.
Meggers, Betty J. Ecuador. Vol. 49 in Ancient peoples and places,

220 pp., London and New York, 1966.
Meggers, Betty J., and Evans, Clifford. A transpacific contact

in 3000 B.C. Scientific American, vol. 214, no. 1, pp. 28-35,

January 1966.
Meggers, Betty J.; Evans, Clifford; and Estrada, Emilio. Early

formative period of coastal Ecuador: the Valdivia and Machalilla

phases. Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology, vol. 1

(whole vol.), xxi-f- 234 pp., 196 pis., 115 figs., 30 tables, Decem-
ber 1965.
Metcalf, George S. The barbed wire fence. Corral Dust, vol. 10,

no. 3, pp. 4-6, 1965.
. Archeology: Western Hemisphere. Pp. 69-70 in Americana

Annual, 1966.
Riesenberg, Saul H. Table of voyages affecting Micronesian

Islands. Oceania, vol. 36, no. 2; pp. 155-170, 1965.

136 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

Stewart, T. D. The problem of analyzing the height of the cranial
vault. In Homenaje a Juan Comas en su 65 aniversario, vol. 2
(Antropologia fisica), pp. 359-366. Mexico, 1965.

■ . The scapula of the first recognized Neanderthal skeleton.

Bonner Jahrbuch, vol. 164, pp. 1-14, 1964.

Some problems in human paleopathology. Chapter (pp.

43-55) in "Human Paleopathology," ed. Saul Jarcho. New
Haven: Yale University Press, 1966.

Sturtevant, William C. Report of the Book Review Editor. Amer-
ican Anthropologist, vol. 67, no. 3, pp. 768-771, 1965.

. Preliminary annotated bibliography on eastern North

American Indian agriculture. Proceedings of the 21st Southeastern
Archaeological Conference, Southeastern Archaeological Confer-
ence Bulletin no. 3, pp. 1-24, Cambridge, Mass., 1965.

. Historic Carolina Algonkian cultivation of Chenopodium or

Amaranthus. Ibid., pp. 64-65, 1965.

— . Ethnographic details in the American drawings of John
White, 1577-1590. Ethnohistory, vol. 12, no. 1, pp. 54-63, 1965.
. Couvade: Toward the resurrection of Father Schmidt's

stillbirth. American Anthropologist, vol. 67, no. 5, p. 1287, 1965.

. Ethnological collections and curatorial records. Museum

News, vol. 44, no. 7, pp. 16-19, 1966.
. Duration of graduate study for the PhD. Fellow Newsletter

(American Anthropological Assoc), vol. 7, no. 6, pp. 3-4, 1966.

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY

Bothma, J. du P. Preliminary identification manual for African
mammals, pt. 1, Hyracoidea, 15 pp., 1965.1

Corbett, G. B. Preliminary identification manual for African mam-
mals, pt. 2, Menotyphla, 10 pp., 1966.1

Gibbs, Robert H., Jr., and Weitzman, Stanley J. Cryptostomias
psychrolutes, a new genus and species of astronesthid fish from the
southwestern Pacific Ocean. Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. Naturh.
Foren., vol. 128, pp. 265-271, 2 figs., 1965.

and Wilimovsky, Norman J. Family Alepisauridae. In Fishes

of the Western North Atlantic. Sears Found. Mar. Res., Mem. 1,
pt. 5, pp. 482-497, 4 figs., 1966.

1 These are the result of a part of the Smithsonian Institution's effort for the
International Biological Program, and were instituted by H. W. Setzer.

PUBLICATIONS INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 137

Greenwood, P. Humphry; Rosen, Donn E. ; Weitzman, Stanley H.;

and Myers, George S. Phyletic studies of teleostean fishes with

a provisional classification of living forms. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.

Hist., vol. 131, art. 4, pp. 341-455, 425 figs., April 1966.
Handley, Charles O., Jr. [Review], Bats, by G. M. Allen. Atlantic

Naturalist, vol. 20, no. 3, pp. 165-166, 1965.
■. [Review], Aves Brasileiras, by S. Frisch and J. D. Frisch.

Auk, vol. 83, no. 1, p. 144, 1966.
. [Review], Songs of Brazilian birds, by J. D. Frisch. Auk,

vol. 83, no. 1, p. 144, 1966.

A synopsis of the genus Kogia (pygmy sperm whales). In:

Whales, dolphins, and porpoises, ed. K. S. Norris, pp. 62-69,

1 fig. Berkeley: Univ. Calif. Press, 1966.
Humphrey, Philip S. Auks, Murres, and Puffins. In A. Wetmore,

et al., Water, prey, and game birds of North America. Washing-
ton: National Geographic Society, 1965.
Kanazawa, Robert H. The fishes of the genus Osteoglossum with a

description of a new species from the Rio Negro. Icthyologica,

the Aquarium Journal, vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 161—172, 7 figs., May

1966.
Krueger, William H, and Gibbs, Robert H, Jr. Growth changes

and sexual dimorphism in the stomiatoid fish Echiostoma barbatum.

Copeia, no. 1, pp. 39^3, 4 figs., March 1966.
Lachner, E. A. Family Echeneidae. In Fishes of the Marshall and

Marianas Islands. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 202, vol. 3, pp. 74-80,

pi. 131, March 1966.
Paradiso, J. L., and Handley, Charles O., Jr. Checklist of mam-
mals of Assateague Island. Chesapeake Sci., vol. 6, pp. 167-171,

1 fig., 1965.
Peters, James A. Miscellaneous notes on lizards from Ecuador.

British Journ. Herp., vol. 3, no. 8, pp. 195-197, 1965.
. Liste der rezenten Amphibien und Reptilien: Colubridae

(Dipsadinae). Das Tierreich, lieferung 81, pp. 1-18, 1965.
. A note on the concept of subspecies. Bull. Virginia Herp.

Society, no. 45, pp. 3-4, 1965.
and Robert Mullen. Electrocardiography in Caecilia guentheri

(Peters). Physiological Zoology, vol. 39, pp. 193-201, 1966.
Ripley, S. Dillon. Saving the nene, world's rarest goose. National

Geographic Magazine, vol. 128, no. 5, pp. 744-754, November

1965.

138 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

— — — . Le Martinet pale de Socotra (Apus pallidus berliozi). L'Oiseau

et la Revue Francaise d'Ornithologie, vol. 35 (Berlioz Jubilee
Number), pp. 101-102, April 6, 1966.

— — . A notable owlet from Kenya. Ibis, vol. 108, no. 1, pp. ISO-
IS?, January 1966.
and Heinrich, Gerd H. Additions to the avifauna of Northern

Angola II. Postilla no. 95, pp. 1-29, February 1966.

. Comments on the avifauna of Tanzania I. Postilla no. 96,

pp. 1-45, March 1966.
— . Anatidae, parts 1, 2, and 3. In A. Wetmore, et al., Water,

prey, and game birds of North Ameiica. Washington: National

Geographic Society, 1965.
Schultz, Leonard P. Pseudochalceus kyburzi, a new characid fish

from Colombia. Ichthyologica, The Aquarium Journal, vol. 37,

no. 1, pp. 25-30, 3 figs., January 1966.
— . A new anemone fish, Amphiprion calliops from the Indo-

Pacific Oceans. Ichthyologica, The Aquarium Journal, vol. 37,

no. 2, pp. 71-76, 3 figs., February 1966.
. Parapercis kamoharai (family Mugilodidae), a new fish from

Japan with notes on other species of the genus. Smithsonian
Misc. Coll., vol. 151, no. 4, pp. 1-4, 2 figs., May 1966.

. Pseudorhegma diagramma, a new genus and species of

grammistid fish with a key to the genera of the family and to the

species of the subfamily Pseudogramminae. Ichthyologica, The

Aquarium Journal, vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 185-194, 4 figs., May 1966.

— and Collaborators: Woods, Loren, P., and Lachner, Ernest

A. Fishes of the Marshall and Marianas Islands. Families
Kraemeriidae through Antennariidae. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 202,
vol. 3, 176 pp., figs. 133-156, pis. 124-148, March 1966.

Short, Lester L., Jr. Hybridization in the flickers (Colaptes) of
North America. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 129: pp. 307^28,
1965.

— . Variation in West Indian flickers (Aves, Colaptes). Bull.
Florida State Mus., vol. 10, pp. 1-42, 1965.

. [Review], The silent sky, the incredible extinction of the

passenger pigeon, by A. W. Eckert. Atlantic Nat., vol. 20, pp.
245-246, 1965.

- — . A melanistic pileated woodpecker specimen from Georgia.
Wilson Bull., vol. 77, pp. 404-405, 1965.
. Some spring migrant and breeding records from northern

Nebraska. Nebraska Bird Rev., vol. 34, pp. 18-20, 1966.
— . A new Pliocene stork from Nebraska. Smithsonian Misc.
Coll., vol. 149, no. 9, pp. 1-11, 1 pi., 1966.

PUBLICATIONS INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 139

and Phillips, A. R. More hybrid hummingbirds from the

United States. Auk, vol. 83, no. 2, pp. 253-265, 1966.

and Banks, R. C. Notes on the birds of northwestern Baja

California. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 14, pp. 41-52,
1965.

and Burleigh, T. D. An intergeneric hybrid flycatcher

{Contopus X Empidonax) from Idaho. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington,
vol. 78, pp. 33-37, 1965.

and Simon, S. Additional hybrids of the slate-colored junco

and the white-throated sparrow. Condor, vol. 67, pp. 438-442,

1965.
Slud, Paul. Report on the ornithological portion of the WNRE

ecological investigation in Costa Rica. Chapt. 7, in Research on

bioecological classification for military environments found in

tropic latitudes, Wilson, Nuttall, Raimond Engineers, Inc.,

Chestertown, Maryland, 1965.
Springer, V. G. Medusablennius chani, a new genus and species of

blennioid fish from the Tuamotu Archipelago: its implication on

blennioid classification. Copeia, no. 1, pp. 56-60, 3 figs., March

1966.
Suttkus, Royal D., and Taylor, William Ralph. Notarus munitus,

a new species of madtom, family Ictaluridae, from southern

United States. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 78, pp. 169-178,

3 figs., October 1965.
Watson, George E. et al. The families and genera of the petrels and

their names. Ibis, vol. 107, pp. 401^05, 1965.
. [Review], The birds of Kentucky, by R. M. Mengel. Atlantic

Naturalist, vol. 20, pp. 244-245, 1965.
. Pomarine jaeger near Lake Saranac. Kingbird, vol. 51, p.

25, 1965.
Weitzman, Stanley H., and Chan, Lai Lee. Identification and

relationships of Tanichthys albonubes and Aphyocypris pooni, two

cyprinoid fishes from South China and Hong Kong. Copeia,

no. 2. pp. 285-296, 7 figs., 1966.
Wetmore, Alexander (with other ornithologists). Water, prey, and

game birds of North America. Pp. 464, 643 illus. Washington:

National Geographic Society, 1965.
. Foreword. In Johnson, A. W., The birds of Chile and adja-
cent regions of Argentina, Bolivia, and Peru, vol. 1, pp. 9-10,

December 1965.
— . The Birds of the Republic of Panama. Part I. — Tinamidae

(tinamous) to Rynchopidae (skimmers). Smithsonian Misc. Coll.,

vol. 150, 483 pp., 73 figs., December 1965.

140 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

. Aves. In Leaky, L. S. B., Olduvai Gorge 1951-61, vol. 1,

pp. 71-72, 1965.

. Additions to the list of birds of the Republic of Colombia.

L'Oiseau et la Revue Francaise d'Ornithologie, vol. 35 (Berlioz
Jubilee Number), pp. 156-162, April 1966.

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY

Barnard, J. Laurens. Marine Amphipoda of atolls in Micronesia.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 3516, vol. 117, pp. 459-552, 35 figs.,

December 1965.
. Marine Amphipoda of the family Ampithoidae from southern

California. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 3522, vol. 118, pp. 1-46,

28 figs., December 1965.
Bowman, Thomas E. Cyathura specus, a new cave isopod from Cuba

(Anthuroidea: Anthuridae). Stud. Fauna Curacao, vol. 22, no.

85, pp. 88-97, 1965.
. Xilitloniscus, a new genus for the Mexican troglobitic isopod,

Cordioniscus laevis Rioja (Oniscoidea: Trichoniscidae). Proc. Biol.

Soc. Washington, vol. 78, pp. 209-215, 1965.
• ■ — ■ and Lancaster, L. J. A bloom of the planktonic blue-green

alga, Trichodesmium erythraeum, in the Tonga Islands. Limnology
and Oceanography, vol. 10, no. 2, pp. 291-293, 1965.
— -. Haptolana trichostoma, a new genus and species of troglobitic
cirolanid isopod from Cuba. Internat. Journ. Speleology, vol. 2,
no. 1, pp. 105-108, pis. 24-27, 1966.

and Peterson, LaNelle W. Bibliography and list of new

genera and species of amphipod crustaceans described by Clarence
R. Shoemaker. Crustaceana, vol. 9, pt. 3, pp. 309-316, pi. 22,
1965.

Clark, A. M. Japanese and other ophiuroids from the collections of
the Munich Museum. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), vol. 13, no. 2,
pp. 39-71, 1965.

and Owen, H. G. Eucidaris Pomal, 1883, Papula Bayle, 1878,

Cidaris papillataconoidea Parkinson, 181 1, and Cidaris savignyi Audouin,
1826, proposed suppression; coupled with validation of Eucidaris
Doderlein, 1887, Stereocidaris Pomel, 1883, and Diadema savignyi
Michelin, 1845. Bull. Zool. Nomencl., vol. 22, no. 4, pp. 237-242,
1965.

Cressey, R. F. A new species of Dentigryps Wilson (Copepoda,
Caligoida) from Madagascar. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol.
79, pp. 91-94, figs. 1-13, 1966.

PUBLICATIONS VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 141

. Bariaka alopiae n. gen., n. sp. (Copepoda, Caligoida), a

parasite on the gills of a thresher shark. Bull. Mar. Sci., vol. 16,
pp. 324-329, 1966.

Gonzalez, Juan G., and Bowman, T. E. Planktonic copepods from
Bahia Fosforescente, Puerto Rico, and adjacent waters. Proc.U.S.
Nat. Mus., no. 3513, vol. 117, 21 figs., pp. 241-304, August 1965.

Hobbs, Horton H., Jr. A new crayfish from Alabama with observa-
tions on the Cristatus section of the genus Cambarus (Decapoda,
Astacidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 79, pp. 109-116,
figs. 1-10, 1966.

■ ■. Astacus oreganus Randall, 1840 (Crustacea, Decapoda): Pro-
posed suppression under the Plenary Powers. Bull. Zool. Nomencl.,
vol. 22, pts. 5/6, pp. 351-354, 1966.

. A new crayfish of the genus Cambarus from Tennessee with an

emended definition of the genus (Decapoda, Astacidae). Proc.
Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 78, pp. 265-273, 12 figs., 1965.

and Bedinger, M. S. Observations of a new troglobitic cray-

fish with notes on the distribution of troglobitic crayfishes in the

Ozark region. Bull. Nat. Speleological Soc, vol. 27, no. 3, pp.

93-96, 1 fig., 1965.
Manning, Raymond B. Stomatopoda from the collection of His

Majesty, The Emperor of Japan. Crustaceana, vol. 9, pp. 249-262,

pis. 11-12, figs. 1-2, 1965.
. Stomatopod Crustacea from the Atlantic coast of northern

South America collected by the Calypso in 1961. Ann. Inst.

Oceanogr. Monaco, vol. 44, pp. 359-384, figs. 1-9, 1966.
Morrison, Joseph P. E. New brackish water mollusks from Louisiana.

Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 78, pp. 217-224, figs. 1-9, 1965.
. Notes on the genera of Hipponicidae. American Malaco-

logical Union, Annual Reports 1965, pp. 33-34, 1965.

On the families of Turridae. American Malacological

Union, Annual Reports 1965, pp. 1-2, 1965.
Pawson, David L. The bathyal holothurians of the New Zealand

region. Zool. Publ. Victoria Univ., Wellington, no. 39, pp. 1-33,

1965.
. New records of echinoderms from the Snares Islands, to the

south of New Zealand. Trans. Roy. Soc. New Zealand (Zool.),

vol. 6, no. 25, pp. 253-260, 1965.
. The distribution of echinoderms along the east coast of New

Zealand. Trans. Roy. Soc. New Zealand (Zool.), vol. 6, no. 24,

pp. 245-252, 1965

142 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

Pettibone, Marian H. Two new species of Aricidea (Polychaeta,

Paraonidae) from Virginia and Florida, and a redescription of

Aricidea fragilis Webster. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 78,

pp. 127-140, 11 figs., 1965.
. Revision of the Pilargidae (Annelida: Polychaeta), including

descriptions of new species, and redescription of the pelagic

Podarmus ploa Chamberlin (Polynoidae). Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,

no. 3525, vol. 118, pp. 155-208, 26 figs., March 1966.
Rice, Winnie H., and Kornicker, Louis S. Mollusks from the

deeper waters of the northwestern Campeche Bank, Mexico.

Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas, vol. 10, pp. 108-172, 16 pis.,

1965.
Roberts, Henry B. Fossil decapod crustaceans from the Marshall

Islands. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 260-HH, pp. 1127-1131, pi. 303,

1964.
Rosewater, Joseph. Studying living Tridacnidae in the Marshall

Islands. American Malacological Union, Annual Reports 1965,

pp. 18-19, 1965.
Rutzler, Klaus. Substratstabilitat in marinen Benthos als

okologischer Faktor, dargestellt am Beispiel adriatischer Porifera.

Int. Revue Ges. Hydrobiol., vol. 50, no. 2, pp. 281-292, 965.
. Systematik und Okologie der Poriferen aus Litoral-Schat-

tengebeiten der Nordadria. Z. Morph. Okol. Tiere, vol. 55,

pp. 1-82, 1965.
Schmitt, Waldo L. Crustaceans. In Ann Arbor Science Library.

204 pp. Ann Arbor: Univ. of Michigan Press, 1965.
Squires, Donald F., and Ralph, Patricia M. A new scleractinian

coral of the genus Flabellum from New Zealand, with a new record

of Stephanocyathus. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 78, pp.

259-264, 1965.

. Neoplasia in a coral? Science, vol. 148, pp. 503-505, 1965.

. A new record for Leptopenus, a rare deep-water coral. Nature,

207, pp. 878-879, 1965.

ENTOMOLOGY

Audy, J. R.; Nadchatram, M., Loomis, R. B.; and Traub, R. Trom-
bicula minor Berlese (Acarina: Trombiculidae) : Designation of
neotype with larval and post-larval stages from Malayan bats, and
new name, Myotrombicula dilarami, for T. minor Cooreman 1960 nee
Berlese, 1905. Acarologia, vol. 7 (suppl.), pp. 1-33, figs. 1—11,
1965.

PUBLICATIONS ENTOMOLOGY 143

Blake, Doris H. More new galerucine beetles with excised middle

tibiae in the male (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Proc. U.S. Nat.

Mus., no. 3528, vol. 118, pp. 233-266, 35 figs., February 1966.
. A review of the beetles of the genus Neobrotica and some

closely related genera (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Proc. U.S.

Nat. Mus, no. 3529, vol. 118, pp. 267-372, 16 figs., April 1966.
Carriker, M. A., Jr. A revision of the genus Furnaricola (Mallophaga)

with descriptions of new species. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 118,

no. 3532, pp. 405-432, 31 figs., 1966.
Clarke, J. F. Gates. Microlepidoptera of the Juan Fernandez

Islands. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 3508, vol. 117, pp. 1-106,

111 figs., 1 pi., 1965.
Delfinado, Mercedes D. The culicine mosquitoes of the Philippines,

Tribe Culicini (Diptera: Culicidae). Mem. Amer. Ent. Inst., no.

7, 252 pp., 275 fig., 1966.
Drake, Carl J., and Hoberlandt, L. A revision of the genus Potamom-

etra (Hemiptera: Gerridae). Acta Ent. Mus. Nat. Pragae, vol. 36,

pp. 303-310.
and Maldonado Capriles, J. A new lacebug from Haiti

(Hemiptera: Tingidae). Journ. Kansas Ent. Soc, vol. 38, pp. 317-

319, July 1965.
Duckworth, W. D. Neotropical Microlepidoptera, VIII. A review

of the genus Falculina with descriptions of new species (Lepidoptera:

Stenomidae). Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 3531, vol. 118, pp. 391-

404, 1 pi, 5 figs., February 1966.
Emerson, K. C. Notes on some Mallophaga from Formosan mammals.

Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 77, pp. 195-198, 1964.
. A new genus and species of Mallophaga. Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist., ser. 13, vol. 7, pp. 383-384, 1964.
. Three new species of Mallophaga from Dassies (Hyracoidea).

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 13, vol. 7, pp. 689-692. 1964.
. A new species of Mallophaga from the Caracara. Florida

Ent., vol. 49, pp. 49-51, 1966.
and Stojanovich, C. J. A new species of Kelerimenopon (Meno-

ponidae, Mallophaga) from the Philippine Islands. Florida Ent.,

vol. 48, pp. 117-119, 1965.
Flint, Oliver S., Jr. Taxonomy and life-histories of the caddisflies

of the Lesser Antilles. Amer. Philos. Soc, Yearbook 1964, pp.

262-263, 1965.
. New species of Trichoptera from the United States. Proc.

Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 67, pp. 168-176, 11 figs., 1965.
. The genus Neohermes (Megaloptera: Corydalidae). Psyche,

vol. 72, pp. 255-263, 19 figs., 1965.

144 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

. Notes on certain Nearctic Trichoptera in the Museum of

Comparative Zoology. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 3530, vol. 118,
pp. 373-390, 4 figs., February 1966.

Type disposition of some recently described Hemerobiidae

(Neuroptera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 68, p. 24, 1966.
Hoogstraal, H., and Traub, R. The fleas (Siphonaptera) of Egypt:

host-parasite relationships of cricetid rodents (Family Cricetidae,

Subfamily Gerbillinae). Journ. Egyptian Public Health Assoc,

vol. 40, pp. 141-175, 1965.
Muesebeck, C. F. W. Two new braconid parasites of the spruce
budworm (Hymenoptera). Ent. News. vol. 76, pp. 71-74,

March 1965.
. A new diapriid (Hymenoptera: Diapriidae) from termite

nests from South Africa. Journ. Ent. Soc. South Africa, vol. 27,

pp. 188-190.
rice, R. D., and Emerson, K. C. A new species of Machaerilaemus

(Mallophaga: Menoponidae) from the red-plumed bird of para-
dise. Ent. News, vol. 76, pp. 275-277, 1965.
Snyder, T. E. Our native termites. Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst.

for 1964, pp. 497-506, 1 fig., 1965.
. Termite stowaways intercepted 1962-1966. PCO News,

vol. 26, no. 4, p. 73, April 1966.
Sp angler, Paul J. A new species of Derovatellus from Guatemala and

a description of its larva (Coleoptera: Dytiscidae). Coleopt.

Bull., vol. 20, no. 1, pp. 11-18.
Stone, A.; Scanlon, J. E.; Bailey, D. L.; Delfinado, M. D.; and

Bram, R. A. Preliminary keys to the mosquitoes of Vietnam.

South East Asia Mosquito Project, 1st revised ed. (mimeogr. publ.),

92 pp., 5 pis., 1966.
Traub, R. Some opportunities and problems in medical entomology

in the Asian-Pacific Region. Pacific Insects, vol. 7, pp. 21-28,

1965.

. A new subgenus of Ophthalmopsylla from Gilgit, West Pakistan,

and a new Hopkinsipsylla from Libya (Siphonaptera: Leptopsyllidae)

Journ. Med. Ent., vol. 2, pp. 123-136, figs. 1-23, 1965.
and Nadchatram, M. A revision of the genus Chatia Brennan,

with synonymic notes and descriptions of the new species from
Pakistan (Acarina: Trombiculidae). Journ. Med. Ent., vol. 2,
pp. 17-37, figs. 1-24, 1965.

PUBLICATIONS BOTANY 145

BOTANY

Cuatrecasas, Jose. Miscelanea sobre flora neotropica II. Ciencia

(Mexico), vol. 24, no. 1, 2, pp. 121-124, June 1965.
. Una Bombacacea nueva de Venezuela. Bol. Soc. Venezolana

Cienc. Nat., vol. 24, no. 109, pp. 153-155, September 1965.
. Some new Compositae from Peru. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.,

vol. 52, no. 3, pp. 304-313, October 1965.
. El genero Sorocea (Moraceae) en la costa occidental de

Colombia. Ciencia (Mexico), vol. 24, pp. 185-188, February 1966.
. Establecimiento de la "Organization pro Flora Neotropica."

Ciencia (Mexico), vol. 24, pp. 267-270, February 1966.
Dawson, E. Yale. An undescribed Afelocactus? in the Galapagos

Islands. Cactus Succulent Journ., vol. 37, no. 5, p. 126, 1965.
. Further studies of Opuntia in the Galapagos Archipelago.

Cactus Succulent Journ., vol. 37, no. 5, pp. 135-148, 1965.
. Time of my life, pt. 1, 2. Cactus Succulent Journ., vol. 38,

pp. 15-18, 58-60, 1966.
. Marine algae in the vicinity of Humboldt State College,

Humboldt Co., California. Pp. 77. Humboldt State College,

1965.
. Intertidal algae. In An oceanographic survey of the southern

California mainland shelf. State of California Water Quality

Control Board, Publ. 27 and 27-Appendix, Chapt. 8, and Table

IX, 1965.
. Marine botany, an introduction. Pp. xii-J-371. New York:

Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1966.
Ernst, Wallace R., et al. Documented chromosome numbers of

plants. Madrono, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 122-126, October 1965.
Eyde, Richard H. The Nyssaceae in the Southeastern United States.

Journ. Arnold Arb., vol. 47, no. 2, pp. 117-125, April 1966.
Hale, Mason E., Jr. Parmelia subgenus Amphigymnia of Japan (in

Japanese). Misc. Bryol. Lichenol., vol. 3, pp. 161, 162, 1965.
. Vertical distribution of cryptogams in a red maple swamp in

Connecticut. Bryologist, vol. 68, no. 2, pp. 193-197, 1965.
. Six new species of Parmelia from Southeast Asia. Journ. Jap.

Bot., vol. 40, no. 7, pp. 199-205, 1965.

Studies in the Parmelia borreri group. Svensk Bot. Tidskr.,

vol. 59, no. 1, pp. 38-48, 1965.
King, Robert M., and Robinson, Harold. Generic limitations in
the Hofmeisteria complex (Compositae : Eupatorieae). Phytologia,
vol. 12, no. 8, pp. 465-476, 1966.

146 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

McClure, Floyd A. The bamboos — A fresh perspective. Pp. xv

+ 347, Harvard Univ. Press, 1966.
Meyer, Frederick G., and Walker, Egbert H., eds., A flora of

Japan (In English), by Jisaburo Ohwi. Pp. ix -f- 1067, 33 pis.,

18 figs., Smithsonian Institution, September 1965.
Morton, Conrad V. A new generic name in the Saxifragaceae.

Leafl. West. Bot. vol. 10, no. 11, p. 181, August 1965.
— . Una Gesneriaceae nueva de Venezuela. Bol. Soc. Venezolana

Ciena Nat., vol. 26, no. 109, pp. 156-158, September 1965.
. Observations on cultivated ferns, VIII. Stenochlaena. Amer.

Fern Journ. vol. 55, no. 4, pp. 164-166, January 1966.

— . Varieties of Ballota nigra in the eastern United States.
Rhodora, vol. 68, no. 773, pp. 93, 94, March 1966.

— and Stern, William L. The United States National Her-

barium. Plant Sci. Bull., vol. 12, no. 2, pp. 1-4, June 1966.
Parker, B. C, and Dawson, E. Yale. Non-calcareous marine algae

from California Miocene deposits. Nova Hedwigia, vol. 10, pp.

273-295, 1965.
Robinson, Harold E. A small collection of bryophytes from Kashmir.

Bryologist, vol. 68, no. 3, pp. 313-320, 1965.
— . Notes on Oreoweisia and Hypnella from Latin America.

Bryologist, vol. 68, no. 3, pp. 331-334, 1965.
— . Venezuelan bryophytes collected by Julian A. Steyermark.

Acta Bot. Venezuelica, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 73-83, 1965.

. New or little known mosses from the eastern United States.

Bryologist, vol. 69, no. 1, pp. 105-109, 1966.
— . The status of the moss genus Rechingcrclla. Bryologist,

vol. 69, no. 1, pp. 112, 113, 1966.
Rudd, Velva E. The American species of Ormosia (Leguminosae).

Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb., vol. 32, pt. 5, pp. 279-384, 6 pis., 15

figs., September 1965.
— . Another Mexican Dcsmarithus? Leaf!. West. Bot., vol. 10,

no. 13, pp. 243, 244, February 1966.
. Acacia cochliacantha or Acacia cymbispina in Mexico? Leafl.

West. Bot., vol. 10, no. 14, pp. 257-262, May 1966.
Seidenschnur, Christiane E., and Shetler, Stanwyn G. The

botanical activities of Paul Bartsch (1871-1960). Proc. Biol. Soc.

Washington, vol. 78, pp. 275-292, December 1965.
Shetler, Stanwyn G., and Montgomery, Florence. Insectivorous

plants. Smithsonian Institution Information Leaflet No. 447,

pp. 1-23, 1965.

PUBLICATIONS PALEOBIOLOGY 147

Smith, Lyman B. [Letter.] Bromeliana (Greater New York Chapt.

Bromel. Soc), vol. 2, no. 5, pp. 26-29, May 1965.

. Herbarium notes, II. Phytologia, vol. 12, p. 249, July 1965.

. Tillandsia's subgenus Phytarrhiza. Bromeliana (Greater New

York Chapt. Bromel. Soc.), vol. 2, pp. 50-53, December 1965.
— . Itinerary of Edouard Francois Andre in his expedition to the

northern Andes 1875-76. Phytologia, vol. 12, pp. 401-413,

December 1965.
. The great bromeliad hoax. Bromel. Soc. Bull., vol. 16,

no. 1, pp. 4, 5, January- February 1966.

. Notes on Bromeliaceae, XXIII. Phytologia, vol. 13, pp.

84-161, March 1966.

and Downs, Robert J. Xiridaceas. In Flora ilustrada

Catarinense, pt. 1, fasc. xiri, pp. 1-54, August 1965.
Soderstrom, Thomas R. Gramineae. In The botany of the Guayana

Highland— Part VI. Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard., vol. 12, no. 3,

pp. 1-7, 1965.
. Preparing a rain forest exhibit for Smithsonian's new Hall of

Plant Life. Plant Sci. Bull., vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 1-3, 1965.
. Phylogenetic position of Piresia, a grass of the tropical Ameri-

can rain forest (Abstract). Amer. Journ. Bot., vol. 52, no. 6, pt. 2,
p. 651, 1965.

-, and Decker, Henry F. Allolepis: a new segregate of Distichlis

(Gramineae). Madrono, vol. 18, no. 2, pp. 33-39, 1965.

Stern, William L. The scientific name of "pink ivory." Internat.
Wood Coll. Bull, vol. 19, no. 6, pp. 89, 90, June 1966.

Steyermark, Julian A.; Aristeguieta, Leandro; and Wurdack,
John J. Una neuva especie de Tapirira para Venezuela. Bol.
Soc. Venezolana Cienc. Nat., vol. 26, no. 109, pp. 159-162, Sep-
tember 1965.

Wurdack, John J. Certamen Melastomataceis X. Phytologia, vol.
13, no. 2, pp. 65-80, March 1966.

PALEOBIOLOGY

Adey, W. H. The genus Clathromorphwn (Corallinaceae) in the Gulf
of Maine. Hydrobiologia, vol. 26, nos. 3-4, pp. 539-573, 1965.

Benson, R. H. Designation of ostracode lectotypes. Journ. Paleon-
tology, vol. 40, no. 3, pp. 745-747, 1965.

and Kaesler, R. L. The Benson-Kaesler bolapipe dredge.

Micropaleontology, vol. 11, no. 3, pp. 369-372, 1965.

148 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

Boardman, R. S. In Doumani, G. A., et al., Lower Devonian fauna

of the Horlick Formation, Ohio Range, Antarctica, Bryozoa.

Antarctic Research Series, vol. 6, pp. 248-251, pi. 1, figs. 1-4, 2

tables, 1965.
Buzas, M. A. The distribution and abundance of Foraminifera in

Long Island Sound. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 149, no. 1, 89

pp., 4 pis., 22 figs. 1965.
, The discrimination of morphological groups of Elphidium

(Foraminifera) in Long Island Sound through canonical analysis

and invariant characters. Journ. Paleontology, vol. 40, no. 3,

pp. 585-594, 1 text-fig., 2 pis., 1966.
Cifelli, R. Late Tertiary planktonic Foraminifera associated with

a basaltic boulder from the Mid-Atlantic Ridge. Journ. Marine

Research, vol. 23, no. 2, pp. 73-87, 1965.
Cifelli, R.; Bowen, V. T.; and Siever, R. Cemented foraminifera!

oozes from the Mid-Atlantic Ridge. Nature, vol. 209, no. 5018,

pp. 32-34, 1965.
Cooper, G. Arthur, and Phelan, Thomas. Stringocephalus in the

Devonian of Indiana. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 151. no. 1,

20 pp., 5 pis., 11 figs., 1966.
Dane, C. H.; Cobban, W. A.; and Kauffman, E. G. Stratigraphy

and regional relationships of a reference section of the Juana

Lopez Member, Mancos Shale, in the San Juan Basin, New

Mexico. U.S. Geol. Survey Bull. 1224H, Contr. to Strat., 5 pp.,

3 figs., 1966.
Dunkle, David H., and Rahman, Habib-ur. On marine fishes from

the Eocene of West Pakistan. Geological Survey of Pakistan,

Prepublication Issue no. 10, June 1966.
Dutro, T. J. Brachiopods, in Kummel, Bernhard, and Raup, David

eds., Handbook of paleontologica! techniques, pt. 1, General

procedures and techniques applicable to major fossil groups,

pp. 44-48, San Francisco: W. H. Freeman and Co., 1965.
. [Review] Treatise of invertebrate paleontology. Science, \

vol. 152, no. 3721, pp. 494-495, 1966.

and Payne, T. G. Geologic map of Alaska, in Geologic map !]

of North America, E. N. Goddard, chairman. U.S. Geol. Survey

Special Map, 1965.
Gazin, C. Lewis. Animates prehistoricos localizados en Guatemala.

Historia Natural y Pronatura, no. 2, pp. 4-6, 4 figs., 1965.
. An endocranial cast of the Bridger middle Eocene primate,

Smilodectes gracilis. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 149, no. 4, 14

pp., 2 pis., 1965.

PUBLICATIONS PALEOBIOLOGY 149

— . Early Eocene mammalian faunas and their environment in

the vicinity of the Rock Springs Uplift, Wyoming. Wyoming

Geological Assoc. Guidebook, Symposium on Sedimentation of

Late Cretaceous and Tertiary Outcrops, Rock Springs Uplift,

19th Ann. Field Conf., pp. 171-180, 1 fig., 1965.
Hibbard, G. W. ; Ray, C. E.; Savage, D. E.; Taylor, D. W.; and

Guilday, J. E. Quaternary mammals of North America, hi H. E.

Wright, Jr., and D. G. Frey (eds.), The Quaternary of the United

States, pp. 509-525, 9 figs.), 4 tables. Princeton Univ. Press, 1965.
Johnson, J. H., and Adey, W. H. Studies of Lithophyllum and related

algal genera. Quart. Colorado School Mines, vol. 60, no. 2,

pp. 1-105, 1965.
Kauffman, E. G. Middle and late Turonian oysters of the Lopha

lugubris group. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 148, no. 6, 92 pp.,

8 pis., 18 figs., 5 tables, 1965.
. Taxonomic, ecologic and evolutionary significance of interior

shell morphology in the Inoceramidae (Mesozoic Bivalvia) [Ab-
stract], Geol. Soc. America, Ann. Meeting, 1 p., 1965.
Kauffman, E. G., and McCulloch, D. S. Biota of a late glacial

Rocky Mountain pond. Geol. Soc. America Bull., vol. 76, pp.

1203-1232, 5 figs., 2 pis., 1965.
Kellogg, Remington. Fossil marine mammals from the Miocene

Calvert formation of Maryland and Virginia. U.S. Nat. Mus.

Bull. 247, pts. 1 and 2, pp. 1-63, pis. 1-32, October 1965.
Kier, P. M. Evolutionary trends in Paleozoic echinoids. Journ.

Paleontology, vol. 39, no. 3, pp. 436-465, pis. 55-60, 26 text-figs.,

1965.
and Grant, R. E. Echinoid distribution and habits, Key

Largo Coral Reef Preserve, Florida. Smithsonian Misc. Coll.,

vol. 149, no. 6, 66 pp., 16 pis., 15 figs., 1965.
Pierce, J. W. Sedimentology Program at the Museum of Natural

History, Smithsonian Institution. In Interagency Conference on

Continental Research, U.S. Army, Coastal Eng. Res. Center,

Misc. Paper 1-66, pp. 9-11, 1966.
. Sediment budget of a part of the North Carolina coast

[Abstract]. Program of 1966 Annual Meeting, Southeastern

Section, Geol. Soc. of America.
, and Good, Donald I. FORTRAN II Program for standard

size analysis of unconsolidated sediments using an IBM 1620

computer. Kansas Geol. Surv., Spec. Distrib. Publ. 28, 19 pp.,

1966.

230-457—66 13

150 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

Rasetti, Franco. Upper Cambrian trilobites of the Pleasant Hill

Formation in central Pennsylvania. Journ. Paleontology, vol.

39, no. 5, pp. 1007-1014, pis. 119-120, 1965.

— . New Lower Cambrian trilobite faunule from the Taconic

Sequence of New York. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 148, no.

9, 52 pp., 12 pis., 1966.
Ray, Clayton E. A glyptodont from South Carolina. Charleston

Mus. Leaflet no. 27, pp. 1-12, pis. 1-4, 1965.
. A new chipmunk, Tamias aristus, from the Pleistocene of

Georgia. Journ. Paleontology, vol. 39, no. 5, pp. 1016-1022,

1 fig., 1965.
. Variation in the number of marginal tooth positions in three

species of iguanid lizards. Mus. Comp. Zool. Breviora, no. 236,
15 pp., 5 figs., 1965.

Ray, Clayton E. The identity of Bison appalachicolus. Notulae
Naturae, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia., no. 384, 7 pp., 2 figs.,
May 1966.

Rorher, W. L., and Gazin, C. Lewis. Gray Bull and Lysite faunal
zones of the Willwood Formation in the Tatman Mountain area,
Bighorn Basin, Wyoming. In Geological Survey Research 1965,
U.S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 525-D, pp. D 133-D 138, 1966.

Ross, R. J., Jr., and Dutro, T. J. Silicified Ordovician brachiopods
from east-central Alaska. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 149, no.
7, 22 pp., 3 pis., 1 fig., 1966.

Towe, K. M. Carbon films for electron microscopy: A reliable
method for stripping from glass surfaces. Rev. Sci. Instruments,
vol. 36, no. 8, p. 1247, 1965.

and Cifelli, R. Aspects of wall ultrastructure in some hyaline

foraminifera [Abstract]. Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petroleum Geol.,
vol. 49, no. 3, p. 638, 1966.

Utgaard, John and Boardman, R. S. Heterotrypa Nicholson, 1879,
and Peronopora Nicholson, 1881 (Bryozoa, Trepostomata) : Pro-
posed designation of a type-species in conformity with generally
accepted usage. Bull. Zool. Nomencl., vol. 22, pt. 2, pp. 112-118,
1965.

MINERAL SCIENCES

Buseck, P. R. ; Mason, B. ; and Wiik, H. B. The Farmington meteorite.

Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta, vol. 30, pp. 1-8, 1966.
Clarke, R. S., Jr.; Wosinski, J. F.; Marvin, R. R.; and Friedman I.

Potassium-argon ages of artificial tektite glass [Abstract]. Trans.

Amer. Geophys. Union, vol. 47, p. 144, 1966.

PUBLICATIONS MINERAL SCIENCES 151

Desautels, Paul E. Interaction between light and minerals.
Natural History, vol. 74, No. 8, pp. 52-57, October 1965.

Donnay, G.; Mason, B.; and Ingamells, C. O. Buergerite, a new
species of tourmaline. Amer. Mineral., vol. 51, pp. 198-199, 1966.

Fredriksson, K. Standards and correction procedures for micro-
probe analysis of minerals [Abstract]. IVe Congres International
sur l'Optique des Rayons X et la Microanalyse. Faculte des
Sciences, Orsay, 1965.

and Reid, A. A chondrule in the Chainpur meteorite. Sci-
ence, vol. 149, pp. 856-860, 1965.

Mason, B. The geochemical behavior of some elements in meteorites.
Probl. of Geochemistry, pp. 72-80, 1965.

. The enstatite chondrites. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta, vol.

30, pp. 22-39, 1966.

. Geochemistry and meteorites. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta,

vol. 30, pp. 365-374, 1966.
. Memorial to Mark Chance Bandy. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer.,

vol. 77, pp. 13-16, 1966.

Melson, W. G. Phase equilibria in calc-silicate hornfels, Lewis and
Clark County, Montana. Amer. Mineral., vol. 51, nos. 3 and 4,
pp. 402-421, 1966.

, Bowen, V. T. ; van Andel, Tj. H.; and Siever, R. Green-
stones from the central Valley of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge. Nature,
vol. 209, pp. 604-605, 1966.

and Switzer, G., Plagioclase-spinel-graphite xenoliths in

metallic iron-bearing basalts, Disko Island, Greenland. Amer.

Mineral., vol. 51, nos. 5 and 6, 14 pp. 1966.
Olsen, E., and Fredriksson, K. Phosphates in iron and pallasite

meteorites. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta, vol. 30, pp. 459-470,

1966.
Wine, H. B., and Mason, B. Analyses of eight iron meteorites.

Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta, vol. 29, pp. 1003-1005, 1965.

National Zoological Park

Theodore H. Reed, Director

T7<or the National Zoological Park, the year ending June 30, 1966,
-*■ was in many ways remarkable. The construction program moved
ahead methodically, a scientific research department was established,
additional emphasis was placed on conservation, and the breeding
of exotic species added notably to the value of the animal collection.
The collection continued to grow in zoological breadth and diversity.
Gifts, births, purchases, and exchanges have enhanced public interest
in and the scientific usefulness of the Zoo. The following summary of
the animals on hand on June 30 shows the greatest number of species
and of individual animals since the retirement of Dr. William M.
Mann in 1956.

STATUS OF THE

COLLECTION

June 30,

1966

Species or

Class

Orders

Families

subspecies

Individuals

Mammals

257

771

Birds

413

1,306

Reptiles

209

750

Amphibians

107

Fishes

198

Arthropods

Mollusks

Totals

186

946

3,223

153

154 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Births

For the first time in the Zoo's long history, a baby orangutan was
born. Previously, two gorillas, numerous chimpanzees, and gibbons
had been raised here, so it was gratifying to have the fourth species
of great ape reproduce. The Zoo had long had a trio of orangutans —
Butch, Susie, and Jennie — but perhaps because they had all been
brought up together from childhood there may have been a sibling
relationship — in any event they never bred. The Toronto Zoo had
a magnificent specimen named Archie, 10 years old and a proven sire,
which they offered to exchange for a young male gorilla. Accordingly
Leonard, the second gorilla born here, was dispatched to Toronto,
and the National Zoo acquired Archie, a dynamic personality, big,
with great cheek callosities and masses of long red hair. On April 2
Jennie gave birth to a fine healthy male, who has been named Atjeh
for the province of northern Sumatra where wild orangs occur. Jennie

Note: Certain tabulated, statistical, and other information previously given in the
report of the National Zoological Park in Smithsonian Tear now appears as appendices
to the Separate of this Report (available on request from the Director of the Na-
tional Zoological Park). This information includes:
Visitor statistics and other operational information.

Report of the veterinary, augmented by case histories and autopsy reports.
Complete lists of: (a) animals in the collection on June 30, 1966; (b) all births
and hatchings during the year; (c) changes in the collection by gift, purchase,
or exchange.

has proved to be a good parent, and visitors enjoy watching mother
and baby, although during its first months about all they could see as
she cradled the baby in her arms, was its small coconut-like head with
its sparse red hair. Susie is also believed to be pregnant. Butch, by
the way, was loaned to the Boston Zoo, where he promptly mated with
their female.

The Zoo in previous years had good success in breeding Nubian
giraffes, and offspring had been sent to other zoos; but the original
breeding stock, brought to the Zoo in 1937 by the Smithsonian In-
stitution— National Geographic Society Expedition, had died, and
none had been born since January 1957. Consequently, a trio of
young giraffes was ordered from Africa, and in 1962 two Masai giraffes,
Myrt and Marg, arrived, the male having died at sea. Not until the
following year was the Zoo able to obtain a male, named Michael-
John after the young son of the collector, Tony Parkinson. Then
began the long wait for the animals to attain maturity. On May 27
Cecelia, the first offspring of the new herd, was born.

NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK 155

One of the season's unusual Zoo babies was a soulful-eyed California
sea lion rejected by its mother, and in consequence hand-reared by
Mrs. Jan Davis, medical technologist. For the first two days the baby
was fed by stomach tube; on the third day Mrs. Davis persuaded it
to accept a bottle. The formula used was —

1 cup Esbilac,

2 cups of water,

4 chopped smelt (minus the heads).
The mixture was run through a blender and then sieved to remove
rough bits of skin or fin. The infant weighed 14 pounds at birth;
at 2 weeks it had gained 4 pounds, 2 ounces, and the formula had been
strengthened to — -

1 cup Esbilac,

\y2 cups of water,

8 chopped smelt (no heads),

1 teaspoon cod liver oil.
The mixture was still blended and sieved, and 4 drops of viDaylin T
vitamin were added to the bottle. The little sea lion drank 18 ounces
of it every two hours during the day but was not fed at night. Four
sea lions have been raised in the National Zoo in the past, but this was
the first time one had been bottle-raised.

Baby sea lions must be taught to swim. They are born on land
and the mother takes her offspring to a shallow tidal pool to introduce
it to the water. The Zoo's baby, known as Loo-Seal, was given her
first swimming lesson when she was four weeks old in the indoor
hippopotamus pool scrubbed and filled with clean water for the lesson.
When Dr. Gray and Mrs. Davis first took the young animal into the
water, it promptly sank to the bottom, but in a surprisingly short
fifteen or twenty minutes it got the idea, and swam swiftly if sometimes
awkwardly back and forth between its foster parents with obvious
enjoyment. The lessons were continued until Loo-Seal was completely
at home in the water.

The Africian lions Caesar and Princess produced their 24th cub in
their eighth litter. The parents are now growing old ; they have been
here since 1953 and their age is estimated to be 15 years. The Zoo
plans to keep the new little lion and eventually to use him for breeding,
hence he has been named Augustus, a fitting name for a successor to
Caesar.

The Zoo has long enjoyed a good record for breeding pygmy hippo-
potamuses. The male, Totota, has sired 1 1 offspring since his arrival in
1960, the most recent being born to a female sent here from another zoo
to be bred. The International Union for the Conservation of Nature
puts the pygmy hippo on the endangered species list, and every effort

156 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

is being made to continue the reproduction of the species in captivity.

Nile hippopotamuses, a bighorn sheep, and brindled gnus were also
born during the year. In the bird department, a second-generation
pair of kookaburras reared their young, and black-necked swans were
hatched. A Brazilian tapir, the first born here in many years, arrived
in October in an outside enclosure. Looking something like an
animated watermelon in her black and white stripes, she was soon to be
seen waddling happily in the erstwhile beaver pond.

Mohini, the white tiger, had her second litter — one stillborn cub, one
healthy, both of the normal orange color, but a tragic outbreak of
panleukopenia (feline distemper) in the lion house in August caused
the death of two of Mohini's first three cubs, including the white one,
before it could be brought under control.

Through a grant from the National Institutes of Health, the Zoo
obtained additional closed-circuit television equipment and a TV tape
recorder, and was able to record the births of Mohini's cubs, the
giraffe, and the Nile hippopotamus. The tapes will be valuable in
future studies of animal behavior.

Throughout the year efforts were made to obtain animals to pair
with single ones in the collection. Mates were obtained for 25 mam-
mals and birds, five of which are on the endangered species list.

Exchanges

In October 1965 zoologist Marion P. McCrane personally escorted
a male pygmy hippopotamus and four Virginia white-tailed deer to
the National Zoological Gardens in Pretoria, South Africa. While in
South Africa she had an opportunity to visit zoos, museums, aquariums,
game reserves and national parks. She returned with animals given in
exchange by the Pretoria Zoo: a pair of aardwolves, the first at the
Zoo in 35 years; a male serval to mate with two females already in the
collection (seven kittens have been born since his arrival); a caracal;
a pair of black-footed cats, the first ever exhibited here; suricates;
flightless rails, and two rare species of parrot — Meyer's and the Cape
parrot, never exhibited here before.

Gifts

An unusually welcome gift came from Mrs. Lyndon B. Johnson, who
on January 12 received the Distinguished Service Award of the Na-
tional Wildlife Federation. The award was accompanied by a check
for $1000, which she graciously gave to the National Zoological Park
for the bcautification of the Connecticut Avenue vehicular entrance.

At her first peek at the big hippo pool,
Loo-Seal gets encouragement from veteri-
narian Clinton W. Gray.

an eager pupil and takes to water
a — sea lion.

A DAY IN THE LIFE

OF A BABY SEA LION

Some buoying up. more encouragement

}v£ftg^JL

-*-

and she's soloiiw on her own

-*v

ops!

'hi eh rales an affectionate "Well done/" from
Mrs. Davis. (Photos in left column by Frank
Hoy, Washington Post; right column by Randolph
Routt, \ Washington Evening Star.)

IPPUpqipniH

Top left: Black-footed cat (F^/u
nigripes) of South Africa, one of the
smallest and rarest felines. The pads
of its feet are jet black. Left center:
Aardwolf {Protcles cristatus), one of a
pair from the National Zoological
Gardens of South Africa, in Pretoria.
The bushy tail and back crest of this
member of the hyena family caused
the Boers to call it the "maned
jackal." Lower left: Cecelia, female
Masai giraffe, is the first giraffe born
at the Zoo since 1957. Above: One
of three serval kittens hand-reared by
Mrs. Janet Davis, medical technolo-
gist in the animal hospital, sits on top
of the new closed-circuit TV tape-
recording equipment.

New animals from Madagascar. Top: Ring-tailed mongooses {Galidia eiegans),
or vontsiras, the first of these rare viverrines ever exhibited here. Above left:
A pair of rare fanalokas (Fossa fossa), the Zoo's first, are found only on the
island. They were acquired along with other prized Madagascar fauna by
resident scientist John Eisenberg. Above right: Gloves protect hands from
the sharp prickly spines of this large Madagascar hedgehog (Setifer setosus).
Below: A lesser Oriental civet (Viverricula indica), introduced on the island
many years ago.

S****3fK .***■-■

-' :

Top left: Caroline, first Brasilian tapir
(Tapirus terrestris) born at the Zoo in many
years. It was named for Miss Caroline
Jarvis of the Zoological Society of London,
editor of the International Zoo Yearbook
(photo by Tom Kelley, Washington Post).
Top right: One of the smaller Madagascar
chameleons {Chamaeleo lateralis). Right: First
orangutan born in the National Zoo and
mother Jennie. Named Atjeh by Smith-
sonian Secretary S. Dillon Ripley for a
province in Sumatra where orangutans
occur. The Zoo has now successfully bred
all four kinds of great apes — -gibbons,
orangutans, chimpanzees, and gorillas.

if ■ !

Below: The Zoo's nucleus herd of sitka deer in one of eight shady paddocks
in the Deer Area, near the Connecticut Avenue pedestrian entrance. Com-
pleted in November 1965, the area is gradually being stocked.

NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK 157

Mrs. Johnson visited the Zoo and consulted with the director, the
engineer, and the head gardener. The planting at this entrance has
now been completed.

The largest gift of the year was a collection of tropical birds from
Woodward & Lothrop, a Washington department store. The birds,
collected in Central and South America and West Africa by Kerry
Muller, manager of the Zoo's bird division, and George Payne, dis-
play manager for the store, were used for a month-long "fashion on
the wing" display. Crowds came to see the brightly lighted store
windows, where stately flamingos, roseate spoonbills, iridescent sun-
birds, and sugar birds appeared in natural-habitat settings. At the
end of the month the whole collection, including many rare species and
numbering 436 birds, was presented to the National Zoo.

Another spectacular collection, consisting of 65 birds of 42 species,
was given to the Zoo by the artist Edward Marshall Boehm, noted for
his ceramic figures of birds. All were valuable, but outstanding were
the dusky lory, Vaal River white eye, Australian fairy blue wren,
pavonine trogon, and Coleto starling.

A magnificent hyacinthine macaw named "Gainsborough" was
given the Zoo by Princess Belosselsky of New York. This species of
macaw had not been exhibited here for many years.

The gifts of birds mentioned above were especially appreciated in
view of the recently remodeled bird house and the great outdoor flight
cage opened to the public on July 18, 1965. This soaring, imaginative,
walk-through aviary has been extremely popular with visitors, who
now can stroll past splashing waterfalls and landscaped shrubbery
while they watch the birds close at hand, with no barriers between
people and the flash of wings.

The U.S. Naval Medical Research Unit no. 3 in Cairo, Egypt,
through the efforts of Dr. Harry Hoogstraal, a long-time friend of the
Zoo, collected and shipped a number of interesting reptiles and other
animals.

Research

Recognizing the importance of the original Congressional mandate
establishing the National Zoological Park "for the advancement of
science," the Zoo throughout its history has made many contributions
to scientific knowledge. The emphasis on science was strengthened
by the formal organization last year of a division of research and by
the appointment on September 1, 1965, of Dr. John F. Eisenberg as
resident scientist. The staff of the research division also includes
Mrs. Wyotta Holden as secretary and Eugene Maliniak as assistant.
The latter has been for many years in charge of the small mammal house

158 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

and has a keen interest in small mammals. Temporary research
facilities have been constructed in the basement of the lion house.

Eisenberg also serves as research associate professor at University
of Maryland department of zoology, which is headed by Dr. George
Anastos, and there he offers graduate courses and supervises a graduate
research program.

During the past year Eisenberg presented research papers at the
International Ethological Congress in Zurich, at the University College
at Nairobi, and at the 1 966 meeting of the American Society of Mam-
malogists. He submitted for publication two research papers: "The
Behavior of Ateles geoffroyi and Related Species" and "Notes on the
Ecology, Behavior, and Reproduction of Some Tenrecoid Insectivores."

From January through April 1966, Eisenberg participated as co-
investigator with Edwin Gould of Johns Hopkins University in an
ecological and behavioral study of the tenrecoid insectivores of
Madagascar. From his field camp there he was able to send to the
Zoo a number of fine specimens, including a fossa (Cryptoprocta ferox),
the second of the only two specimens ever exhibited in the United
States, both at the National Zoo. The new acquisition is thought to
be the only one now on exhibit in any zoo in the world. Other valuable
additions to the collection are a pair of fanalokas (Fossa fossa) and three
vontsiras, or Madagascar ring-tailed mongooses (Galidia elegans), which
have never been seen in the Zoo before. All of these are members of the
family Viverridae. In addition, 25 living specimens of tenrec of 7
different species were sent back to the Zoo. Most of them will be kept
in the research division for further studies. This field work has resulted
in the first basic ecological data for several genera of tenrecs, including
the greater hedgehog tenrec (Setifer setosus), the lowland streaked tenrec
(Hemicentetes semispinosus), and the highland streaked tenrec (H. nigriceps).
In addition, range extensions for Fossa fossa and H. nigriceps were
established.

For the murine opossum {Marmosa sp.) and the hedgehog tenrec
(Echinops telfairi) the gestation period, on the basis of three pregnancies,
was determined by Maliniak and Eisenberg to be less than 17 days for
the opossum and 62 to 68 days for the tenrec. The tiny murine
opossum, unlike the common opossum, has no pouch, and the numerous
young, as many as 18 in a litter, can be seen hanging to the mother
like a bunch of grapes.
Current research projects at the National Zoological Park are :

1 . Studies of thermoregulation and hibernation in the tenrecs of
the genera Microgale, Hemic entetes, Setifer, Echinops, and Centetes (with
E. Maliniak).

NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK 159

2. Social behavior of microtine rodents under varying population
densities (with G. McKay).

3. Studies of social behavior and communications in the marmoset
species Saguinus oedipus and S. geoffroyi (= spixii) (with Miss N. Mucken-
hirn) .

4. Studies on the social behavior and on the ontogeny of behavior
among selected species of Caviomorph rodents (with N. Smythe).

5. Basic studies on the behavior of mammals during parturition
(in conjunction with Dr. Clinton W. Gray).

Information and Education

The information and education section, continuing its sign and label
making program, completed 437 animal identification labels, 167 sup-
porting signs (safety, building and construction signs, etc.), and
232 other visual information projects. Natural history and Park
information were disseminated by telephone and correspondence.
Guided tours were conducted for groups of handicapped children,
for classes from schools and colleges, personnel from other zoos, and
for special guests and dignitaries.

In addition to these activities, the section handled public relations
(press, radio, television, etc.), prepared articles and literature Re-
publication and distribution, and provided liaison between the Zoo
and volunteer groups interested in aiding it.

The information and education section and the veterinary section
collaborated with the National Educational Television Association in
the production of a 30-minute educational TV program on zoo veteri-
nary medicine, to be aired in late summer or early fall, 1966.

Friends of the National Zoo

The Friends of the National Zoo continued their interest and
helpfulness. Their education committee, with the assistance and
cooperation of the Zoo's section on information and education, pre-
pared an information brochure on the Zoo and an educational aid
packet for distribution in the District school system and to all interested
groups. This was something the Zoo had long needed and has met
with a welcome response from teachers in District of Columbia elemen-
tary public schools.

The Friends were invited to a preview of the great flight cage on
the evening of July 17, and held their annual meeting and election of
officers in the Zoo cafeteria on April 28.

160 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Construction and Improvements

In fiscal year 1966 the Smithsonian Institution Appropriation Act
contained an item of $1,539,000 for capital improvements at the
National Zoological Park, including a hospital-research building and
service buildings (mechanical shop, automotive garage, property supply
building, and greenhouse).

A landscape architect was engaged last year at the recommendation
of the Fine Arts Commission to restudy the entire master plan, and
design and construction of the hospital-research-service area have been
delayed until preliminary phases of the restudy are completed. The
designs for these buildings, completed by architect Alan Jacobs, have
been approved by the Fine Arts Commission and the National Capital
Planning Commission, and construction is expected to begin in late
fall 1966.

On the recommendation of the Fine Arts Commission, the area
south and east from the location of the proposed giraffe house (the
present artificial "sheep mound") to Rock Creek is to be designed as
a unified plan, including landscaping and exterior architecture.
Upon approval of preliminary (feasibility) plans, the detailed plans and
construction designs of the multiclimate house for this area will proceed.

On June 13 the President of the United States, using his authority
under the Reorganization Act, sent to Congress Reorganization Plan
No. 4 of 1966, in accordance with the Reorganization Act of 1949.
This plan will transfer the responsibility for construction within the
Zoo from the District of Columbia to the Smithsonian Institution.

In preparation for this transfer the General Services Administration
has, at the request of the District of Columbia, already taken over
the administration of the present design contract and will in the future
supervise construction in the Zoo.

Construction continues within the Zoo. The great flight cage was
completed and opened to the public on July 18. Almost a third of the
exhibition area has been under construction. Parking lot F, near the
waterfowl pond, was completed and was accepted on September 16,
1965. It accommodates 260 automobiles and 24 buses. The new
electrical transformer station was completed, and installation of the
electrical switch gear is underway. The new gas-fired boiler at the
bird house was completed and placed in service.

The trunk sewers and retention basin, authorized under the Phase II
program, were started on January 4, 1966, and will undoubtedly be
completed on schedule. The present exhibition of sea lions and canines,
the beaver pool, and the silver gull cage have been withdrawn from
public exhibition during the sewer construction.

NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK 161

The deer area, consisting of 6 exhibition paddocks and 2 reserve
paddocks, served by 5 houses, was completed and accepted in
November. There was some work to be completed by the Zoo staff
and because of inclement weather animals were not moved in until
early spring. Dedication will take place at the same time as the hoofed-
stock areas. This area, with its large trees, shady hillsides, and wander-
ing paths gives a most pleasant effect of a private deer park. Because
of the hilly terrain, moats could not be used, but overlooks are placed
along the path where visitors may look out and down over the deer.
In cases where fencing was necessary, a special, inconspicuous wire
mesh was used. Construction continued on the hardy and delicate
hoofed-stock areas.

The Department of the Interior, National Capital Parks, Rock
Creek Parkway project (which includes the Zoo by-pass, the tunnel
under Administration Hill, the Harvard Street overpass into the Zoo,
and the North Parking lot) are nearing completion and are scheduled
to be completed early in fall 1966.

Beautification of the Zoo grounds, under the direction of head
gardener John Monday, continued with the planting of 20 trees, 2300
evergreens, 50 shrubs, 3000 bulbs, and 3500 annuals and perennials.
The inside of the new flight cage and the new parking lot "F" were
landscaped with evergreens. Bulbs, annuals and perennials were used
in flower beds throughout the Park, giving them color for most months
of the year. Many bare areas in the Park were seeded, and 400 yards
of sod put in where seed would have been impractical.

The work of the department also included a constant watch for dead
wood that might be dangerous to visitors, employees or animals; felling
dead trees and trimming others; cutting perches for birds and animals
and supplying browsers with foliage.

230-457— GO 14

Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute

Martin H. Moynihan, Director

'""T'he new name "Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute," replacing
•*■ the previous "Canal Zone Biological Area," indicates how the
activities and responsibilities of the bureau are increasing and becoming
broader in scope. This development, begun some years ago, in 1966
was marked by the inauguration of several new major programs. The
Institute is now fully engaged in both research and in education and
training, as well as in certain aspects of conservation.

Facilities

The opening of two marine biology laboratories, one on Naos Island
(Fort Amador) on the Pacific coast and the other on Galeta Island on
the Atlantic coast, certainly was the outstanding event of the past year.
The Naos Island facilities include the "bunker laboratory" and another
large building (provisionally referred to as "building T-332"). The
bunker laboratory is completely operational, with a running salt-water
system, series of small aquaria, and equipment for behavioral and
ecological studies of small to medium size marine organisms. Work is
still in progress on building T-332, in which is a series of large tanks,
29' x 23' x 8' deep, that will be provided with running sea water and
will be used for studies of large and/or pelagic organisms. The Galeta
Island building, also being remodelled, will eventually provide much
the same range of facilities as the bunker laboratory. These new

163

164 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

marine facilities are available for use by visiting scientists and students
in the same way as the Barro Colorado laboratory.

The existing living accommodations and laboratory were improved
during the year, and some additional living quarters are being con-
structed. The Tropical Research Institute also acquired title to
Orchid Island and two small islets off Buena Vista Point, near the
shore of Barro Colorado. It is planned to preserve the native fauna
and flora of these islands ; but they will also be used for certain experi-
mental programs such as the introduction of certain exotic species of
mammals from other parts of the tropics.

Research and Publication

Most of the subjects investigated by scientists of the Tropical Research
Institute staff (permanent resident scientists and graduate student
interns) fall into the fields of evolution, social behavior, communication,
species diversity, and zoogeography. Unless specifically noted other-
wise, this research was supported from federal funds appropriated to
the Smithsonian Institution.

A. Stanley Rand's studies of the ecology and behavior of iguanid
lizards are providing information on the various ways in which species
can partition environmental resources. Among the special topics he
investigated were nest site competition in Iguana iguana, selective forces
affecting egg type and clutch size in tropical reptiles in general,
patterns of distribution of West Indian anoles on small islands, and the
social organization and spatial distribution of Anolis lineatopas in
Panama. Rand also expanded his investigation of vocal communica-
tion in the frog Engystomops pustulosis. The repertory of the species
has been cataloged, and considerable progress has been made in
identifying the information encoded in the system. In a paper
presented at the Symposium on the Biota of the Amazon, held in
Belem, Brazil,* Rand presented a double hypothesis which may help to
explain in part the extreme species diversity in the tropics. He sug-
gested that the formation of search images by predators, in the prey
recognition process, produces selection pressure in favor of diversity of
appearance in prey species, and that this pressure is maximal in complex
environments with many species of both predators and prey.

Neal G. Smith studied the evolution of adaptations to brood para-
sitism by certain species of cuckoos, cowbirds and flycatchers, and the
counter-adaptations of their hosts. These adaptations may include

*His travel was partly supported by the Association for Tropical Biology.

TROPICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE 165

elaborate egg mimicry, and behavioral, morphological, and physio-
logical polymorphism, and must be due to a delicate balance of
conflicting selection pressures. Progress has been made in identifying
some of the selective forces involved. He also is making an experi-
mental analysis of the factors governing the diversity of bird species in
tropical grasslands.

Many species of cuckoos are divided into distinct infra-specific
liegg clans" called "gentes." The females of each subgroup lay eggs
which differ in appearance (size, shape, color) from those of other
subgroups of the same species. In the cuckoos that Smith is studying,
females of a particular gens place their distinctive eggs in the nests
of hosts which lay eggs of similar size, color, and pattern. During
the past year, Smith was able to elucidate one of the major proximate
factors governing egg color discontinuity. The color differences are
the result of the length of time that the egg remains in the uterus.
This, in turn, is controlled by a hormone similar to oxytosin. By
appropriate administration of this hormone and other compounds,
Smith was able to induce marked changes in the color of the eggs laid
by free-living cuckoos. This technique has proved useful in determin-
ing the perceptual limitations which influence a host's ability to dis-
criminate between its own eggs and those of other species.

Ira Rubinoff continued studies of the development of reproductive
isolating mechanisms between allopatric species of Bathygobius from
the Atlantic and Pacific coasts of Panama. He began an experimental
program, partly supported by a grant from the National Science
Foundation to Harvard University, that includes attempts at inter-
specific forced matings as well as controlled artificial hybridization of
species which have been geographically separated for 6 to 8 million
years. He presented a paper on geminate species of marine fishes at the
meetings of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists.

In order to trace the movements of species from ocean to ocean and/
or from marine waters into Gatun Lake, Rubinoff, assisted by various
members of the staff, collected fishes stranded in the Gatun Locks of
the Panama Canal when the locks were drained for overhaul. There
have been remarkably few studies of this subject in previous years, and
Rubinoff intends to continue sampling the fishes in the locks whenever
opportunities arise.

Director Martin Moynihan continued his study, largely supported
by a grant from the National Science Foundation, of geographic
variation in social behavior among Andean birds. Observations over
the last five years have revealed that different populations of the same
species of birds have very different social reactions in different parts

166 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

of the Andes. These variations, certainly not random, are strictly
correlated with geographic parameters of the regions inhabited. Dif-
ferent species have adapted (or reacted) to the same parameters in
different ways. The study of these phenomena is beginning to yield
a considerable amount of new information about the basic advantages
and disadvantages of different types of social systems. It should
increase our understanding of both the distribution of species and the
natural regulation of population size.

Moynihan also continued his comparative study of communication
(acoustic, visual, olfactory, and tactile) in the monkeys, tamarins,
and marmosets of tropical America. These closely related species,
a relatively small group, are remarkable in occupying a great variety
of ecological niches and in using very different types of "language."
The functional significance of these different types is being elucidated
by detailed analyses of the structures of the patterns used in the lan-
guages and their correlation with different environments and ways of
life. The results contribute to an understanding of the philosophical
and logical aspects of communication in general, and the evolution
of communication systems in all primates, including man.

Robert L. Dressier, on leave for most of the past year, served as
executive director of the central office of the Association for Tropical
Biology. In spite of his heavy administrative duties (including
organization of the Symposium on the Biota of the Amazon), he
continued research, supported by a grant from the National Science
Foundation, on pollination relationships in the Orchidaceae, especially
the relations between orchids of the subtribe Stanhopeinae and bees of
the tribe Euglossini. Male bees of this tribe, attracted by odor, visit
the orchids in order to gather some substance from the surface of the
flowers. Little is known, however, about the nature of the substance
gathered, or its role in the biology of the bees (although there is some
evidence that the male bees die if deprived of it for approximately 1 2
days). That the bees are the exclusive pollinators of the orchids has
been definitely established. They also are highly specific in their
visits; most species of orchids are visited by only one or a few species
of bees. Thus, the adaptations which the orchids have evolved to
attract the "correct" kind, or kinds, of bees supply the principal
isolating mechanism between sympatric congeneric species. This
type of breeding system has the advantage of favoring out-crossing,
even when individual plants are widely scattered-
Michael H. Robinson analysed the antipredator adaptations of some
1 5 species of stick-and-leaf mimicking insects. Among the adaptations
studied were special protective resemblances (homotypy), startle
displays, the production of repellent secretions, and generalized escape

TROPICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE 167

behavior. The efficacy of these devices was tested by using captive
tamarins (Saguinus geqffroyi) as experimental predators. The curious
"rocking movements" made by many stick-and-leaf mimicking insects
have been considered to be a challenge to selection theory, since they
may render an otherwise concealed insect highly conspicuous to a
human observer. Robinson's experiments suggest that these move-
ments are really a behavioral extension of the morphological mimicry,
and that predators hunting in a natural environment do not respond
to them because they resemble the passive wind-induced movements
of non-edible objects, such as twigs and leaves. In the course of his
experiments, Robinson also collected information on the behavior of
the tamarins with respect to prey-recognition, searching patterns, and
methods of prey-capture and eating.

Nicholas D. Smythe began a study of the ecology and behavior
of the large caviomorph rodents inhabiting tropical forests. These
animals are particularly interesting because they are similar in some
aspects of morphology and ecology to such small ungulates as the
Old World chevrotains and the small forest antelopes of Africa. (They
also bear a remarkable superficial resemblance to some primitive and
extinct forms, such as Eohippus.) Different species of these caviomorphs
have rather different types of social systems, and Smythe hopes to be
able to explain the functional significance of these differences by de-
termining their correlations with particular features of the ecology
of the species concerned. He has been paying special attention to the
agouti Dasyprocta punctata and the paca Agouti paca, both of which are
common on Barro Colorado Island and in many other parts of the Canal
Zone and the Republic of Panama. He observed their behavior in the
wild (recording with automatic cameras many intra- and inter-specific
encounters), and began experimental investigation of some reactions in
the laboratory. He also made a special study of the fruits eaten by these
species, the effects of different distributions of fruiting trees and fruiting
times upon the movements of the rodents, and the possible "reciprocal"
effects of the activities of the rodents on the distribution of the trees.

Eugene Morton, was primarily concerned with the environmental
factors affecting the evolution of acoustic communication in birds. He
recorded the calls of individual species characteristic of mature forest,
dense "edge" and second-growth forest, grasslands, and the environs of
rapid-flowing streams, analyzed the physical characteristics of these
sounds, and then determined their function as signals. He also
recorded ambient background sounds for use in signal-to-noise ratio
calculations that will enable him to identify the frequencies most
conveniently available for communication purposes. In his study of
the general sound propagation characteristics of the four environments

168 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

cited above, he is using pure tones and random noise bands at ^-octave
intervals up to 15 kc. to determine sound attenuation per unit distance
from the sound source. This will be compared with attenuation of
sound under "standard" conditions of air density, temperature, etc.
(One rather surprising result has already emerged: certain ranges of
frequencies have been found to attenuate less in nature than under
ideal laboratory conditions, apparently due to environmental
resonance.) During this last phase of the project, Morton will seek to
determine the amplitude of natural sounds at their sources.

When the results of all this work are available, it should be possible
to distinguish between many of the aspects of bird sounds which are
purely or primarily adaptations to the "conducting" properties of the
environment (devices to ensure that the signal reaches potential re-
ceivers) and those designed to produce correct responses by receivers
(that encode all or most of the relevant information in the signal).

John Oppenheimer recently began a study of the white-faced monkey
Cebus capucinus on Barro Colorado. Monkeys of the genus Cebus are
particularly interesting because they are convergent toward the best
known monkeys of the Old World (genus Macaco) in many aspects of
behavior, structure, and ecology; they are highly gregarious; some of
their social reactions appear to be unusually complex under the
conditions of captivity (although not necessarily in the wild); and
because they have been found to be remarkably "intelligent" in solving
certain types of problems and in tool-using. Oppenheimer is paying
special attention to such subjects as the structure of groups, intra-
and inter-specific reactions, diet, and predator evasion tactics.

Begun late last year was a study by Martin G. Naumann of the
bionomics of three closely related species of wasps of the genus Pro-
topolybia. Although social wasps are a conspicuous and particularly
impressive part of the fauna of the Neotropical region, relatively little
is known about them. Many earlier observations of them were brief
and casual, and our knowledge of their seasonal activities and nesting"
cycles is most incomplete.

Naumann seeks to measure seasonal fluctuations in nesting activity
and population size, with special attention to the effects of brood pro-
duction and caste composition upon the development of the social
organization of nests. Initial surveys were made on Barro Colorado
and neighboring areas of the mainland, and within one nest of Proto-
polybia pumila oviposition, larval development, and queen-worker inter-
actions were studied by the use of transparent insertions in the nest
covering.

The number of visiting scientists and students using facilities of the
Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute increased last year to over 134.

Top: Laboratory-library building at Barro Colorado Island with main
animal house, right, and animal cage, left. Center: A laboratory room.
Below: Part of the library.

A-*?5 jffl

Ifc

fr'jt

^Jl/**^"-

W '

sir

'■■' -«•-."

~ -'■-.. "

f -

. u.i?

Top: Grassy habitat on western bank of Canal Zone near Pedro Miguel locks.
Center: Second-growth forest near Gamboa. Below: Hillside NNE. of
laboratory clearing. Flowering and fruiting times of all trees on this slope
are beinar recorded.

TROPICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE 169

Mention of a few of their projects illustrates the range of activities
which the Institute has been able to facilitate, encourage, or support.

Theodore Bullock and Alan Grinnell, of the University of California
at Los Angeles, during an entire summer on Barro Colorado, set up a
temporary but rather sophisticated neurophysiological laboratory to
study the peculiar electric signals emitted by knife-fishes of the family
Gymnotidae, which live in rather murky habitats where visibility
tends to be poor. The experiments indicate that at least some of the
electric signals are used in social communication.

Eric Davidson of Rockefeller University collected anurans for use
in his studies of gene activity in oogenesis. Examination of such species
as Bufo typhonius, Phyllomedusa calladryas, Engystomops pustulosus, and
Leptodactylus pentadactylas, found to provide particularly useful and
convenient material, is yielding new information about relative rates
of RNA synthesis in oocyte nucleoli and lampbrush chromosomes, and
has suggested new experiments on possible DNA synthesis in the nu-
cleoli (which would be partial genomic replication, and a rather novel
phenomenon).

T. C. Schneirla of the American Museum of Natural History and
Ralph Buchsbaum of the University of Pittsburgh were involved in a
dual field project. Schneirla continued his studies (begun in the 19307s)
of army ants on Barro Colorado Island. With Buchsbaum and their
associates, he also made a film for the educational division of the
Encyclopaedia Britannica.

Other scientists also returned to continue or resume long-term
investigations begun in earlier years. Charles F. Bennett, Jr., and
E. O. Willis, of the American Museum of Natural History, may be
cited as examples. Bennett collected various kinds of microclima to-
logical data on Barro Colorado Island. This work is part of a major
study of the evolution of neotropical forests (including the effects of
different human societies upon both the forests and the animals
inhabiting them) which is providing new information and insights for
both biologists and workers in other disciplines. Willis continued his
observations of forest birds, especially the species which follow army
ants. The complex of relations among these species, between the birds
and the ants, and between both birds and ants and other species more
or less frequently associated with ant columns, provides unusually
favorable opportunities for quantitative as well as qualitative analyses
of ecology and behavior.

The broad subject which attracted the largest single group of visitors
with similar interests was, not unexpectedly, species diversity. Among
the scientists concentrating on this problem were Robert H. MacArthur
of Princeton, Peter Klopfer of Duke, Martin Cody of the University of

170 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Pennsylvania, and Joseph Connell of the University of California at
Berkeley. MacArthur and Cody censused bird populations in a
variety of habitats in order to test the predictive validity of hypotheses
derived from earlier studies in the middle latitudes. Klopfer studied
several aspects of bird behavior in the hope of detecting widespread,
general differences between tropical and temperate species which might
help to explain variations in diversity. Connell studied diversity
among forest trees and the invertebrates of the coral reef near the
Galeta Island marine laboratory.

A comprehensive over-all plan for the future research activities of the
Tropical Research Institute, now being discussed with scientists both
inside and outside the Smithsonian, envisages a gradual expansion of
research, largely along lines already established, but with some changes
of emphasis. The problem of the relationship between species diversity
and evolutionary success is to be attacked by means of a relatively
large number of coordinated research projects. Special efforts to
encourage investigations of groups of organisms previously ignored will
result next year in studies of land crabs and cephalopods. And the
program of collecting basic information on the physical environment
is to be expanded by monitoring a greater variety of parameters.

Staff Publications

Publications by the Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute staff
are only a small part of the literature based wholly or partly upon the
results of research at the Institute facilities. Smithsonian Information
Leaflet 281 (rev. August 1965), "Bibliography of Papers pertaining to
the Natural History of Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone," lists
most of the earlier publications based on such work, and a bibliography
of the more recent work is in preparation. Both are available on
request.
Moynihan, M. Display patterns of tropical American "nine-

primaried" songbirds. IV. The yellow-rumped tanager. Smith-
sonian Misc. Coll., vol. 149, no. 5, 34 pp., 1966.
Rubinoff, I. Mixing oceans and species. Natural History vol. 74,

pp. 69-72, 1965.
. Gymnothorax galetae, a new moray eel from the Atlantic coast

of Panama. Breviora no. 242, pp. 1-4, 1966.
. Distributional and ecological relationships of Panamanian

shore fishes. Yearbook Amer. Phil. Soc. (1965), pp. 346-349,

1966.
and Mead, G. W. Avocettinops yanot, a new nemichthid eel

from the southern Indian Ocean. Breviora, no. 243, pp. 1-7.

1966.

TROPICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE 171

Smith, N. G. Adaptations to cliff -nesting in some arctic gulls. Ibis,

vol. 108, pp. 68-83, 1966.
. Evolution of some arctic gulls (Larus) : an experimental study

of isolating mechanisms. Amer. Ornith. Union, Monogr. Ser.

no. 4, pp. 1-99, 1966.

Staff Changes

Dr. Ira Rubinoff joined the Tropical Research Institute staff in July
1965. He is continuing his long-term research on Panamanian inshore
marine fishes (see below), and has taken charge of the marine lab-
oratories.

A number of scientists interested in various aspects of the tropics
have been made honorary research associates of the Tropical Research
Institute, with the expectation that they will act as a panel to provide
expert advice and assistance in developing new research projects and
programs. The group includes Professor Ernst Mayr, Director of the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University; Dr. Martin
Young, Director of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory; Dr. Robert H.
Mac Arthur, of the Department of Biology, Princeton University; Dr.
Giles W. Mead, Curator of Fishes, Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Harvard University; Dr. Charles F. Bennett, Jr. of the Department of
Geography, University of California at Los Angeles; Dr. W. John
Smith of the Department of Biology, University of Pennsylvania; and
Mr. C. C. Soper, former Director of the Eastman Kodak Tropical
Laboratory. It is planned to enlarge this group to include distinguished
Latin American scientists.

Education and Training

The cooperative fellowship program established by the Smithsonian
Tropical Research Institute and the Scientific and Educational Divi-
sion of the Organization of American States became operational last
year. The first Fellows appointed were Mr. Maximo Galvez of Peru
and Mr. Estanislau da Silveira of Brazil. Stationed on Barro Colorado
Island, they are learning modern techniques, of field biology under
the guidance of the resident members of the Institute staff.

Arrangements were made with the Organization for Tropical Studies*
to provide working space, some services, and other forms of assistance

*A consortium of the University of Costa Rica and the following North American
Universities: California, Florida, Georgia, Harvard, Indiana, Kansas, Louisiana
State, Miami, Michigan, Southern California, Texas A & M, and Washington.

172 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

(including some teaching) for an introductory course in tropical biology.
Increasingly close cooperation with the University of Panama is being
planned. Dr. Rubinoff has been appointed consultant in marine
biology in the University of Panama - cooperative Central American
training program.

The senior members of the Institute's scientific staff are assisting,
and to some extent directing the work of, the graduate student interns.
They also provide occasional, informal guidance to visiting students
from other institutions.

Conservation

Effort to prevent poaching and disturbance of the forest on Barro
Colorado Island should be further helped next year when the staff of
wardens will be augmented.

The few species of animals which disappeared from Barro Colorado
before it was set aside as a reserve are being re-introduced whenever
possible. A program for the protection of the coral reef and other
marine organisms near Galeta Island has been instituted with the
cooperation of the U.S. Navy.

Members of the bureau staff also are providing advice and technical
assistance, when requested, to Latin American governments and
public authorities developing plans for biological reserves and national
parks.

Acknowledgments

The Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute can operate only with
the excellent cooperation of the Canal Zone Government and the
Panama Canal Company, the U.S. Army and Navy, and the govern-
ment authorities of the Republic of Panama. Thanks are due especially
to Executive Secretary of the Canal Zone Paul M. Runnestrand and
his staff; the customs and immigration officials of the Canal Zone;
the dredging division and police division of the Panama Canal Com-
pany; Major General James D. Alger, Commander, U.S. Army Forces
Southern Command; the late Rear Admiral Louis A. Bryan, Com-
mander, U.S. Naval Forces Southern Command; Lt. Col. William
Barron, Assistant Chief of Staff, G-4; Lt. Commander K. L. Robinson,
Commanding Officer Naval Security Group; Mr. Thomas P. McGann,
supervisor engineering technician, Navy Public Works Department:
Mr. Martin J. Hayes, Army Assistant Post Engineer; the U.S. Army
Maintenance Division; and the Eastman Kodak Company.

Radiation Biology Laboratory

W. H. Klein, Director

All biological systems, from the unicellular through the spectrum
of multicellular organisms to entire ecosystems, or for that matter
the biosphere itself, can be thought of as open-ended thermodynamic
systems through which energy flows. The primary source of all energy
for these diverse biological systems is, of course, solar radiation.

During the past year the Radiation Biology Laboratory has con-
tinued to direct its research efforts toward understanding the
mechanisms by which radiant energy is absorbed, converted to potential
chemical energy, and then utilized by cells for growth and differentia-
tion. Within this general framework the current research of the labo-
ratory is in four general areas:

1. Regulatory biology — physiology of photomorphogenic re-

sponses,

2. Regulatory biology — biochemical mechanisms,

3. Measurement of solar radiation, and

4. Carbon dating — measurements and research techniques.

Physiology of Photomorphogenic Responses

In the general area of photomorphogenesis, chloroplast differentiation
is being studied with particular reference to protein synthesis. Chloro-
plasts of etiolated leaves increase in protein content when the leaves
are placed in the light. There is good reason to believe that this in-

173

230-457—66^—15

174 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

crease in chloroplast protein is catalyzed by the chloroplast itself.
A routine preparative procedure for chloroplasts has been developed
for isolating bean-leaf plastids which are undergoing light-dependent
development and thus are carrying out synthesis of protein. The
plastid-containing homogenate is essentially cell-free and incorporates
radioactive amino acids into cold trichloroacetic acid-insoluble material.
This incorporation, which may partly represent incorporation into
protein, undoubtedly is partially due to formation of amino-acyl RNA.
However, the 1000 x g pellet fraction accounts for only a lesser part of
the incorporating activity of the homogenate fractions, although it has
the highest specific activity. The incorporation by this fraction is
highly dependent on the presence of an ATP generating system.

Radioactive amino acid (leucine) is incorporated into the 1000 x g
pellet fraction even when TCA-precipitable material is extracted with
hot TCA. Some of the radioactivity precipitated by cold TCA is
removed by this treatment, indicating formation of both protein and
amino-acyl RNA. The incorporation of radioactivity into precipitates
extracted with hot TCA usually stops after 30 to 60 minutes. Incorpo-
ration is not carried out in heated chloroplasts. Rates of 5 to 50
m/x mole leucine/mg protein/hour have been obtained, calculated from
the specific activity of the leucine supplied.

The 1000 x g fraction contains numerous chloroplasts. In addition,
starch grains and particles about 1^ in length, the latter probably
mitochondria, are also present, both being more numerous than
chloroplasts. Wall fragments and whole cells are present as minor
contaminants; nuclei have not been seen.

Bacteria account for only a small portion of the observed incorpora-
tion activity. Experiments with Triton x 100 indicate that most of the
activity is in the supernatant after centrifugation at 6000 x g. If the
label had been incorporated into bacterial protein, it would have been
recovered in the pellet.

Similarly, in experiments in which the reaction mixture is centrifuged
in a density gradient, little incorporated activity is found in the region
where nuclei would be expected. Ribosomes are probably not respon-
sible for the observed incorporation, since the specific activity of the
chloroplast-containing fraction with regard to incorporating activity is
higher than that of the ribosome fraction, and incorporation by the
chloroplast-containing fraction is insensitive to RNAase. The distri-
bution of incorporated radioactivity follows the distribution of chloro-
phyll. Further, when chloroplasts are fixed after incorporation and
are autoradiographed, the chloroplasts produce a higher grain count
than chloroplasts fixed before incorporation. Tims, the preliminar)

RADIATION BIOLOGY LABORATORY 175

conclusion is reached that the incorporation into protein of radioactive
leucine by the chloroplast-containing fraction is associated with the
chloroplasts. The extent of chloroplast involvement in the incorpora-
tion of amino acid is being determined.

Biochemical Mechanisms

Work has continued on the detection of early biochemical changes
that may be correlated with photomorphogenic stimulation. One of
the observations made during the survey of tracer distribution in
various metabolite fractions obtained from light-treated corn-leaf
tissue, was an indication of a light-stimulated utilization of phosphate.
Experiments were performed in which corn leaf sections were first
irradiated, then immediately transferred to a solution of glucose and
phosphate (P32) substrate, and the specific activity of organic phos-
phates in extracts were determined at various times. A consistently
higher specific activity was found at all points on the time course in
light-treated samples. However, technical difficulties have prevented
a conclusive demonstration of an early phytochrome-associated increase
in phosphate turnover rates. Experiments are continuing to elucidate
the nature of this response.

Phytochrome, a protein common to many plants, is known to be the
pigment involved in photomorphogenesis. Although phytochrome has
been partially purified from Avena by other laboratories, it was not
completely purified from any source, and consequently, very little was
known about the physical and chemical characteristics of the molecule.
A successful method for the isolation of pure phytochrome has been
developed in our laboratory and, in collaboration with Edward
Steers, Jr., and J. R. Suriano of the National Institutes of Health, data
have been obtained on pure phytochrome.

The pigment is extracted from 4-day-old, etiolated annual rye shoots,
and purified 200-fold by ammonium sulfate fractionation and chro-
matography on calcium phosphate and DEAE-cellulose. The final
product sedimented in a Spinco Model E ultracentrifuge as a single
boundary with an S20 w of approximately 9.5. Treatment with
sodium dodecylsulfate resulted in the formation of monomers with a
tentative S value of 1.8 and a molecular weight of approximately
36,000. No free sulfhydryl or disulfide groups were found by amino-
acid analyses, indicating that the monomers comprising the native
aggregate are held together through noncovalent bonds. There are
about 100 trypsin-sensitive bonds (lysine-farginine) per 100,000
molecular weight units, or about 36 per subunit. Phytochrome also has

176 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

an excess of dicarboxylic amino acids over basic amino acids. It is
not known how many of these carboxyl groups are amidated, but it is
likely that phytochrome has a net negative charge at pH 7.

Phytochrome is completely excluded by Sephadex G— 100 (exclusion
limit: 100,000) and it is not excluded by G-200 (exclusion limit:
200,000). Sephadex G— 150 almost completely excludes phytochrome.
This would indicate that phytochrome has a molecular weight near
150,000 if it does not interact with the dextran and if it is a perfect
hydrodynamic sphere.

The purified phytochrome, after saturation irradiation at 730 rmx,
had an E|* of 6.9 at 277 mM, 0.87 at 376 m/z, and 2.2 at 662 mM.
This form, excited at 290 m/x, fluoresced at 340 m/z and at 672 m/z.
Excitation at 370 m/z produced fluorescence at 672 m/z. After saturation
irradiation at 660 m/z, phytochrome had an EleL of 6.9 at 277 m/z,
0.72 at 386 m/z, and 1.15 at 730 m/z.

A study of growth and phototropism of moss protonema has been
initiated in our laboratory. The interest in a protonemal system lies
in the fact that the stimulus and response take place in a single uni-
nucleate cell. Potentially, it may be a simpler system than the multi-
cellular or coenocytic cells commonly used in studying photogrowth
responses.

Preliminary experiments have been initiated to determine action
spectra for photogrowth and phototropism. Protonemata of the
clone of Physcomitrium pyriforme do not grow in darkness when supplied
adequate carbohydrate substrates. All visually detectable growth
ceases within a few minutes after removal from the light and resumes
within a few minutes after reexposure. Growth of the protonema is
apical, and switching from diffuse equilateral to unilateral light resulted
in a sharp elbow-like bend as the filament continued its growth toward
the light source. This behavior implies that phototropism of the
protonema involves a shifting of the whole apical growing zone to a
new lateral region rather than causing a differential growth between
the two sides, as is commonly observed in fungi.

Both growth and tropism in this moss are supported by red light in
a broad spectral region from 610 to 730 m/z. Detailed action spectra
for both responses are being determined. Physcomitrium differs in its
phototropic response in that there appears to be little or no activity
in the blue region of the spectrum. The action spectra for growth
and tropism are similar.

Spectrophotometric measurements of the light-sensitive sporangio-
phores of Phycomyces have continued and the absorption maxima for
light and dark adapted sporangiophores have been found to be sur-
prisingly constant (near 0.14 O.D. at 475 m/z) during and following

Radiation Biology Laboratory: David L. Correll collecting fractions of
nucleic acids from marine viruses. Below: Franco Parenti, Visiting Re-
search Associate from the University of Milan, performing a spectrophoto-
metric analysis of protein from bean (Phaseolus vulgaris) chloroplasts by the
Folin-Ciocalteau method.

Radiation Biology Laboratory: Austin Long with electronic counter, carbon-
dating laboratory. Below: Bernard J. Nebel determining orientation of
growth of Physcomitnum sp. as influenced by exposure to two unilateral light
sources.

RADIATION BIOLOGY LABORATORY 177

various light stimuli. To date, no absorption shifts (±0.001 O.D.)
following saturating pulse or step-up light stimuli have been observed,
even though these same stimuli produced well-defined growth responses
in the sporangiophores being measured.

The temperature characteristics for the phototropic response to
continuous unilateral stimuli and growth responses to pulse stimuli
have been determined. The temperature optimum for both responses
occurs at 20±1°C while the maximum growth rate occurs between
15 and 20°C. Well-defined growth responses occur over the tempera-
ture range of 5° to 25°C with no marked temperature dependence.
However, the responses as well as growth disappear rapidly at tempera-
tures of 30°C or higher.

Ribonucleic acids isolated from a variety of organisms have been
shown to contain 2/-0-methylribonucleotides. The functional role of
such 0-methyl derivatives is not known. An attempt has been made
to study the biosynthesis of the 2'-0-methyl group of the RNA con-
tained in a ribonucleoprotein particle produced by Saprospira grandis.
This organism is a saprophytic marine flexi-bacterium which produces
large amounts of a rod-shaped, virus-like particle currently called the
rhapidosome. The RNA of rhapidosomes is at least 85% 2'-0-methyl-
ated. This fact, coupled with the large amount of rhapidosomes
produced and their ease of isolation, makes it an ideal system for the
study of 2'-0-methyl-RNA.

Utilizing radioactive substrate precursors, which the saprophyte
Saprospira would be expected to incorporate, cells grown on 14C-methyl-
methionine for many generations released rhapidosome particles which
were highly radioactive. However, the radioactivity was almost
entirely in the protein portion. Similarly, using 14C-methyl-betaine
and 14C-methyl-choline, no incorporation into 2/-0-methyl group was
found.

In vivo incorporation of 14C02, 14C-Formate and 14C-formaldehyde
was tested. These compounds are potential precursors of one carbon-
N5-derivatives of tetrahydrofolic acid at various oxidation states. No
incorporation into the 2/-0-methyl group was found with formate or
formaldehyde, but tentative evidence of C02 incorporation was found.
Thus, it is indicated that C02 can penetrate the cell and is utilized,
perhaps via formate or formaldehyde which are normally excluded by
the host cell, in the synthesis of rhapidosome RNA.

Solar Radiation

Measurements of total sun and sky radiation have continued, using
an automatic system sampling once every three minutes for 100 m/z

178 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

band widths from 0.29 to 2.5 p. Values of each spectral band have
been obtained, accurate to ±5%. However, it has been consistently
observed that the calibration factors for the present Hoover detectors
deviate markedly for early morning and late afternoon readings. A
comparison Eppley radiometer was installed this year and comparison
runs were made at all times of day and under variable sky cover
conditions. Reduction of these data indicates that an independent
electrical check system must be installed in each of the detectors.
Therefore, pyranometers which can be directly calibrated against an
electrical signal are being installed for each band-pass filter system. It
is anticipated that the accuracy of the measuring systems can be in-
creased to ±1% by this modification.

Normal incidence readings for clear-sky days were reduced to the
top of the atmosphere and a calculation of the solar constant made.
Within the band pass of the quartz hemisphere the number of langley/
min was found to be 2.03 ±0.02. If the radius vector correction
(a normalized value for the distance from the sun to the earth) was
applied, the value becomes 2.07 ±0.02.

On a daily total energy basis, the present automatic data reduction
system indicates that the red/far-red ratio remains fairly constant, even
with extremely hazy sky conditions.

Carbon Dating

The carbon-dating section of the laboratory has designed and placed
in service a new 14C detector which will double the analytical proc-
essing capability of the laboratory. Also under construction is a new
methane preparation system that will operate at higher pressures and
allow faster and more efficient preparation of methane required for
counting purposes. During the past year more than 80 samples were
dated.

Field studies carried on in Arizona, including investigations of the
Willcox playa in southeastern Arizona, show ancient Lake Cochise to
have had a much greater extent than previously recognized. The
carbon-dating section also participated in a tree-ring project with the
University of Arizona. Analyses of bristlecone pine specimens have
been made and the dendrochronology has been extended to earlier
than 4300 B.C.

During the past year extensive renovations of the Radiation Biology
Laboratory facilities were made. Several new laboratory areas were
added, including new dark-room facilities, cold room, chemical
laboratories, and staff offices. The main laboratory offices were con-
solidated near the center of the lab, the older sections were repainted,

RADIATION BIOLOGY LABORATORY 179

and electrical services were modernized. The shops were moved to
larger, modernized rooms. At the same time new lighting systems for
precision control and higher intensity capacity were installed in two
of the greenhouse environmental-control rooms. With these new
systems it is anticipated that it will be possible to vary the light intensity
continuously in a fashion analogous to natural daylight fluctuations,
while maintaining the spectral quality of the radiation at any predeter-
mined value. It is expected that these control-room facilities will be
in operation by the middle of next year.

Staff Publications

Correll, David L. Ribonucleic acid-polyphosphate from algae.
III. Hydrolysis Studies. Plant and Cell Physiol., vol. 6, pp.
661-669, 1965.

. Pelagic phosphorus metabolism in Antarctic waters. Limnol.

Oceanog., vol. 10, pp. 364-370, 1965.

— . Imidonitrogen in Chlorella "polyphosphate." Science, vol.

151, pp. 819-821, 1966.
Damon, Paul E.; Long; Austin; and Grey, Donald C. Fluctuation

of atmospheric C14 during the last six millennia. Journ. Geophys.

Res., vol. 71, pp. 1055-1063, 1966.
Long, Austin. Smithsonian Institution radiocarbon measurements

II. Radiocarbon, vol. 7, pp. 245-256, 1965.
and Mielke, James E. Smithsonian Institution radiocarbon

measurements III. Radiocarbon, vol. 8, pp. 413-422, 1966.

-. Techniques of methane production for radiocarbon dating.

In Proceedings of the Sixth International Radiocarbon and
Tritium Dating Conference, pp. 666-777, 1966.

Mitrakos, Konstantinos; Klein, W. H., and Price L. Soluble
sugar changes in etiolated corn leaf tissue as influenced by red-
light treatment. Planta, vol. 66, pp. 207-215, 1965.

Price, Leonard; Mitrakos, K.; and Klein, W. H. Some kinetical
aspects of light-induced carbohydrate utilization in etiolated leaf
tissue. Physiol. Plant., vol. 18, pp. 540-549, 1965.

Shropshire, W., Jr., and Gettens, Rebecca H. Light-induced
concentration changes of adenosine-triphosphate in Phycomyces
sporangiophores. Plant Physiol., vol. 41, pp. 203-207, 1966.

Other Activities

In August, at the American Institute of Biological Sciences meetings,
plant physiologist A. M. Steiner presented a paper, "The Influence of

180 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Red Light on the Distribution of C-14 in Etiolated Corn Leaf Sec-
tions." Biochemist M. M. Margulies, at the symposium on "Croissance
et Viellissement des Chloroplasts" in Gorsem, St. Trond, Belgium,
presented a communication, "Effects of Chloramphenicol on Light-
dependent Formation of Structure and Proteins of Chloroplasts of
Phaseolus vulgaris." Assistant Director W. Shropshire in October
presented a lecture on "Sensory Systems of Phycomyces" to the Bio-
logical Division of Purdue University, and in December gave two
lectures and laboratory demonstrations on "Biophysical Methods
Applicable to Stimulus-Response Systems" at the University of
Maryland.

In the proceedings of the annual meetings of the Federation of
American Society for Experimental Biology (25:3086, 1966) was pub-
lished an abstract: "Phytochrome: Isolation and Partial Characteriza-
tion," by David L. Correll, Edward Steers, Jr., J. L. Edwards, J. R.
Suriano, and W. Shropshire, Jr.

In May 1966 biochemists F. Parenti and M. M. Margulies presented
a paper, "Amino Acid Incorporation by a Chloroplast Containing
Fraction from Developing Bean Leaves," to the Washington Section
of the American Society of Plant Physiologists at Goucher College,
Maryland.

Staff Changes

Scientists who joined the staff during the year are cytogeneticist
Te-Hsiu Ma and plant biochemist Robert L. Weintraub. Biochemist
Francesco Parenti, visiting from the University of Milano, Italy,
joined the laboratory in October 1965 to work on protein synthesis in
chloroplasts. A. M. Steiner returned to the Botanical Institute, Uni-
versity of Freiburg, Germany, in November; Konstantinos Mitrakos
returned to Greece as Director of the Botanical Institute of the Univer-
sity of Athens in January 1966; and cytogeneticist Robert W. Rogers
resigned in May 1966.

Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory

Fred L. Whipple, Director

TT'or the Astrophysical Observatory, 1966 was an anniversary
■*■ year. Participating in the Bicentennial of James Smithson's birth,
the Observatory was represented by the Director, who was one of
the invited lecturers. His paper, "Knowledge and Understanding of
the Physical Universe as Determinants of Man's Progress," discussed
the philosophical and sociological factors in science today, presenting
evidence to support Smithson's thesis "it is in his knowledge that man
has found his greatness and his happiness." The Observatory also
commemorated anniversaries — its own 75th and its 10th in Cam-
bridge— by holding two international symposiums, the Symposium on
Meteor Orbits and Dust,*1 and the Aeronomy Symposium on Upper
Atmosphere Density and Composition (under the auspices of the Inter-
national Association of Geomagnetism and Aeronomy).2

A milestone was passed by the Observatory with the announcement
of the Smithsonian Standard Earth.3 This accurate measure of the
earth's size and gravitation is the first to incorporate transoceanic
distances determined with precision on the order of 10 meters.

A major contribution in the field of positional astronomy is the
Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory Star Catalog.3 Compiled and up-
dated from the best available sources, the data contained in the
Catalog give positions and motions for a quarter million stars. The
2600 pages of data were composed in 1 % seconds each by computer,
thereby avoiding errors and the monstrous task of hand typesetting
and proofreading.

*Unless otherwise noted, research is supported from Federal funds appropriated
to the Smithsonian Institution. The Observatory, by paying scientists' salaries,
shares in the support of all research. Support from outside sources is detailed in
notes 1-35 on page 212.

181

182 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

Meteors and Comets

Astronomically, it was the year of the Great Comet, Ikeya-Seki.
A spectacular early morning object, the comet rivaled Halley's and
was the fourth longest comet ever recorded. Discovered on Septem-
ber 18, 1965, by two Japanese observers, K. Ikeya and T. Seki, the
new object, of 8th magnitude, was moving slowly through the con-
stellation Hydra.

Its discovery was immediately confirmed on Baker-Nunn photographs
made by the Smithsonian network of Astrophysical Observing Stations,
and announced to the world by the Central Bureau for Astronomical
Telegrams at SAO.4 A preliminary orbit computed from a series
of early observations enabled the Director to identify the new comet
as a member of the "sun-grazing" family that has been producing spec-
tacular comets from time to time since the 1 7th century. Owen J. Gin-
gerich, director of the Central Bureau, and Brian G. Marsden quickly
adapted an existing program to compute orbits and ephemerides.

With daily predictions computed in Cambridge, the Baker-Nunn
cameras continued to photograph the comet as it came closer to the
sun. Brightening steadily, it was visible to the unaided eye during
the afternoon of October 20 and again the following day. About a
week later, the comet had developed a tail some 30° long and was a
brilliant sight in the morning sky.

Soon after it passed the sun, Comet Ikeya-Seki was observed to have
broken into several pieces. Shortly before, the Director and Robert P.
Stefanik had published a new concept of the icy-conglomerate comet
nucleus to explain this splitting of some comets near perihelion.
They suggested that early, short-lived radioactivity within such comets
causes the most volatile materials, such as methane, to move from
the central area to an outer shell, where they refreeze. This would
make new comets rather brittle shells, subject to heat shock and
possible breakage when they first enter the inner parts of the solar
system and are heated by solar radiation.

By the end of January, when Comet Ikeya-Seki had grown too faint
to photograph, the Observatory had secured 998 observations. They
are now being reduced and analyzed. Richard B. Southworth is
measuring photographs of Comet Ikeya-Seki and others in two spectral
regions.3,5

Observations of Ikeya-Seki were part of a broader program of
participation in the International Year of the Quiet Sun. For that
program, the Observatory is conducting a study of comet brightnesses
in search of information on the relation between solar radiation and
cometary phenomena. Although direct correlations of cometary

METEORS AND COMETS 183

brightnesses with solar activity are not generally established, the Di-
rector and Diarmaid H. Douglas-Hamilton have found that observed
appearances of the nucleus or tail of Comet Encke correlate positively
with the level of solar activity. This suggests a triggering effect.
They have also been investigating the slow decay of periodic comet
brightnesses, particularly that of Comet Encke over the last 180 years.
This comet appears to be dying slowly and may conceivably disappear
by the end of the century.

The Director assisted in the organization and was chairman of the
Symposium on Nature and Origin of Comets held in Liege, Belgium, in

July.

At the Symposium on Meteor Orbits and Dust,1 the meteorite
content of the space surrounding the earth was discussed in detail.
The conference was sponsored jointly by SAO and NASA; Gerald S.
Hawkins served as chairman. The Observatory presented findings
from its meteor research program.6 Based on both radar and optical
observations, the program is coordinated by Hawkins, with Southworth
and Richard E. McCrosky as chief investigators. With I. I. Shapiro
of Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Giuseppe Colombo and Don
A. Lautman presented a study of the forces affecting the motion of
small dust particles in interplanetary space. They analyzed factors
that might concentrate dust around the earth, such as gravitational
focusing, ejection of dust from the moon by meteor impact, and capture
of dust particles in the earth's gravitational field. They found no
mechanism that should produce a large concentration of dust near the
earth.

The Meteor Radar at Havana, Illinois, was completely refur-
bished during the year.7 A new, phase -coherent, 8-station radar
network has been assembled. More than 200 hours of observations
have been made with the new system, and some of the data have
already been reduced.8 Franco F. Verniani completed a theoretical
study of the feasibility of measuring atmospheric density and tempera-
ture at heights between 80 and 100 km through the amplitude decay
of radar echoes from meteors. Mario D. Grossi, who was responsible
for the coherent system, is using it for measuring winds continuously
in the upper atmosphere between 80- and 100-km altitude.9

At Wallops Island, two artificial meteors carried aloft by rockets
were fired into the atmosphere and, for the first time, one was success-
fully observed by both optical and radar systems. Data from this test
are being analyzed by McCrosky and Southworth.

Under the supervision of McCrosky, the Prairie Network has con-
tinued to operate with increased efficiency during the past year.10 Over
300 meteors were photographed simultaneously by two or more of the

184 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

16 camera stations, a requisite for the determination of the atmospheric
trajectory and mass of a meteoroid. Approximately a third of the
meteors were of sufficient duration to allow computation of an accurate
heliocentric orbit for the body.

Meteoroids are known to originate from both comets and asteroids.
A primary purpose of the Network is the observation of extremely
bright objects that were thought to originate primarily from the
asteroidal source. These meteroids, consisting of material of relatively
well-known composition and structure, could supply the needed cali-
bration to improve our understanding of the corresponding character-
istics of the cometary matter entering the atmosphere as meteors.

Orbital information obtained from Prairie Network meteors suggests
that perhaps a quarter of the brightest objects are of asteroidal origin.
However, analysis of the trajectory of these bodies suggests with equal
force that their structure, in many cases, is remarkably like that of the
fragile, low-density material generally associated with cometary objects.
The solution of this apparent dilemma is an immediate goal of
the project.

Meteorites and Cosmic Dust

The physical, chemical, and mineralogical characteristics of mete-
orites are under intensive investigation at the Observatory. Being of
extraterrestrial origin, meteorites yield valuable data on historical
conditions and processes elsewhere in the solar system.

Introducing a new idea to this field, the Director suggested that
chondrites, the tiny, sometimes glassy spheroids in stony meteorites,
may have been created by lightning in the primitive solar nebula
either before or as the asteroidal bodies that produce meteorites were
formed. To test this suggestion Winfield VV. Salisbury is assembling
a laboratory system for approximating primordial conditions of pres-
sure, temperature, and electrical discharge in small quantities of
meteoritic dust.11 John A. Wood is collaborating in manufacturing
artificial "primitive" dust. In regions where dust-particle density is
sufficient to produce frequent collisions, enough electrostatic charge
separation may take place to produce a nearly continuous lightning
discharge. (This effect is observed in terrestrial dust storms and
volcanic dust clouds.) These discharges may agglomerate dust particles
into particles of meteoric size, and account for the temperature and
flocculation necessary to produce the chondrules observed.

In collaboration with Edward L. Fireman, the Director continued
research on the problem of immediate supply and destruction factors
for meteorites. It appears that some are chipped off the Apollo-type
asteroids whose orbits cross that of the earth, and that their etching

METEORITES AND COSMIC DUST 185

rates are appreciable; both effects are caused by collisions with inter-
planetary materials. The Apollo asteroids are constantly being
eliminated by gravitational and collisional interaction with the earth,
and are probably supplied from Mars-crossing orbits, as Opik suggested.

In an attempt to determine relative erosion rates of different meteorite
types, Matthias F. Comerford exposed a number of terrestrial and
meteorite specimens to a simulated space environment in the shock
tube at NASA's Lewis Research Center. Results show that dense,
brittle materials suffer a linear weight loss of about 1 mg per joule of
impact energy, while the losses of tougher, metallic materials are
barely measurable. The greater weight loss suffered by brittle materials
was predicted, but the difference in rate may be more than expected.

Absence of some constituents such as aluminum-26 from the particles
recovered from the Greenland icecap led Fireman, Robert H.
McCorkell,12 and James C. DeFelice to suspect that some of the
original meteoritic material trapped in glacial ice might go into solu-
tion when the ice is melted to collect the residual dust. To recover
this dissolved material, Fireman and McCorkell have been using an
ion-exchange column; other material in colloidal suspension was
recovered by natural sponges coated with iron hydroxide. In all, some
million gallons of water were pumped through the system.

Fireman and James C. D'Amico continued to measure isotope
ratios in various meteorites, dust, a ad sea sediments. From such
ratios in the 70-ton Hoba West meteorite, McCorkell has established
that the meteorite fell between 80,000 and 200,000 years ago.

In a search for specific differences between spherules of terrestrial
origin and cosmic particles, Frances W. Wright and Fred A. Franklin
are determining densities of individual spherules of possible extra-
terrestrial origin, using samples between 8 and 50 microns in radius.
They have also measured densities of individual volcanic spherules
and test samples of known composition. The results indicate that
samples collected in Greenland and at the South Pole have densities
at least 25% greater than those of similar specimens of volcanic origin.

Frances W. Wright and Paul W. Hodge continued chemical analyses,
with the electron-probe microanalyzer, of microscopic , spherules of
possible extraterrestrial origin. As a check on these studies, they
analyzed 12 spherules from recent volcanic eruptions. They also
studied abundance anomalies of artificial meteoritic spherules pro-
duced by melting both iron and stony-iron meteorites. The iron/
nickel ratio is highly variable for iron meteorite particles, and spherules
from stony-iron meteorites vary greatly in composition.

David Tilles calculated the expected abundance of solar-flare rare-
gas ions implanted in fine-grained dust in space. He found that the

186 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

calculated argon abundance agrees, within an order of magnitude,
with the minimum amounts of excess argon-36 and argon-38 released
at high temperatures from fine-grained concentrates from the Pacific
Ocean and Greenland. Presumably, these ocean sediments are rich
in extraterrestrial dust. He also investigated the planetary atmospheric
source mechanism of solar-wind embedment in cometary interplanetary
dust.

Ursula B. Marvin is studying spherules of probable cosmic origin
that are found in beach sands. These are black magnetic spherules
of the type found in polar ice, Pacific clays, and other environments
relatively free of industrial contamination. The spherules consist
of magnetite, wiistite, and hematite, and range in size from 40 to 600
microns. Mrs. Marvin is mapping the distribution of these spherules
in both Pleistocene and Recent beaches.

By studying the distribution of nickel in the metal alloys taenite
and kamacite found in meteorites, Wood has been able to determine
the rate at which the bodies initially cooled. He has applied this
technique to 10 octahedrites (iron meteorites) and a similar number
of chondrites (stony meteorites). Most of these meteorites cooled
from 600°C to 400°C at rates ranging from 1°C to 10°C per million
years. Such slow cooling through this range indicates that they were
buried under layers of insulating rocky material, tens of kilometers
thick, inside their parent planets.

With the Air Force Cambridge Research Laboratories, Comerford is
investigating the effects of high pressure on the annealing rates of
metallic meteorites. Many of the microstructural changes observed in
metallic systems do not necessarily involve changes in chemical com-
position; some involve only changes in lattice defects.

In her study of the diamonds of the Canyon Diablo meteorite, with
Clifford Frondel of Harvard University, Mrs. Marvin observed two
types of diamond.13 One, occurring in irregular masses of black fine-
grain diamond, has been interpreted as metastable products of impact
shock. The other type possesses the outward form of isometric single
crystals, but the internal structure of polycrystalline aggregates.
X-ray patterns of these diamonds display a pairing or tripling of the
strongest reflections, an effect suggestive of radiation damage. This
type may prove critical in the controversy over the origin of meteoritic
diamonds.

Planetary Studies

Culminating 10 years of active research, the Observatory presented
the Smithsonian Standard Earth 3 at the COSPAR Space Science

PLANETARY STUDIES 187

Symposium in Vienna, Austria, in May 1966. The delegation of SAO
scientists was headed by the Director.

The refined station coordinates were obtained by a combination of
dynamical and geometrical methods.14 Based on original work by
the late Imre Izsak, the dynamical method has been extensively re-
worked and improved by Edward M. Gaposchkin. George Veis is
chiefly responsible for the geometrical method. The complex combi-
nation of the two was performed in large part by Walter J. Kohnlein.

For the 12 stations in the SAO network, the agreement between the
two independent methods supports the conclusion that the station co-
ordinates are indeed accurate to some 15 meters. Values for all the
tesseral harmonic coefficients with indexes through 8, have also been
obtained. Coefficients for still higher terms have been determined
for those that have an effect of more than 5 meters on the orbit of any
of the 13 satellites used. The Standard Earth also incorporates coeffi-
cients for the zonal harmonics derived by Yoshihide Kozai and reported
in Smithsonian Tear 1965. Charles A. Lundquist was responsible for
the coordination and comparison of the calculations leading to the
Standard Earth.

Until now, the determination of the earth's gravitational field has
had insufficient resolution to be tested significantly against surface
gravity observations. However, William E. Strange has shown that the
resolution is now fine enough that reasonable correlations are beginning
to emerge.15

Chi- Yuen Wang has been concerned with interpretation of geo-
potential data derived from satellite observations in terms of the
interior structure of the earth.3 The interpretation involves correlations
with other geophysical data such as velocity of seismological waves.
Consequently, he has been measuring the velocity of compressional
waves in some possible mantle rocks such as dunite, eclogite, and
peridotite.

With the adoption of the Standard Earth, the reduction of satellite
data is now approaching an accuracy comparable to that of the
observations made by the Baker-Nunn cameras, so the Observatory is
exploring new techniques for satellite observation. The prime effort
is being devoted to refinement of a laser tracking system.3 An engi-
neering model is now being tested under the direction of Carlton G.
Lehr, Leonard A. Maestre, and Peter H. Anderson at the New Mexico
Astrophysical Observing Station. Early evidence suggests that tracking
accuracy may be improved by an order of magnitude. Lundquist and
Henry D. Friedman have initiated a review of new scientific horizons
attainable from more accurate satellite tracking by lasers or other
means.

230-457—66 16

188 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

Luigi G. Jacchia, in collaboration with Jack W. Slowey, Max
Roemer, and Franco F. Verniani, continued his investigations of
upper-atmosphere structure and variations through the analysis of the
drag on artificial satellites.3 Recently these studies were significantly
advanced by two balloon satellites (Explorer 19 and Explorer 24)
specifically launched for Smithsonian's drag-analysis project. Obser-
vations of the two Explorer balloons have yielded particularly inter-
esting results. It appears that, at the perigee height of the two satellites
(500-700 km), the diurnal bulge is elongated in the north-south
direction and is centered on the equator rather than migrating with the
subsolar point as previously supposed. The resulting temperature
distribution in the exosphere is reminiscent of the electron-density
distribution in the F2 layer. Since the latter also exhibits a semiannual
variation in phase with that observed in the neutral-gas temperature,
one is led to suspect that ions, whose motion is partly governed by the
earth's magnetic field, play a much more important role in controlling
upper atmospheric temperatures than had hitherto been assumed.

In cooperation with the Argentinian Space Research Council,
Mario D. Grossi has designed equipment for investigating the forma-
tion of field-aligned shells of thermal electrons in the magnetosphere.
A high-powered HF transmitter has been borrowed from the U.S.
Army and installed at the Astrophysical Observing Station in Jupiter,
Florida. Receiving equipment is being set up at Usuhaia, Tierra del
Fuego, roughly at the conjugate point of Jupiter. Radio waves trans-
mitted from Jupiter and guided in the magnetosphere along the
L=1.8 shell will be sought by a receiver at Usuhaia. Analysis of the
received signals will provide data on the electron content and gradients
in the magnetospheric shells, the time dependence of basic shell
characteristics, and correlations between the latter and phenomena
related to solar activity.

Nathaniel P. Carleton, with Charles H. Dugan, has been investigating
excitation and de-excitation of metastable oxygen atoms (especially
the *D level) in an electric discharge, and the processes by which fast
photoelectrons convey their energy to the ionosphere.16 He finds that
XD oxygen atoms react very rapidly with nitrogen molecules, so that
most of them will be destroyed before radiating, if they are created in
the atmosphere below about 150-km altitude. Anthony R. Lee has
been preparing a laboratory study of inelastic electron-ion collisions,
in which he will observe light radiated from the region of intersection
of crossed electron and ion beams. Costas Papaliolios is making a
careful measurement of the lifetime of the lowest excited state of the
CO molecule by observing the absorption spectrum of the molecule
at high resolution. In his photoelectron work, Carleton hopes to

PLANETARY STUDIES 189

explain the intensity and variability of the radiation from *D atoms in
the upper atmosphere observed at the Blue Hill Observatory.

Jacchia's static diffusion models of the upper atmosphere with empiri-
cal temperature profiles and their associated variation models have
been adopted by the U.S. Committee on Extension of Standard
Atmosphere and will be incorporated in the forthcoming U.S. Supple-
mental Atmospheres.

Basing his work on these atmospheric models, Ladislav Sehnal 12 has
developed a technique for computing short-periodic perturbations of
artificial-satellite orbits, caused by atmospheric drag. The disturbing
function is constructed by computer; the effects of the diurnal bulge are
included.

In a theoretical study, Manfred P. Friedman has developed a set
of equations to describe the structure of the upper atmosphere between
120 and 1000 km, the altitude range containing nearly all artificial
satellites.3 These equations have been solved on a digital computer and
predict concentrations of five major atmospheric constituents (02, N2,
O, He, H) and the temperature distribution all around the earth.

A particularly exciting advance in the study of the solar system is the
availability of closeup photographs of the surface of the moon obtained
by the Ranger series of NASA. Donald H. Menzel has reviewed the
various theories relating to the surface characteristics of the moon.17
He suggested that radioactivity kept the moon liquid during the early
part of its life and that a porous crust with pockets of gas floated on the
surface. Meteoritic impacts and volcanism caused the old craters, and
successive lava flows created the maria and ghost craters.

Using theoretical techniques, Professor Prabhu L. Bhatnagar of
Bangalore, India, has studied the surface structure of the moon.

An invited paper, "The Meteoritic Environment of the Moon,"
was presented by the Director at a lunar symposium sponsored by the
Royal Society of London and will appear in their publication. It
concerns meteoritic impact rates and crater formation on the moon and
shows that the larger craters fit expectations for large-body impact,
whereas the small impact craters are less numerous than expected.

Looking to the future, Winfield W. Salisbury has proposed using
the subsurface materials in the lunar lithosphere as a propagation
medium for communications on the moon. Its small diameter and lack
of an ionosphere will make usual methods of radio communication
between stations on the moon's surface impossible or impractical.
The low thermal conductivity and water content of lunar-surface
materials suggest that they may be an appropriate transmission
medium.

190 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

Studying the rotational motions of the moon and planets, Giuseppe
Colombo has developed a simple model that provides further under-
standing of their mechanics.3 With it he has shown that the moon's
rotational variations minimize the dissipation of energy by internal
friction in the earth-moon system.

A particularly striking discovery has been made by Colombo. He
pointed out that Mercury's rotation period, as determined from
radar observations, is exactly two-thirds of its orbital period, indicating
a "locking-in" process. With Shapiro he made a detailed analysis of
the gravitational and tidal forces acting on the planet and found that
such a locking in of Mercury's rotation should be expected.

Ralph F. Baierlein 12 has been calculating the general relativistic
corrections to the lunar motion. Extending Brumberg's results by
including the influence of the eccentricity of the earth's orbit, his
results may be used with laser ranging measurements of the earth-moon
distance to test the theory of general relativity.

Allan F. Cook and Fred A. Franklin have accounted for the observed,
but perplexing, fact that the thickness of Saturn's rings is much greater
than the diameter of the particles of which they are composed. By
assuming that electrostatic forces are responsible for keeping the
particles in the rings well separated, they have shown that the particle
radii must be less than about one millimeter. This size is consistent
with all present observations and implies that the total extent of the
rings is about one meter.

Jean Meffroy introduced Von Zeipel's method in general planetary
theory. He eliminated the short-periodic terms of a first-order theory,
and he is currently investigating the elimination of the long-periodic
terms.3

With E. Lippincott of the University of Maryland and R. E. Eck
and M. O. Dayhoff of the National Biomedical Research Foundation,
Carl Sagan has made an IBM-7094 analysis of the expected thermo-
dynamic-equilibrium composition of the atmospheres of Earth, Mars,
Venus, and Jupiter.18 They find that except for trace compounds
produced by biological activity, lightning, radiation, and volcanism,
the terrestrial atmosphere is close to thermodynamic equilibrium. The
atmosphere of Venus is inconsistent with the possibility of hydrocarbons
either on the surface or in the clouds. For Mars, Venus, and Jupiter
there are no molecular species of large predicted equilibrium abundance
and spectroscopically accessible absorption features that have not
already been identified. However, at high temperatures, such as would
be produced by lightning discharges, simple hydrocarbons and cyanides,
polycyclic aromatics, and a variety of nitrogen compounds would be
expected on Jupiter. Some of these compounds arc brightly colored

FLIGHT EXPERIMENTS 191

and may contribute to the variable colorations observed on Jupiter.

Sagan 19 and James B. Pollack have devised a comprehensive model
of the surface environment of Mars. They show that the reasons for
elevations being colder on Earth do not apply to Mars and that the
seasonal growth and recession of the Martian polar caps point to the
dark areas being highlands.

In conjunction with R. M. Goldstein of the Jet Propulsion Laboratory
they have analyzed the radar Doppler spectra of Mars, obtained at
JPL's Goldstone tracking facility during the 1963 and 1965 oppositions.
They find, both from the total power as a function of longitude and
from the details of the Doppler spectra, that Martian dark areas are
indeed at higher elevations than the bright areas. Regions undergoing
marked secular changes have shallow slopes, suggesting that the secular
changes are due to drifting dust. Such elevation differences permit
the construction of an inorganic model of Martian seasonal phenomena,
in which smaller, more highly reflecting particles are blown off the
highlands during spring, and then redistributed back on the highlands
by the greater winds of late fall and winter.

Sagan's laboratory for prebiological organic chemistry has been
concentrating on nucleotide-amino acid interactions in simulated
primitive terrestrial environments and near-ultraviolet production of
amino acids from the simulated primitive atmosphere, using cosmically
abundant untraviolet-photon acceptors.18

William M. Irvine continued his theoretical study of light scattering
and radiative transfer in planetary atmospheres.20 The effect of multiple
scattering on absorption features was investigated with the aid of a
probability distribution of photon optical paths in the medium. The
usual theory of radiative transfer breaks down when the scattering
particles are large enough and their density is great enough so that
they shadow one another. This "shadowing effect" was studied in
detail and the appropriate correction to the equation of transfer
derived.

Flight Experiments

On May 29, a 250-foot polyethylene balloon carried SAO's gamma-
ray spark chamber, designed and built by Giovanni G. Fazio and
Henry F. Helmken, into the dawn sky.21 From the National Balloon
Launch Facility in Palestine, Texas, the balloon took about 2 hours
to climb to its ceiling of 125,000 feet, where it floated for 7 hours. The
instrument telemetered television pictures of gamma-ray events in the
spark chamber while the balloon rose in the atmosphere. As it hung
at maximum altitude, the spark chamber scanned the Crab Nebula,
Sun, Milky Way, and several radio sources. Reduction of the data,

192 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

now going on, will reveal whether the equipment detected gamma
radiation from any of these possible sources.

Frances W. Wright and Paul W. Hodge are continuing their program
of collecting meteoritic dust particles of microscopic size. Two clam-
shell-type collectors have been built for balloon nights to 110,000 feet.

Robert J. Davis has established an accurate standard of spectro-
photometric sensitivity between 1,000 and 3,000 angstroms. Referred
to a National Bureau of Standards total radiance standard by means
of a thermal detector, Davis' standard is for use in Project Celescope.22
Designed for ultraviolet observations from an orbiting astronomical
observatory, the Celescope package is now undergoing final cali
brations and its sensitivity is being measured. Toward this end,
Davis has confirmed the index of refraction of lithium fluoride and is
working on the measurement of the index of refraction of magnesium
fluoride, these substances being used in the optical parts of the
instrument.

Fazio, Joseph F. Dolan, and Matthias F. Comerford have completed
a laboratory investigation showing that the Borrmann effect (anomalous
transmission of polarized X-rays through single crystals) can be used
to measure X-ray polarization. Experimental results and calculations
indicate that satisfactory statistics can be obtained with exposure
times on the order of a day for very weak celestial sources of X-rays
and as little as a few seconds for a solar flare.

Theoretical Astrophysics

Progress in theoretical astrophysics proceeded along three major
fronts: stellar atmospheres, relativity and cosmology, and high-energy
physics.

The stellar-atmospheres group under the general guidance of Charles
A. Whitney continued its investigations of the theory of model atmos-
pheres, the analysis of stellar spectra, and the theory of spectral-line
formation in astrophysical plasmas.23

Whitney pursued his study of the interplay between gas-dynamic
and radiative-energy exchange in a pulsating stellar atmosphere, and
developed a simple formalism for studying the theory of temperature
inversions in the superficial layers of stellar atmospheres.24

George B. Rybicki developed a theory of radiative transfer that is
applicable to the material in a turbulent state and applied this theory
to the observed fluctuations in the solar atmosphere.

Several members of the group continued their collaborative study
of the effects of departures from local thermodynamic equilibrium
on the structure of stellar atmospheres. They find that the results

THEORETICAL ASTROPHYSICS 193

for hot main-sequence stars are quite sensitive to the values of the
collision cross sections for atomic hydrogen, and they conclude that
such departures may have a significant influence on atmospheric
structure. This work is now being extended to the solar atmosphere.

Two studies of the influence of absorption lines on the structure of
stellar atmospheres, under the direction of Stephen E. Strom and
Owen J. Gingerich, have achieved significant progress in refining the
calculation of temperature distributions. Examination of the solar
spectrum has empirically verified these calculations.

Gingerich, with David W. Latham and Jeffrey L. Linsky, is now
pioneering the computation of model atmospheres for very cool stars,
in the temperature range 1500°K to 4500°K.25 The construction of
these models presents several interesting difficulties, and continued
sophistication of the analytical and numerical procedures is required
to cope with the enormous variations of opacity with wavelength and
with the preponderance of Rayleigh scattering. Willard R. Chappell
investigated the fundamental theory of the interaction of radiation
with plasmas, with the purpose of obtaining kinetic equations to
describe the approach of such systems to equilibrium.

Several members of the group, principally Strom and Gingerich,
have continued their extensive empirical studies of stellar spectra with
the aim of determining atmospheric parameters and chemical abun-
dances. The precision and scope of this work make it unique. The
initial studies have concentrated on several normal main-sequence
stars, some stars whose very low metal abundance indicates their great
age, members of several galactic star clusters, and the eclipsing star
Beta Aurigae. The data for these studies have been obtained by visits
to several western observatories.

Leo Goldberg has carried out a number of theoretical investigations
concerning astrophysical implications of auto-ionization, the intensities
of hydrogen recombination lines, and the interpretation of the solar
spectrum.26 The theoretical intensity of the autoionizing calcium
triplet near 6350 A was calculated as a function of spectral class and
luminosity, and was found to agree with observation for stars hav-
ing the same calcium/hydrogen abundance. Theoretical intensities of
hydrogen recombination lines, emitted at radio frequencies by H II
regions, have been found to be sensitive to small departures from
equilibrium in the populations of highly excited levels. These de-
partures act to enhance stimulated emission and therefore reduce the
apparent discrepancy between electron temperatures derived from
radio and optical observations, respectively.

Theoretical calculations by Gingerich and Robert W. Noyes indi-
cated the importance of infrared measures of the extreme solar limb
and have led to the latter's preparation for an eclipse expedition.

194 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

Gingerich, in collaboration with John Rich of the Harvard Observa-
tory, reports the discovery of the absorption edge due to the first ex-
cited state of silicon in the solar ultraviolet. Their studies of limb
darkening in this ultraviolet region have led to important conclusions
concerning the structure of the lower solar chromosphere, which have
been confirmed in collaborative studies by Noyes on the infrared.

Predicting the formation of spectrum lines under rather general
conditions of density and temperature is a problem of amazing com-
plexity, and the investigations rely heavily on numerical experiments
to be examined with analytical theories. Investigations of the transfer
of line radiation by multilevel atoms, principally carried out by
Eugene H. Avrett and Wolfgang Kalkofen in collaboration with
Rybicki, have broken important new ground in the interpretation of
stellar spectra. An example of the exciting results to be expected from
this program is the fact that Linsky and Avrett have, for the first time,
performed sufficiently accurate computations of the profiles of the
chromospheric calcium emission lines to permit their use in a direct
study of chromospheric structure. Many other problems, hitherto
unassailable, will be attacked with these methods.

In the area of relativity and cosmology, Giovanni G. Fazio and
James P. Wright with Floyd W. Stecker have investigated X-ray and
gamma-ray production by the interaction of cosmic ray electrons with
the 3.5°K universal blackbody radiation field. They concluded that,
if the universal radiation field actually exists, the intergalactic cosmic-
ray electron intensity must be lower than that observed at the earth.
Henri E. Mitler and Stecker have initiated a program to investigate the
formation of helium and deuterium at the beginning of a universal
big-bang. It is hoped that the helium- 3 and helium-4 abundances and
the universal blackbody radiation as now observed will emerge as
byproducts of these calculations.

Mitler has extended his work on the neutron flux in meteoroids to
be expected from galactic cosmic rays and from solar flares; this work
should give useful information concerning the amount of neutron
activity to be expected in meteoroids in space.

With the hope of understanding the discrete X-ray sources that have
recently been discovered by rocket flights, Sachiko Tsuruta has con-
tinued her studies of neutron stars, relativistic assemblies of matter
with densities up to 1015 grams per cubic centimeter. She and
James Wright have examined the vibrational periods for such stars,
finding them to be less than 1/1000 of a second! Wright has shown
that relativistic effects place a lower limit on the possible pulsation
period of such stars.

RADIO ASTRONOMY 195

Myron Lecar continued his theoretical studies of stellar motions in
an idealized galaxy. He has obtained an exact solution for a class of
stellar orbits in a time-varying gravitational field that has permitted
him to demonstrate that a slowly collapsing galaxy could provide the
observed high eccentricities of the older stars. He pursued an extensive
computational investigation of the motion of the stars perpendicular
to the plane of the galaxy and demonstrated the validity of neglecting
close encounters in studying the long-time behavior of this model.
This important work promises to provide new techniques for studying
the evolution of the Galaxy.

Lecar also initiated, in collaboration with the Yale Observatory,
a series of numerical experiments on the dynamical structure of
globular star clusters.

William M. Irvine studied the early conditions in an expanding
universe, and the fluctuations of density that may arise at such a stage,
in order to examine the early stages in the formation of galaxies and
other astronomical systems.

Work in high-energy physics has progressed with Mitler's calculation
of the total number of elementary particles of various species evaporated
from excited nuclei, and he developed a new approximation for the
partition function of hydrogen. Joseph F. Dolan and Giovanni G.
Fazio have completed an extensive study of the polarization to be
expected from various types of sources of celestial X-rays, and they
conclude that measurements of linear polarization would be an
important means of diagnosing the mechanism of X-ray production.
Stecker investigated cosmic-ray particle acceleration by low-frequency
plasma waves and radio waves and has evaluated the energy spectra
to be expected from various models of cosmic-ray sources.

Donald H. Menzel is continuing several programs in theoretical
astrophysics that he started at Harvard College Observatory.27 He is
investigating complex sunspots and associated instabilities, magnetic
stars such as the sun that are pumping hydrogen into the external
magnetic regions, and the origin of planetary systems.28

Many SAO activities depend upon facile use of computers, which in
turn depend on special mathematics dealing with computer logic.
Theoretical study by Henry D. Friedman of a mathematical concept
called linear graphs is an example of this science.3

Radio Astronomy

The Observatory is making a strong entry into the field of radio
astronomy. An 85-foot "dish" antenna with a precision surface has
been acquired and will be installed on a mount owned by Harvard

196 SMITHSONIAN YEAR. 1966.— ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

College Observatory. The resulting jointly owned radio telescope
will be used by staff scientists of both institutions under the direction
of A. Edward Lilley.

To study the design for a large fully steerable radio antenna, the
Cambridge Radio Observatory Committee (CAMROC) has been
established by S. Dillon Ripley, President J. A. Stratton of Massachu-
setts Institute of Technology, and President Nathan M. Pusey of
Harvard University. The Committee is investigating all aspects of
construction and operation of a facility with a paraboloidal antenna
having a nominal 400-foot diameter.

Representing SAO on the committee are Fred L. Whipple, Charles
A. Lundquist, and A. Edward Lilley; Mario D. Grossi, Carlton G.
Lehr, Thomas E. Hoffman, and Carlton W. Tillinghast are scientific
and administrative associates.

The objectives of CAMROC are threefold — scientific, educational,
and technological. The number of significant astrophysical problems
now susceptible to investigation by radio and radar astronomy has
expanded rapidly, but the number of available instruments suitable for
these studies has not increased apace. CAMROC is considering an
instrument with great versatility to accommodate diverse scientific
programs. There is an acute need for more professionals in both radio
and radar astronomy. A facility of the sort being studied, if located in
or near an academic community, would provide an opportunity for
research and graduate training that does not exist today. Such a
facility would also be applicable to programs other than purely astro-
nomical studies. It would pave the way for design of larger facilities
and could be used as an emergency backup in national and international
space programs.

Lilley and Donald H. Menzel are studying the theory of hydrogen
emission at radio wavelengths.29 New and simple expressions have
been developed for the intensities of the hydrogen lines of high-series
members. Various theories of line broadening were reviewed and
improved insults were obtained. Further analysis will apply to the
continuous background produced by bound-free and free-free emissions.

Optical Astronomy-
Even with the great strides taken in space and radio astronomy,
the fundamental tool of the astronomer is still the ground-based optical
telescope. Data provided by telescopic observations are critical to
virtually all branches of astronomy. Even the theoretician must have
observations against which to test his theories. Because there are
too few telescopes and too little observing time available to satisfy

vrx Phoenix

ARIZONA

Tucsor

Lunar
(®) So/ar

Kitt Peak _
^^^^^^^^ M/ Hopkins.

*®

Tombstone

MEXICO

nNogales'Fort Huachucc

50 MILES

Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory's new multipurpose Southwest
Observatory will be located to the east of the 8572-foot peak of Mt. Hopkins
(center). It will house at least three major instruments, including a Baker-
Nunn satellite-tracking camera, the world's largest gamma-ray collector,
and a good-size conventional telescope particularly suited to spectroscopy.
The new facility will join the nearby Kitt Peak National Observatory and
the University of Arizona's Lunar-Solar Laboratory in making Tucson one
of the leading astronomical areas of the world.

Smithsonian-built gamma-ray detector is a spark chamber connected to a
closed-circuit television system, by which a spark pattern can be registered
and telemetered back to earth. Launched from Flight Station of the National
Center for Atmospheric Research at Palestine, Texas, May 28, 1966, it was
carried 120,000 feet aloft in an 8J^-hour flight. Data analysis is underway.

OPTICAL ASTRONOMY 197

the needs of modern astronomy, the Astrophysical Observatory is
establishing a new observing station.

After an extensive search, the Observatory selected what is regarded
as the finest site available in North America. Mount Hopkins, in
the Coronado National Forest of southern Arizona, appears to offer
excellent observing conditions and is close to Tucson, a rapidly de-
veloping astronomical center. The National Forest provides a natural
buffer precluding encroachment of urban areas with their sky-spoiling
lights and smoke. Near by are Kitt Peak National Observatory and
the observing facilities of the University of Arizona.

Immediate plans call for installation of a large light collector to
observe Cerenkov radiation generated by gamma rays hitting the
upper atmosphere, a medium-sized astronomical telescope for spec-
trometry, and a Baker-Nunn camera and laser tracking equipment
for observing artificial satellites. Charles A. Tougas has been named
Field Manager and will be in charge of site development.

During the past year, Giovanni G. Fazio and Henry F. Helmken
have been searching at night for Cerenkov light from very high-energy
gamma rays with the solar furnace at the U.S. Army Quartermaster
Corps in Natick, Massachusetts. High-speed counting equipment
has improved the electronic stability of the system, but the major
limitation still remains the high background light in the night sky
from Boston and surrounding communities. This problem will be
overcome with establishment of the new light collector on Mount
Hopkins.

Today, supported by modern high-speed computers, the Observa-
tory's theoretical astrophysicists have pushed the frontiers of theory
to the limit, and badly need confirming observations. For this purpose,
David W. Latham and Stephen E. Strom twice visited Mount Wilson
Observatory to use the Coude spectrograph of the 100-inch telescope.
They exposed 20 plates on Alpha Lyra, covering wavelengths between
3200 and 6500 angstroms with dispersions between 1 and 3 A/mm.
The plates will be used to improve their analysis of this fundamental
standard star. Strom and Latham also obtained photoelectric H7
profiles with a resolution of one angstrom for abundance analyses
of nine stars — Alpha Canis Majoris, Gamma Geminorum, Alpha
Canis Minoris, 63 Tauri, 64 Tauri, 68 Tauri, 8 Comae, HD73666,
and Iota Herculis. Combined with photoelectric scans, these measure-
ments will be analyzed for accurate values of the surface gravity and
effective temperature for these stars.

A central effort in this empirical program is Latham's development
of a photoelectric spectrophotometer for measuring stellar-energy
distributions in the range 3000 to 8000 angstroms. This equipment is

198 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

now being tested on the 61 -inch telescope of the Harvard College
Observatory. Latham also continued his fundamental work on the
factors that limit the accuracy of high-dispersion photographic spectro-
photometry.

In the continuing flare-star observing program 3 reported last year,
Leonard H. Solomon has reduced 115 hours worth of data to light
curves.30 With Sir Bernard Lovell, University of Manchester, England,
he deduced a mean light-radio curve for UV-Ceti outbursts. He
was unable to find any periodicity for UV-Ceti flares.

An image sheer allowing spectrograms to be obtained simultaneously
for two heights in the solar chromosphere has been used by Robert W.
Noyes at the Sacramento Peak Observatory. The data contain
information on the dynamics of chromospheric spicules. With J. M.
Beckers of Sacramento Peak Observatory, Noyes has started infrared
observations of the sun between 10 and 30 microns; and with the Lunar
and Planetary Laboratory of the University of Arizona, he has made
observations of the center-to-limit variations of the solar continuum
flux at wavelengths out to 25 microns. These show that the current
descriptions of the vertical temperature structure of the solar atmos-
phere place the temperature minimum too deep.

With David Morrison, Carl Sagan, and James B. Pollack, Thomas E.
Hoffman has designed a camera capable of very fine focusing. It will
be used for infrared planetary photography on hypersensitized plates
at wavelengths up to 1 micron. The completed camera is now being
tested.18

Fred A. Franklin has observed the earth-lit portion of the moon in
two colors to obtain the albedo and phase function of the earth.31
This study, undertaken to resolve the discrepancy between visual
observations and satellite measurements, indicates that the average
Bond albedo of the earth is about 0.36 in yellow light and some 20%
higher in the blue.

Paul W. Hodge and Frances W. Wright have completed work on
their Atlas of the Large Magellanic Cloud. A preliminary edition was
printed in June for distribution to some 25 observatories carrying on
major programs in Magellanic Cloud research. A formal edition will
be published later.

Thornton L. Page 12has been preparing to make spectroscopic obser-
vations of southern galaxies at the National Astronomical Observatory,
Cordoba, Argentina. He will be determining red shifts and internal
motions of objects in de Vaucouleur's catalog, quasi-stellar objects, and
peculiar galaxies. Extensive modernization of the 61 -inch telescope
has been necessary before the observations could be undertaken.

HISTORICAL ASTRONOMY 199

A new type of satellite-tracking camera built by the Observatory
for geodetic measurements is now in operation near Athens, Greece,
under a cooperative agreement with the National Technical University
of Athens.3 A modified K-50, the camera is the first of three to join
the Smithsonian's network of Astrophysical Observing Stations. The
others will be located at Curacao, in the Netherlands Antilles, and in
Shiraz, Iran. The lens system, originally designed for aerial pho-
tography by James G. Baker of Harvard College Observatory, has
been mounted by Observatory engineers on a pedestal suitable for
satellite tracking.

The network of Astrophysical Observing Stations was improved
by the installation of new precision time standards.3 Nine stations now
have the new EECO clocks in operation, thereby increasing potential
observing accuracy from 1 millisecond to 0.1 millisecond.

In addition to their routine satellite-tracking assignments, the stations
were able to secure several particularly significant series of photographs.3
Early this year, the South Africa station photographed part of the
Gemini 5 rocket as it reentered the atmosphere and disintegrated.
Later, the same station observed the injection and inflation of the
PAGEOS geodetic balloon satellite. In December, the Argentina
station caught Gemini 6 and Gemini 7 as they made their historic
rendezvous in space.

Historical Astronomy

Charles A. Whitney prepared an article tracing the development of
the astronomical concept of the universe through Herschel's discovery
of nebulosity, to Hubble's proof that spiral neublae are extragalactic
systems, to the recent identification of quasars. The article delineates
the substantial revolution in astronomical thought following each of
these identifications of a specific and a new kind of astronomical object.
He also initiated a study of Laplace's nebular hypothesis, its relation
to the theoretical work of Kant and the observational work of Herschel,
and the evolution of Laplace's expression of this hypothesis through
the six editions of his work published from 1795 to 1835. Whitney
collected material to prepare a variorum edition of Laplace's Systems of
the World.

Owen J. Gingerich recomputed the planetary section of Kepler's
Rudolphine Tables; a remarkably high internal accuracy, as well as
excellent predicting ability for planetary positions, had been displayed.
He translated several chapters of the Rudolphine Tables and has begun
a full-scale translation of Kepler's Astronomia Nova. This project is
assisted by a Latin transduction computer program, the dictionary of

200 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

which currently contains 2800 Latin roots actually used in Kepler's
writing. Gingerich is continuing investigations of Kepler's lunar
tables and a study of 13th-century Alphonsine Tables?2

Hawkins obtained stereoscopic aerial surveys of Stonehenge in
southern England and of Callanish in Scotland.33 From these surveys
accurate plans have been drawn that are superior to those previously
available. These plans have been used to confirm the sun and moon
alignments found between the stones and post holes at these monu-
ments.34

Central Bureaus

The Central Bureau for Satellite Geodesy, under the guidance of
executive director Jan Rolff, has strengthened international cooperation
in satellite geodesy.35 The Bureau was instrumental in arranging
cooperation between SAO's satellite-tracking program and foreign
stations, particularly in eastern and western Europe.

The Central Bureau for Astronomical Telegrams,4 under the direction
of Gingerich, distributed 47 Circulars carrying information about
supernovae, comets, asteroids, and unusual stars. The most extensive
activity resulted from the spectacular sun-grazing comet Ikeya-Seki,
for which 1 1 Circulars were issued in a period of 6 weeks. In addition
to the postcard Circulars distributed to about 625 subscribers in 50
countries, the Bureau sent over a dozen "telegram books" to various
of its 120 subscribers in 40 countries. Most of the foreign subscribers
are serviced by the AGIWARN system of the International Ursigram
and World Days Service. Richard B. Southworth and Brian G.
Marsden served as associate directors of the Bureau.

Staff Changes

One of the Observatory's distinguished scientists, Leo Goldberg,
resigned upon his appointment as the new director of the Harvard
College Observatory. His predecessor in that position, Donald H.
Menzel, joined the SAO staff.

The scientific staff of the Astrophysical Observatory was increased
during the year by physicists Willard R. Chappell and Costas
Papaliolios; astrophysicist Myron Lecar; geologist John A. Wood;
astronomers Guiseppe Forti and Brian G. Marsden; celestial mechani-
cians Salah E. Hamid and Jean Meffroy. Richard W. McCarthy joined
the staff as personnel manager, and Henry D. Friedman as manager of
the data processing department, which now includes a new computer
division under the supervision of Lauri E. Kujanpaa.

Consultants to the Observatory during the year were Giuseppe
Colombo, Giorgio Fiocco, Yusukc Hagihara, David G. Hummer,

PAPERS PRESENTED OR PUBLISHED 201

William M. Kaula, Colin S. L. Keay, Czeslaw P. Kentzer, Yoshihide
Kozai, A. Edward Lilley, Irving Michelson, Eduardo O. Patino, A. E.
Ringwood, Juan Roderer, Winfield W. Salisbury, Mario R. Schaffner,
William E. Strange, Bhuwan M. Tripathy, Francis X. Tuoti, V.
Vanysek, and George Veis.

In 1965, the Observatory initiated in cooperation with the National
Academy of Sciences/National Research Council its postdoctoral
fellowship program for research associates. The first four appointees
were Thornton L. Page, director of the Wesleyan University Observa-
tory, Robert H. McCorkell of M.I.T.; Ralph F. Baierlein of Jefferson
Laboratory, Harvard University; and Ladislav Sehnal of the Astro-
nomical Institute of Czechoslovakia. Richard Haefner and Franco
Verniani resigned.

Staff Papers

Presented or Published
July 1965 through June 1966

Anderson, P. H., Lehr, C. G., Maestre, L. A., Halsey, H. W., and
Snyder, G. L. The two-way transmission of a ruby-laser beam
between earth and a retro-reflecting satellite. Proc. IEEE, vol.
54, p. 426, 1966.

Avrett, E. H. Source function equality in multiplets. Astrophys.
Journ., vol. 144, pp. 59-75, 1966.

and Hummer, D. G. Non-coherent scattering II: Line

formation with a frequency independent source function. Monthly
Notices, Roy. Astron. Soc, vol. 130, pp. 295-331, 1965.

Beckers, J. M., Noyes, R. W., and Pasachoff, J. M. New observa-
tions of solar chromospheric spicules [abstract]. Astron. Journ.,
vol. 71, p. 155, 1966.

Briggs, R. E. See Jacchia, Verniani, and Briggs.

Chappell, W. R. See also Glass and Chappell.

and Brittin, W. E. Quantum kinetic equations for a multi-
component system of charged particles and photons. Phys. Rev.,
vol. 146, pp. 75-91, 1966.

, Brittin, W. E., and Glass, S. J. The interaction of radiation

with charged particles I. Nuovo Cimento, vol. 38, pp. 1186-
1191, 1965.

and Swenson. R. J. Guessing kinetic equations. Phys. Fluids,

vol. 8, pp. 1195-1197, 1965.

Colombo, G. See also Shapiro, Lautman, and Colombo.

230^157 — 66 17

202 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

Colombo, G. Rotation period of the planet Mercury. Nature, vol.
208, p. 575, 1965.

— . Recent developments in the theory of rotation of Mercury
and Venus. Presented at NATO Advanced Study Institute,
Newcastle-upon-Tyne, April 1965.

Comerford, M. F., and Thomas, D. A. Substructure and mechanical
properties of a drawn and annealed iron-silicon alloy. Trans.
Met. Soc. AIME, vol. 233, pp. 1236-1243, 1965.

Cook, A. F., and Franklin, F. A. Rediscussion of Maxwell's Adams
prize essay on the stability of Saturn's rings, II. Astron. Journ.,
vol. 71, pp. 10-19, 1966.

Davis, R. J. The Celescope optical system for the orbiting astronomical
observatory. Presented at the Conference on Optics in Space,
University of Southampton, Southampton, September 1965.

. The use of the Uvicon-Celescope television system for ultra-
violet astronomical photometry. Presented at the Symposium on
Photo-electronic Image Devices as Aids to Scientific Observation,
Imperial College of Science and Technology, University of London,
London, September 1965.

Factors affecting the transmittance of lithium fluoride and

barium fluoride in the vacuum ultraviolet. Journ. Opt. Soc. Amer,,

vol. 56, pp. 837-839, 1966.
Dodd, R., Van Schmus, R., and Marvin, U. Merrihueite, a new

alkali-ferromagnesium silicate from the Mezo-Madaras chondrite.

Science, vol. 149, pp. 972-974, 1965.
Dolan, J. F. Stellar molecular abundances: I. Polyatomic molecules.

Astrophys. Journ., vol. 142, pp. 1629-1632, 1965.
— . An experimental method of determining the polarization of

celestial x-rays [abstract]. Astron. Journ., vol. 71, p. 160, 1966.
Fazio, G. G. See also Helmken and Fazio.
, Stecker, F. W., and Wright, J. P. Cosmic blackbody

radiation, high-energy electrons, and the origin of isotropic x-ray

and gamma radiation. Astrophys. Journ., vol. 144, pp. 611-614,

1966.
Fireman, E. L. Evidence for extraterrestrial particles in polar ice.

Presented at the Symposium on Meteor Orbits and Dust, Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts, August 1966.
. Neutron exposure ages of meteorites. Zeitschr. fur Naturf.,

vol. 21 A, pp. 1138-1146, 1966.
Fleischer, R. L., Naeser, C. W., Price, P. B., Walker, R. M., and

Marvin, U Fossil particle tracks and uranium distributions

in minerals of the Vaca Muerta mesosiderite. Science, vol. 148.

pp. 629-632, 1965.

PAPERS PRESENTED OR PUBLISHED 203

Frankljn, F. A. See Cook and Franklin.

Gaposchkin, E. M. A new determination of tesseral harmonics of
the geopotential and station coordinates from Baker-Nunn ob-
servations. Presented at the AGU meeting, Washington, D.G.,
March 1966.

. A dynamical solution for the tesseral harmonics of the

geopotential, and station coordinates using Baker-Nunn data.
Presented at Vllth COSPAR International Space Science Sym-
posium, Vienna, May 1966.

Gingerich, O. Lunar visibilities in ancient Babylon. Isis, vol. 56,
p. 69, 1965.

. Eleven-digit regular sexagesimals and their reciprocals.

Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc, vol. 55, pt. 8, 1965.

. The great comet of 1965. Atlantic Monthly, vol. 217, pp.

57-62, 1966.

. Limb darkening for a grid of model stellar atmospheres.

Astrophys. Journ., vol. 144, pp. 1213-1215, 1966.

and Rich, J. C. Metallic continuous absorption coefficients in

the solar ultraviolet [abstract]. Astron. Journ., vol. 71, p. 161,
1966.

Glass, S. J., and Chappell, W. R. The interaction of radiation with
charged particles II. Nuovo Cimento, vol. 38B, pp. 79-88, 1966.

Goldberg, L., Newson, G., Parkinson, W. H., and Reeves, E. M.
A study of broad absorption features in the solar spectrum. Pre-
sented at the AAS meeting, Ann Arbor, Michigan, August 1965.
[Abstracted in Astron. Journ., vol. 70, p. 676, 1965.]

Grossi, M. D. Preliminary results from a VHF meteor radar system
for the measurement of 3-dimension wind velocities in the lower
ionosphere. Presented at the 2nd Conference on Direct Aeronomic
Measurements in the Lower Ionosphere, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana,
September 1965.

. Guided propagation in the ionosphere and its potential use

for global communications. Electronic Progress, vol. 9, no. 2,
pp. 1-12, 1965.

and Barker, J. I. Guided propagation modes in the lower

ionosphere and satellite-to-satellite HF-VHF communication ex-
periments. Presented at 2nd Symposium on Radio-Astronomical
and Satellite Studies of the Atmosphere, Boston, October 1965.

• and Smith, B. M. Computer simulation of HF and VHF

waveguidance phenomena in the lower ionosphere. Presented at
fall URSI meeting, Hanover, New Hampshire, October 1965.

204 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

Hawkins, G. S. See also Wolfe, Battan, Fleming, Hawkins, and Skornik.

. Callanish, a Scottish Stonehenge. Science, vol. 147, pp.

127-130, 1965.
. Sun, moon, men and stones. Amer. Scientist, vol. 53, pp.

391-408, 1965.

. Stonehenge physics. Physics Today, vol. 19, pp. 38-42, 1966.

. Stonehenge. In Book of knowledge annual yearbook, p-

333. New York: Grolier, 1966.

and Moore, J. F. The life of a star. New York: Holt,

Rinehart, and Winston, 1965. 32 pp.

and White, J. B. Stonehenge decoded. New York: Double-

day and Co., 1965. 194 pp.
Helmken, H. F., and Fazio, G. G. Vidicon spark chamber detector

for gamma-ray astronomy. IEEE Trans, on Nuclear Science, vol.

NS-13, pp. 486-492, February 1966.
Hodge, P. W. See also Wright and Hodge.
. The location of star formation in galaxies. Science, vol. 150,

pp. 374-375, 1965.
. The mass of the galaxy. Publ. Astron. Soc. Pacific, vol. 78,

pp. 72-74, 1966.

— . Newly-discovered clusters of the Large Magellanic Cloud
[abstract]. Astron. Journ., vol. 71, pp. 164-165, 1966.
. Surface photometry of the Sculptor Dwarf Galaxy. Astron.

Journ., vol. 71, pp. 204-205, 1966.
and Brownlee, D. E. Photographic isophotometry of galaxies.

Publ. Astron. Soc. Pacific, vol. 78, pp. 125-131, 1966.
and Hitchcock, J. L. Three-dimensional shape of irregular

galaxies. Publ. Astron. Soc. Pacific, vol. 78, pp. 79-80, 1966.

and Wright, F. W. New variable stars in the Large Magel-
lanic Cloud. Astron. Journ., vol. 71, pp. 131-132, 1966.

. On the chemical compositions of the interiors of possibly

cosmic particles and the problem of the origin of naturally occurring
iron-rich spherules. Presented at the Symposium on Meteor Orbits
and Dust, Cambridge, Massachusetts, August 1965.

Irvine, W. M. Multiple scattering by large particles. Astrophys.
Journ., vol. 142, pp. 1563-1575, 1965.

. The distribution of photon optical paths in a scattering

atmosphere [abstract]. Astron. Journ., vol. 70, p. 679, 1965.
— . Multiple scattering by large particles [abstract]. IUGG

Monogr. no. 28, p. 11, 1965.

PAPERS PRESENTED OR PUBLISHED 205

. Infrared optical characteristics of ice spheres. Presented at

the Symposium on Meteor Orbits and Dust, Cambridge, Massa-
chusetts, August 1965.

Diffuse reflection and transmission by clouds and haze layers

[abstract]. Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union, vol. 47, p. 13, 1966.
Jacchia, L. G. Atmospheric structure and its variations at heights

above 200 km. In CIRA 1965, COSPAR International Reference

Atmosphere, pp. 293-313, Amsterdam: North-Holland Publ. Co.,

1965.
. Remarks on a paper by L. Broglio. Nuovo Cimento, vol.

40B, pp. 314 and 317, 1965.
. Solar plasma velocity, exospheric temperature, and geo-

magnetic activity. Journ. Geophys. Res., vol. 70, pp. 4385-4386,
1965.

. [Review] Space physics with artificial satellites, by Ya. L.

Al'pert, A. V. Gurevich, and L. P. Pitaevskii. Science, vol. 150,
pp. 875-876, 1965.
. Density variations in the heterosphere. Ann. de Geophys.,

vol. 22, pp. 75-85, 1966.
. Verniani, F., and Briggs, R. E. Selected results from

precision-reduced Super-Schmidt meteors. Presented at the Sym-
posium on Meteor Orbits and Dust, Cambridge, Massachusetts,
August 1965.

Kalkofen, W. See Strom and Kalkofen.

Kohnlein, W. Corrections to station coordinates and to nonzonal
harmonics from Baker-Nunn observations. Presented at Vllth
COSPAR International Space Science Symposium, Vienna, May
1966.

Lautman, D. A. See Shapiro, Lautman, and Colombo.

Lecar, M. Validity of the Vlasov equation for a one-dimensional
self-gravitating gas. Presented at the 14th International Astro-
physical Symposium, Liege, June 1966.

Lehr, C. G. See Anderson, Lehr, Maestre, Halsey, and Snyder.

Liller, M. H., Welther, B. L., and Liller, W. Angular expansion
of planetary nebulae. Astrophys. Journ., vol. 144, pp. 280-290,
1966.

Loeser, R. See Avrett and Loeser.

Lovell, B., and Solomon, L. H. Correlation of radio emission with
the optical flares on UV Ceti. Obs., vol. 86, pp. 16-18, 1966.

Lundquist, C. A. Satellite geodesy at the Smithsonian Astrophysical
Observatory. Presented at the American Society for Surveying
and Mapping and the American Society of Photogrammetry
Convention, Washington, D.C., March 1966.

206 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

Lundquist, C. A. Standard earth parameters for use in orbit determina-
tion. Presented to the Seminar on Guidance Theory and Trajectory
Analysis, NASA Electronics Research Center, Cambridge, Mas-
sachusetts, June 1966.

Maestre, L. A. See Anderson, Lehr, Maestre, Halsey, and Snyder.

Marsden, B. G. Revision of the astronomical constants. Handbook
British Astron. Assoc, vol. 66, pp. 64—65, 1965.

. The great comet of 1965. Sky and Telescope, vol. 30, pp.

332-337, 1965.

and Cameron, A. G. W., eds. International Conference on

the Earth-Moon System. New York: Plenum Press, 1966.

Marvin, U. See also Dodd, Van Schmus, and Marvin; and Fleischer,
Naeser, Price, Walker, and Marvin.

, Fleischer, R. L., Price, P. B., and Walker, R. M. Studies

of iron and stony-iron meteorites by nuclear particle track analysis.
Presented at the XXth International Congress of Pure and Ap-
plied Chemistry, Moscow, July 1965.

and Marvin, T. C. A re-examination of the crater near

Crestone, Colorado. Meteoritics, vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 1-10, May 1966.
Merrihue, C. M. Meteoritic trace element determinations by mass

spectrometry of neutron-irradiated samples. Presented at the

XXth International Congress of Pure and Applied Chemistry,

Moscow, July 1965.
. The origin of anomalous Xe129 in meteorites. Zeitschr.

fur Naturf., vol. 20A, pp. 961-962, 1965.

Xenon and krypton in the Bruderheim meteorite. Journ.

Geophys. Res., vol. 71, pp. 263-313, 1966.

Noyes, R. W. See Beckers, Noyes, and Pasachoff.

Nozawa, Y. A digital television system for satellite-borne ultraviolet
photometer. Presented at the Symposium on Photo-electronic
Image Devices as Aids to Scientific Observation, Imperial College
of Science and Technology, University of London, London, Sep-
tember 1965.

Ohring, G., Sagan, C, et al. Meteorological experiments for manned
earth orbiting missions. Geophysics Corporation of America
Tech. Rep. No. 66-1 0-N, 1966.

Pollack, J. B. See also Sagan and Pollack.

and Sagan, C. The infrared limb-darkening of Venus.

Journ. Geophys. Res., vol. 70, pp. 4403-4426, 1965.

Sagan, C. See also Ohring and Sagan; Pollack and Sagan; Shklovskii
and Sagan; Swan and Sagan; and Walker and Sagan.

PAPERS PRESENTED OR PUBLISHED 207

. Primordial ultraviolet synthesis of nucleoside phosphates.

In The Origins of Prebiological Systems, ed. by S. W. Fox, pp. 207-

219. New York: Academic Press, 1965.
. High-resolution planetary photography and the detection of

life. In Proceedings of the Caltech-JPL Lunar and Planetary
Conference, ed. by H. Brown, G. J. Stanley, D. O. Muhleman, and
G. Munch, pp. 279-287. California Institute of Technology and
JPL Publ., 1966.

. Review of Mars, by R. S. Richardson. Amer. Scientist,

vol. 53, pp. 478A-480A, 1966.

. On radiative transfer in the atmosphere of Jupiter. Trans.

Int. Astron. Union, vol. 12B, p. 215, 1966.

. Mariner IV observations and the possibility of iron oxides

on the Martian surface. Icarus, vol. 5, pp. 102-103, 1966.
. The photometric properties of Mercury. Astrophys. Journ.,

vol. 144, pp. 1218-1220, 1966.

. Planetary environments and biology. Astronaut, and Aero-
naut., vol. 4, no. 7, pp. 12-22, 1966.

. [Extensive contributions (chaps. 3, 9, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, and

28 authored singly or with others) to Biology and the exploration
of Mars, ed. by C. Pittendrigh, W. Vishniac, and P. Pearman.]
Nat. Acad. Sci. Nat. Res. Council Publ. 1296, Washington, D.C.,
516 pp. 1966.
Hanst, P. L., and Young, A. T. Further remarks on Martian

N02. Planetary and Space Science, vol. 13, pp. 1003-1004, 1965.

, Kilston, S. D., and Drummond, R. R. A search for life on

earth at kilometer resolution. Icarus, vol. 5, pp. 79-98, 1966.

and Leonard, J. Planets. Time-Life Science Book, 1966.

and Pollack, J. B. An analysis of microwave observations of

Venus. Journ. Res. NBS, vol. 69D, pp. 1583-1584, 1965.

and Pollack, J. B. Properties of the clouds of Venus. In

Proceedings of the Caltech-JPL Lunar and Planetary Confer-
ence, ed. by H. Brown, G. J. Stanley, D. O. Muhleman, and G.
Munch, pp. 155-163. California Institute of Technology and
JPL Publ., 1966.

. Radio and radar evidence on the structure and composition of

the Martian surface [abstract]. In Proceedings of the Caltech-JPL
Lunar and Planetary Conference, ed. by H. Brown, G. J.
Stanley, D. O. Muhleman, and G. Munch, pp. 255-256. Cal-
ifornia Institute of Technology and JPL Publ., 1966.

■. On the nature of the clouds and the origin of the surface tem-
perature of Venus [abstract]. Astron. Journ. vol. 71, p. 178, 1966.

208 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

Sagan, C. and Walker, R. G. The infrared detectability of Dyson
civilizations. Astrophys. Journ., vol. 144, pp. 1216-1218, 1966.

Salisbury, W. W. Generation of infrared and visible light by free
electrons. Presented at Boulder Millimeter Wave and Far Infrared
Conference, Estes Park, Colorado, August 1965.

. Visible light from free electrons in vacuum. Presented at

Technical Symposium, General Motors Defence Research Labo-
ratories, Santa Barbara, California, October 1965.

Shapiro, I. I., Lautman, D. A., and Colombo, G. Dynamics of
orbiting dust particles. Presented at the Symposium on Meteor
Orbits and Dust, Cambridge, Massachusetts, August 1965.

Shklovskii, I. S., and Sagan, C. Intelligent life in the universe.
San Francisco: Holdenday, Inc., 1966.

Solomon, L. H. See Lovell and Solomon.

Stecker, F. W. See Fazio, Stecker, and Wright.

Strom, S. E., and Kalkofen, W. The effect of departures from LTE
on stellar continuum fluxes in the spectral-type range B5-A0.
Astron. Journ. vol. 144, pp. 76-87, 1966.

Swan, P. R., and Sagan, C. Martian landing sites for the Voyager
mission. Journ. Spacecraft and Rockets, vol. 2, pp. 18-24, 1965.

Tilles, D. Searches for noble gas evidence of cosmic dust. Presented
at the XXth International Congress of Pure and Applied Chemistry,
Moscow, July 1965.

. Some studies of separated fractions of low accumulation-rate

dust. Presented at the Symposium on Meteor Orbits and Dust,
Cambridge, Massachusetts, August 1965.

Atmospheric noble gases for extraterrestrial dust [Reply to

comments of R. A. Schmidt]. Science, vol. 151, p. 1015, 1966.
Tsuruta, S. Lack of homology in the oscillations of neutron stars.
Nature, vol. 207, pp. 470-472, 1965.

and Cameron, A. G. W. Cooling of neutron stars. Nature,

vol. 207, pp. 364-366, 1965.

and Cameron, A. G. W. Composition of matter in nuclear

statistical equilibrium at high densities. Canadian Journ. Phys.,

vol. 43, pp. 2056-2077, 1965.
Verniani, F. See also Jacchia, Verniani, and Briggs.
. Comments on Ceplecha's paper "Classification of meteor

orbits.''1 Presented at the Symposium on Meteor Orbits and Dust,

Cambridge, Massachusetts, August 1965.
Walker, R. G., and Sagan, C. The ionospheric model of the Venus

microwave emission: An obituary. Icarus, vol. 5, pp. 105-123,

1966.

PAPERS PRESENTED OR PUBLISHED 209

Wang, C.-Y. Some geophysical implications from gravity and heat
flow data. Journ. Geophys. Res., vol. 70, pp. 5629-5634, 1965.

. On the calcite transitions to 20 kilobars [abstract]. Trans.

Amer. Geophys. Union, vol. 47, p. 178, 1966.

. Earth's zonal deformations. Journ. Geophys. Res., vol. 71,

pp. 1713-1720, 1966.

Welther, B. L. See Liller, Welther, and Liller.

Whipple, F. L. Knowledge and understanding of the physical universe
as determinants of man's progress. Presented at the Bicentennial
Celebration, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., Septem-
ber 1965.

— . Comets. In Advances in the Astronautical Sciences, vol.

19, ed. by G. W. Morganthaler and R. C. Morra, Amer. Astro-
naut. Soc, Washington, D.C., pp. 119-134, 1965.

. Chondrules: Suggestion concerning the origin. Science,

vol. 153, pp. 54-56, 1966.
. On the satellite geodesy program at the Smithsonian Astro-

physical Observatory. Presented at the Vllth COSPAR Inter-
national Space Science Symposium, Vienna, May 1966.

White, J. B. See Hawkins and White.

Whitney, C. A. Physical basis for the interpretation of the continuous
spectra of pulsating variable stars. Presented at the 5th Sym-
posium of Cosmical Gas Dynamics, September 1965.

Wolfe, W. C, Battan, L. J., Fleming, R. H., Hawkins, G. S., and
Skornik, H. Earth science and space science. Boston: D. C.
Heath Publ. Co., 1966.

Wood, J. A. Meteorites and asteroids. In Advances in the astro-
nautical sciences, vol. 19, ed. by G. W. Morganthaler and R. C.
Morra, pp. 99-118. Washington, D.C.: Amer. Astronaut. Soc,
1965.

. Metal grains in chondritic meteorites. Nature, vol. 208,

pp. 1085-1086, 1965.

Wright, F. W. See also Hodge and Wright.

and Hodge, P. W. Studies of particles for extraterrestrial

origin. 4. Microscopic spherules from recent volcanic eruptions.
Journ. Geophys. Res., vol. 70, pp. 3889-3898, 1965.

Wright, J. P. See also Fazio, Stecker, and Wright.

. Pulsation periods of general relativistic objects. Nature, vol.

208, p. 65, 1965.

Special Reports

Special Reports of the Astrophysical Observatory distribute catalogs
of satellite observations, orbital data, and preliminary results of data

210 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

prior to journal publication. Numbers 181 through 215, issued during
the year, contain the following material:

181 (August 9, 1965). Brightness changes in periodic comets, by
F. Whipple and D. Douglas-Hamilton.

1 82 (August 11, 1 965) . On the physics and splitting of cometary
nuclei, by F. Whipple and R. Stefanik.

183 (September 14, 1965). Catalog of precisely reduced simultaneous
observations (No. S-l): Satellite 1960 Iota 2 (Echo 1 rocket body)
for Nov. 17 and Dec. 28, 1964; Satellite 1961 Delta 1 (Explorer 9)
for June 5-Aug. 6, Oct. 1 and Dec. 6, 1961, and Feb. 9-Mar. 1,
1962; Satellite 1961 Alpha Delta 1 (Midas 4) for May 30-July 14,
1962, June 11-28, July 1-Aug. 6, Oct. 26-29, and Nov. 2-28, 1963,
and Feb. 9-Dec. 5, 1964; Satellite 1962 Alpha Epsilon 1 (Telstar 1)
for Oct. 30-31, 1962, and Aug. 14-24, 1963; Satellite 1962 Beta
Mu 1 (Anna IB) for Nov. 17-21 and Dec. 19-21, 1962, Feb. 28,
Apr. 22, Sept. 14, Nov. 22, and Dec. 9-21, 1963; Satellite 1963
30Afor Dec. 6-25, 1964; Satellite 1963 30D (Balloon) for Jan. 12-
Feb. 8, Apr. 4-June 13, and Sept. 13-Dec. 30, 1964; Satellite 1963
53 A (Explorer 19) for Nov. 15-25, 1964; and Satellite 1964 38A
(Elektron 3) for Dec. 6 and 8, 1964, prepared by R. Wells.

184 (September 20, 1965). Density variations in the heterosphere, by
L. Jacchia.

185 (September 3, 1965). Catalog of precisely reduced observations
(No. P-14): Satellites 1959 Alpha 1 (Vanguard 2), 1959 Eta 1
(Vanguard 3), 1960 Iota 2 (Echo 1 rocket body), 1961 Delta 1
(Explorer 9), 1961 Omicron 1 (Transit 4A), 1961 Omicron 2
(Injun Solar Radiation 3), 1961 Alpha Delta 1 (Midas 4), 1962
Alpha Epsilon 1 (Telstar 1) for Jan. 1-Mar. 31, 1963; Satellite 1962
Beta Upsilon 1 (Relay 1) for Dec. 16, 1962-Mar. 31, 1963.

186 (September 6, 1965). Determination of the absolute space direc-
tions between Baker-Nunn camera stations, by L. Aardoom, A.
Girnius, and G. Veis.

187 (October 11, 1965). Transmission coefficient of the Baker-Nunn
optical system, by F. Young and K. Hebb.

188 (October 13, 1965). The rotation of the planet Mercury, by G.
Colombo and I. Shapiro (Revised November 15, 1965, and pub-
lished as No. 188R).

189 (October 20, 1965). Determination of station coordinates from
optical observations of artificial satellites, by W. Kohnlein.

190 (October 21, 1965). Some recent accurate laser satellite-range
measurements, by P. Anderson, C. Lehr, and L. Maestre.

191 (October 22, 1965). Observation of the GT-5 rocket-body re-
entry— preliminary analysis, by L. Solomon.

PAPERS PRESENTED OR PUBLISHED 211

192 (November 8, 1965). Aanlysis of artificial meteoritic spherules,
by F. Wright and P. Hodge.

193 (November 12, 1965). Atmospheric densities and temperatures
from the drag analysis of the San Marco satellite, by L. Jacchia
and F. Verniani.

194 (November 15, 1965). On the accuracy of the gravitational po-
tential as derived from camera observations of artificial satellites,
by W. Kohnlein.

195 (December 10, 1965). Statistical evidence of the masses and
evolution of galaxies, by T. Page.

196 (December 14, 1965). Radiation spikes in H II regions, by T.
Page.

197 (January 24, 1966). Fluctuations and correlations in the expand-
ing universe, by P. Eltgroth.

198 (January 28, 1966). Geometric structure of the earth's gravita-
tional field as derived from artificial satellites, by W. Kohnlein.

199 (February 3, 1966). Atmospheric densities and temperatures
from precisely reduced observations of the Explorer IX satellite,
by M. Roemer.

201 (February 18, 1966). Kernel representations in the solution of
line-transfer problems, by E. Avrett and R. Loeser.

202 (February 21, 1966). Observations of Gemini 6-Gemini 7
rendezvous, by J. Latimer.

203 (March 4, 1966). Cassini's second and third laws, by G. Colombo.

204 (March 11, 1 966) . Particle evaporation from excited nuclei,
by H. Mitler.

205 (March 25, 1966). Photographic measurements of the energy
distribution in the beam of a ruby laser, by C. Lehr, L. Maestre,
and P. Anderson.

206 (March 28, 1966). A suggestion as to the origin of chondrules,
by F. Whipple.

207 (April 1, 1966). The shape and location of the diurnal bulge
in the upper atmosphere, by L. Jacchia and J. Slowey.

208 (April 4, 1966). Satellite orbital data: Satellites 1958 Alpha
(Explorer 1), 1959 Alpha 1 (Vanguard 2), 1959 Eta 1 (Vanguard
3), 1960 Iota 1 (Echo 1), 1960 Xi 1 (Explorer 8), 1961 Delta 1
(Explorer 9), 1962 Alpha Epsilon 1 (Telstar 1), 1962 Beta Mu 1
(Anna IB), 1962 Beta Tau 2 (Injun 3), 1962 Beta Upsilon 1 (Re-
lay 1), 1963 13A (Telstar 2), 1963 26A (Geophysical Research),
and 1963 30D for Jan. 1-Mar. 31, 1964; Satellite 1963 53A
(Explorer 19) for Dec. 19, 1963-Mar. 31, 1964; Satellite 1964
4A (Echo 2) for Jan. 29-Mar. 31, 1964; and Satellite 1964 5A

212 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

(Saturn 5) for Jan. 30-Mar. 31, 1964, prepared under the super-
vision of B. Miller.

209 (April 5, 1966). Satellite orbital data: Satellites 1958 Alpha 1
(Explorer 1), 1959 Alpha 1 (Vanguard 2), 1959 Eta (Vanguard 3),
1960 Iota 1 (Echo 1), 1960 Xi 1 (Explorer 8), 1962 Alpha Epsilon
1 (Telstar 1), 1962 Beta Mu 1 (Anna IB), 1962 Beta Tau 2 (Injun
3), 1962 Beta Upsilon 1 (Relay 1), 1963 13A (Telstar 2), 1963
26A (Geophysics Research), 1963 30D, 1963 53A (Explorer 19),
1964 4A (Echo 2), and 1964 5A (Saturn 5) for Apr. 1-July 1, 1964,
prepared under the supervision of B. Miller.

210 (May 12, 1966). A study of flare stars, by L. Solomon.

211 (May 13, 1966). Measurements of satellite range with a ruby
laser, by C. Lehr, L. Maestre, and P. Anderson.

212 (May 20, 1966). The polarization of celestial x-rays, by J. Dolan.

213 (May 27, 1966). Some new algorithms for stellar structure, by
P. Usher.

214 (June 10, 1966). The decay of Satellite 1965 79A, by W. Hirst.

215 (June 20, 1966). Satellite tracking with a laser, by C. Lehr.

NOTES

[For explanation of notes, see footnote, page 181.]

1 Supported in part by grant NGR 09-015-021 from the National Aeronautics
and Space Administration (NASA).

2 Supported in addition by the grant AF 65-531 from the U.S. Air Force (USAF)
and by the Smithsonian Institution Hodgkins Fund.

3 Supported by NASA grant NsG 87.

4 Supported in part by the International Astronomical Union.

5 Supported by grant GP-2999 from the National Science Foundation (NSF).
"Supported by NASA grant NsG 536 and NASA contract NSR-09-01 5-033.

7 Supported in part by NASA contract NASr-158 and by National Bureau of
Standards agreement CST-7332, both with Harvard University.

8 Supported in part by NASA contract NAS 9-4873.

9 Supported by USAF contract AF 19(628)-3248.
io Supported by NASA grant NsG 291-62.

11 Supported in part by NASA grant NsG 460 to Harvard University.

12 Supported by the National Academy of Sciences.

is Supported in part by NASA grant NsG 282-63 to Dr. Frondel of Harvard.
u Supported by NASA grants NGR 09-015-025 and NsG 87.

NOTES 213

15 Supported in part by the University of Hawaii, Institute of Geophysics.

is Supported by USAF contract AF 19(628)-4203 from the Office of Aerospace
Research.

17 Supported in part by NASA grant NsG 64-60 to Harvard University.

is Supported by NASA grant NsG 09-015-023.

19 Supported in part by a grant from the Alfred P. Sloane Foundation.

20 Supported in part by NASA grant NsG 89-60 to Harvard University.

21 Supported in part by NASA contract NSR 09-015-022.

22 Supported by NASA contract NAS 5-1535.

23 Supported in part by NSF grant GP-4318.

24 Supported in part by USAF contract AF 19(628)-3877 with Harvard Uni-
versity.

25 Supported in part by the National Science Foundation.

26 Supported in part by NASA grant NsG 438 to Harvard University.

27 Supported in part by USAF contract AF 19(628)-3322 with Harvard Uni-
versity.

28 Supported in part by the Advance Research Laboratory of Douglas Aircraft
Company.

29 Supported by NSF grants GP-3866 and GP-5791 to Harvard.

30 With the cooperation of Jodrell Bank Experimental Station, and CSIRO of
Australia; Cornell University.

3i Supported by NASA grant NGR 09-015-025.

32 Supported in part by Harvard University.

33 Supported by a grant from the National Geographic Society.

34 Supported in part by Boston University Department of Astronomy.

35 Supported in part by the International Association of Geodesy.

Science Information Exchange

Monroe E. Freeman, Director

nnHE science information exchange performs a unique service for
-!■ the national research community by providing a reasonably com-
prehensive source of pre-publication information about research that
is planned or actually in progress. Under the leadership of the
Smithsonian Institution since 1953, this program has attracted the
participation and cooperation of research organizations throughout
the country. The number of participating agencies has risen steadily,
and now includes most of the Federal research programs, as well
as those of a substantial number of private foundations, universities,
industries, and state and city governments. Interest in the registration
of foreign research is growing, and new sources of information are
steadily added as SIE progresses towards its goal of a comprehensive,
and eventually complete, collection of currently active research
information.

As the registration of the Federal research programs has come closer
to completion in 1966, more attention is being directed towards the
non-Government sources. Growth of the inventory is expected to
continue steadily, but at a slower rate in future years.

Many potential users throughout the scientific community are as
yet unaware of the advantages of the role SIE plays in the free flow
of scientific information exchange in the pre-publication phase, so that
an equally important objective has been to encourage the use of SIE
by all members of the scientific community. A continuing effort has

215

216 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

been to make these services better known, and readily available to all
research scientists. Over 100 articles and news notes about SIE services
have appeared in scientific journals and other news media during the
year, many written or prepared by staff members. SIE staff members
have responded to invitations to speak at professional meetings, in-
formal conferences, symposia, and the annual meetings of such organi-
zations as the Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Association, The Special
Libraries Association, the American Chemical Society, and others.

Some 20,000 descriptive brochures were distributed to potential
users, information display booths were set up at a number of profes-
sional society meetings, and almost a thousand visitors came to the
Exchange during the year, many from overseas, to learn more about
the Exchange, and how its services could be adopted to their needs.

Although the primary mission of SIE is to serve research scientists,
SIE has undertaken a number of investigations on the effectiveness
and efficiency of information systems. Studies have dealt with such
problems as the level of professional training and experience required
for effective information handling, new techniques for selective subject
indexing, the organization of information for research management,
a study on relevance and recall as the basic factors of effectiveness,
and detailed cost and productivity analyses as a prerequisite for
standards of efficiency and effectiveness. Six reports were presented
at the Congress of the International Federation of Documentation;
others have been published in various professional journals. A
thesaurus of 4,000 commonly used terms in the field of water resources
research was prepared for the Office of Water Resources Research.
This will be printed and distributed by the Department of Interior.
Other projects of increasing interest and activity at SIE are the mod-
ernization of computer files to inverted files and the conversion of
selected linear tape files to random-access disc storage. Another
project intended to increase efficiency and economy is the develop-
ment of a unique last-term system with generic relationships automati-
cally handled by computer programming. A project is being drawn
up to establish a remote interrogation real time system for handling
scientific subject matter on a cost-benefit basis comparable with estab-
lished methods. The extensive experience of SIE in information
handling, as well as its broad scope of subject interest, offers unusual
opportunities for research. The research program is considered
second only to the primary mission of service.

For most of the year, SIE was intensively studied by a survey team
of the Battelle Memorial Institute. The survey of users and potential
users clearly indicated general satisfaction with the information services,

SCIENCE INFORMATION EXCHANGE 217

but pointed out the need for comprehensive coverage and the need
to make its services better known throughout the nation.

While the collection of research records has steadily climbed to
over 100,000 records annually, the demand for services has increased
even more rapidly (approximately 25 percent over 1965). About
50,000 reports of all kinds were requested. These vary from simple
requests for a single document to the preparation of catalogs that
include thousands of records covering broad subject fields. SIE is
the national research cataloging center for water resources investi-
gations and has initiated, upon request from several federal sources,
the collection and organization of information about current studies
related to urban problems. Dr. Scott Keyes, University of Illinois,
will spend six months at SIE assisting in the organization of this
program.

It is noteworthy that increasing interest in SIE has come from many
foreign countries. Besides the many visitors from overseas, there have
been increasing numbers of foreign research records voluntarily
offered for registration. Information services are provided to overseas
inquiries to the extent that they do not interfere with SIE's responsi-
bilities to the Federal research agencies and the American research
community.

Publications

The following papers by staff members of the Science Information
Exchange were published:

Davis, W. F., Jr. The Science Information Exchange: Communica-
tion, storage and retrieval of scientific information. Poultry Science
(30 September 1965), vol. 44, no. 5.

Fitzpatrick, William H. and Freeman, Monroe E. The Science
Information Exchange: The evolution of a unique information
storage retrieval system. Libri (fall 1965), vol. 15, no. 2.

Foster, W. R. and Hersey, D. F. Indexer requirements for the
recognition of scientific content and context. 1965 Congress,
International Federation for Documentation (FID) Abstracts,
October 10-15, 1965.

Freeman, Monroe E. Determining cost of information systems. 1965
Congress International Federation for Documentation (FID)
Abstracts, October 10-15, 1965.

. A national inventory of research in progress. The Chemical

Bulletin, October 1965.

230-457—66 18

218 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Freeman, Monroe E. The use of current scientific research informa-
tion for administrative purposes. 1965 Congress International Fed-
eration for Documentation (FID) Abstracts, October 10-15, 1965.

. Water resources research and information retrieval. Pro-
ceedings of the 10th Annual Conference, November 22-23,
1965, Texas A&M. University.

. The role of Science Information Exchange in the management

of current research. The Chemist (December 1965), vol. 42, no. 12.
. The role of Science Information Exchange in the manage-
ment of current research — conclusions. The Chemist (February
1966), vol. 43, no. 2.
, Kohn, Edward H.; Foster, W. R.: Hersey, David F.; and

Roth, Helga. Information problems related to urban research.
Conference Proceedings, 11 October 1965, sponsored by The
Advisory Commission on International Relations, the Department
of Housing and Urban Development, Science Information Ex-
change.

Kreysa, F. J. and Foster, W. R. A retrieval profile for current
research information. 1965 Congress International Federation for
Documentation (FID) Abstracts, October 10-15, 1965.

Long, B. L., and Hersey, D. V. A current awareness program for the
field of water resources. 1965 Congress International Federation
for Documentation (FID) Abstracts, October 10-15, 1965.

Marron, H., and Snyderman, M. On the economics of computer
storage and retrieval. 1965 Congress International Federation
for Documentation (FID) Abstracts, October 10-15, 1965; American
Documentation (April 1966), vol. 17, no. 2.

Summers, R. W., and Freeman, M. E. Development of a program-
matical technical index for the Office of Aerospace Research.
1965 Congress International Federation for Documentation (FID)
Abstracts, October 10-15, 1966.

Smithsonian Activities
History and Art

Museum of History and Technology

Robert P. Multhauf, Director

T tistorical museums are conventionally — and appropriately— com-
■*■ ■*■ posed of collections of familiar objects worthy of preservation
either as exotic or archaic examples of the artifacts of daily life or as
examples of things the collection of which is traditional. The visitor
can hardly be surprised by the kind of things he finds in a museum; he
can and should, however, find the unexpected in the individual object.
This involves not only its quality, but innovations in display methods
and in novel exploitation of these objects through the research activ-
ities of the museum. The activities of the Museum of History and
Technology in utilizing collections which are otherwise conventional
are well illustrated in the following account of the recent accomplish-
ments and future plans of our division of numismatics.

Numismatics at the Smithsonian

Numismatics, a scholarly discipline at least since the 13th century,
often suffered in prestige because of its early methods, which tended to
be largely descriptive. It has emerged in recent times as an inter-
pretive science in which the application of established data became the
basis for broader research.

The Smithsonian Institution has been conducting a widely traced
survey of numismatic cabinets and research groups within the frame-
work of the general reappraisal of numismatics as a science. A product
of this work is Elvira Clain-Stefanelli's review of past and present
trends in numismatic research published in her Numismatics — An Ancient
Science (1965).

Through years of research in numismatic cabinets throughout the
world, the following general new trends have been noted:

221

222 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

1 . Concentrated activities in the research and publication of source
material: catalogs of coins of certain periods accompanied sometimes
by introductory studies, such as those conducted by the British Museum,
and numismatic cabinets in Copenhagen, Paris, Glasgow, Cambridge,
Oxford, New York, and Boston.

2. Activities devoted to the registration, publication and some-
times interpretation of hoard finds, such as has been done in Stockholm,
Hamburg, Paris, Vienna, Munich, Prague, Sofia, Bucharest, and
Leningrad.

3. The publication of monographs on subjects which range the
Orient and Occident from ancient to modern coins, and from historical
medals to decorations, such as has been done in New York, Leningrad,
Vienna, Prague, Tel Aviv, and elsewhere.

The Smithsonian's numismatists are participating in this compre-
hensive endeavor through a numismatic survey of Israel, begun in
1 966, with particular reference to enlarging knowledge of the history
of Israel's ancient money economy. This entails a gradual inventory of
collections, drawing on materials found on or near ancient sites.
Scatter finds and hoards are both of great significance, and local
collections often provide excellent cross-sections of circulating media
from the areas where they were assembled. A goal of this survey is
to produce fully illustrated catalogs of collections which would make
available to students material otherwise practically inaccessible for
research, and would at the same time contribute to knowledge of
monetary circulation patterns.

The purpose of the division of numismatics at the Smithsonian
Institution is to accomplish a double-fold mission: to try to bring the
great wealth of historic and artistic elements of numismatics to the
attention of the general public, and to serve the advancement of the
discipline through a well-planned activity of research and publications.

The search into the history of all forms of money — attempting to
explain their origin, evolution, appearance, intrinsic qualities, and
relation to economics, and their social and cultural history — is the
real scope of numismatics as a scientific and historical discipline.
This viewpoint has been taken by Vladimir Clain-Stefanelli in his
forthcoming history of the national numismatic collections.

When the modern researcher examines the economic function of
money, many new factors — such as cross-cultural valuation practices
and distributive processes — enter his field of vision. Accordingly,
numismatics has had to broaden its scope from that of a study restricted
to metallic and paper currency to the science of all forms of exchange —
including primitive media, money substitutes, and documents of value.
Accordingly, the exhibit of numismatics in the Smithsonian Institution

Renaissance coin collector holding Sestertius of Nero (A.D. .54-68), by Hans
Memling (1430-1494), photo courtesy Musee Royal, Antwerp. Below:
New hall of numismatics.

RISE OF MODERN AMERICA, 1873-1900

o o a

Em m$ fi-i ^f;-^

"'L S9

&«fl«

y ^) Life . S

|te';vrvS

0® ..©..

•* Ci

Above: Typical display in new hall of numismatics, tracing history of money
in the United States. Below: X-ray diffraction patterns of two coins: A
struck silver stater (left), 6th century B.C., of Aegina (Greece) and a modern
cast imitation, also silver, of the same coin. Clearly defined lines of right-
hand pattern indicate the relatively undistorted crystalline structure of a metal
casting; diffuse and broadened lines of the left indicate the distorted crystal-
line lattice of a cold-worked metal. Area represented is approximately
0.5 mm. in diameter, depth of X-ray penetration is on the order of 0.1 mm.

MUSEUM OF HISTORY AND TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION 223

arranges displays of coins, tokens, and paper currencies in their his-
torical and cultural context, rather than by the conventional catalog
classification. The exhibits not only show the evolution of money
by means of characteristic examples selected from crossroads of history,
they also convey the spirit of various periods through the use of
illustrations, background material, and reproductions of typical
artifacts.

The history of art also offers a close and pertinent relationship with
the field of numismatics; indeed, aesthetic qualities of coins have
probably been until recently a most powerful inducement to collecting.
Elvira Clain-Stefanelli's Italian Coin Engravers Since 1800 (1965) — her
most recent contribution to the elucidation of this field — is innovative
in the study of the work of these Italian artists.

To the trained eye of the archeologist, coins may reveal aspects of
civilizations which have disappeared and left few or no records. In
many cases c fins can help to date ancient monuments, the composition
of coin hoards may serve as circumstantial evidence in tracing migra-
tions, army encampments, trade routes, or tides of colonization and
national expansion.

An example of pure research directed toward the specialist is X-ray
diffraction analysis in numismatics to determine the crystal structure
and spatial arrangement of atoms in the crystalline lattice of coins.
This non-destructive method reveals significant information about coin
manufacturing — whether struck or cast, and if struck, whether hot or
cold struck. Thus we gain a better knowledge concerning coining
methods of the past and in this way it is frequently possible also to
distinguish between genuine and counterfeit coins.

Future plans of our division of numismatics call for the exploitation
of all these avenues for the benefit of the National collections. The
cooperation of all pertinent departments and museums of the Smith-
sonian Institution will be sought in the accomplishment of this purpose.

Vladimir Clain-Stefanelli, Curator
Elvira Clain-Stefanelli, Associate Curator
Division of Numismatics

Research and Publication
SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

With the appointment of Robert P. Multhauf to the Directorship of
the Museum of History and Technology, Walter F. Cannon took over
as chairman of the department on May 31, 1966. Cannon is also editor
of The Smithsonian Journal of History, the first issue of which was pub-
lished in the spring of 1966. To fill the vacancy in the curatorship of
tools caused by the promotion of Silvio A. Bedini to Assistant Director
last year, Monte A. Calvert joined the staff this year. Calvert was
formerly the curator of the Archives of Industrial Society at the Univer-
sity of Pittsburgh, and has a book-length study, The Professionalization
of the American Mechanical Engineer, 1830-1910, accepted for publication
by The Johns Hopkins Press.

Melvin H. Jackson, formerly associate curator in the division of naval
history, joined the department in April as associate curator in the sec-
tion of marine transportation. Jackson is continuing his researches in
oceanic history and affairs.

The new cooperative graduate-teaching program with the University
of Pennsylvania was initiated in January when Cannon went on leave
to become the first Smithsonian visiting professor in the University's
Department of the History and Philosophy of Science. He taught an
advanced graduate course on "Physical Science from Young to Planck."
Several students came to Washington to consult with our staff; Uta C.
Merzbach and Calvert went to Philadelphia for individual class sessions
and Ph.D. qualifying examinations. Standards for the M.A. and Ph.D.
degrees were mutually agreed upon, and plans were made for next
year, when Merzbach in the fall semester and Calvert in the spring
will be visiting professors in Philadelphia.

Two curators were honored by professional bodies for their scholar-
ship. In April Sami K. Hamarneh was the recipient of the Edward
Kremers award for distinguished pharmaco-historical writing of the
American Institute of the History of Pharmacy. He was cited at its
25th-anniversary symposium "for his meticulous scholarship and im-
portant revisionary interpretations concerning the history of pharmacy
in Islamic culture." He has also been elected secretary of the section
on historical pharmacy, and a member of the committee on awards of

224

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 225

the Institute. Multhauf's article, "Sal Ammoniac: A Case History in
Industrialization," published in Technology and Culture, won the Usher
prize of the Society for the History of Technology.

John H. White's book length monograph, Cincinnati Locomotive
Builders 1845-1868, was published as a Museum bulletin. Three other
books completed by the staff are in process of publication: Howard I.
Chapelle, Search for Speed Under Sail in North America, 1700-1855; John H.
White, Jr., Representative American Locomotives Before 1880; Bernard S.
Finn, Source Book on Thermoelectricity.

Silvio A. Bedini completely revised and substantially enlarged
his Early American Scientific Instruments and Their Makers, now out of
print, and will republish it as Scientific Instruments in 18th-Century
America, part two of a 3-volume work; his research is substantially
advanced on the other parts — Colonial American Scientific Artifacts and
19th-century American Instrument Makers and Dealers. His monograph
on the 17th-century Italian astronomer de Dondi, "Mechanical
Universe," is to be published by the American Philosophical Society
in the fall; and his book-length history of planetaria is in progress.

Robert M. Vogel completed a detailed industrial-archeological
survey of the G. P. Bradway Machine Works of West Stafford,
Connecticut, in cooperation with the Historic American Buildings
Survey of the U.S. Department of the Interior. Under a Smithsonian
research grant, Vogel obtained complete drawings, photographs,
interviews, and written accounts of this small water-turbine factory,
most of the machinery of which is largely unchanged since it was in-
stalled in 1890. The results give an unusually accurate view of the
equipment and operational techniques of a specialized machine works
of the period. Copies of the survey report have been deposited in
the division's archival collections and in the HABS collection at the
Library of Congress; a scholarly article describing the methods of the
survey and its principal results is being prepared. Vogel also took
part in a project to ensure the permanent preservation of a historical
Bollman- truss bridge at Savage, Maryland, the last surviving example
of the first system of iron trussing used by an American railroad, and he
continued his cooperative work with the American Society of Civil
Engineers on the location and preservation of historic sites and
documents.

Edwin A. Battison continued to supervise the translation of Russian
books through the National Science Foundation-Smithsonian
Institution cooperative program. The third of the series is V. V.
Danielevskii, Nartotfs Theatrum Machinarum. The books have a tech-
nical introduction by Battison. He also continued preparation of an
edition of Jacques Besson's Theatrum Instrumentorum et Machinarum.

226 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF HISTORY & TECHNOLOGY

Battison's investigation of the origin of the milling machine in America
produced an article, "Eli Whitney and the Milling Machine," to be
published in the second issue of The Smithsonian Journal of History.
He continued to work with the group hoping to preserve as a museum
the Robbins & Lawrence armory at Windsor, Vermont.

Monte A. Calvert completed the first draft of a book on American
mechanical technology at world fairs, 1851-1876; and began a study
of the American municipal engineer.

Bernard S. Finn continued his re-creation of the early history of
the telephone through experiments with primitive telephone apparatus,
in an attempt to understand Alexander Graham Bell's problems as
he performed his experiments in the 1870s. The first results were
given in a paper to the Society for the History of Technology at its
annual meeting in December, and will be published in the third issue
of The Smithsonian Journal of History. At the Eleventh International
Congress of the History of Science, in Warsaw, Finn gave a paper on
electron theories in the 19th century. He continued to serve as
managing editor of Isis, the journal of the History of Science Society.

Howard I. Chapelle in October resumed his studies of the admiralty
collection of draughts at the National Maritime Museum, London, then
attended the World Fishing Boat Congress in Goteborg, Sweden. He
also studied marine collections in Museums there and in Bergen, Oslo,
Copenhagen, and Barcelona. He brought near to conclusion his search
in the Public Records office, London, on 17th-, 18th-, and early- 19th-
century American ship building.

White's article on the use of locomotive advertising lithographs as
detailed technical evidence, "Locomotives on Stone," was published in
the first issue of The Smithsonian Journal of History, with four of the litho-
graphs reproduced in full color. On a field trip to Copiapo, Chile, he
studied and sketched a Norris locomotive of 1850; work that provided
the Museum with a set of engineering drawings of this unique American
locomotive.

Uta C. Merzbach continued her research on Liebnitz, delivering a
paper on "Leibniz's Mathematical Contributions in the Context of his
Time" at the Leibniz symposium held at Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute
in spring 1966, and one on "The Interrelationship of Mathematics and
Geographical Discovery" at the annual meeting of the Society for the
History of Discoveries at the University of Indiana.

Deborah J. Warner published in the American Scientist a detailed study
of the work of George Willis Ritchey, the American astronomer re-
sponsible for the development of the large photographic reflecting tele-
scope, culminating in the 100-inch reflector on Mount Wilson.

Hall of physical sciences: Diorama showing Andrew Ellicott (right) and one
of his assistants, Benjamin Banneker, taking a break from their work of
surveying the boundary of the District of Columbia in 1791. They are
shown on the Virginia bluffs overlooking the Potomac River near Litde
Falls with some of the instruments that they actually used. (In 1 792, when
Major Pierre L'Enfant— originally appointed planner of the City of Washing-
ton— was discharged after a quarrel with the commissioners for the city,
Ellicott completed the job.)

Hall of physical sciences: Instruments used to lay out the Nation's Capital
and for other precise surveying in the late 18th century. Some of these were
used by Andrew Ellicott. On the right is the 6-foot zenith sector built by
David Rittenhouse of Philadelphia, with additions by Ellicott. It was the
most accurate scientific instrument built in this country in the 18th century.

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ARTS AND MANUFACTURES 227

ARTS ANDiMANUFAGTURES

Curator John T. Schlebecker has in progress a scientific and technical
history of American agriculture. With the assistance of a summer in-
tern, this project should be accelerated in the coming year. His long-
term study of American farm life in its socioeconomic aspects, begun in
1964, is also in progress, with publication not expected before 1969.
Schlebecker is collaborating with Homer Socolofsky of Kansas State
University in the preparation of a history of Nebraska agriculture in
anticipation of the centennial of that state in 1967.

Schlebecker and the department chairman collaborated with Wayne
Rasmussen, historian of the Department of Agriculture, and an ad hoc
committee of the Departments of Agriculture and Interior to examine
a proposal for a series of "Living Historical Farms." Suggested by
Marion Clawson of Resources for the Future, Inc., these farms would
be operated under conditions and with the crops typical of various
time periods in the growth of American agriculture. A proposal for
financing the detailed preliminary study, prepared by the Museum of
History and Technology representatives, is now before the Secretaries
of Agriculture and Interior. It is expected that the division will
continue to work with the committee in an advisory capacity.

Museum technician Thomas Wessel, under the direction of the cura-
tor, is working on a history of the shelterbelts of the Great Plains,
1874-1967.

In the division of ceramics and glass, compilation of the catalog of
the Hans Syz collection continued, involving research by curators
Paul V. Gardner and J. Jefferson Miller II in some fifteen private and
museum collections and correspondence with many European col-
lectors and museums. Dr. Hans Syz, donor of the collection, spent
several days on this project each month at the Smithsonian and addi-
tional time in Europe and Westport, Connecticut.

Gardner's biography of Frederick Carder is scheduled for comple-
tion in fall 1966. During the year he completed a definitive compila-
tion of Steuben designs, and continued work on a catalog of the
International Congress on Glass Exhibit, 1962, and a Museum hand-
book on millifiori glass at the Smithsonian Institution.

Noteworthy among the six lectures given during the year by Gardner
were "The Hans Syz Collection of 18th Century European Porcelain
at the Smithsonian Institution," at the Antiquarian Society of The
Art Institute of Chicago, November 23, 1965; and "Eighteen-Century
Chinese Export Porcelain," at the National Society of Arts and
Letters, Washington, D.C., March 1, 1966.

228 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF HISTORY & TECHNOLOGY

In addition to his work on the catalog on the Hanz Syz collection
associate curator J. Jefferson Miller began studies of ceramic artifacts
recovered in archaeological excavations at Alexandria, Virginia, and
Fort Michilimackinac, Michigan. His eight lectures during the year
included one on "English Porcelain of the 18th Century," at the
Washington Antique Show, January 1966. In September 1965
Miller chaired a 3-day session on ceramics at the Pennsylvania Histori-
cal and Museum Commission annual Americana Forum at Penns-
bury Manor. He will conduct the ceramic seminar again in October
1966. In May 1966, Miller was elected a Trustee of the Wedgwood
International Seminar.

Curator Jacob Kainen completed a study of the etchings of Antonio
Canal, called Canaletto (1697-1768). Now in press, the study will
include illustrations of all of Canaletto's etchings. Kainen also con-
tinued work on his study of the prints of Hendrick Goltzius, contributed
several articles to the New Catholic Encyclopedia, and served on the ed-
itorial board of The Smithsonian Journal of History.

Associate curator Peter Morse published a paper on Rembrandt's
etching technique, using as an example an etching from the Smith-
sonian's graphic arts collection. He began research for a catalogue
raisonne of the prints of John Sloan.

Kainen served as panelist for a symposium, "Originality in Prints,"
held February 15, 1966; and as judge for the Scholastic Art Awards
Competition, the Winston-Salem Gallery of Fine Arts Annual Show,
and the All- Army Photographic Exhibition. He lectured to the
B'nai B'rith Youth Organization on contemporary Israeli prints and
to the Washington Print Club on contemporary Japanese prints;
and he presented a series of lectures on modern industrial printing
to a group of F.B.I, document inspectors, to help in determining fraud
and forgery. In addition, he had an exhibition of his own paintings
at the Roko Gallery in New York in March 1966. Kainen and Morse
visited New York in October 1965 to study modern printmaking
techniques and to obtain new prints for exhibition. Morse was a
juror for an art exhibition sponsored by the Internal Revenue Service
and served throughout the year as first editor of the Washington
Print Club Newsletter.

Associate curator Eugene Ostroff was awarded a 3-year research
grant to continue his work, started last year, on the preservation and
restoration of photographs, and he prepared interim reports for
publication.

In the Smithsonian collection Ostroff uncovered the earliest extant
example of W. H. Fox Talbot's experiments with light-sensitive ma-
terials, a picture made in 1835 that predates his first photographic

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ARTS AND MANUFACTURES 229

negative invented in 1839. The example consists of a paper print
made from an artifically created negative. Talbot coated a sheet of
glass with a darkened varnish through which he scribed lines. Paper
coated with a light-sensitive solution was placed in contact with this
negative and exposed to light. In cooperation with Kodak Research
Laboratories, Rochester, New York, Ostroff examined the faded print
with self-emission and low- voltage X-ray photography, direct infrared
and ultra-violet photography, infrared luminescence photography, and
photographic contrast enhancement. These tests revealed the written
message "June 20th 1835, written with a pencil of tin, Lacock Abbey,
Wilts." and the alphabet from A-Z.

In cooperation with Kodak Research Laboratories, chemical analyses
were also conducted on the early Fox Talbot experimental material
uncovered by Ostroff during his 1965 European field trip. The results
are being analyzed and the findings are being prepared for publication.

Ostroff visited paper mills which manufacture photographic bases to
survey quality-control techniques. Laboratory test procedures were
established for investigating photographic image fading and the appro-
priate investigations were started.

Museum technician David Haberstich assisted Ostroff in his re-
search related to the preservation and restoration of photographs.
Applying optical restoration procedures wherever necessary, Haber-
stich photocopied a large group of important early photographic
experiments by Fox Talbot and he assisted in the regulating and
standardization of new laboratory research equipment.

Curator Grace R. Cooper continued her research on the spinning
wheel in America in the 1 7th through 1 9th centuries. She has
completed an initial survey of private and public collections in 29
states. Completion of this project is scheduled for the coming year.
As a senior technical editor for Encyclopaedia Britannica, Mrs. Cooper
reviewed a number of new textile articles for technical content, and
she outlined and recommended the reorganization of several existing
articles.

Associate curator Rita J. Adrosko continued her research on the
use of natural dyes in 18th- and 19th-century American textiles.
The results will be included in an I COM report on "Dyestuffs Used
in the Past for Dyeing of Textile Materials in America." Her in-
vestigations of Jacquard-woven silk pictures and Jacquard imitation
tapestries continued. She also began research on 19th-century French
shawls; extensive information on this subject was gathered during
October and November 1965 when she visited various textile centers
in France and also attended the biannual meeting and technical

230-457— 6G 19

230 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF HISTORY & TECHNOLOGY

sessions of the Centre International d' Etudes des Textiles Anciens,
October 14-26.

Museum specialist Doris Bowman continued her study of early
machine-made nets. Additional examples were located and identified.
A monograph of this research is in preparation.

Acting curator Philip W. Bishop presented a paper at the annual
meeting of the Society for the History of Technology on the growth of
the American iron industry in relation to the development of the
American economy through 1865. Using the techniques employed in
the study of developing economies as evolved in recent years, the paper,
which is being expanded for publication, involves a new approach to
the technological history of the first half of the 19th century in America.
Considerable research has been done in connection with the introduc-
tion of rolled iron and steel beams, arising out of a paper presented in
preliminary form by Robert A. Jewett of the School of Engineering
of the University of Illinois. Bishop also continued research into the
origins of drilling methods employed in the United States. This in-
volved collaboration with J. Edward Brandy, who is working on a
definitive history of drilling for the American Petroleum Institute.

The coal research activities of associate curator John N. Hoffman were
concentrated on the development of a suitable script for the hall of
coal. He has been working closely with representatives of the coal
industry. The history of the mechanization of the bituminous coal
industry and the relation of the development of American anthracite
resources to the evolution of transportation methods in the early 19th
century were studied, and a number of contemporary archives were
discovered.

All members of the department gave lectures in the graduate courses
in American civilization organized by the department of American
studies in collaboration with The George Washington University.

The department has been host to three Smithsonian Fellows: Eliza-
beth Harris of the University of Reading, England, who studied the
development of early photomechanical printing methods, using the
Museum's large collection in this field; James H. Brewer of North Caro-
lina State University, who studied the contribution of the Negro artisan
to the Confederate war effort; and Henry J. Kauffman of Millersville
State College, Pennsylvania, who is preparing a history of technology
for the use of the undergraduate. All have profited from access to the
collections and the curators of the Museum, and have amply demon-
strated the value of the fellowship program to the scholar and his host.

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION CIVIL HISTORY 231

CIVIL HISTORY

The increasing interest in historic archeology as a scientific tool in the
study of history was reflected in a 3-day seminar on the role of historic
archeology, of which C. Malcolm Watkins, curator of cultural history,
was chairman. Participants, who ranged from classical archeologists
and anthropologists to historians and curators, were drawn from univer-
sities and museums extending from Exeter, England, to San Francisco.

An application of the role of the historic archeologist was demon-
strated as a result of a request by the Urban Renewal Agency of
Alexandria, Virginia, for assistance in salvage archeology in the Gadsby
Urban Renewal area of downtown Alexandria. Archeological aid
Richard J. Muzzrole, of the division of cultural history, was assigned
to this task. He worked under dramatically adverse conditions, be-
tween the motions of bulldozers and piledrivers, to salvage rich material
evidence of urban life in a Federal-period town. Many hundreds of
artifacts recovered from wells and privy pits that had been filled be-
tween 1790 and 1835 provided a detailed picture of the ceramics,
glass, and other objects that belonged to merchants, shop-owners, and
inn-keepers of the time. This type of cooperation between the city of
Alexandria and the Smithsonian Institution could well be a model for
collaboration between urban renewal administrators and archeologists
wherever historic areas are about to be disturbed and opportunity can
be seized to secure knowledge and preserve evidence of the historic past.
In furtherance of the effort to develop research in the field of political
campaigning, associate curator Keith E. Melder, in charge of the
division of political history, organized a conference June 2-3, 1966, on
needs and opportunities in the study of political campaigning. A
panel of historians, political scientists, and representatives of the com-
munications media discussed the scholarly neglect of campaigning, the
20th-century revolution in campaigning, and campaign collections and
resources for their study.

Chairman Richard H. Howland, devoting a considerable part of his
time to special assignments, continued to serve as chairman of the
managing committee of the American School of Classical Studies, at
Athens. He made three brief trips to the School, in October, January,
and June, in connection with the initiation of a major excavation
campaign in the ancient Agora of the city of Athens. He continued as
a member of the 12-man U.S. National Committee of ICOMOS (In-
ternational Council of Monuments and Sites), representing this com-
mittee and the United States at the annual meeting in Vienna of IBI
(Internazionales Burgen Institut), and he read a paper at the joint
meetings of IBI and the Oesterreichische Burgenverein.

232 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF HISTORY & TECHNOLOGY

Curator V. Clain-Stefanelli, of the division of numismatics, par-
ticipated in Treasury Department hearings concerning the importation
of certain gold coins, and continued his co-operation with the Treasury
Department's Office of Domestic Gold and Silver Operations, in con-
nection with establishing the status of gold coins and medals. He is
engaged in developing practical procedures regarding the authenti-
cation of gold bars. He also conducted a survey of numismatic
museums in Istanbul, Athens, Sofia, Bucharest, Moscow, and
Leningrad, part of a long-range project that also includes a numismatic
survey of Israel.

Associate curator Elvira Clain-Stefanelli addressed the Congress
of the International Federation of the Medal in Athens, Greece, as
United States delegate. For this occasion she prepared a special
exhibit of contemporary United States medals. Mrs. Clain-Stefanelli
was re-elected a member of the Central Bureau of the International
Congress of the Medal.

John Fesperman, newly appointed to supervise performance activ-
ities in the division of musical instruments, arranged for concerts by
invited musicians who used the Smithsonian's 18th-century German
clavichord, the Barak Norman gamba, and the Shudi and Dulcken
harpsichords. Museum specialist Scott Odell spent several days in
southwestern Virginia searching for and interviewing traditional
dulcimer players. Several were found and tape recordings made of
their playing in preparation for a record documenting this neglected
and fast-disappearing folk tradition.

Extensive progress on the development of the iconographic file of
illustrations of musical subjects represented in art was made by
museum technician Helen Hollis. This archive, now numbering about
850 items will provide the Smithsonian with a valuable source of
research information about the history of the construction and use
of musical instruments.

Professor George E. Hargest of Clark University completed a survey
and historical interpretation of 237 pieces of transatlantic mail in the
collection of the division of philately and postal history. The work
resulted in an important record of mail carried before the reform -and
standardization of international postal rates under conventions of the
Universal Postal Union, effective in 1875. Professor Hargest's
manuscript not only documents the holdings of the division with respect
to this type of mail, but summarizes and interprets the various 19th-
century postal treaties between the United States and foreign countries.

Associate curator Carl H. Scheele, in charge of the division of
philately and postal history, completed a manuscript dealing with the
general field of postal history, surveying postal services abroad from

Hall of medals and decorations:
American eagle sculptured
in wrought iron marks en-
trance to section of the hall.
Below: Portion of series of
halls illustrating U.S. armed
forces history through the
Civil War, opened this year
along with hall of ordnance.

Hall of ordnance: Two of a series of exhibits illustrating the development of
small arms.

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ARMED FORCES HISTORY 233

ancient times to the 19th century, and American postal services from
Colonial times to the present.

ARMED FORCES HISTORY

Underwater exploration and research into its methods and pro-
cedures continued as the major project of chairman Mendel L.
Peterson.

An expedition to Bermuda during July and August explored wreck
sites dating from the late 16th through the 19th centuries. A major
accomplishment was the removal of a midship section of a large, as
yet unidentified, Spanish ship believed to date from the late 16th
century. This section is being preserved and will form an important
element in a reconstructed site in the hall of underwater exploration.
The section was removed by hand sawing with a crosscut saw and
involved a considerable amount of physical exertion. The inner
planking, floor timbers, futtocks, and sheathing of the ship were all
carefully numbered as they were removed and will be reassembled
exactly as found. In sectioning the ship a gunport cover was found,
a discovery that gave additional information on the above-deck ap-
pearance of the vessel. Other areas under the remaining timber
of the ship remain to be explored and are expected to yield additional
artifacts which may be useful in establishing the exact identity of
the ship.

Another site, potentially of importance to the history of the glass
trade, was a site with an associated date of 1783 which yielded a
large quantity of fragments of table glass. Over forty distinct forms
were recognized in the many hundreds of specimens recovered. This
cargo may have originated in England but a thorough search of the
Bermuda Archives failed to identify the site definitely. It is possible
that the cargo contains American as well as English glass and that
it was transshipped, a fact which would add to the difficulties of exact
identification. Even if not associated with a particular ship, however,
the collection is important since it represents a precisely dated cargo
which will be important in dating other table glass found in collections
ashore.

Several other wreck sites which warrant further exploration included
the General Armstrong, a sailing vessel of the Civil War period, the Minnie
Brassier, a Confederate blockade runner, and an unidentified Spanish
ship of the late 17th or early 18th centuries.

Museum specialist Alan B. Albright continued an investigation into
the preservation of water-logged wood with polyethylene glycol, the

234 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF HISTORY & TECHNOLOGY

use of ultrasonics in the cleaning of encrusted objects, and the vacuum
impregnation of wet organic materials.

The addition of a museum technician to the staff gives additional
stimulus to the program for the preservation of materials recovered
from underwater sites. Thaddeus S. Moore, who joined the staff in
January 1966, is restoring several significant ceramic vessels dating
from the 16th through the early 19th centuries. Much of the work of
the laboratory now concerns itself with the preservation of the large
section of ships' timber removed from the late 16th-century wreck
site in Bermuda.

Chairman Peterson completed two papers relating to ordnance re-
covered from underwater sites: "Ordnance Materials Recovered From
a Late Sixteenth Century Shipwreck Site" and "Wired Ball for Small
Arms 1594-1715." Both of these papers will appear in Military Col-
lector and Historian, Journal of the Company of Military Historians. He
delivered some thirty lectures on the underwater exploration program
during the year to professional and lay groups.

Curator Edgar M. Howell and museum specialist Donald E. Kloster
accelerated work on a comprehensive, descriptive, critical, and docu-
mentary catalog of United States Army dress to include uniforms,
headgear, and footwear. The first volume of this project, covering the
subject of headgear through 1854, is complete and ready for editing.
Much of the research for the second volume, that on uniforms through
1854, is complete, and work is continuing. This research is being
performed in conjunction with a comprehensive recataloging and doc-
umenting of the uniform collections, a particularly significant project
in that these, comprising more than 1,200 American uniforms plus a
large number of foreign ones, are the most comprehensive in existence.

Howell has greatly expanded his efforts to locate original graphic
material illustrative of the role of the United States Army in the opening
and development of the West, publishing a third monograph and
working on a fourth and fifth on the subject. This is a long-range and
continuing project.

Kloster has completed most of the research on a monograph' on
Quartermaster General Montgomery C. Meigs' first attempt to publish
specifications for clothing and equipage in his efforts to establish and
maintain rigid standards for these types of materiel procured by the
Army. The monograph, which will be illustrated, will include here-
tofore unpublished specifications, with documentation, for the period
from the Civil War through 1872.

Between June 1 and July 4, 1966, associate curator Craddock R.
Goins, Jr., participated in the Fourth International Congress of
Museums of Arms and Military History in Moscow, and examined

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ARMED FORCES HISTORY 235

weapons collections in Stockholm, Moscow, Leningrad, Vienna,
Paris, Brussels, and London. His studies were directed toward iden-
tifying and documenting European arms in the collections of the
Smithsonian Institution for publication in a catalog of the collections.

Colonel B. R. Lewis, USA (Ret.), consultant to the division, com-
pleted his manuscript "Small Arms Ammunition Displayed at the
International Exposition, Philadelphia, 1876, Prepared by the
Frankford Arsenal." In addition to being an excellent catalog of
the display, which is now part of the Museum collections, Colonel
Lewis' manuscript is a valuable study of the development of small-arms
ammunition during the first three quarters of the 19th century.

Curator Philip K. Lundeberg revised for publication in two forth-
coming issues of the Smithsonian Journal of History his study on the
impact of undersea warfare upon Allied strategy during World
War I. In this revision he examined more closely the technological,
diplomatic, and geographical factors that discouraged Great Britain
from undertaking the celebrated "Baltic Project," an amphibious
thrust through the Danish Straits against the Baltic coast of Germany.

During the year Lundeberg conducted research at Philadelphia and
Washington on the Continental gondola Philadelphia, publishing thereon
a brief survey pamphlet entitled "The Continental Gunboat Philadel-
phia and the Northern Campaign of 1776," which includes an illustrated
account of the Battle of Valcour Island, as well as a description of the
raising and preservation of the Philadelphia. Final revisions and addi-
tions were made by Lundeberg to the American contribution to the
Bibliography of the Great Sea Routes sponsored by The International Com-
mission on Maritime History of UNESCO. A final report on this ma-
jor international bibliographic enterprise was presented by Dr. Lunde-
berg in November 1965 at the Annual Meeting of the Society for the
History of Discoveries held at the University of Indiana. Work con-
tinued on the catalog of United States warship models, and a special
study of the 44-gun British ship-of-the-line America (1749) was well
advanced by Merritt A. Edson, Jr., of Washington, D.C.

During the year associate curator Melvin H. Jackson continued his
survey of cannon produced by Jan and Pieter Verbruggen between
1751-1782 as part of his study on fifty foundry drawings of Pieter
Verbruggen. In addition Jackson continued his research on the history
of the American privateer Prince of Neufchatel. Material secured from
British Admiralty archives, records of the Port of Brest, France, the
United States National Archives, and the records of the New York
Surrogate Court revealed much new information on the owners and
fighting career of this celebrated privateer of the War of 1812.

236 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF HISTORY & TECHNOLOGY

During the year exhibits specialist Howard Hoffman prepared de-
tailed plans of the Continental gondola Philadelphia, including drawings
of her ordnance, anchors, and deck furniture, based on his detailed
survey of that historic vessel. In addition, Hoffman prepared detailed
plans for the gun carriage of a late- 18th-century carronade and a
privateer's deck section appropriate for its exhibition.

In association with the Naval Historical Foundation, the division of
naval history continued a series of lectures on naval and maritime
history. On October 14, 1965, Rear Admiral John B. Heffernan, for-
mer Director of Naval History, Department of the Navy, lectured on
"The Union Blockade, 1861-1865," illuminating that critical maritime
aspect of the Civil War by distinguishing between the concept of an
effective and an efficient blockade. In addition, the division sponsored
an illustrated lecture on February 17, 1966, by the noted British mari-
time historian, Commander David W. Waters, on "Convoy in the Age
of Sail and Today."

AMERICAN STUDIES

Late in December 1965, a department of American studies was set
up in the Museum of History and Technology and Wilcomb E. Wash-
burn, formerly curator of the divison of political history, was appointed
its chairman.

The principal function of the department is to carry on an American
Studies Program in cooperation with universities throughout the
country. An orientation seminar in the material culture of the United
States, designed to acquaint graduate students in the local universities
with the resources and with the scholars of the Museum, was offered
during the spring semester of 1966. George Washington University
was the only university administratively able to participate in the 1966
program, but the University of Maryland and other local universities
are scheduled to participate when the Seminar is given again in spring
1967. Reading courses with individual members of the staff of the
Museum and thesis direction are also available under the Program,
and the first doctoral candidate was accepted. He will work under
the joint supervision of Washburn and the chairman of the department
of history at the University of Delaware on the development of museum
education at the Smithsonian in the period of Spencer F. Baird and
G. Brown Goode. As knowledge of the program spread, inquiries
were received from department heads throughout the country, and
tentative arrangements for advanced research by other graduate stu-
dents were discussed. The program is expected to open up many

RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION GROWTH OF THE U.S. 237

unexploited areas of research in material culture to doctoral students
in American universities.

A second responsibility of the department of American studies is
to plan a proposed Historical Studies Center, that will involve a
historic sources survey, a historic sites survey, and other programs
designed to make museum resources in the United States better
known and more effectively exploited.

In August 1965 Washburn attended the International Congress
of the History of Science at Warsaw and at Cracow, Poland; and
in August-September 1965 the International Congress of Historical
Sciences at Vienna, Austria, where he represented the Society for
the History of Discoveries at the meetings of the International Com-
mission on Maritime History. He prepared papers for the annual
meeting of the American Indian Ethnohistoric Conference in Tucson,
Arizona, on "Philanthropy and the American Indian"; and for the
North American Fur Trade Conference, St. Paul, Minnesota, on
"Symbol, Utility, and Aesthetics in the Indian Fur Trade." In
November 1965 he presided at the annual meeting of the Society
for the History of Discoveries at the University of Indiana.

Lectures were delivered by Washburn in March 1966 at the National
Bureau of Standards on "The Evolution of Government Science
Policy in the Nineteenth Century," with special reference to the
Smithsonian Institution; and in June 1966, at the Foreign Service
Institute, Department of State, on "Values in United States History."

GROWTH OF THE UNITED STATES

Curator Peter C. Welsh continued his work on the Harry T. Peters
lithography collection, the Van Alstyne folk art collection, and upon
various aspects of technological history, principally, the implements
of the handcrafts. The principal work completed this year has been
the manuscript, "Track and Road," a history of the American trotting
horse based upon the visual record preserved in the Peters lithography
collection. The principal publications by this curator have been
American Folk Art: The Art and Spirit of a People, published by the
Smithsonian Institution, and the article "The Metallic Woodworking
Plane" which appeared in Technology and Culture, January 1966.

Assistant curator Anne Castrodale prepared the catalog entries
for about 150 objects from the Eleanor and Mabel Van Alstyne Folk
Art collection included in American Folk Art: The Art and Spirit of a
People, by Peter C. Welsh. She completed the editing of the journal
of William Wood Thackara, a volunteer from Philadelphia in the

238 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF HISTORY & TECHNOLOGY

War of 1812, and continued her study of the life and work of the
18th-century Philadelphia cabinetmaker Daniel Trotter.

Museum technician Robert R. Macdonald has been researching the
history of the Benjamin Franklin press, and also tanning in the United
States during the later half of the nineteenth century. He assisted
in the preparation of a proposed exhibition on the Victorian woman
and prepared the bibliography for it.

Laboratory of about 1 790 in hall of chemistry. Nearby is an exhibit depicting
a chemistry laboratory of the 1890s. Below: 1890 American pharmacy in
hall of medical sciences. The fixtures were, until 1958, part of a drug store
located in southeast Washington, D.C.

Starting late in spring 1966, lecture-demonstrations on the effect of nuclear
radiation on plants, animals, and foods were given by staff members of the
Oak Ridge Institute for Nuclear Studies, which sponsored the project.
The exhibit also illustrated the use of radioisotopes in medicine.

The Collections
CARE AND CONSERVATION

SPECIMENS ACCESSIONED, IDENTIFIED, AND

FISCAL YEAR 1966

Accessions
{transac-
tions)
1966
Departments {new)

Science and

Technology 191

Arts and Man-
ufactures 225

Civil History 675

Armed Forces
History 1 14

Total 1,205

DISTRIBUTED—

Received
on loan

Exchanged
with other
institutions

Trans-
ferred to
other Gov-
ernment
agencies

Lent for
study to

investigators
and other ,

institutions

Specimens
identified

373

199

1,986

123

1,011

146, 505

1,788

567

1,311 150,289

As halls become completed, more staff time can be devoted to rear-
rangement of reference collections and up-dating of catalogs and files.
This has begun in the division of electricity and in the growing archives
of mechanical and civil engineering. Unpacking and storage of the
very large James Arthur watch and clock collection is being carried out
so as to eliminate later rearranging and recataloging.

In addition to the usual restoration work, we have a growing program
of returning objects to operational status, both for making up more
interesting displays and for facilitating research into the acutal utility
and accuracy of the objects. Thus a number of internal combustion
engines to be shown operating in the hall of heavy machinery were
restored under the direction of technician William K. Henson, and
the difficult task of restoring early television sets was undertaken by
technician Roy V. LaRoche. Operating exhibits interest the public
very much, but require much maintenance; thus many of the clocks in
the timekeeping hall have required cleaning, lubrication, and the
replacement of worn elements this year.

A survey of the entire agriculture and forest products collection is in
progress to determine the need to eliminate redundant material, and

239

240 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF HISTORY & TECHNOLOGY

the collection of approximately 2,000 photographs on farm machinery
implements and processes is being organized and cataloged.

Transfer of the reference collections of ceramics and glass to the
Museum of History and Technology was completed, and plans were
made to arrange, inventory, and index them. The move was greatly
expedited by the assistance of Museum Specialist Abraham Richards
and Technicians John Carter and Francis Gadson of the division of
manufactures and heavy industry. Twelve important pieces in the
Hans Syz collection were repaired during the year.

Research fellow Elizabeth M. Harris and museum technician
James W. Norwood have undertaken a complete re-arrangement of the
important collection of photomechanical prints in the division of
graphic arts. Dr. Harris identified and documented numerous items
hitherto undescribed, and with the help of Norwood made much-
needed repairs on damaged specimens. Associate curator Eugene
Ostroff treated a small selection of the collection's most valuable photo-
graphs with the new technique, devised by him, for restoring faded
photographs though neutron irradiation. Museum specialist Elliott
Hawkins continued a long-range project of verifying equipment speci-
mens with catalog cards, and he is systematically arranging the
collection.

The textiles laboratory completed the technical analysis and wet-
cleaning of 86 items. Especially challenging were three bagpipe covers
from the musical instrument collections, each of which had an outer
leather cover and a separate inner lining that had obsorbed the sugary
compound used to soften the leather of the bag. This compound was
successfully removed by museum technician Maureen Collins, who is
responsible for the cleaning work of the laboratory.

Several large specimens, attempted for the first time, including a
large white embroidered counterpane, an embroidered shawl, and a
hand-woven blanket, all needed for the new textile exhibit hall. Care
in rinsing is of great importance in handling large items. A short,
illustrated paper on the "How to Wet-Clean Undyed Cotton and
Linen" submitted for publication by Miss Collins, covers the methods
judged best by the division after the cleaning of over 500 articles in the
laboratory during the past 4 years.

The musical instruments reference collections and restoration labo-
ratory were provided with a constant and closely regulated relative
humidity of 50 ±2 percent. The improvement in stability of the speci-
mens, especially of the restored keyboard instruments, has been
noticeable. Robert Sheldon who joined the staff as a museum tech-
nician, is restoring to playing condition several wind instruments,
including an early 19th-century serpent.

THE COLLECTIONS CARE AND CONSERVATION 241

Work has begun on the complete documentation of every dress in the
First Ladies collection. A professional pattern maker is preparing a
pattern of each dress, making a muslin copy, and providing a set of
instructions for its construction, accompanied by a water color drawing
of the dress.

A long-range project was started to arrange systematically the entire
study collection of coins, tokens, and medals in individual boxes of
adequate sizes placed on shallow metal trays. The trays are all inter-
changeable and are arranged in metal cabinets, each provided with
79 sliding slots for the individual trays.

The restoration of numerous leather, paper, metal and wooden
specimens, completed in preparation for use in the growth of the
United States exhibits, was done in cooperation with the conservation-
analytical laboratory (see p. 52).

Precautions against damage to specimens by all types of light were
taken throughout the entire armed forces history exhibit area with the
installation of filters, diffusers, and blackout curtains.

In the division of military history, emphasis was placed on reorganizing
and cataloging collections in the new storage areas, and placing them
in new types of storage containers. Restoration of flags continued,
and research in this area was carried out in conjunction with the
division of textiles, with whose help considerable work also was done
on cleaning and restoring of some of the more fragile uniforms.

Approximately a third of the weapons in the reference collections
were disassembled, cleaned, and treated for preservation by museum
aid Zeb Spencer. A commercial rust inhibitor, Formula 3-36, pre-
pared by the Corrosion Reaction Consultants, Dresher, Pennsylvania,
has been most effective in protecting metal objects from moisture and
toxicity.

Consultant Colonel B. R. Lewis examined the small arms ammunition
collections and recommended a method of treating metallic coatings
to prevent corrosion and oxidation of lead. Experiments are being
made and the results will be published. Colonel Lewis also examined
and identified all the specimens of small-arms ammunition, made
recommendations for their arrangement in the reference collections,
and suggested sources for obtaining additional specimens needed.

The division of naval history bent special efforts toward securing
stable temperature and humidity conditions in exhibition halls and
reference collection areas, with particular attention being given to the
Continental gondola Philadelphia. Through the skillful efforts of
conservator Charles Olin, a mutilated mid- 19th-century oil painting
of United States naval operations off Canton was completely restored
and made available for exhibition. All printed material in the P.V.H.

230-457—66 20

242 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF HISTORY & TECHNOLOGY

Weems Memorial Library was cataloged and a large number of manu-
scripts relating to the history of modern navigation were microfilmed
for use by scholars.

GIFTS AND ADDITIONS

SPECIMENS IN THE NATIONAL COLLECTIONS MAY 31, 1966

Department of Science and Technology 103, 307

Physical Sciences 4, 539

Mechanical and Civil Engineering 12, 315

Electricity 7, 452

Transportation 42, 981

Medical Sciences 36, 020

Department of Arts and Manufactures 151, 572

Textiles 35, 467

Ceramics and Glass 17, 448

Graphic Arts 52, 485

Manufactures and Heavy Industries 35, 561

Agriculture and Forest Products 10, 611

Department of Civil History 10, 305, 667

Political History 48, 693

Cultural History 24, 260

Philately and Postal History 10, 032, 967

Numismatics 199, 747

Department of Armed Forces History 54, 922

Military History 41 , 969

Naval History 12, 953

Total 10, 615, 468

SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

As is usual, important accessions included both large scale collections
and individual items of outstanding interest. Examples of the former
were the acquisition of the Thomas Norrell railroad collection of some
12,000 prints, books, and negatives, the result of a lifetime of dis-
criminating collecting, and 119 linen and eggshell-paper drawings of
early locomotives and cars, donated by the Reading Company; an
example of the latter was the gift by Marion M. Emery of a delicate
racing sulky of about 1870.

An item of considerable public interest was the first Atlas ground
guidance computer, Mod I, retired to us by the U.S. Air Force from
its duties at Cape Kennedy. The computer, however, has a long his-
tory, and we were fortunate to be able to obtain one of the early
attempts at a useful computing machine, that of de Lepine in 1 725, as

THE COLLECTIONS CARE AND CONSERVATION 243

well as the first practicable commercial calculating machine, the 1820
model of Charles X. Thomas.

Not all instruments age so swiftly; we received from the Bureau of
Standards the Meggers infra-red spectroscope with which precision
spectroscopy in this country was initiated by Dr. Meggers in 1914.
The instrument, although in some ways outmoded, still holds the record
for long-wave measurements in the far infra-red. And a large 18th-
century copper still, marked "R. Bush, Bristol, 1787," was obtained
from the U.S. Department of Internal Revenue.

The division of mechanical and civil engineering received a large
group of documents related to the career of William Rich Hutton
(1826-1901). It consists, apparently, of every piece of paper used by
Hutton in his work as assistant engineer on the Washington, D.C.,
water supply system of 1857-1859 and as chief engineer of the C&O
Canal through the 1870s, of the steel arch bridge over the Harlem
River in New York, of the first Hudson River tunnel in 1888-1890, and
of many lesser projects. It may well be the most comprehensive doc-
umentation of the work of any single civil engineer of the latter 1 9th
century. From Brown University came a unique collection of models
connected with George Corliss. Other accessions include a number of
sundials; an important clock made by Whitehurst of Derby; and an
1876 Gleason bevel-gear planer, the first commercially successful bevel-
gear cutter, which will go on display in the hall of tools.

The medical sciences collections received 40 Limoges apothecary
jars, a gift from Smith Kline & French Laboratories; and an 1896
syrup dispensing urn, donated by the Coca-Cola Co. Two 17th-
century Italian majolica drug jars, a 13th-century Persian glazed-
pottery mortar, and a 12th-century Persian pottery jar were purchased
through the Squibb fund. The dental collections of Dr. Charles H.
Land was donated by Columbia University.

The division of electricity received four major donations: A 200-
kilowatt Alexanderson alternator, dating from 1921, marking the cul-
mination of the alternator method of producing radio waves; apparatus
used in the first commercial microwave communications system of 1945
between New York and Philadelphia; an alternating current generator
and a transformer of the mid- 1880s, donated by Sebastian de Ferranti,
grandson of the inventor, representing unique early design in alter-
nating current; and photomicrographs taken by Ladislaus Marton
with his first three electron microscopes.

The marine transportation section received from the Socony Oil Co.,
a model of a Mobil-Socony tanker and from the Luckenbach Lines a
sectionalized model, on %-inch scale, of a large freight steamer.

244 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF HISTORY & TECHNOLOGY

ARTS AND MANUFACTURES

A model of a Swedish gang mill was acquired from the Soderhamn
Machine Manufacturing Company of Talladega, Alabama. Also
acquired were a partially framed model of the ship Ocean Monarch,
constructed by Boucher Lewis Precision Models, Inc., New York;
and an operating model of a dry kiln made by the Moore Dry Kiln
Company of Jacksonville, Florida. All these models will be in-
corporated in forest products hall.

Raymond Stout of Washington, D. C, presented a 1901 Hubei
model steam tractor. An excellent collection of barbed wire was
lonated by Frank Horsfall, Department of Horticulture, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia. K. E. Clark of Los
Angeles, California, gave a cast iron seat to complete the one-horse,
front-cut mowing machine of 1880 now in the farm machinery hall.

Many of the 291 pieces of ceramics and glass accessioned during
the year came from donors who over the years have demonstrated a
continued interest in building a strong and diverse collection. Mrs.
Florence E. Bushee gave 42 rare 19th century paperweights. Mrs.
William A. Sutherland gave 14 pieces of 18th-century English porcelain,
including a very rare pair of Bow sauceboats and a fine pair of Bow
figures. Mr. and Mrs. George W. Ware presented 1 1 pieces of antique
German glass; several were types previously unrepresented in the
collections. Mr. and Mrs. L. Wagner gave 1 1 pieces of early Steuben
glass; a welcome addition to the division's strong collection of Steuben
glass. And Dr. Hans Syz gave 15 pieces of 18th-century German and
English porcelain; included among these were an important Meissen
tureen and an extremely fine Derby sweetmeat stand.

Four pieces of 19th-century American Tucker porcelain were
purchased through the Joanne Toor Cummings Fund. Mr. and
Mrs. Mayer Greenberg established a fund from which was purchased
7 pieces of contemporary pottery from the studio of Otto and Gertrud
Natzler. The A. D. Alpine Company presented an electric kiln
which will be used in live demonstrations of the potter's art.

The significant acquisition of the division of graphic arts was the
Harris Model S4L offset press, serial no. 101, now on display. Built in
1906, it was the first commercially successful offset press and marked
the beginning of the large and growing industry of offset lithography.
It was a gift from the Harris-Intertype Corporation.

The most important print accession was Kaethe Kollwitz's lithograph,
Saaljruchte sol/en nicht vermahlen werden, her last print and one of only
three known copies. This print was obtained with the help of a
generous gift from Dr. Otto Kallir. The German Expressionist^ print

Lithograph by Kaethe Kollwitz, Saatfrikhte sollen nicht vermahlen werden, recently
acquired for the print collection. Below: Briefcase and other personal
possessions of the late Adlai E. Stevenson, used by him when he was the
U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations, °ift of Mrs. Ernest L. Ives.

Early attempt at a useful computing machine, made by de Lepine in 1725.
Below: The Atlas guidance computer Mod I set up as a special operating
exhibit in the hall of chemistry, September 1965.

THE COLLECTIONS GIFTS AND ADDITIONS 245

holdings were strengthened by the addition of works by Karl Schmidt-
Rottluff and Lovis Corinth. Original blocks and prints by Uniichi
Hiratsuka and George O'Connell were gifts of the Washington Print
Club. Other important accessions were Edouard Manet's color litho-
graph, Polichinelle, John Baptist Jackson's Descent from the Cross, and
important works by American artists, including Edward Hopper's
Night Shadows, five posters by John Sloan, and prints by Bellows,
Hartley, Lasansky, Frasconi, Kohn, and Baskin. Examples of con-
temporary printmaking techniques were enriched by the acquisition of
original plates and prints by Michael Ponce de Leon and Andrew
Stasik. Twenty-five old manuscripts were given by the University of
Montana.

A number of accessions of significance to the history of photography
were received. The Bell Telephone Laboratories presented the proto-
type and the earliest production model of the Fastax, the first com-
mercially successful high-speed motion-picture camera, first man-
ufactured in 1943. C. F. Carlson and the Xerox Corporation
presented Carlson's laboratory experimental materials leading to the
development of the Xerographic process, and the apparatus built
by Carlson to demonstrate the practicability of automating his image
duplicating process. Richard Avedon donated 100 of the original
negatives (with prints) used in his books, Observations (1959) and
Nothing Personal (1964). Graflex, Inc. donated 16 early examples
of their cameras. The Technicolor Corporation gave their first two
color motion-picture camersa which, with the two received last year,
provide the section with a thorough technological documentation
of that process from 1916 to the present time. The Johns Hopkins
University has made available four early rocket-borne cameras,
including the first cameras to take pictures from a rocket above the
earth's atmosphere. This historical event took place in 1946 when
the photographic equipment was carried in a captured V-2 rocket
to an altitude of 70 miles over New Mexico. The U.S. Navy prepared
and presented the world's longest panoramic photograph, a single
color transparency 175 feet long that covers a 4-mile section of the
United States from the east to the west coast.

An interesting late- 17th-century tapestry was presented by Gerson
Nordlinger. A handsome brocaded silk fabric of the first half of the
18th century was given by Lt. Col. Kibbey M. Home, U.S.A. This
example from France is especially fine because of the rich use of gold
and silver threads and the fine condition of the richly colored silk yarns.

An important early Jacquard woven picture of 1844 was received.
The woven design commemorates the visit of the Due d'Anmale to
the atelier of M. Carquillat, the weaver of the picture. An excellent

246 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF HISTORY & TECHNOLOGY

detailed rendering of a Jacquard loom is included in the design. Eight
outstanding examples of lace and embroidery of the 17th through
the 19th centuries were presented by Mrs. Hugh Bullock and Mrs.
Robert Goetz. Included in this group is a deep flounce of beautiful
17th-century Gros Point de Venise lace. Mrs. Frank D. Edgington
presented a poignant mourning picture, painted in 1828 on cotton
velvet by Hannah Converse, grandmother of Mark Hanna. An
indigo-blue wool quilted counterpane, ca. 1800, gift of Mr. and Mrs.
Wilbur James Fraser, was added to the collection of bed coverings.

For the hall of petroleum a number of items were acquired. Baroid
Division of the National Lead Company prepared, in cooperation with
the curator, an exhibit explaining the use of drilling muds. Cameo
Inc. gave two working models of gas-pumping methods; an original
Amerada bottom hole pressure gauge came from the Geophysical Re-
search Corporation; while the French Atomic Authority provided an
elegant model of Deca II, their experiment in thermonuclear fusion.
The Shell Development Company collaborated with the curator in the
design of a demonstration of underwater completion methods. The
Museum acquired the Dunning cyclotron and arranged to take the
McMillan synchrotron; both are pioneer acceleration machines impor-
tant in the history of nuclear physics. Kenneth Jewett presented to
the national collections a further installment of his collection of tinware.

CIVIL HISTORY

Of architectural interest is the generous gift of Bruce and Calderon
Howe of several mantels, stair rails, doors, and other elements from
their now dismantled H Street, NW., house in Washington. Mrs. Van
Horn Ely gave two fine side chairs made in New York, ca. 1830. An
example of frontier folk life is a chair made about 1870 on a ranch in
Mendocino, California, the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Eaton L. Grimes.
An inevitable phase of 19th-century life was a horse-drawn hearse; a
good example was given jointly by the Litchfield Historical Society
and the Torrington Historical Society, both of Connecticut. Some
fifty pieces of American furniture, dating from the third quarter of the
19th century, have been acquired for the offices and conference rooms
of the original Smithsonian Institution building, designed by James
Renwick. The principal rooms will gradually be furnished with ma-
terial reflecting the early decades of the building's use and the Institu-
tion's growth.

As a result of the collecting activities of Scott Odell, of the division
of musical instruments, in the southern mountains, notable additions
were made to the collections of traditional American musical instru-
ments: These include several Appalachian dulcimers, two frettless

THE COLLECTIONS GIFTS AND ADDITIONS 247

banjos from Virginia and Tennessee, and two fold violins. The col-
lections also were augmented by a cello made by Abraham Prescott, a
cello-shop sign of the late 18th century, and a Rhythmicon, an elec-
tronic device used in the teaching of rhythmic counterpoint by Joseph
Schillinger, author of The Mathematical Basis of the Arts, generously
donated by Mrs. Joseph Schillinger. Several exceptional musical in-
struments of European origin were also acquired: A French harpsi-
chord made by Benoist Stehlin in Paris in 1 760, one of the few French
harpsichords still in existence; a fine 4-keyed bassoon made by Milhouse
in England in the 18th century; and a rare bassoon tutor.

Significant association objects acquired during the past year, include
a sack suit worn by Dwight D. Eisenhower during his term as President,
and other personal items, gifts from General Eisenhower. The First
Ladies collection was enriched by a sequined ball gown and wrap worn
by Mrs. Warren G. Harding. A briefcase and personal items of Adlai
Stevenson, used during his tenure as Ambassador to the United Nations,
were the gifts of Mrs. Ernest L. Ives, his sister. Among the additions
to the collections of political Americana were a banner representing the
candidates Polk and Dallas from the campaign of 1844, a gift of
Robert Cochran, and a portrait of Henry Clay by J. W. Dodge,
painted in 1843, the gift of Mrs. Randolph Kidder.

A large number of foreign banks and financial institutions, repre-
senting more than 40 countries, contributed to the growth of the
numismatic collections. Many additions of ancient coins, mainly
Greek bronzes, came from Mr. Harvey Stack and from Mr. and Mrs.
Mortimer Neinken, who also donated a comprehensive collection of
paper currencies of the Austrian Empire. The series of medieval coins
was increased through donations received from Mrs. Milton Holmes.
Remarkable additions were received in the field of United States paper
currencies, among them an extremely rare 3-penny note issued by
the Colony of Massachusetts in 1722, given by B. M. Douglas, and a
unique $10,000 United States Treasury Note (1862) donated by
Grover Criswell. An historically significant group of designs and
engravings by Christian Gobrecht, one of the foremost United States
Mint engravers of the first half of the 19th century, was received from
Max J. Humbert, James Harper, Frank Darner, and Clark A. Keyser.
The collections of foreign medals were increased particularly by 302
Latin-American medals and tokens contributed by the Hon. and Mrs.
R. Henry Norweb.

The rare Sullivan's Dispatch Post stamp of 1853, affixed to a
magazine mailed in Cincinnati, was received as a gift from an anony-
mous donor in memory of the late George B. Sloane, a writer
well known for his philatelic scholarship. The stamp is one of two

248 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF HISTORY & TECHNOLOGY

known copies preserved on an original cover. A letter of 1769, sent
from Dinwiddie County, Virginia, to Ayr, England, in 1769 and
containing interesting references to discussions in the House of
Burgesses, was purchased through the Milton A. Holmes Memorial
fund. Rare airmail stamps and souvenir sheets of Korea were pur-
chased through the Charles and Rosanna Batchelor Memorial fund.
Mrs. Renee R. Bowden donated an outstanding group of 19th-
century stampless covers and folded letters of Thurn & Taxis, Bavaria,
Hanover, Prussia, Saxony, and Wurttemberg. Mr. and Mrs. Robert
O. D. Hopkins donated additional drawings, models, essays, proofs,
and stamps of China and a significant collection of stamp-engraving
tools.

ARMED FORCES HISTORY

A collection of several hundred glass fragments from a wreck site with
an associated date of 1 783 may prove to be of great significance to the
student of glass, as it is possible that a number of the fragments are
from the Amelung Glass Works.

A large collection of ordnance materials from VHerminie, 1838, was
added to the already substantial finds from that site.

Several brass engine-room fittings from the Marie Celeste, a Confed-
erate blockade runner sunk in Bermuda waters, has given the collec-
tions a group of significant materials not hitherto represented.

A rare Colt Texas Patterson revolver was received from Charles M.
Williams, and a rare and unusual engraved powder horn of the period
of the French and Indian War was received from Lewis Allen. General
Nathan Twining, former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, pre-
sented his entire collection of uniforms, including a unique dress uni-
form designed by himself. A large collection of interesting Civil War
material, including a number of rare specimens, was acquired as a gift
from Mrs. Florence Wieland.

Among donations related to naval history particularly notable was
an original manuscript copy of Francis Drake's famous letter announc-
ing his daring attack on the Spanish Fleet at Cadiz on April 19, 1587,
presented by James G. Stahlman of Nashville, Tennessee. This his-
toric document, recording an event that significantly contributed to
the defeat of the Armada and the emergence of British sea power,
represents a superb element of the colonial exhibits introductory to the
halls of the Armed Forces of the United States. Also outstanding was
the donation by John A. Foard of two pigs of lead ballast founded at
Liverpool during the Civil War and recently recovered from the wreck

THE COLLECTIONS GIFTS AND ADDITIONS 249

of the Confederate blockade runner Modern Greece off Wilmington,
North Carolina.

A handsomely wrought model of the American privateer Prince de
Neufchatel, which had a distinguished fighting career during the War of
1812, was completed and placed on display. The model of another
celebrated American commerce raider, the Confederate cruiser Ala-
bama, also was received, as was a model of the USS dishing, first of the
United States Navy's commissioned torpedo boats and an important
precursor of the modern destroyer.

Exhibits

Two Science and Technology halls were opened in part. The sec-
tion of the hall of physical sciences devoted to classical physics, plus all
of mathematics and two period rooms in chemistry, were available for
viewing at the 50th Anniversary Meeting of the American Optical
Society in March, and were opened to the public on April 1 . Sections
on modern physics and on chemistry remain to be completed. The
hall of medical sciences was open to the public in May, although the
hall of health is still incompleted.

A special exhibit of the Atlas ground guidance computer Mod I,
planned by associate curator Uta Merzbach, was opened in the hall of
physical sciences and will be on display through the first half of 1967.
The Burroughs Corporation, manufacturers of the computer, assisted
in making it operational, and daily lecture-demonstrations are being
given by museum technicians George A. Norton and Charles E.
Dennison. The exhibit includes a film of the computer at work guiding
rockets from Cape Kennedy. Dr. Merzbach also prepared a special
exhibit of ruling and dividing engines for the American Optical Society
meeting, and this will continue to be on view throughout the year in
the special exhibits area of the hall of physical sciences. The exhibit
features equipment by Nobert, Fasoldt, Rogers, Rutherfurd, and Row-
land, to complement the classic machines by Ramsden and Michelson
on display in the permanent exhibit.

A special show of fine prints from the civil engineering collection was
assembled for the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Serv-
ice. Two special exhibits of watches were held: one, featuring the
Zale collection from Dallas, consisted of finely enameled and richly
decorated pieces, and the other, watches and chronometers from the
newly acquired James Arthur collection. A dental exhibit of 19th-
century office furnishings and instruments was prepared and loaned to
the District of Columbia Dental Society for display and lecture-dem-
onstrations were begun by technician Elliot Sivowitch in the hall of
electricity and by technician Marion Jarboe, in the 1855 machine
shop in the hall of tools.

The popular beehive exhibit is again on public view in the farm
machinery hall, a new hive having been furnished by the Department
of Agriculture, Beltsville, Maryland. A feeding station to supplement

250

Hall of physical sciences: Telescope and other equipment for a 19th-century
observatory. In the exhibit of telescope lens and mirrors (left) is the glass
for a 62-inch reflecting telescope mirror cast and polished in the 1890s.
Never used, it was for years the largest ever made in the United States.
Below: Shop front of 19th-century optician and walk-in exhibit.

Repairing an early- 19th-cen-
tury ophicleide in the music
restoration laboratory (photo
courtesy Washington Post) .

Hall of everyday life in the
American past: Library of
about 1 890 from the house of
B. B. Comegys of Phila-
delphia, re-erected as a
period-room exhibit. Most
of the original furnishings
and books of this library,
which is sheathed in wood,
have been recovered.

MUSEUM OF HISTORY AND TECHNOLOGY EXHIBITS 251

the nectar available in the area was established on the roof of the
Museum. A model of a 1901 Huber steam tractor was put on display
in September, as was a temporary exhibit of the Frick steam engine.
The hall of ceramics and gallery of glass were formally opened on
April 22, 1966, in the presence of a distinguished company of donors
and collectors. Three special exhibitions were held during the year.

The 10th International Exhibition of Ceramic Arts, sponsored by the
Kiln Club of Washington, D.G., was on view from October 29 to
December 13, 1965.

Glass in Germany, illustrating German glass from ancient times to
the present and sponsored by the German Arts Council in cooperation
with the National Carl Schurz Association, was on view January 1 to
February 20, 1966.

Ceramic Arts — U.S.A. — 1966, presenting the latest work of a number
of important contemporary American ceramic artists and sponsored
by the International Minerals and Chemical Corporation, was on view
May 2 to June 30, 1966, and will be circulated nationally by the
Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service.

Completion of wall cases for the graphic arts gallery provided needed
space for special exhibitions. The following shows were presented:

The Etchings of Canaletto, September 15 to November 15, 1965.

Making Faces, caricatures by Aline Fruhauf, November 1 6, 1 965 to
January 16, 1966.

Old Master Prints from the Collections, December 8, 1965 to May 2,
1966.

German Expressionist Prints, January 17 to May 2, 1966.
Preparatory work was done for a major exhibition, Australian Prints
Today, to open July 15, 1966, that will be the first full showing of
Australian prints in the United States.

The special print display program of the new gallery of photography
was inaugurated, June 17- August 1, 1965, with the show originally
produced for the 1965 White House Festival of the Arts. It featured
work by American photographers, selected from the collections of the
Metropolitan Museum of Art, Museum of the City of New York,
Museum of Modern Art, Library of Congress, and the Smithsonian
Institution. Other exhibitions were:

Children of the World, a one-man show of photographs by Ken Hey-
man, one of America's notable young photographers, September 15 to
December 8, 1965.

Twenty Tears of News Photography, selected from the files of the AP
and the UPI news agencies, and including all the Pulitzer prize-winning
news photographs, 1942-1966, May 12 to July 15, 1966.

252 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

To test the feasibility of exhibits for the blind, curator Grace R.
Cooper selected objects from the reference collections that would best
illustrate the textile subjects to be discussed in two half-hour sessions.
These included the basic fibers cotton, wool, flax, silk, and man-made
fibers, and the basic processes of ginning, carding, spinning, and
weaving. A 4-harness loom with examples of plain, patterned, bro-
caded, tapestry, and related fabrics was provided, and three docents
were trained to conduct sightless persons on tours of the exhibit. This
special project was run in conjunction with a NASA exhibit on the
history of flight, also designed for the blind, and together they gave
experience of great value to the division of vocational guidance, U.S.
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, which had supported
the project with a grant. The weekly weaving demonstrations, dis-
continued to permit restoration of the wood frame of the loom, were
replaced by weekly demonstrations of handspinning by associate cura-
tor Rita Adrosko and museum technician Lois Vann. Miss Adrosko
also explained the art of handspinning on TV Channel 26 in Window
on Our World, an educational program designed for Metropolitan
Washington school children. A temporary exhibit of Victorian Needle-
work is being prepared for initial showing in the Museum, after which
it will be circulated by the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibi-
tion Service.

Important recent acquisitions are being incorporated into the new
textile hall in the Museum of History and Technology now being pre-
pared for opening in 1967.

Active installation of the hall of petroleum has begun. The mural to
be installed at the entrance to the hall was shown to the visitors to the
International Petroleum Exposition at Tulsa, Oklahoma. Designed
to be a guide to the hall as well as a realistic summary of oil technology
and skills, it was painted by Delbert Jackson, staff artist of the Pan
American Oil Corporation under the sponsorship of a group organized
by Helmerich and Payne of Tulsa. Plans for the hall of nuclear energy
were virtually completed, as were those for hall of iron and steel.
Substantial gifts for the construction of models were received from the
Ford Motor Company fund and from the United States Steel Corpora-
tion, and four fine models prepared by Bethlehem Steel Company,
among the recent deliveries, were placed on temporary exhibition.

The division of manufactuers and heavy industries acting as host to
the Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory, provided space for and assisted
in the installation of a life sciences radiation laboratory as a temporary
exhibit. Manned by LASL staff members with the assistance of local
students, it provided live demonstrations of the uses of radiation in
modern life and has been of exceptional interest to the public. W 1 1 1 i

MUSEUM OF HISTORY AND TECHNOLOGY EXHIBITS 253

the completion of the installation of the Tuve Van de Graaff accelerator
by museum specialist Abraham Richards and museum technicians
John Garter and Francis Gadson, the opportunity was taken to set up
a small exhibit of nuclear energy material, including the Spitzer
Stellarator, the "pickle barrel" reactor, and the Dunning cyclotron.

An additional period room was opened in the hall of everyday life
in the American past, the private library of Benjamin B. Comegys,
originally added to his Philadelphia house about 1880. Through
Comegys' relatives and with the assistance of Hubert H. Howson, who
administered his estate, many of the original furnishings and most of
the books were recovered. Numerous photographs taken between
1880 and 1900, some of which were published in Comegys' book
A Tour Around My Library, made it possible to re-create the room very
nearly as it was lived in — an example of the taste and customs of a
prosperous Philadelphian of the late 19th century.

In conjunction with the Smithsonian conference on the role of
historic archeology, an exhibit ot artifacts recoverea in salvage arche-
ology in the Gadsby Urban Renewal project in Alexandria, Virginia,
was displayed in the first-floor rotunda.

An exhibition of keyboard instruments in honor of the Smithsonian
Bicentennial was opened in the hall of musical instruments for Sep-
tember 1965. During this month museum technician Helen Hollis
gave daily lecture-recitals for museum visitors on and about the restored
keyboard instruments.

A special security case for historic jewelry placed in the hall of
American costume, holds the Napoleon necklace, Marie-Antoinette
earrings, and Empress Eugenie blue diamond, all presented by Mrs.
Merriweather Post, as well as fine jewels of the 20th century, including
important examples made by Harry Winston.

A special display featuring Smithsonian Institution award medals,
arranged by associate curator Elvira Clain-Stefanelli on the occasion
of the James Smithson Bicentennial, contained original models and
bronze strikings of the new Hodgkins medal, designed in 1965 by
Albino Manca, and the Smithsonian Award medal by Paul Vincze.
The latter, presented for the first time to The Royal Society of London,
shows on the obverse a portrait of James Smithson and on the reverse
the Smithsonian's first building on the Mall.

United States and foreign gold coins and medals from the F. A. Hauck
donation were selected for a display arranged in a semiautomatic ex-
hibit case containing 30 trays, each with an average of 14 coins. The
trays are suspended on a continuous chain device driven by an elec-
trical motor, and two command buttons enable the visitor to select

230-J57— 66 21

254 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — HISTORY AND ART

and move into view the tray he wishes to examine. Electronic devices
prevent unauthorized access to the material on display.

The plaster-of-paris mannequins in the First Ladies hall are being
replaced with identical mannequins of light polyester resin, which
are easier to handle and aid the technical staff in preserving the dresses
when they must be moved.

A revised exhibit, installed in the hall of philately and postal history
to coincide with the opening of the Sixth International Philatelic Ex-
hibition, was especially designed to show portions of the collection
never previously exhibited or representative of materials generally
held in the reference collections.

During the year the department of armed forces history opened halls
illustrating U.S. armed forces history through the Civil War, the hall
of medals and decorations, the hall of ordnance, and the exhibit of
gondola Philadelphia. Installation of individual exhibits in these halls
is continuing.

Curator Peter C. Welsh organized two special exhibits, each accom-
panied by a publication: "The Trotter in America," designed by
Nadya Kayaloff, a study of America's first sports hero based on 19th-
century prints from the Harry T. Peters lithography collection, supple-
mented by a selection of related objects from the Museum collections;
and "The Art and Spirit of a People," designed by Robert Widder, a
continuing special exhibit in which approximately 150 objects from the
Eleanor and Mabel Van Alstyne folk art collection are used to illustrate
values, attitudes, and interests prevalent in 19th-century America.
Plans were made for a temporary exhibit of lithographs and objects
relating to the genteel female of the Victorian era.

Two major installations were completed for permanent exhibits in
the growth of the United States halls being designed by Mrs. Deborah
Bretzfelder: the wheels and gearing from a 1774 grist mill in Chester
County, Pennsylvania, and a house frame from Ipswich, Massachusetts,
dating from the 1690s and the 1750s.

Further details concerning the construction of exhibits for the Mu-
seum of History and Technology are to be found in the report of the
U.S. National Museum, Office of Exhibits, pages 47-50.

Special exhibit honoring Jawaharlal Nehru, showing scenes from his life and
containing objects illustrating the culture of India. Below: Hall of ceramics
which, with the nearby hall of glass, was formally opened in April 1966.

Possibly the earliest American-made carriage in existence, this 18th-century
chaise, recently restored, is exhibited in the vehicle hall. Below: The
Trotter in America, a special exhibit based on prints in the Harry T. Peters
lithography collection, also contained equipment used in this sport, which
rose to popularity in the 19th century.

Staff Publications

SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

Battison, Edwin A. 100 years of machine tool progress. Metal-
working Magazine (September 1965), pp. 1-8.
— • — — . Stone-cutting and polishing lathe by Jacques Besson.

Technology and Culture (Spring 1966), vol. 7, no. 2, pp. 202-205.
Bedini, Silvio A. Lens-making for scientific instrumentation in the

seventeenth century. Applied Optics (May 1966), vol. 5, no. 5,

pp. 687-694, 12 figs.
. The makers of Galileo's scientific instruments. In Atti del

Simposio su "Galileo Galilei nella storia e nella filosofia delta sdenza"

(Florence, 1966), pp. 1-27, 8 figs.
Cannon, Walter F. History at the Smithsonian. Smithsonian Journal

of History (Spring 1966), vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 65-72.
Chapelle, Howard I. The Chesapeake Bay. Popular Boating (July

1965), vol. 18, no. 1, pp. 4-6.
Finn, Bernard S. Controversy and the growth of the electrical art.

IEEE Spectrum (January 1966), vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 52-56.
Hamarneh, Sami K. The first independent treatise on cosmetology

in Spain. Bulletin of the History of Medicine (July-August 1965),

vol. 39, no. 4, pp. 309-325.
. Smithsonian exhibits on pharmaceutical history. Journal

of the American Pharmaceutical Association (August 1965), vol. n.s.5,

no. 8, pp. 434-^r35, 438.

Al-Kindi, a ninth-century philosopher, physician, and

scholar. Medical History (October 1965), vol. 9, no. 4, pp. 328-342.

Jackson, Melvin H. Greenland and the "Vinland Map." Car-
tographer (June 1966) (in press).

Multhauf, Robert P. Sal ammoniac: a case history in industrial-
ization. Technology and Culture (Fall 1965), vol. 6, no. 4, pp. 569-
586.

. What is a metal? In The Sorby centennial symposium on the

history of metallurgy, ed. C. S. Smith. New York: Gorden and
Breach, 1965, pp. 139-144.

Warner, Deborah J. George Willis Ritchey and the development
of celestial photography. American Scientist (March 1966), vol. 54,
no. 1, pp. 64-94.

White, John H. Cincinnati locomotive builders 1845-1868. (U.S.
National Museum Bulletin 245), 167 pp., 56 figs., 1965.

255

256 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — HISTORY AND ART

American high wheel singles. Railway and Locomotive His-

torical Society Bulletin, no. 114 (April 1966), pp. 27-36, 6 figs.

Locomotives on stone. Smithsonian Journal of History (Spring

1966), vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 49-60, 14 figs.

ARTS AND MANUFACTURES

Bishop, Philip W. [Review] Iron and Steel in Nineteenth Century

America, by Peter Temin. Isis, vol. 56, pt. 4, p. 483.
Cooper, Grace R. Quilting. Encyclopaedia Britannica, vol. 18,

pp. 965-966, 1966.
— . The carpet-bag. Spinning Wheel, a National Magazine About

Antiques (July-August 1966), vol. 22, no. 7-8, pp. 14-16, 37.
Gardner, P. V. Meissen and Other German Porcelain in the Alfred Duane

Pell Collection. Smithsonian publ. 4256 (1956) revised (Wash-
ington: Smithsonian Institution, 1966), pp. 68.
. Eighteenth-century porcelain at the Smithsonian. Antiques

(September 1965), vol. 87, no. 3, pp. 336-340.
Haberstich, David E. Which history of photography is best?

Popular Photography, vol. 59, no. 1, pp. 75, 122-125, 1966.
Miller, J. Jefferson II. The Larsen and McCauley collections

at the Smithsonian Institution. Antiques (October 1965), vol. 87,

no. 4, pp. 522-525.

. The Washington Monument in Baltimore. Baltimore: Peale

Museum, January 1966, pp. 16.
Morse, Peter. Rembrandt's etching technique: an example,

Paper 61 in Contributions from the Museum of History and Technology

(U.S. National Museum Bulletin 250), pp. 93-108, 1966.
Ostroi-f, Eugene. Early Fox Talbot photographs and restoration by

neutron irradiation. Journal of Photographic Science, vol. 13, no. 5,

pp. 213-227, 1965.
Schlebecker, John T. The Great Holding Action: The NFO in

September, 1962. Agricultural History (October 1965) pp. 204-213.

CIVIL HISTORY

Brown, Howard Mayer. Instrumental music printed before 1600.
Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1965, 559 pp.

Clain-Stefanelli, Elvira. Italian coin engravers since 1800. Pa-
per 33 in Contributions from the Museum of History and Technology
(U.S. National Museum Bulletin 229) 68 pp., illus., 1965.

— . Numismatics — an ancient science. Paper 32 in Contributions

from the Museum of History and Technology (U.S. National Museum
Bulletin 229), 102 pp., illus., 1965.

MUSEUM OF HISTORY AND TECHNOLOGY PUBLICATIONS 257

Clain-Stefanelli, Vladimir. Money. In The World Book Encyclo-
pedia, pp. 588-598d, 1965.

• — . Historical notes on coinage metals. Coins, pp. 32-36, 50-53,

1965.

• • — . Monetary history and medallic art at the Smithsonian Institu-

tion. Numisma, no. 75, pp. 31-4-8, 1965.
— — . An application of physics in ancient numismatics: detection

of certain counterfeit Aegina staters through X-ray diffraction

analysis. American Journal of Archaeology, vol. 70. p. 185, 1966.
Collins, Herbert R. Original panels from Jackson's phaeton found.

Carriage Journal (Autumn 1965), vol. 3, no. 2, pp. 73-75.
•- — ■ — ■ — . White House stables and garages. Records of the Columbia

Historical Society, Washington, D.C., 1966.
Fesperman, John. Music for a small organ. Journal of Church Music

(July-August, 1966), vol. 8, no. 7, pp. 6-11.
Howland, Richard H. Icomos in Poland. Newsletter of The Society

of Architectural Historians (September 1965), vol. 9, no. 4, p. 2.
• — ■ — — . The American school of classical studies in Athens. Bulletin

of the Archaeological Institute of America (November 1965), vol. 56,

p. 21.

Travelers to Olympus. Pp. 147-150 in With heritage so rich

(A Report of a Special Committee on Historic Preservation, Albert
Rains, Chairman). New York: Random House, N.Y., 1966.

Klapthor, Margaret Brown. Presentation Pieces in the Museum
of History and Technology. Paper 47 in Contributions from the
Museum of History and Technology (U.S. National Museum Bul-
letin 241), pp. 81-108, 1965.

• — ■ — — . Benjamin Latrobe and Dolley Madison decorate the White
House, 1809-1811. Paper 49 in Contributions from the Museum of
History and Technology (U.S. National Museum Bulletin 241),
pp. 153-164, 1965.

Melder, Keith E. Angel of mercy in Washington: Josephine Grifnng
and the Freedmen, 1864-1872. Records of the Columbia Historical
Society, Washington, D.C., 1966.

Scheele, Carl H. Pneumatic tube mail service in the United States.
Society of Philatelic Americans, Journal (May 1966), vol. 28, no. 9,
pp. 639-648, 4 figs.

. The Smithsonian's philatelic and postal history exhibits.

Stamps (May 14, 1966), vol. 135, no. 7, pp. 330-331, 2 figs.

. Smithsonian's philatelic and postal history holdings grew

from 1,733-stamp gift in 1888. Linn's Weekly Stamp News (May 16,
1966), vol. 39, no. 12, pp. 36-37, 3 figs.

258 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

ARMED FORCES HISTORY

Howell, Edgar M. Harvey Dunn: the searching artist who

came home to his first horizon. Montana, The Magazine of Western

History, vol. 16, no. 1, pp. 41-56, 27 pis., 1966.
Lundeberg, Philip K. The continental gunboat Philadelphia and the

northern campaign of 1776. pp. 20, 1966.
Peterson, Mendel. Underwater thesaurus. Antiques (September

1965), vol. 88, pp. 319-324.

AMERICAN STUDIES

Washburn, Wilcomb E., The museum and Joseph Henry. Curator

(May 1965), vol. 8, no. 1, pp. 35-54.
. Law and authority in Colonial Virginia. Chapter in Law

and authority in Colonial America, edit. George A. Billias (Barre,

Mass., 1965), pp. 116-135.
. Virginia's first families and the first families of Virginia.

Chapter in Exploring Virginia's human resources, edit. Roscoe D.
Hughes and Henry Leidheiser, Jr. (Charlottesville: University
of Virginia Press, 1965) pp. 8-18.
— . A proposal concerning a war game involving guerrillas,
counter-guerrillas, and civilians. Background, the Journal of the
International Studies Association (August 1965) pp. 147-153.
(ed.) The great design: Two lectures on the Smithson bequest

by John Cniincy Adams. Washington, D. C: Smithsonian Institution,
1965, pp. 100.

GROWTH OF THE UNITED STATES

Welsh, Peter C. American folk art: The art and spirit of a people.

Washington, 1965. 100 pp., 65 illus.
. The trotter in America. Washington: Smithsonian Institution

(publ. 4637), 1965. 20 pp., 30 illus.
— . The Van Alstyne American folk art collection Antiques (Au-

gust 1965), vol. 88, pp. 208-211, 15 illus.

. The metallic woodworking plane. An American contribu-
tion to hand-tool design, Technology and Culture (January 1966,
Winter), pp. 38-47.

Woodworking tools 1600-1900. Paper 51 in Contributions

from the Museum of History and Technology (U.S. National Museum
Bulletin 241), pp. 178-228, 65 illus., 1966.

National Air and Space Museum

S. Paul Johnston, Director

Legislation authorizing construction of a National Air and Space
J Museum was cleared by both Houses of Congress late in June 1966,
after several years of consideration by the 88th and 89th Congresses.

During this period of legislative consideration, plans and programs
for the proposed facility and its exhibits had gone forward as rapidly
as current personnel and budgetary limitations permitted. All such
activities conducted throughout the fiscal year were consistent with
the master operational plan approved by the Secretary in August 1965.

Resume of Legislative Action

S. 2602 of the 88th Congress, "The National Air Museum Amend-
ments Act of 1964," passed the Senate on July 23, 1964, following an
extended hearing in the Subcommittee on the Smithsonian Institution
of the Committee on Rules and Administration. That Committee
reported S. 2602 to the floor of the Senate on July 22, 1964. The
House did not complete favorable action on this bill before adjournment,
thus it was necessary to reintroduce the legislation during the 89th
Congress. H.R. 6125 of the 89th Congress, "The National Air Museum
Amendments Act of 1965," was reported from the Committee on House
Administration on September 21, 1965, and was passed by the House
of Representatives on February 7, 1966. It was then referred to the

259

260 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

Senate Committee on Rules and Administration, which reported it to
the floor of the Senate on June 28, 1966. The Senate passed this
legislation on June 29, 1966, thus finalizing Congressional action on
legislation to authorize a suitable museum for the national air and
space collections, a project initiated nearly 20 years ago.* Funds to
construct this Museum remain to be appropriated by the Congress.

New Facility Planning Program

Staff planning for the distribution of floor space and the development
of specific exhibits in the new facility have been under study contin-
uously throughout the year. An analysis of the Air Museum's role
and missions, both with respect to the Smithsonian Institution and to
its own internal programming, is continuously under review. From
such considerations a clearer picture is beginning to emerge as to how
the large and complicated structure designed by Gyo Obata can best
be adapted to serve the needs of the millions of Americans who are
expected to stream through its halls annually.

As an aid to such planning, a relatively large scale (1 in. = 6 ft.)
model of the building has been procured. The scale was selected to
match the scale of a large collection of aircraft and spacecraft models
now on hand. Strictly a planning tool, it has been designed to be
completely demountable, both vertically and horizontally, so that every
part of the building can be exposed for detail study and for the correla-
tion of all its elements. The model, presently on display, will eventually
be moved into the exhibits planning department.

Organizational Changes

Certain changes in personnel alignment were carried out in ac-
cordance with the master plan, approved in August 1965, which
establishes five major departments in the museum: Aeronautics,
astronautics, education and information, exhibits, and administration.
Considerable assistance was rendered during this year to the education
and information department by an outside consultant, and progress
was made in analyzing the problem involved in the establishment of
an NASM Research Center. This problem involved sorting out,
segregating, rearranging, and indexing the vast amount of specimen
and research material which had accumulated over the years at the
Silver Hill facility.

*On July 1 9, 1 966, President Lyndon B. Johnson signed the Bill into law.

NATIONAL AIR AND SPACE MUSEUM 261

As a first step toward defining the problem and developing corrective
procedures, a rough screening process for all NASM material at Silver
Hill was inaugurated and all items were separated and relocated as
follows :

1. Full-scale flightcraft, engines, and ancillary equipment remain
at Silver Hill.

2. Aircraft models, miscellaneous art, and memorabilia were
removed to the 24th Street facility.

3. All library material, books, pamphlets, reports, drawings, etc.,
were removed to designated sorting areas in the A&I Building.

Exhibits Department Established

A principal feature of the master plan was the establishment on
April 1, 1966, of an integrated exhibits department to include not
only the normal exhibit design and display function, but also the
responsibility for storage, restoration, and preservation of the Museum's
aeronautical and astronautical specimens. Headed by James Mahoney
as assistant director (exhibits), the department includes three elements:
the preservation and restoration division at Silver Hill with Donald
Merchant in charge; the model shops and storage area at the 24th
Street facility, under the supervision of Winthrop Shaw; and the
visual presentation division (Harry Hart, chief) in the Arts and
Industries building. It also includes an office of quality control
under Walter Male, formerly superintendent of the preservation and
restoration division at Silver Hill and one of the most knowledgeable
men in the country in aircraft and engine preservation and restoration
techniques.

Working closely with the curators, the quality control officer will
establish specifications and requirements for preservation and restora-
tion of aircraft, engine, and accessory specimens, and will recommend
contractors capable of doing the special jobs that the specimens require.
He will also keep in touch with the work as it progresses, both in our
own shops and in outside shops, to insure that it is done in accordance
with the high standards required.

Plan for Silver Hill Facility

Because the physical conditions at the Silver Hill facility leave
something to be desired, despite the opening of a new building (build-
ing 20), restudy of the operations was undertaken. As a result, a
long-term plan was set up for rearranging the storage and shop areas
there, and a step-by-step program for physical rearrangement of

262 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

specimens both indoors and out. With the cooperation and help of
the buildings management department, certain areas are being leveled
and gravelled so that aircraft in outdoor storage are readily available
as study material, and similar rearrangement of specimens stored
indoors is also under way. Studies have also been made with respect
to size and location of new buildings, if and when they may become
available. The objective is to put the Silver Hill facility on a par with
the best aircraft storage and restoration activity in the country.

Model Collection Reorganized

The Museum has in its collections somewhere between 750 and 1000
models of aircraft that vary widely as to scale, quality, and physical
condition. A program of model evaluation, repair, and/or disposition
was inaugurated under which models of unquestioned importance
are to be put into exhibitable condition and preserved properly in
individual, well-marked containers; models of less importance are to
be properly preserved, but not necessarily in exhibitable condition; and
models of no importance are to be disposed of. Winthrop Shaw is
custodian of the model collection, and as soon as conditions permit,
model makers will be added to the staff and a model shop equipped.

Reference Files Reorganized

The library and other reference material stored at Silver Hill in-
clude a vast collection of unsorted, uncataloged reference items, and
after extensive study by an outside consultant, E. W. Robischon,
plans were evolved for screening, cataloging, and organizing it as a
nucleus for the eventual Research Center in the new Air and Space
Museum. The entire collection has been brought into the Arts and
Industries building, where a sorting center was established adjacent
to the present research facility and a beginning was made in the task
of sorting and indexing.

Meanwhile, with the cooperation of a number of other government
and outside agencies, studies are going forward which will lead to the
ultimate selection of a modern system, compatible with other systems
in use by government agencies, of storage and retrieval of technical
information for the maximum convenience of historical or technical
researchers.

Scholarly Accomplishments

The Museum's small professional staff, although primarily occupied
with internal reorganization and reorientation during the year, has

NATIONAL AIR AND SPACE MUSEUM 263

accomplished a certain amount of research in addition to supplying
day-to-day responses to outside inquiries in their several fields of
interest. Work has continued on 19th-century war rockets, U.S. and
European, and Goddard's early research in rocketry and on electric
propulsion and associated fields (Durant); on the Balzer-Manley con-
tribution in early engine development for the Langley aerodromes and
the development of the Liberty engine of World War I (Meyer); on
the Wright brothers' methods of aircraft control and the history of
U.S. Air Mail Service, 1918-1927 (Garber); on Curtiss aircraft develop-
ments, research in development of amphibious aircraft, and research
in operational aspects of air cargo, military and commercial (Casey) ;
on experimental research in para-wing kites and gliders (Newland) ; and
also on a group project developing a definitive biography of Samuel
P. Langley.

Special Activities and Events

An aerospace art gallery was opened in the Arts and Industries
building with special showings of NASA art; an exhibit of creative
drawings and paintings on "space" subjects by young children (opened
April 1); an experimental exhibit, "Enlightenment for the Blind,"
developed by NASA in cooperation with the Smithsonian Office of
Education and Training; and a permanent exhibit of the Guggenheim
aeronautical print collection.

In October 1965 an Experimental Aircraft Association Exhibit was
held. On February 17, 1966, the third Edwin A. Link lecture, "The
Apollo Program — A Mid-Stream Appraisal," was given by George M.
Low of NASA. On April 4-5, 1966, was held the first international
meeting of air and space museum directors and curators, organized
and programmed by the Museum staff.

Exhibits including Gemini-4 and associated materiel were produced
for Vice President Hubert H. Humphrey's "Washington Briefing for
Young Americans," May 3-12, 1966; and topical displays of current
public interest included Mariner-4 equipment and pictures; Surveyor- 1
equipment and pictures; Apollo Program equipment; Gemini-4 space-
craft and associated equipment, including Colonel White's space suit
"umbilical" and maneuvering unit used for the first U.S. space walk;
and the Thor rocket inertial guidance system (A/C) and related
components.

Formal presentations of new specimens included a sounding rocket
(ARCAS); fuel cell for Gemini (General Electric Co.); turbo-jet engine
cutaway model (United Aircraft Corp.); components of a B-17 re-
covered after 25 years in arctic ice (Sperry Corp., Vickers Division);
solid fuel rocket mock-up (UTC/United Aircraft Corp.).

264 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

Other additions to the National Air and Space collections are listed
below.

Alan Shepard's Mercury spacecraft Freedom- 7 was loaned to the
Science Museum, London, and to the Royal Scottish Museum, Edin-
burgh, for display during fall 1965 and spring 1966.

A new exhibit, "from supercharger to turbo-jet engine," was designed
and installed in the new aircraft propulsion hall, and a complete nose
section of a Douglas DC- 7 transport airplane was installed in the west
hall.

The Museum staff rendered assistance and consulting services on
request to members of Congress, to other government agencies (includ-
ing NASA, FA A, Library of Congress, National Archives), to various
Departments of the Government, to technical associations, and to
many companies in the aerospace industry. Educational assistance
was rendered to radio and television programs. Curator Paul Garber
made 41 lectures on flight history before various historical bodies
during the year. And individual staff members served on numerous
advisory committees and awards committees (Collier Trophy, Wright
Trophy, Brewer Trophy, White Trophy, etc.).

New Advisory Board Members

Durng the year two changes in the personnel of the NASM Advisory
Board occurred: Major General Rollen H. Anthis, Commander, Head-
quarters Command, USAF, was designated by the Chief of the Air
Staff a member vice Major General Brooke E. Allen, USAF (Ret.);
and the President appointed Colonel John H. Glenn, Jr., USMC
(Ret.), to serve in place of General James H. Doolittle, who resigned
in January 1965.

Additions to the Collections

Additions to the national aeronautical and space collections, received
and recorded during the fiscal year 1966, totaled 223 specimens in 59
separate accessions, as listed below. Those from Government depart-
ments are entered as transfers unless otherwise indicated; others were
received as gifts or loans.

Am Force, Department of the: Mercedes-Benz DB 601-1 E (1944), inverted, in
line engine, 1375 hp. (NAM 1636); Wright-Patterson AFB: Air Force models,
Douglas A-20, A- 26, C-47, C-54, C-118, C-124, C-133, B-66 1 :48 size, (NAM
1667); Scott AFB: 45 aircraft hydraulic component units formerly from training
devices board (cutaways) (NAM 1637).

American Airlines, Maintenance and Engineering Center: Wright turbo-cyclone IB
R-3350-TC (1954) engine, 3500 hp., (NAM 1598).

National Air and Space Museum Advisory Board Member John H. Glenn,
on a tour of the Museum with Assistant Director Frederick G. Durant (left)
and Director S. Paul Johnston, pause at Glenn's Friendship-7 space capsule
to greet a young visitor. Below: Inspecting new model of Museum building
are Smithsonian Regents J. William Fulbright, Clinton P. Anderson,
Crawford H. Greenewalt, John Nicholas Brown, and Robert V. Fleming.

Special exhibit "Lollypops and Launch Pads," illustrating children's impres-
sions of space technology, intrigues young visitors. Below: Normal summer-
day crowd waits to inspect the Gemini-4 space capsule.

NATIONAL AIR AND SPACE MUSEUM 265

American Bosch Arma Corp.: Full-scale guidance system mock-up for Atlas
ICBM (NAM 1677).

American Institute of Aeronautics & Astronautics: 3 liquid-propellant rocket
motors and 1 cast-aluminum blank used by American Rocket Society Experi-
mental Committee, 1932-34 (NAM 1679).

Atlantic Research Corp.: ARCAS meteorological sounding rocket and in-
strumentation package (NAM 1657).

Bell Helicopter Co.: Model, Bell UH-1F, 1:32 size (NAM 1646).

Bensen Aircraft Corp.: First Bensen gyroglider, fabricated from readily avail-
able hardware and components (NAM 1609).

Bitsko, Maj. Leslie P.: 2 WW-II navigational instruments (NAM 1660).

Black, Archibald: Man's Elgin pocket watch used by donor in timing altitude
flight of 18,200 ft. with first 8-cyl. Liberty engine, Aug. 31, 1918 (NAM 1654).

Commerce, Department of, U.S. Weather Bureau: Contemporary Russian Radio-
sonde (NAM 1661).

Donald, Jack: Two Australian native-made boomerangs (NAM 1665).

Douglas Aircraft Co.: Model of Douglas DC-7C transport, 1:50 size (NAM
1644).

General Electric Company: Fuel-cell battery developed for NASA Gemini
spacecraft, cutaway model (NAM 1672).

Goddard, Mrs. Robert H.: Bronze reproduction of Daniel Guggenheim Medal
awarded to Dr. Robert H. Goddard (NAM 1671).

Griffin, Lt. Col. Thomas P.: WW-II German Air Force pilot's helmet (NAM
1650).

Grumman Aircraft Engineering Corp.: Model, Grumman C-2A, carrier on-
board delivery aircraft (transport), 1:16 size (NAM 1652).

Hartman, A. J.: Roberts 4X (ca. 1912) in-line engine, 50 hp. (NAM 1612).

Ide, Mrs. John J.: Collection of medals and award (NAM 1664).

Johnston, S. Paul: 2 aviation magnetic compasses, WW-II, 1 German, 1 Japanese
(NAM 1663).

Kirk, Preston: Bentley B. 2, rotary, 9e-cyl., WW-II British engine, 250 hp. (NAM
1570).

Kuhn, Kenneth J.: Control-line model of Smith miniplane (NAM 1647).

L. L. Walker Co.: Curtiss OXX-6 (ca. 1916), in-line, engine, 100 hp. (NAM
1601); Hall-Scott A-7-A (1916), in-line engine, 110 hp. (NAM 1595).

Laskowitz, L. B.: Powered, scale model of helicopter rotor system, ca. 1945
(NAM 1640); 2 models of helicopter rotor systems and 20x33-in. wind tunnel
(NAM 1674).

Loening, Grover: Model, Loening OA-1A (NAM 1656).

Martin Company: Model, Glenn L. Martin 1909 airplane (NAM 1649).

McDonnell Aircraft Co.: Model, McDonnell RF-4C in camouflage of Viet
Nam war, 1966 (NAM 1645).

Munroe, Kenneth H.: Rubber stamp used in 1955 in ballistic missile program
(NAM 1680).

Mussey, Robert: Model, of the Hannoveraner CL III, WW-I German 2-place
biplane, 1:16 size (NAM 1655).

National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Lewis Research Center: Models
aircraft and rocket-powered aircraft used for test purposes (NAM 1666).

Navy, Department of The, Bureau of Aeronautics: Model, Vought F8U-1 Crusader,

single-place turbo-jet monoplane fighter 1:16 size (NAM 1639); Pratt & Whitney

R4360-4A (ca. 1948), cutaway, radial ca. 28-cyl. engine, 3500 hp. (NAM 1616);

Curtiss OX-5 (1917), water-cooled, V8 engine, 90 hp. (NAM 1613); Wheel of

230-457—66—22

266 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

B-36 airplane, weight 5500 pounds (NAM 1600); Allison XT40-A-4B (1950),

turbojet prop engine and propeller, drive shaft, and gearing, 5500 E.S.H.P. (NAM

1597); Junkers "Jumo" 207 (1943), in line diesel engine, 1000 hp. (NAM 1568);

Turbo-supercharged Liberty 12A (1922), in line liquid-cooled, V— 12 engine,

405 hp. (NAM 1590); model, Martin XP6M2 Sea Master, 1:57 size (NAM

1648); model, Convair XFY1 Pogo, 1:22 size (NAM 1643); model, Piasecki

HRP-2 helicopter 1:21 size (NAM 1642); high-wing twin tail, pulse-jet powered,

pilotless, monoplane recovered by parachute, mfg. 1950 (NAM 1669); complete

dummy SUBROC missile and handling dolly (NAM 1678); color photograph

of Astronaut Edward White (NAM 1672).
Peaslee, Colonel Jesse C: WW-II leather flight jacket used by donor as pilot

in 9th Fighter Sq., 49th Fighter Gp. (NAM 1676).
Pratt and Whitney Aircraft: Model of JT3C turbojet engine, J^ scale (NAM

1564).
Republic Aviation Division (Fairchild-Hiller Corp): Wind tunnel models of the

Republic P-43, and P-47 aircraft, 1:10 size (NAM 1668).
Robert Bosch Corp.: 1 Bosch (gasoline) fuel-injector pump used on Mercedes

DB-601 engine which powered Messerschmitt ME113R to a world's record

481.4 mph in 1939 (NAM 1638).
Sedell, C. J.: Parts for Hispano-Suiza Curtiss OX5, and Liberty engines; also

parts for Dixie magneto (NAM 1634).
Smith, J. C: Model of L.W.F. biplane with 8-cyl. Liberty engine and model of

Wright H-1914 airplane, 1:16 size (NAM 1662).
Tucker, Roy: Model of Northrup XV35 flying wing, 1:22 size (NAM 1659).
United Technology Center (Division of United Aircraft Corp.): Full-scale

reproduction of P— 1 solid-propellant rocket motor (NAM 1681).
Van Dresser, Peter: Rocket motor nozzle from experimental tests of American

Rocket Society in early 1930's (NAM 1670).
Vickers Inc. (Division of Sperry Rand Corp.): B-17 accessory items — -10 in.

accumulator and electric hydraulic servo-transmission for operating gun turret,

recovered from wreck of B-17 My Gal Sal which crashed on the Greenland ice

cap in June 1942 (NAM 1641).
Wilkinson, Mrs. Mary Reilly: Admission card to Lindbergh Day Celebration,

June 11, 1927, for seating on Senate steps, East Front of Capitol (NAM 1651).
Wolf, Alfred L.: Berling magneto type D-81— 2 used on Curtiss OX-5 engine

(NAM 1635).
Zinn, Dr. (House of Representatives) : Model collection, manufacturers desk-type

models, various scales (NAM 1675).

The Museum's Historical Research Center was greatly enriched
during the year with valuable research materials. The cooperation of
the following persons and organizations in providing this material is
sincerely appreciated and gratefully acknowledged:

Aero Publishers, Inc. Bledsoe, John F., Jr.

Alderman, A. K. Brooks, A. Raymond

Allen, William S. California Institute of Technology, Jet

American Airlines Propulsion Laboratory

Berlstein, Chris Casey, Louis S.

Bendix Corp. Ciesla, Chester

Blaisdell, Lee Coanda, Henri

NATIONAL AIR AND SPACE MUSEUM

267

Connecticut Aeronautical Historical As-
sociation

Cox, W. G.

Crotzer, Allan

Currie, James A.

Denehie, William A.

Dietrichson, P. W. K.

Dupont, Henry C.

Durant, F. C. Ill

Engel, Rolf

Experimental Aircraft Association,
Chapter 190

Fahey, James C.

Field Enterprises Educational Corp.

General Aniline and Film Corp.

Glass, Richard

Gratz, Charles Murray

Grumman Aircraft Engineering Corp.

Hardie, George Jr.

Hatch, Fred

Hirsch, Robert S.

Hutchinson, J. D.

Huff, Marvin L.

Ide, Mrs. John Jay

Irvin, Leslie L.

Jablonski, Edward

Jacobs, J. W.

Jones, Mrs. L. Frances

Jordan, Richard D.

Kause, Selma

Kerley, Robert V.

Klingler, E. B.

Koch, Mrs. Alfred S.

Korn, Edward, A.

Martin-Baker Co. Ltd.

Martino, Joseph

Massin, Alex

Matt, Paul R.

McCarthy, Charles J.

McCay, Robert P.

Moore, Robert L.

Mongin, Alfred

Morales, Donald K.

National Aeronautic Association

National Museum of Canada, National

Aviation Museum
Nye, Willis L.
Page, George Jr.
Page, Mrs. Stanley
Peasley, Jesse C.
Robischon, E. W.
Sanger-Bredt, Frau Dr. Irene
Sayler, James
Shaw, Winthrop
Shepard, Alan B. Jr.
Shepard, Morton B.
Smith, W. E.

Sperry-Rand Corp. Vickers, Inc. Div.
Stine, G. Harry
United Air Lines
U.S. Air Force
U.S. Air Force Museum
U.S. Library of Congress
U.S. National Bureau of Standards
U.S. National Aeronautics and Space

Administration, Goddard Space

Flight Center
U.S. Navy

U.S. Navy, Office of Aviation History
Vaeth, J. Gordon
Van Dresser, Peter
Van Hoorebeeck, A.
Van Zandt, J. Parker
Velkas, C. Frank
Western Airlines
Westland Aircraft Limited
Wigton, D.C.
Wright, Mrs. Burdette

National Armed Forces Museum
Advisory Board

Colonel John H. Magruder III USMG, Director

Recommendations regarding an alternate site plan for the National
* Armed Forces Museum Park were submitted to the Board of
Regents by the National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board
at its fifth annual meeting, January 11, 1 966. These had been de-
veloped as a result of opposition to the site plan submitted in January
1965, which proposed exclusive use of Fort Washington, Maryland.
Working in conjunction with the National Park Service and the staff
of the National Capital Planning Commission, the Advisory Board
devised a site plan entailing location of the major museum elements
in the so-termed Fort Foote-Smoot Bay area of Prince Georges County,
Maryland. Here would be sited the large majority of the outdoor
exhibits and reconstructions, the ship basin, and the combined visitor
center and exhibit building proposed in the Advisory Board's report
of January 12, 1965. Certain facilities at Fort Washington would be
shared by the National Park Service with the Smithsonian for develop-
ment as the coast defense exhibits of the Museum Park.

The specific recommendations submitted by the Advisory Board on
January 24, 1966, were:

1. The Smithsonian Institution seek legislative authority to acquire,
both by transfer from the National Park Service and by purchase,
such lands in the Fort Foote-Smoot Bay area of Prince Georges County,
Maryland, as are necessary for establishment of a National Armed
Forces Museum Park.

269

270 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

2. The Smithsonian Institution negotiated with the Department of
the Interior a joint use agreement permitting development of certain
facilities at Fort Washington, Maryland, viz., the old masonry fort,
Batteries Decatur and Many, and two supplemental water batteries,
as elements of the overall National Armed Forces Museum Park.

Throughout the year the Board staff, in addition to implementing
the decisions of the Advisory Board with regard to site planning and
related matters, conducted negotiations with various agencies of the
Armed Forces and the General Services Administration with a view
to acquiring military and naval objects appropriate for the collections
of the proposed Museum Park. In consequence a large and varied
number of objects either were received during the year or were set
aside by owning agencies for retention and eventual transfer to the
Smithsonian. For example, there were acquired from the Depart-
ment of the Army numerous components of the ENIAG, the first
modern electronic digital computer, product of Army-sponsored
research during World War II; and from the Department of the Navy
the last operational Regulus II missile, complete with records chroni-
cling its noteworthy career as a fleet weapon and, subsequently, a
supersonic target drone. Designated for eventual transfer to the
Smithsonian by the Department of the Air Force and the U.S. Marine
Corps, respectively, were a mighty Titan I missile silo complete and
a unique collection of 20 tracked landing vehicles reflecting develop-
ments in the field of amphibious warfare from early in World War
II up to the middle 1950s. And from the General Services Adminis-
tration the Smithsonian acquired title to the sunken U.S.S. Tecumseh,
a monitor of the Ericcson type, lost in the battle of Mobile Bay,
August 5, 1864.

In cooperation with the Smithsonian Library the staff continued to
acquire from Armed Forces historical agencies and elsewhere publica-
tions in the field of military and naval history both to serve the im-
mediate needs of staff members and to form the nucleus of the study
center library of the National Armed Forces Museum Park.

Freer Gallery of Art

John A. Pope, Director

hphe gallery is concerned largely with the study of the civilizations
■*• of the East and with the promotion of the highest ideals of beauty.
In accordance with the terms of the will of founder Charles Lang
Freer, these two very broadly phrased conditions serve as guidelines
for the work of all members of the staff. In general, each member of
the staff has pursued individual research projects, depending on his
specialty, in the fields of Chinese, Japanese, Indian, Persian, and
Arabic art. This work is carried on in the Gallery and in other
museums, libraries, and collections both in this country and abroad
In addition to these activities, staff members have been concerned
during the past year with the study of objects contemplated for pur-
chase and with the further study and cataloging of those objects which
have been added to the collection. Considerable time has also been
spent preparing reports on objects submitted for examination.

The Freer Gallery received a number of grants during the year.
Among these was an important one from the Kevorkian Foundation,
to be used over a five-year period in assisting the library to expand its
Near Eastern holdings, and for the publication of the Gandhara frieze
(49.9). Another sizeable grant came from the JDR 3rd Fund, to be
used by Professor Yukio Yashiro, the recipient of the Freer Medal.
The National Geographic Society gave financial assistance to support
the publication of the IIC Abstracts; and an unrestricted gift was
received from Harold B. Cahn and Associates. The Felix and
Helen Juda Foundation and the Ellen Bayard Weedon Foundation
supported the purchase of important additions to the library.

271

272 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — HISTORY AND ART

Staff Changes

A great loss to the Freer Gallery was the death of Miss Katharine N.
Rhoades in New York on October 26th. Associated with the Gallery
from its beginning, she had been a close personal friend of the founder,
Charles Lang Freer, and had been instrumental in helping with the
cataloging of the collection. She was mentioned by Mr. Freer in his
will as a friend and advisor of the gallery and continued in active
service as honorary consultant until the time of her death.

The Gallery regretfully accepted the resignation, July 1, 1965, of
Dr. James F. Cahill, curator of Chinese art, who is now with the
University of California at Berkeley. Dr. Cahill had first come to the
Gallery as a Hackney Scholar (American Oriental Society) in 1950
and studied in that capacity for approximately one year. In 1956 he
returned as a Freer Fellow from the University of Michigan for another
year, at the end of which time he became a regular staff member.

The end of 1965 saw the retirement of Mrs. Lnor O. West, adminis-
trative assistant, after 20 years of service with the Freer. In June
Mrs. Constance B. Olsen resigned as librarian, and her place has been
filled by Mrs. Priscilla P. Smith. Mr. William Thomas Chase III,
assistant in the technical laboratory, resigned temporarily to return to
the Gallery in the fall of 1966. His place was filled for the summer
by Mrs. Meryl Johnson, chemist, from the University of Michigan.

Two volunteer summer interns served during the summer of 1965:
Miss Barbara Bernhard (Oberlin College) and Miss Susan Lyles
(Mary Baldwin College). Miss Masako Saito of the Conservation
Center, Institute of Fine Arts, New York University, returned for
another period of three weeks to study Mr. Sugiura's methods of
restoring and mounting Oriental paintings. Miss Priscilla Parsons
completed several months of study during the summer of 1965 in the
Near Eastern field under a grant from New York University. In
October, Mrs. Ellen Johnston Laing of the University of Michigan
came to the Gallery as a Freer Fellow to do research in the field of
Chinese art in preparation of her doctoral thesis. In January and
February of 1 966, Miss Thea Comins, a student at Bennington College,
worked for Dr. Ettinghausen under the Smithsonian Institution's
academic year research assistance program. On May 12, 1966, Miss
Vicki Weinstein reported for duty as a Hackney Scholar from Cornell
University; and in June, Miss Mary Watkins (Mount Holyoke College)
and Miss Susan Frankel (Cornell University) reported for duty as
summer interns.

FREER GALLERY OF ART 273

The Collections

The Freer Gallery of Art acquired a total of 36 objects during the
year, including two exceptional pieces of Persian metalwork: a Sasanian
silver and gilt bust of a king, probably Khosrow I, dated mid-6th
century (66.23), and a Parthian head of a lady (66.24); this latter is
approximately 2,000 years old The Japanese collection was enriched
by the purchase of several outstanding paintings: a pair of Namban
(foreigners) screens of the Momoyama period, 16th century, depicting
harbor scenes (65.22-23); a landscape screen by the artist Sesson
(1504-1589), from the Ashikaga period (66.3); a pair of hanging
scrolls, the Ryokai Mandara, early Buddhist paintings of the late Fujiwara
or early Kamakura periods (66.4-5) ; and a pair of handscrolls entitled
Kobo Daishi £aito, or Life of the Priest Kobo, of the Kamakura period
(66.9-10). To the Indian section was added a very fine bronze, a
shrine of Vishnu, dating to the Pala dynasty, 11th/ 12th century
(66.15).

Other purchases consisted of:

BRONZE

Chinese, Han, 3rd/2nd century B.C.; vase with tall, cylindrical neck;

incised decoration. (66.14)
Japanese, Kamakura, 13th century; Suibyo — water pot, seated lion on

cover. (65.26)

LACQUER

Chinese, Ming, 15th century (early); round covered box, red lacquer
carved in relief; chH-lin and peonies; three-character inscription;

Tang mao tsao. (65.25)

METALWORK

Persian, Sasanian, early 4th century; silver and gilt bottle with repousse

reliefs of Dionysiac figures separated by fluted columns topped by

bird figures. (65.20)
Persian, Sasanian, 4th century; silver and gilt bottle with repousse

reliefs of musicians and dancers, each with a child; Pehlevi inscription.

(66.1)
Persian, Sasanian, 3rd-7th century; gold necklace of biconical beads

of twisted wire and disc-shaped beads of granulated fretwork; square

pendant. (66.6)
Persian, Seljuk, 12th century; gold necklace of openwork elements

made of twisted wire and small grains. (66.7)
Persian, Seljuk, 12th century; gold necklace of wire and granulation

work, some beads inlaid with turquoise. (66.8)

274 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

PAINTING

Chinese, Ch'ing, 18th century, by Ch'en Mai; figures in a wooded

landscape. (65.24)
Indian, Deccani, early 17th century, Bijapur; barefoot warrior with
round shield and straight-bladed sword. (65.21)
Indian, Mughal, mid- 17th century; shepherd with goat, in a stylized

landscape. (66.22)
Japanese, Edo, Ukiyoe, by Kaigetsud5 Ando, early 18th century;

figure of a courtesan. (66.2)
Japanese, Ashikaga, Muromachi Suiboku, att. to Sekkyakushi (14th/

15th century); boy on a water bufl'alo. (66.16)
Japanese, Edo, early 17th century, Tosa School; Tsuru no Monogalari

(Tale of the Crane), handscroll. (66.18)
Persian, Isfahan (1082 H./A.D. 1672), by Mum Mosawvir; line

drawing of monkey riding on a lion. (66.13)

POTTERY

Egyptian, Fatimid, llth-12th century; white glazed bowl with red

luster design of leaves and arabesques. (66.26)
Japanese, Momoyama, Seto ware, Sobokai; reddish brown stoneware

jar, four loops on shoulder; Sobokai tsukaru incised on base. (66.17)
Japanese, Edo, 17th century, Kutani ware; porcelain dish decorated

with overglaze enamels in yellow on green, with blackish-brown

diaper patterns. (66.19)
Persian, Transoxania or eastern Iran, 10th century, Afrasiyab ware

(so-called); small platter with black and brown floral designs, Kufic

inscription. (65.27)
Persian, Kashan, early 13th century; deep bowl with radial pattern of

Naskhl writing, floral designs, and birds in cobalt blue and black on

white. (65.28)
Persian, Samarra ware, 9th century; grayish bowl with originally

white glaze and design of blue. (66. 1 1)
Persian, Kashan, early 13th century; vase with 8-sided body, decorated

with leafy scrolls, plants and fishes in black under bluish glaze;

iridescent. (66.20)
Persian, Nishapur, 10th century; deep bowl with luster design of pea-
cock holding fish in its beak. (66.27)
Turkish, Iznik ware III, 17th century; square tile with design of two

parrots; blue, green and red on white. (66.12)
Turkish, Iznik ware III, 16th century; plate with central leaf and floral

design on coral red ground. (66.21)

Third presentation of the Freer Medal, September 15, 1965. Professor Yukio
Yashiro receives Medal from Smithsonian Secretary S. Dillon Ripley.
Seated left: Freer Gallery of Art Director John A. Pope.

Princess Margaret, accompanied by Director John A. Pope and Secretary
S. Dillon Ripley, as she signs Freer Gallery guest book November 18, 1965.

Left: Silver bust. Persian metalwork.
Parthian, 1st century B.C.- 1st cen-
tury A.D. (?). 66.24, Freer Gal-
lery of Art.

Below: Silver and gilt bust of a king,
probably Khosrow I. Persian metal -
work, Sasanian, mid-6th century.
66.23, Freer Gallery of Art.

Shrine of Vishnu. Indian bronze, Pala dynasty, 11th/ 12th
century. 66.15, Freer Gallery of Art.

FREER GALLERY OF ART 275

Turkish, Iznik ware III, 16th century; plate with floral design around
central cypress tree; blue, green, red and black on white ground.
(66.25)

Library

During the year, 2 1 9 items were incorporated by purchase, exchange,
and gift into the library collection, which has been well used, both by
the staff" and by a total of 577 university students and other scholars
doing reference work, including casual visitors wanting less scholarly
material on the objects displayed in the galleries. In addition, over 500
photographs were added to the study files, and the slide collection has
been greatly expanded with the acquisition of 2,263 slides.

The Ellen Bayard Weedon Foundation made it possible to purchase,
in addition to other titles, the following outstanding books:
Cadiare, L., L'art a Hue (Hanoi, ca. 1920).
Ecke, G., Chinese painting in the Honolulu Academy of Arts and in private collections

(Honolulu, 1965).
Shang-hai po-wu-kuan ts'ang cli ing-tung-chi (Shanghai, 1964).

Care of Collections

Care of the works of art was shared by several of the staff members.
The technical laboratory examined, cleaned and/or repaired, as
necessary, a total of 27 objects and made 75 identifications by X-ray
diffraction analysis, etc.; in addition, 48 objects were examined which
were either contemplated for purchase or had been submitted for
authentication by other museums or private owners. Ben B. Johnson,
consultant on conservation work, under contract to the Gallery,
examined and worked on 61 oil paintings in the American collections.
Takashi Sugiura, with the help of two trainees (his daughter Kumi
and Makoto Souta, who has been brought from Japan to serve his
apprenticeship under Mr. Sugiura), cleaned, retouched and remounted
a total of 19 Chinese and Japanese paintings. Illustrator Frank A.
Haentschke rematted 43 Arabic, Indian and Persian paintings.

All the necessary equipment for the 204 exhibition changes
made during the year was provided by the cabinet shop under the
direction of superintendent Russell C. Mielke, who also maintained the
building in the usual immaculate and sound condition, and supervised
completion of the new storage facilities for the Oriental paintings.

Curatorial Activities

Director John A. Pope carried on extensive research on the ancient
Chinese bronzes in the collection, in collaboration with Rutherford

276 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

J. Gettens head of the Freer technical laboratory, and other scholars,
toward the publication of this material in the revision and enlargement
of the Gallery's Catalogue of Chinese Bronzes (1946). A large part of
this was carried on in conjunction with the technical laboratory, and
is reported on page 278. He has also continued his research in the
fields of Chinese and Japanese ceramics; in conjunction with this, he
is at present on an extended journey which is taking him to several
European countries, the Near East, India, Taiwan, and Japan.

During the year, he gave the following lectures:
"Chinese Porcelains in Early America," at George Washington
University and at a meeting of the Trustees of the Frick Collection,
New York City.

"Ancient Chinese Bronzes in the Freer Gallery of Art," at a
meeting of the Society of Non-Destructive Testing in New York City.
"Art Collectors and Collections in Old China," at the University
of Michigan and at the Cosmos Club.

"A Miracle of Rare Device," at Asia House Gallery, New York
City.

Assistant Director Harold P. Stern continued research on Japanese
Ukiyoe and Tamatoe paintings, including the study of numerous paint-
ings of these schools while conducting a tour of the Archives of American
Art (a group of 106 members) through the Far East. The group
received briefing lectures in addition to being guided through such
centers of Oriental art as Tokyo and Kyoto in Japan, Hong Kong,
Thailand, and Taiwan.

In January, he assisted in the planning and presenting of the Sym-
posium on Japanese Art held in connection with the Japanese Govern-
ment's loan exhibition, "Art Treasures from Japan." At the same
time, in conjunction with photographer Raymond A. Schwartz of
the Freer Gallery of Art, Stern arranged and carried out the complete
photographing and documentation of the objects in this exhibition,
making slides (approximately 40,000) available through the Freer
Gallery to other museums and educational institutions.

He continued serving in the honorary posts and duties assumed in
previous years, and he supplied the introductory comments for two
shows in the Washington area: the exhibition of works by Uinichi
Hiratsuka at the Museum of Modern Art, and the exhibition of Con-
temporary Japanese Prints at the Cleveland Park Library, both
sponsored by the Washington Print Club.

During the year, Stern gave the following lectures:
"Characteristics of Japanese Art," at the opening of the Japanese
Government's loan exhibition at the Los Angeles County Museum of

FREER GALLERY OF ART 277

Art and also at the Detroit Institute of Art and the Philadelphia
Museum of Art when the exhibition was being held at those institutions.

"Narrative and Genre Aspects of Japanese Art," at the symposium
held at the Detroit Institute of Art during the exhibition of treasures
from Japan and also at the Royal Ontario Museum in Toronto when
the exhibition was held there.

"Japanese Narrative Handscroll Painting," at the annual dinner
of the Smithsonian Institution's Regents.

"Popular Painting of Tokugawa Japan," at the Andrew Dickson
White Museum of Art, Cornell University.

Richard Ettinghausen, head curator of Near Eastern Art, engaged in
exploratory research at historical and archaeological sites in Turkey
during the summer of 1965, and subsequent research in libraries and
museums in that country and in Europe. This work was preparatory
to writing a history of Turkish art from the late 12th to the 17th
centuries, the text to be published by A. Skira in Geneva under the
title, Art Treasures from Turkey.

He continued research on early Indo-Muslim painting of the Sul-
tanate period, and made background studies for new acquisitions by
the Gallery. In addition to his previously held honorary posts, he
became a member of the Advisory Board of the Near Eastern Art
Research Center, Inc., New York; a member of the Sub-Committee
on Finds, American Research Center in Egypt, Inc. ; and a correspond-
ing member of the Academie des Inscriptions et Belles Lettres, Paris.
During the year, he gave the following lectures:

"Prayer Rugs," for the Rug Society of Washington, D.C.

"Iranian Art in the Islamic Period: Tradition and Changes," at
the Los Angeles County Museum of Art.

"Persian Miniatures and Drawings," for the Graphic Arts Council
of the Los Angeles County Museum.

"God, Man and Nature in Islam," at the University of Penn-
sylvania.

"Art and Architecture of Islam," at Harvard University.

"Dionysiac Motives in Persian Art," at the Institute of Fine Arts of
New York University, Columbia University, and at Pennsylvania
State University.

"The Constant Elements in Persian Art," at the J. B. Speed
Museum in Louisville, Kentucky.

"Old and New Teheran," at the Iranian Embassy for a group of
students from George Washington University.

"An Introduction to Persian Art," for the International Council of
Women in the United States at the Junior Museum of the Metro-
politan Museum of Art.

230^157—66—23

278 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — HISTORY AND ART

"7,000 Years of Persian Art," at Pennsylvania State University.

"Famous Iranian Cities" and "Iranian Art," for the Peace Corps
School for International Training at Brattleboro, Vermont.

"Persian Miniatures," for the Municipal Art Society of Baltimore
City.

"Art Treasures from Turkey," for the Congressional Club at the
National Gallery of Art.

During the year, the work of the technical laboratory, under
Rutherford J. Gettens, was largely devoted to the study of Chinese cere-
monial bronzes in preparation for the forthcoming publication on
that subject. This was the culmination of many years of research in
this field. All the scientific techniques available have been used:
microscopy, metalography, spectrographic and wet-chemical analysis,
analysis by X-ray diffraction, plus the study of the objects by ultra-
violet light and, in some cases, by radiography. The purpose of this
research has been to find out everything possible about the physical
and chemical properties of the alloys and about the methods by which
the vessels were made.

Head curator Gettens also continued his studies on corrosion products
of ancient metal objects and his study of Japanese pigments, particularly
a modern type — a form of glass matrix in which pigment particles are
embedded; this latter project will aid in the identification of Japanese
forgeries. With the issuance of volume 5, number 4, of HC Abstracts
Gettens relinquished editorship of this publication, which hereafter
will be edited at the new office of the Conservation Center of the
Institute of Fine Arts, New York University.
During the year, he gave the following lectures:

"Joining Methods in the Fabrication of Ancient Chinese Bronze
Ceremonial Vessels," at the William Young Symposium held by the
Boston Museum of Fine Arts, at Asia House for the Chinese Art Society
of New York, and at the Fourth National (International) Sculpture
Casting Conference, University of Kansas.

"Some Observations of the Techniques Employed in the Fabrica-
tion of Ancient Chinese Bronze Ceremonial Vessels," at the conference
last named above.

"Microscopy at the Freer Gallery of Art," at the New York
Microscopical Society at the American Museum of Natural History.
Associate curator of Chinese art William B. Trousdale continued
research on his studies of Chinese jade and archaic bronze weapons.
In March, he joined with the University of Michigan's archaeological
excavations and survey of sites in Syria and Afghanistan, a project that
is expected to keep him in the field for a period of approximately five
months.

FREER GALLERY OF ART 279

Publications

"James McNeill Whistler, A Biographical Outline Illustrated from
the Collections of the Freer Gallery of Art," by the late Burns A. Stubbs
{Freer Gallery of Art Occasional Papers, vol. 1, no. 4, July 9, 1965), was
revised and reprinted. Considerable time was given to the prepara-
tion of volume 6 of Ars Orientalis and to the first two volumes of the
Catalogue of Chinese Ceremonial Bronzes, now in publication; the latter
supersedes and enlarges upon the Freer Gallery "Descriptive and Illustra-
tive Catalogue of Chinese Bronzes Acquired During the Administration of
John Ellerton Lodge," by J. E. Lodge, A. G. Wenley, and J. A. Pope
(1946).

Publications by staff members were as follows:

Ettinghausen, Richard. "In Honor of Rudolf Berliner, April 14th,
1966, on the Occasion of His Eightieth Birthday," in Rudolf
Berliner: Bibliographic. Munich, 1966, pp. 11-14.

. "The Islamic Period," in Art Treasures of Turkey, Circulated

by the Smithsonian Institution, 1966-1968. Washington: Smith-
sonian Institution, 1966, pp. 47-66.

Trousdale, William. [Review of] Fouilles d'Amri, by Jean-Marie
Casal (Publications de la Commission des Fouilles Archeologiques,
Fouilles de Pakistan), American Journal of Archaeology, vol. 70, 1966,
p. 75.

Public Services

The total number of visitors to the Gallery, which was open to the
public from 9:00 to 4:30 every day except Christmas Day, was 222,322,
an increase of more than 11,000 over that of the previous year. The
highest monthly attendance, in August, was 38,235. Of the total,
2,853 came to see staff members, to submit objects for examination, to
study in the library, or to see objects in storage. In all, 8,152 objects
and 2,362 photographs were examined, and 655 Oriental language
inscriptions were translated for outside individuals and institutions.
Docent service in the exhibition galleries was given by staff members,
to 35 groups totaling 628 persons, and in the storage rooms to 7
groups totaling 73 persons; in addition, 457 individuals were also
shown objects in storage. Among the visitors were 224 distinguished
foreign scholars or persons holding official positions in their own
countries, who came here to study museum administration and prac-
tices in this country.

On September 15, 1965, ceremonies were held for the presentation
of the Charles Lang Freer Medal to Professor Yukio Yashiro, "for
distinguished contribution to the knowledge and understanding of

280 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

Oriental civilizations as reflected in their arts." The presentation was
made by Secretary Ripley, and Dr. Pope spoke on the career of
Professor Yashiro, one of the world's outstanding specialists in the arts
of the Far East and also an authority on the Italian painter Sandro
Botticelli and his school. The recipient in his speech of acceptance
commented on Mr. Freer and American pioneer collectors in the
field of Oriental art. In particular, he stressed Mr. Freer's early
association with Japan. Professor Yashiro's address was followed by
a reception.
The series of illustrated lectures was continued as follows:

"Dionysiac Motives in Iranian Art," Dr. Richard Ettinghausen
Freer Gallery of Art (October 12, 1965).

"Chinese Painting and Abstract Art," Professor Martie W. Young,
Cornell University (November 9, 1965).

"Portraiture in Japan," Professor John Rosenfield, Harvard Uni-
versity (January 11, 1966).

"Decoration and Monumentality in the Momoyama," Father
Harrie A. Vanderstappen, University of Chicago (February 8, 1966).

"Taoist Wall Painting and the Chinese Tradition," Laurence
Sickman, William Rockhill Nelson Gallery of Art (March 22, 1966).

"Art and Archaeology in South Arabia," Dr. Gus W. Van Beek,
Smithsonian Institution, Division of Cultural Anthropology (April 19,
1966).

The auditorium was used by 1 3 outside organizations for 30 meetings,
with a total attendance of 4, 187.

The photographic laboratory made a total of 15,164 items during
year, including negatives, photographs, color slides, color sheet films,
and polaroid prints; these included both Freer Gallery objects and
objects submitted from other sources.

At the sales desk, 110,768 items were sold, comprising 5,821 publi-
cations and 104,947 reproductions (including postcards, slides, photo-
graphs, reproductions in the round, etc.).

These figures indicate an increase of approximately 50 percent in the
work of both the photographic laboratory and the sales desk over that
of previous years.

National Collection of Fine Arts

David W. Scott, Director

Significant progress toward fulfillment of its goals and mission
has been made during the year by the National Collection of Fine
Arts. These were formulated in the legislation of May 17, 1938, that
instructed the NCFA "to encourage the development of contemporary
art and to effect the widest distribution and cultivation in the matters
of such art" and in the subsequent architectural program that advised
the bureau "to consider its province to be the cultural life of the
community all over the United States and ... its obligation to be the
encouragement of a high standard of quality among artists in the fields
of both the fine and practical arts."

As the move into new quarters in the renovated Patent Office build-
ing approaches, accelerated growth toward a full-scale museum opera-
tion becomes imperative. Among the activities toward this end, made
possible by an increased budget, are intensive review and refinement of
plans for the new quarters; enlargement of the collections and their
documentation and restoration; expansion and specialization of library
services; improvement in the quality and diversity of exhibitions; and
a great increase in public services offered, in the form of seminars, lec-
tures, films, and publications.

Most gratifying has been the success of exhibitions and other national
services in meeting recognized needs and achieving the highest pro-
fessional standards. Public appreciation and awareness of the Collec-

281

282 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

tion's goals and purposes have been evidenced not only by widespread
interest but also by increased donations of works of art, contributions
of funds for purchases of art works and developmental activity, and
offers of support for the program generally.

The dynamic growth of the National Collection of Fine Arts has
prompted requests for the bureau to undertake further projects. In
addition to the task of creating in the Fine Arts and Portrait Galleries
(the old Patent Office building) a representative survey of American
art, a second gallery project is being developed as the NCFA formulates
a program for the old Court of Claims building (the original Corcoran
Gallery) now assigned to the Smithsonian Institution and conceived
as a gallery of art and design. The Patent Office and Court of Claims
planning involves both architectural and operational considerations.
Other program proposals are being developed, including assistance
for the Cooper Union Museum, and art exhibits for the John F.
Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts. Community and educational
exhibit proposals inaugurated early in the fiscal year unfortunately
were interrupted by the resignation of curator of education George V.
Gallenkamp in April 1966.

Other events of the year included the transfer of the Smithsonian
Institution Traveling Exhibition Service to the U.S. National Museum
and the retirement of Thomas M. Beggs, former NCFA director and
recently special assistant to the Secretary for fine arts.

Increased selectivity in the planning of the year's program of 1 1
exhibitions was demonstrated not only by the high quality of objects
exhibited but by the balance in choice of subject matter: six exhibitions
(five of major dimension) were drawn from American art — two from
the most immediately contemporary art of our country and four his-
torically oriented; and five presented the arts of other nations — again,
of both past and present periods. Of all these, five were created by
NCFA staff members.

Elsewhere, the NCFA enjoyed the felicitous cooperation of other
segments of the art world. The Knoedler Galleries in New York
City held a mid-winter benefit exhibition for the NCFA of the work of
American artist Mary Cassatt, and for the first time in many years
substantial private support was received, which will allow for the
purchase of works of art and for other developmental activity. The
IBM Gallery, next door to Knoedler's, presented an exhibition of
miniatures in the collection, and generously donated leaflets on the
NCFA and its miniatures.

NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS 283

Staff Changes

In November 1965, the staff was augmented by the "detail" to the
NCFA of the International Art Section of the USIA, under the super-
vision of Miss Lois Bingham. The NCFA assumed responsibility for
U.S. representation in the international art exhibits at Sao Paulo and
Venice with the conviction that it must demonstrate our country's
concern for cultural values and its continuing major achievements in
the arts.

Other additions to the staff included Farnham Blair, museum tech-
nician; Susan Bratley, museum curator; Ruth Carlson, librarian
(cataloging); John Latham, assistant for special services; and Lynne
Kolarsey, assistant to the registrar.

Smithsonian Art Commission

A special meeting of the Executive Committee of the Smithsonian
Art Commission was held on November 10, 1965, to review works
offered since the 42nd annual meeting in December 1964, and the
43rd annual meeting of the Commission was held in Washington on
Tuesday, December 7, 1965.

Recommendations were made for the reappointment of Wilmarth S.
Lewis, Henry P. Mcllhenny, Paul Mellon and Ogden M. Pleissner for
the usual 4-year term. The following officers were re-elected: Edgar
P. Richardson, Chairman; Gilmore D. Clarke, Vice-Chairman; and
S. Dillon Ripley, Secretary. The following were re-elected to the Execu-
tive Committee: David E. Finley, Chairman, Mr. Clarke, Mr. Pleissner,
Mr. Mcllhenny, Mr. Richardson (ex officio) and Mr. Ripley (ex
officio).

Commission members reviewed works submitted and recommended
the acceptance or rejection of those works as part of the Collection.
These items are reported under Accessions.

A special meeting of the Executive Committee was called on January
20, 1966, to consider recommendations concerning NCFA needs, and
it was the sense of the Committee that an ad hoc committee should
be set up to help meet these needs.

The death of Paul Manship on January 30, 1966, ended this great
artist's long and fruitful association with the National Collection and
the Smithsonian. Mr. Manship had been a member of the Smithsonian
Art Commission since 1931, serving as Chairman from 1944 to 1964.
To this service, he brought great warmth and goodwill and he donated
to the Collection many excellent examples of his work. By the terms of

284 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

his will, the approximately 500 pieces of sculpture and drawings that
remained in his studios were to be divided between the National
Collection and the St. Paul Art Center. These institutions are presently
planning a memorial exhibition to be held during the later summer and
fall of 1966.

The Collections

Among the important gifts to the Collection during the year were
43 pieces of sculpture by Paul Manship given by the artist shortly
before his death. In addition, the Collection was enriched by his
magnificant bequest of 102 pieces of sculpture, 200 drawings and
sketches, and 1 painting. Excluding the Manship objects, which
will be reported in the next annual report, 390 works were received
into the collections. Most noteworthy was the group of 105 works
(paintings, watercolors, drawings, and graphics) executed under the
Works Progress Administration during the 1930's, transferred from
the National Park Service, U. S. Department of the Interior. Among
this group are studies for murals by Reginald Marsh and William
Gropper, and paintings by Millard Sheets, Peter Blume, and Eugene
Higgins.

Important individual works received included a painting, Cotopaxi,
dated 1855, by the Hudson Piver painter Frederic Edwin Church,
given by Mrs. Frank R. McCoy; The Hills, by Preston Dickinson,
given by Mrs. Robert F. Shawan; Phenomena Off From Shore, by Paul
Jenkins, given by the artist; and a watercolor, Outdoor Cafe, by Maurice
Prendergast, given by Dr. R. A. Kling.

Purchases included an oil study for a large work, never executed,
entitled The Vision, by the Hudson River painter Thomas Cole;
Mountain Lake, Near Piedmont, Maryland, by the mid- 19th century
painter William E. Sonntag, and a small Landscape by the Japanese-
born American artist Yasuo Kuniyoshi.

A total of 1 ,900 works were loaned to the NCFA by 1 1 7 lenders.
These included 543 weather vane molds loaned by Mrs. Edith Halpert,
and 1 70 20th-century paintings and drawings loaned by Mr. Olin Dows.
Of the 1 ,900 works, 1 ,030 were for lending programs, including items for
display in the White House.

The NCFA lent to museums and educational institutions throughout
the United States 360 paintings from its collections. An exhibition
of 158 of its most important miniatures was held at the International
Business Machines Corporation in New York City. The Wadsworth
Atheneum exhibited 1 1 1 Catlin paintings in a George Catlin exhibition
in Hartford. And 510 works were lent to offices of the Federal Govern-

NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS 285

ment, including 144 within the Smithsonian Institution and 127
to the White House.

Sixty-five paintings belonging to the National Collection were trans-
ferred to the National Portrait Gallery. The 24th Street staging
area was organized to accommodate approximately 2,000 objects
in the NCFA collections for storage, repair, and study prior to their
removal to the new quarters in the old Patent Office building; and
67 paintings and 2 works of sculpture were restored. In connection
with the NCFA's concern for government-owned art and for gathering
archival material, a survey was initiated on the study and documenta-
tion of public sculpture existing in the District of Columbia. Washing-
ton sculptor Bruce Moore served as consultant.

Additions to the library, a facility which in the new building will be
shared with the National Portrait Gallery, have come by the exchange
distribution of catalogs issued by the NCFA and by gifts. Of the
many received since July 1 965, only a few of the donors can be men-
tioned here: Mr. Richard Dannenberg, Director of the American
Contemporary Art Gallery, New York; Mrs. Daphne Foskett, Edin-
burgh, Scotland; Mr. David C. Huntington, of Olana Preservation,
Inc., New York; Mr. Alexander Ince, New York; the Freer Gallery
Library; Mr. Andrew Oliver, New York; the Embassy of the Ruman-
ian People's Republic, Washington, D.C. ; Mrs. John Sloan and Mr.
Charles Nagel, Washington, D.C.

Important collections of books and papers were also received from the
American Federation of Arts, New York; the Bollingen Foundation,
New York; the Corcoran Gallery, Washington; Mrs. Anthony de
Francisci, New York; Mrs. Edith Halpert, New York; the Martha
Jackson Gallery, New York; Mrs. Haven Parker, Boston; the Tate
Gallery, London; and others. The NCFA is grateful for this very
necessary support of the library collections.

Exhibitions

During the past year, the number of exhibitions was reduced (11
against 19 of the previous year), and their size and duration extended.
Greatly increased effort was put into selection and presentation in order
to provide exhibitions of national and international significance.

George Catliri's Indian Gallery (July 19 through September 19, 1965).
The Smithsonian Institution's collection of Catlin's paintings of the
American Indian is unique and world-famous. This exhibition was
the first occasion in over 50 years that the entire collection of more
than 400 paintings and prints was on public view, exhibition mounted

286 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — HISTORY AND ART

in a setting and manner approximating Catlin's own gallery of the
mid- 19th century.

Treasures From the Plantin-Moretus Museum (July 24 through August 1 5,
1965). This small exhibition of fine 16th- and 17th-century printing
and printing equipment from the Plantin-Moretus press of Amster-
dam was circulated by the Smithsonian Institution Traveling
Exhibition Service.

American Prints of the Sixties (September 4 through September 26, 1 965) .
In a less comprehensive form, this was initially organized by NCFA
for a special July 4th showing at the Department of State.

The Preservation of Abu Simbel (September 11 through October 17, 1965).
Comprised of photographs and a model showing the ancient monu-
ments to be disastrously affected by Egypt's High Aswan Dam
project.

Romanian Tapestries (October 14 through November 14, 1965). The
exhibition was presented by NCFA in cooperation with the U.S.
Department of State cultural exchange program; 51 tapestries and
14 ceramics, all contemporary, were shown. It was the first showing
in the U.S. of Romania's recently revitalized art of tapestry.

Roots of Abstract Art in America: 1910-1930 (December 2, 1965 through
January 9, 1966). Paintings and sculpture by 41 artists were
assembled to give a broad view of the formative period of con-
temporary abstract art in this country.

United States Exhibition, VIII Sao Paulo Bienal (January 27 through
March 6, 1966). The work of seven of our most progressive artists
represented the U.S. in the eighth biennial exhibit held in Sao Paulo,
Brazil, one of the two great international forums of contemporary
art. Reassembly of this exhibit at the Smithsonian marked the first
home presentation within recent years of the American section.
In conjunction with this exhibition lectures were given by Henry
Geldzahler, associate curator of American painting and sculpture,
Metropolitan Museum of Art, on "Current Abstraction and its
Sources," and by Lawrence Alloway, curator of the Guggenheim
Museum, on "Barnett Newman."

Frederic Edwin Church (February 10 through March 13, 1966). Frederic
Church is one of those 19th century American artists who is included
in textbooks but otherwise generally ignored. This exhibition,
which included almost all of his major paintings and a large number
of sketches, provided the first thorough survey of his work and the
perspective from which to evaluate it. Organized by the NCFA,
the exhibition was subsequently shown at the Albany Institute of

Atlantic Liner in Harbor with Tug (study for mural), by Reginald Marsh (Ameri-
can 1898-1954). Tempera on masonite, 18 X 23 inches. Transfer from
National Park Service. 1965.8.102 NCFA.

Entrance to Church exhibition in Foyer Gallery. Draperies and bronze
sculptures were brought from Church's home "Olana," and the arch is a
near duplication of the entrance to its great hall.

—

CT>

1 '

>»

E£)

(>4

,—l

< £

■VI

<*-t

■-.

United States exhibition of contemporary American Negro artists, organized
by International Art Program of NCFA for the First World Festival of
Negro Arts at the Palais de Justice, Dakar, Senegal.

NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS 287

History and Art and at M. Knoedler and Company in New York
City.
American Landscape: A Changing Frontier (April 28 through June 19,
1966). Organized by NCFA in commemoration of the fiftieth
anniversary of the U.S. National Park Service, this exhibition
showed the pursuit of unspoiled nature by our artists from the 18th
through the 20th centuries.

In connection with this exhibition, a series of six lectures on U. S.
parks was given by officials of the National Park Service.
Ancient Art From Afghanistan — Treasures of the Kabul Museum (June 30
through August 23, 1966). Opportunity to exhibit antiquities of
high aesthetic quality and from a little known culture is rare. The
NCFA was fortunate to be one of the three museums permitted to
offer this exceptional artistic event in America. In conjunction with
the exhibition, M. Karim Barakzai of the Kabul Museum spent
several weeks in Washington as guest curator.
Rugs of Afghanistan (June 30 through July 31, 1966). This exhibition
of 34 examples of weaving by the nomadic tribes of Afghanistan
presented as a complement to the showing of the ancient treasures of
that country, was arranged through the courtesy of Mr. H. McCoy
Jones.

In addition to the special exhibitions in New York City mentioned
above, the NCFA presented or assisted with the following special
exhibitions in the Washington, D.C., area: OP and the Abstract, print
show, in the East Wing of the White House; The Image, contemporary
American prints, in the East Wing of the White House; Indiana Artists
of Today, the first exhibition in the Senate Caucus Room; Modern
American Painting, an Art-in-the-Embassies exhibit at the National
Collection; Oil Reportage by J. S. Churchill, in the National Collection;
and Georgia Artists, the first art exhibition in the House of Representa-
tives Caucus Room.

International Art Program

The International Art Program, formerly a part of the United States
Information Agency, joined the National Collection of Fine Arts in
November 1965. Under the NCFA, the mission of the International
Art Program (IAP) has remained the same — to plan, assemble, and
send overseas exhibits of American art, and it continues to work with
the overseas posts of the USIA in setting up itineraries for its exhibits.

The biggest and most important project during the reporting period
was the organizing of the American representation at the xxxm Venice
Biennale. After the works were selected by U.S. Commissioner Henry

288 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

Geldzahler, the IAP coordinated the assembling, packing and shipping
of the works and the production of the catalog. NCFA staff members
oversaw the installation in Venice and participated in the multifarious
activities of the opening week.

Another large exhibition, that of contemporary American Negro
artists, was prepared for the First World Festival of Negro Art in Dakar,
Senegal. Ten artists were represented and one of them, William
Majors, won first prize in graphics. The President of the Republic of
Senegal complimented the American exhibit and was especially pleased
with the catalog.

Other shows prepared and circulated by IAP during the period
included seven different contemporary print exhibitions showing the
various aspects of graphic arts in the U.S. today; a retrospective show
of Stuart Davis' work for Paris, Berlin and London; two shows of
American Indian art; four craft shows (one of contemporary textiles,
one of Appalachian folk art, and two of general contemporary crafts) ;
and a selection of 16 paintings by contemporary New York artists for
showing in Latin America. These exhibits were, in most cases,
sponsored overseas by the U.S. Information Service, which was re-
sponsible for local exhibition costs, such as the preparation of catalogs
and internal shipping.

The USIA continued to provide financial assistance to the IAP during
this period for projects begun before the transfer to the Smithsonian
was effected. On July 1, 1966, the National Collection of Fine Arts is
to assume full responsibility for this program.

Special Projects and Events

During the past year, at the request of and with the assistance of the
Economic Development Administration, it engaged Charles Counts, a
nationally recognized craftsman-designer from Georgia, as crafts
consultant to evaluate specific crafts projects that had been submitted
to the EDA. He also made a four months' survey and wrote a report
which considered the economic and design problems of contemporary
crafts, along with guidelines for the evaluation of craft project proposals.
This report, "Encouraging American Handicrafts: What Role in
Economic Development?" published by the EDA, provides a basis for
further studies and activities in support of American handicrafts.

The Art-in-the-Embassies Program continues to grow under the
supervision of Mrs. Nancy P. Kefauver, and the NCFA serves as a
repository for the over 1,376 works of art involved. These works are
registered and cared for in new storage facilities and shipped by the
State Department to American Embassies in all parts of the world.

NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS 289

The White House Changing Exhibitions Program continues to
grow with over 300 works of art involved, changing on a rotating basis
every six to eight months. The program is a means by which the
President can directly encourage American art of today. Each work of
art on loan to the White House offices is accompanied by a letter with
biographical information about the artist. The works of art, displayed
individually or in small changing exhibits, hang in the East and West
Wing halls, offices and reception areas, as well as in the Executive
Office building.

The first annual White House Fellows' Seminar on American Art, a
series of six informal lectures, was developed especially for the White
House Fellows, members of the White House Staff, and the Cabinet.
This survey of American art, with emphasis on the period since 1900,
was presented by NCFA staff members and guest speakers Lloyd Good-
rich, Director of the Whitney Museum of American Art, and Edgar P.
Richardson, Director of the Henry Francis du Pont Winterthur
Museum.

Staff Activities

Director David W. Scott represented the Smithsonian Institution
and the NCFA at the Venice Biennale. He served on the Decorative
Arts Committee of the American Federation of Arts, as well as on the
Executive Council of the Art-in-the-Embassies Program. He also
served as advisor to the Fine Arts panel of the National Council on the
Arts, and on the Fine Arts Committee of the D.C. Recreation Board.
He lectured to the NCFA White House Fellows' Seminar on various
aspects of American Art and on the Landscape Show, and before the
Art Association of Indianapolis on "The Arts in the Great Society."
In Atlanta, Georgia, he juried the crafts section of the Arts Festival of
Atlanta.

Richard P. Wunder, curator of painting and sculpture, represented
the U.S. Government at a 5-day conference held at UNESCO head-
quarters in Paris concerning long-term loans between museums of
different nations and the reconstitution of dismembered works of art.
Also during the year he assisted in matters pertaining to the Cooper
Union Museum. He served as Director of the Drawing Society, and he
represented the NCFA at the openings of the Church exhibition at
Albany and New York City. He also assembled an exhibition of 50
17th- and 18th-century drawings to be exhibited during the forth-
coming year at the National Gallery of Art, and subsequently to be
circulated by the American Federation of Arts.

230-457 — 66 24

290 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

Harry Lowe, curator of exhibits, served as Vice Commissioner at the
United States Pavilion of the xxxm biennial international art
exhibition in Venice, Italy. He delivered two lectures and partici-
pated in the seminar discussion on exhibits and installation design at
the National Trust for Historic Preservation Seminar for Historical
Administrators in Williamsburg, Virginia, and he lectured at the
White House Fellows' Seminar. He also served on the panel of three
judges for the Third Annual Art Exhibit of the National Association of
Industrial Artists, Inc. In an advisory capacity, he attended the
Conference on Arts and Humanities in the Southeastern Region held at
the University of Tennessee, Knoxville.

Donald McClelland, assistant to the director, lectured at the Chicago
Institute of Art; at St. Alban's School and at the Taft School; for the
Regents of the Smithsonian Institution; for the D.C. Chapter of the
D.A.R.; for "Operation Headstart" at the D.C. Public Auditorium;
at the White House Fellows' Seminar; and he presented a series of 9
lectures for the Heights School, D.C. In other activities, he juried
1 1 exhibitions, among which were the National Armed Forces show
in Washington, the Petersburg (Virginia) Arts Festival, Fairfax County
Art Association, and the Plains (Virginia) Art Exhibition.

Stefan P. Munsing, special consultant, organized a Jasper Johns
drawing show (to coincide with the presentation of the Drawing
Society National Exhibition in September 1966). He supervised
arrangements for the presentation of several films: "The Ivory Knife"
(color film on the artist Paul Jenkins, with music by Irwin Bazelon),
"Henry Moore, London, 1940-42," "Five British Sculptors Work and
Talk," and "Sculpture by Lipton." He also lectured at the White
House Fellows' Seminar and served as advisor to the Archives of
American Art 7th airlift tour to Eastern and Western Europe, recom-
mending the itinerary of museums, gallaries, and private collections.

Special consultant Adelyn D. Breeskin sent a representative group
of American contemporary prints to New Delhi for the International
Exhibition held at the All India Institute of Arts and Crafts; helped
choose exhibition material for the Edinburgh (Scotland) Fesitval; art
for an exhibition of Old Lyme painters shown at the Institute of
Contemporary Arts; and material for the Mary Cassatt exhibition at
Knoedler Galleries, New York. She gave two lectures in the White
House Fellows' Seminar on American Art. She lectured to the U.S.
Foreign Service Officers, to members of the Jewish Educational
Alliance of New York City, the National Council of Jewish Women,
to the "Friends of Pakistan," to a group in Lincoln, Nebraska, to the
Smithsonian Associates, and to the White House Fellows' Seminar,
and she assisted in a symposium for the Washington Print Club. She

NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS 291

juried the Library of Congress Biennial Print Show; the Annual Art
Exhibition in Birmingham, Alabama; a United Nations exhibition;
the 16th Mid- America Annual Exhibit in Kansas City; and served as
one-man jury for the annual exhibition in Huntington, West Virginia.
She pursued her research for compiling a catalogue raisonne of the
paintings, pastels, watercolors and drawings of Mary Cassatt. This
took her in June to Europe, where she lectured in Munich and did
research on Cassatt in several countries. Mrs. Breeskin received
honorary degrees from Hood College, Frederick, Maryland, and
Morgan State College, Baltimore, Maryland.

Librarian William Walker was actively engaged in a project with the
Library of Congress subject cataloging division to revise the Library of
Congress "N" classification schedule for books on the fine arts. Moti-
vation for the undertaking was primarily the benefit of this library, but
it is believed by the Library of Congress staff that the proposed changes
and improvements submitted by Walker will, if published, be of value
to all art libraries using this classification system, including the Library
of Congress itself.

He was principally engaged in developing a strong library facility
to serve the NCFA, while radically expanding that aspect supporting
the National Portrait Gallery, which will share use of the facility in the
new building. In anticipation of increased space and library use
in the new quarters next year and reduced accessibility to the Smith-
sonian Library's main reference facilities now close by, concentration
has been on acquiring necessary reference works, including multi-
volume sets, such as encyclopedias, library catalogs, and serial indexes.

John Latham, assistant for special services, joined the staff in October
to develop public service programs and to advise the art world and the
general public of the objectives, needs, and services of the NCFA. In
connection with this mission, he was in charge of public information
for the American Section in Venice before the opening of the Biennale
on June 18.

This year an unprecedented number of university students and
internes were in attendance for 10- or 12- week periods. This amounted
to a great extension of the bureau's educational program. Ten
students or internes were at work during the year, not including
those of the 1 965 summer program.

Among the conservators and consultants, in addition to those already
mentioned, who assisted the program were Joseph Andrews, Thomas
Carter, Sheldon Keck, Philip Vickers, Bruce Moore, and Marvin
C. Ross. Continuing support was provided by Bayard Underwood,
Harold Cross, Henri Courtais, Henry Heydenryk, Stewart Treviranus,
Janice Hines, Ben Johnson, Istvan Pfeiffer, and H. B. Colborn.

292 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

Publications

Bolton-Smith, Robin. Miniatures in the National Collection of Fine Arts,

Smithsonian Institution. New York: IBM Gallery, 1966.
Breeskin, Adelyn D. [Introduction to] Mary Cassatt. New York:

Knoedler Galleries, 1966, 56 pp., 42 illustr.
. [Introduction to] Roots of Abstract Art in America, 1910-1930.

Washington: Smithsonian Institution, publ. 4655, 1965, 93 pp.,

47 illustr.
— . Matisse in America. Harpers Bazaar (December 1965), 2

pp., 1 illustr.
Lowe, Harry. [Introduction to] The Josephine and Phillip A. Bruno

Collection. New York: Finch College Museum of Art, 1965.
Scott, David W. [Introduction to] American Landscape: A Changing

Frontier. Washington: Smithsonian Institution, publ. 4671, 1966,

42 pp.
. [Introduction to the Catalogue of the Exhibition] XXXIII

International Biennial Exhibition of Art, Venice 1966, United States of

America. October House, Inc., 1966.
. America's Role in the Biennale. Art Gallery (June 1966),

vol. 9, no. 9, pp. 11-14.

Wunder, Richard P. In Memoriam: Michel Nicholas Benisovich
(1891-1963) [includes bibliography, "The Art Historical Writings
of Michel N. Benisovich"]. Art Quarterly, vol. 27, no. 2, 1964 (pub-
lished 1965), pp. 196-199.

. [Preface to] Frederic Edwin Church. Washington: Smithsonian

Institution, publ. 4657, 1966.

National Portrait Gallery

Charles Nagel, Director

Touring these first years of its existence — this is but its third
■*-' annual report — the National Portrait Gallery has been in minimal
temporary quarters and might almost be said to have been a museum
in a filing case. The time, however, has been time well invested; the
Gallery has had the opportunity to gather its forces for two activities
that are of the utmost importance — to plan its future program and to
attend to its housekeeping.

In order to plan, the Gallery had first to assemble the nucleus of a
staff. This has now been done; the growing staff can be regarded with
satisfaction and its work in planning for the future with hope and
confidence.

As to housekeeping these months have made it possible to assure
that each portrait in the collection is looking its best, and is in the
best possible structural condition — matters too often neglected and
all too often misunderstood or ignored by the public. But when the
Gallery moves to its new quarters in the Fine Arts and Portrait Galleries
(the old Patent Office building) the collection as a whole will have
received the expert care it deserves. With the air conditioning that
will be part of the equipment of the building, the work that has been
done may confidently be expected to last many a year.

Renovation of the Fine Arts and Portrait Galleries building was
about eighty percent completed in June 1 966, and as finish materials
begin to be applied, the building begins to reveal the character and
dignity that stamp it as a distinguished work of architecture of its

293

294 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

period. The move into new quarters early in 1967 is anticipated
eagerly, for it will permit the initiation, in greatly increased space, of
a more complete professional program for the National Portrait Gallery,
a program which will make it favorably known as the nation's repository
for whatever treasures of American portraiture may be available.

The Collections

A National Portrait Gallery is not, after all, just another art museum;
it is something new in America, a gallery devoted only to one thing:
the likenesses in all media of those who in every walk of life have made
a significant contribution to the development and culture of our country.
It is a museum whose first consideration is the sitter. In short, it is the
visual history museum for the Nation in terms of portraits of distin-
guished individual citizens.

In the course of the year the Gallery added to its still small collection
102 accessions by transfer, gift, or purchase. For the transfers the
Gallery is beholden to the National Collection of Fine Arts, for the
gifts, to a variety of donors — institutional and individual, and from all
sections of the country. For the purchases, the Gallery is most grateful
that its funds for purchase, though limited, have given it che rare
privilege of selecting what seemed to be most important of the objects
that have come upon the market.

Since these accessions are of the utmost importance to the Gallery, a
full list is appended. A brief discussion of some will give an idea of the
spread in time and the personality of the individuals represented.

Paul Wayland Bartlett (1865-1925), a portrait by Charles Sprague
Pearce, came as a gift from Mrs. Armistead Peter, Jr. It shows Bartlett,
a Yankee born but trained as an artist in France, in full profile and in
the costume of the turn of the century. Among many other works he
is responsible for the sculptured pediments of the House of Representa-
tives. Bartlett was a handsome man and as a successful artist could
not help but know it. All this is honestly shown with such faithfulness
and conviction by his slightly older contemporary Charles Pearce that
it is one of the most popular portraits in the collection. It is a transfer
from NCFA.

Mary Baker Eddy (1821-1910) by Luella V. Serrao. This fine
marble bust of the founder of the Christian Science Church was pre-
sented as a gift to the Gallery in May 1966 from Mrs. Frances Thompson
Hill and Calvin C. Hill on the occasion of the hundredth anniversary
of the founding of the church.

NATIONAL PORTRAIT GALLERY 295

Ulysses S. Grant (1822-1885), a portrait by Samuel B. Waugh,
was the gift of the International Business Machines Corporation.
Another transfer from NCFA, it is a bust portrait that shows, beyond the
rough force that is such a familiar aspect of Grant, a kind of sensitivity
that explains the honesty and integrity with which he met gallantly the
disasters of his later life.

Michael Gratz (1740-1811), by William Edward West, is an ex-
cellent, unusually large, pastel portrait of the man who with his brother
Bernard did so much to support the American cause in the Revolution.
It was the gift of Richard N. Tetlie.

Julia Ward Howe (1819-1910), a portrait by her son-in-law John
Elliott, was the gift of Mrs. John Elliott and was a transfer from
NCFA. It is of unusual interest as it shows Mrs. Howe as the young
woman who was inspired to write the "Battle Hymn of the Republic"
for which she received $4 from the Atlantic Monthly and the undying
devotion of her fellow Americans.

John J. Pershing (1860-1948), a full length portrait by Douglas
Volk of the famous leader of the American troops in France is a transfer
from NCFA, and was originally presented by the National Art Com-
mittee, which was responsible for the recording of many outstanding
figures both civil and military associated with World War I.

William Howard Taft (1957-1930), by Robert MacCameron, was
presented by the artist's son and daughter, Robert, Jr., and Marguerite
MacCameron. It is an unusually vigorous and convincing likeness,
taken at the height of his powers, of the only man to have been both
President and Chief Justice of the United States.

John Bartram (1699-1777), by John Wollaston, purchased by the
Gallery. Bartram, the first great native American botanist, laid out
a botanic garden on the Schuylkill and began the first hybridizing
experiments in America. He was called by Linnaeus "the greatest
natural botanist in the world."

Albert Einstein (1879-1955), by Joseph Scharl, purchased by the
Gallery. This portrait of one of the most noted of modern scientists,
is thoroughly contemporary in its approach. Yet, despite the abstract
expressionist manner in which it is executed, it is a thoroughly recog-
nizable likeness of Einstein by one of his close friends, and hence a
remarkably fine document of our own time.

Edwin Forrest (1806-1872), by Edwin Agate, purchased in
memory of Alexander Sandor Ince from the gift made by the Kathryn
and Gilbert Miller Fund. This portrait of our earliest American-born
actor of first rank shows him in the Indian role of "Metamora" which
he made famous.

296 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

Alexander Hamilton (1755 or 57-1804) by Guiseppi Ceracchi,
purchased by the Gallery. A bust in white marble, one of the famous
portraits of Hamilton executed by this Italian sculptor.

Gilbert Stuart (1755-1828), by an unknown painter, purchased
by the Gallery. This small portrait of one of America's earliest native
born painters is a fine likeness and a most valuable record.

In addition to the funds appropriated by the Congress for the support
of the program of the National Portrait Gallery, gifts of SI 0,000 were
received from Kathryn and Gilbert Miller Fund and $5,000 from the
Kauders Foundation. A gift of two extremely handsome pieces of
furniture for the Gallery executive offices was made by Victor Proetz —
a tall book-case veneered in blond European elm and en suite a low
case for oversize volumes. Each of these pieces is one of a pair, the
other of which will eventually come to the Gallery. They set a standard
of style and distinction for whatever additional furniture is later
acquired.

In honor of Einstein week, March 14 to 21, the portrait later purchased
for the collection and a drawing, both by Joseph Scharl, were placed
on exhibition along with several portrait photographs. On April 9,
the third anniversary of the conferring upon him of honorary United
States citizenship, the portrait of Sir Winston Churchill by Douglas
Chandor was put on exhibit. On April 28, a portrait of President
Calvin Coolidge by Joseph Burgess was presented by the Phi Gamma
Delta Fraternity and accepted for the permanent collection. On May
28th the portrait bust of Mary Baker Eddy, founder of the Christian
Science Church, by Luella Varney Serrao presented by Frances
Thompson Hill and the late Calvin C. Hill was placed on exhibition
on the occasion of the celebration of the one-hundredth anniversary
of the founding of Christian Science.

Staff Activities

Director Charles Nagel, worked with historian Daniel John Reed
and curator Robert G. Stewart on planning for the future of their
departments. He served as ex-officio member of the important
Acquisitions Committee, addressed the New England Conference of
the American Association of Museums in New Haven, and wrote
articles on the Gallery for Antiques Magazine and Chronique des Arts.
A most helpful outcome of his address in New Haven was an article on
the gallery by Russell Lynes in the June 1966 Harper's Magazine en-
titled "Public Faces" in which some of the difficulties and opportun-
ities of the gallery were delightfully set forth.

KS Wr

Hh£Ee£ ■ 8S3k! "'■'*■■- ''.'•. ";.'.-'i j '"'■ Jf

<A w

ftn.. .

■SffliLiySiv ' ~ SBaSBaK 9^Kr

•" * . BS E ■ ".". It

Jst^''"'' K- ifl

jfe:~ ■'•' ; WB

Wfr

■'■';' >

John Bartram (1699-1 777), attributed to John Wollaston. Purchased through

Museum fund.

Julia Ward Howe (1819-1910), by her son-in-law John Elliott. Gift
Mrs. John Elliott (transfer from National Collection of Fine Arts).

Mary Baker Eddy (1821-1910), by Luella V. Serrao. Gift of Mrs. Frances
Thompson Hill, who stands beside the bust.

Calvin Coolidge (1872-1933), by Joseph Burgess. Gift of the Phi Gamma

Delta Fraternity.

Bernard M. Baruch (1870-1965), by Douglas Chandor.
Gift of Mr. Baruch.

NATIONAL PORTRAIT GALLERY 297

He also worked with the architects, Faulkner, Stenhouse, Fryer, and
Faulkner and with Mr. Victor Proetz on the remodelling and fur-
nishing of the NPG quarters in the Fine Arts and Portrait Galleries
building, and represented the Smithsonian Institution at various
meetings related to the International Cooperation Year.

Early in the year Daniel John Reed, formerly assistant chief of the
manuscript division of the Library of Congress, assumed the duties of
historian in the gallery. Since his arrival he has devoted most of his
time to building up the library and the print collection and to planning
and inaugurating a research and publication program. Basic to any
program for the study of American portraiture is a national inventory
of portraits of citizens of historical significance ; this was started under
his direction. In it he was assisted by John Frazer, who has continued
to search the records of the Frick Art Reference Library in New York
for material to be included in what is to be called the Catalog of
American Portraits. Information in the catalog is being extensively
indexed and will be available to scholars and other galleries and
museums.

Curator Robert G. Stewart, directed a two-pronged program of
conservation of the portraits in the collection and of research on their
history, authenticity and authorship. He has successfully reattributed
artists, has identified the artist or the subject, and, in some cases, has
obtained for the collection portraits brought in for examination.
In the course of this research, two portraits in the collection have
been proved entirely fictitious and a number have proved to be by
artists other than those to whom they had been assigned.

Mr. Stewart arranged the Gallery's first exhibition "Nucleus for a
National Collection,'"opened in the Arts and Industries building for
the Bicentennial of James Smithson's birth. This exhibition of 65
portraits by 52 artists in painting, engraving, drawing, sculpture, and
photography, represented a cross section of the various media in the
collection. A catalogue of the exhibition, Nucleus for a National Collec-
tion (Washington: Smithsonian Institution, publ. 4653, 1966, unpaged
[30 pp.], illus.), was compiled by Mr. Stewart.

Under the direction of Mrs. Genevieve A. Kennedy a program has
been instituted to photograph for the gallery's archival file all portraits
on loan or brought in for study. To date 200 black and white photo-
graphs and 46 color transparencies have been made. The print
collection of some 21,287 pieces has been alphabetized and biograph-
ically identified by Mrs. Kennedy, who was greatly assisted in this work
by student aides Richard L. Tyner and Joyce A. Keener.

Librarian William Walker worked diligently with Dr. Reed in
building up the library, which in its new quarters will serve both the

298

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

National Portrait Gallery and the National Collection of Fine Arts, and
every effort has been made to avoid duplication while making the
collection useful to both. Concentration has been on necessary refer-
ence works, including multi-volume sets such as encyclopedias, library
catalogues and serial indexes.

Additions to the Collections

Subject
*Abbot, Charles Greely
*Agassiz, Jean Louis

Rodolphe
*Agassiz, Jean Louis

Rodolphe
*Bartlett, Paul Wayland
Bartram, John
Baruch, Bernard M.
Benton, Thomas Hart
*Bliss, Tasker
Brookings, Robert
*Bryant, William Cullan
*Byrnes, James Francis
Carson, Rachel L.
Carver, George
Washington

*Chase, Salmon P.

Churchill, Winston S.

Churchill, Winston S.
*Clay, Henry

Clemens, Samuel L.

(Mark Twain)
Compton, Arthur Holly
Coolidge, Calvin

Corcoran, William
Wilson
*Crosby, John S.
Dahlgren, J. A. B.

*Delafield, Richard
*Delano, Jane A.

*DuPont, Samuel F.

Eddy, Mary Baker

*Edison, Thomas
Einstein, Albert

Artist
John N. Brewer
W. Ingalls

Louis Mayer

Charles Sprague Pearce
John Wollaston
Douglas Chandor
Ferdinand T.L. Boyle
John C. Johansen
Janet Gregg Wallace
Henry Kirke Brown
Alfred Jonniaux
Una H anbury
Betsey Graves Reyneau

James R. Lambdin
Bryant Baker
Douglas Chandor
Attributed to

Rembrandt Peale
Eulabee Dix

Janet Gregg Wallace
Joseph Burgess

G. P. A. Healy

Alfonse Jongers
"McC" after Joseph

Cotton
Charles C. Curran
Bjorn Egeli

Daniel Huntington

Luella V. Serrao

A. A. Anderson
Josef Scharl

Donor or Fund
Nicholas R. Brewer
Unknown

Unknown

Mrs. Armistead Peter Jr.
Museum fund
Bernard M. Baruch
Museum fund
Anonymous Donor
Janet Gregg Wallace
H. K. Bush-Brown
Robert C. Vose Jr.
Museum fund
The George Washington

Carver Memorial

Committee
Anonymous Donor
Bryant Baker
Bernard M. Baruch
International Business

Machines Corporation
Museum fund

Janet Gregg Wallace
Fraternity of Phi Gamma

Delta
Mrs. David E. Finley &

Mrs. Eustis Emmit
Unknown
Mrs. J. V. Dahlgren

Albert Delafield

Jane A. Delano Post of

American Legion
Mrs. May DuPont

Saulsbury
Mrs. Francis Thompson

Hill, Calvin C. Hill
Dr. Eleanor A. Campbell
Museum fund

NATIONAL PORTRAIT GALLERY

299

Subject
*Ericsson, John

*Ericsson, John

*Espy, James Pollard
Evans, Robley D.
Forrest, Edwin

Franklin, Benjamin
(2 portraits)
*Fuller, George
*Garfield, James A.

Glover, Charles
*Grant, Ulysses

Gratz, Michael
Hackett, James K.

*Halsey, William F.

Hamilton, Alexander
*Hammerstein I, Oscar

Harding, Warren

Gamaliel
*Hare, Robert

Harriman, Averill

Harris, Townsend
*Henderson, John Brooks

Henderson, Mrs. John

Brooks
*Henry, Joseph
*Hodgkins, Thomas G.
*Hooper, Reverend

William

"Hoover, Herbert
"Howe, Julia Ward
"Hull, Cordell

"Kellogg, John Harvey
Kennedy, John

Fitzgerald
Key, Phillip

Artist
Arvid F. Nyholm

A. Saint-Gaudens

Thomas Sully
August Franzen
Edwin Agate

Giovanni B. Nini

Edward T. Billings
Ole P. H. Balling

John McLure Hamilton
Samuel Waugh

William West
Albert d'Andrea

Albert K. Murry

Guiseppi Ceracchi
Unknown

*Hammerstein II, Oscar Abby Altson

Margaret Lindsay

Williams
Alvin Clark
Gilbert Early
Albert d'Andrea
J. J. Benjamin-Constant

J.J. Benjamin- Constant

W. Ingalls
Robert G. Hardie
After John Smibert

Edmund Tarbell
John Elliott
Gregory C. Stapko

Emil Fuchs
William Draper

Donor or Fund
Swedish-American Re-
publican League of
Illinois
Georgiana Wills

Sargent
The Espy Family
Horatio S. Rubens
Kathryn and Gilbert

Miller fund
Museum fund

Catherine Ames
International Business

Machines Corporation
Charles C. Glover
International Business

Machines Corporation
Richard N. Tetlie
The City College of

New York
International Business

Machines Corporation
Museum fund
Mrs. Oscar Hammerstein

II
Mrs. Oscar Hammerstein

II
Museum fund

Unknown

Gilbert Early

City College of New York

Heirs of Mrs. J. B.
Henderson

Mrs. John Brooks
Henderson

W. Ingalls

Unknown

Transfer from United
States National
Museum — G. Brown
Goode Collection

National Art Committee

Mrs. John Elliott

International Business
Machines Corporation

Dr. Edward Kellogg

Museum fund

Charles Willson Peale Charles van Ravenswaay

300

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

Subject
*King, Ernest J

*Kinkaid, Thomas C

*Lane, Franklin K.
*Lea, Isaac
Lee, Robert E.
*Lockwood, Belva Ann

MacArthur, General
Douglas
*McClellan, George B.

*McKean, Thomas

McKinley, William
McNamara, Robert
Madison, Dolly

*Mann, James R.

*Mansfield, Richard

Artist
Albert K. Murray

Robert Sloan

Ossip Perelma
Bernard Uhle
H. G. Matthews
Nellie M. Home

Rodolphe Kiss

Julian Scott

Charles Willson Peale

Charles A. Whipple

Gilbert Early

Unknown

J. Gari Melchers

Orlando Rouland

*Marshall, George Catlett J. Anthony Wells

"Maynard, Edward
Meyer, George von L.

Morgan, John Pierpont
*Mitscher, Marc Andrew

*Morrill, Justin Smith
Motley, John Lothrop
*Nimitz, Chester W.

*Noyes, Frank B.
Osceola

Pershing, John J.
*Pershing, John J.
*Polk, Frank L.
*Polk, James Knox

*Ranger, Henry Ward
Read, Thomas Buchanan
Roberts, Robert Richford

*Roosevelt, Franklin
Delano

*Rush, Richard
Salk, Jonas Edward

*Scott, Winfield

George W. Maynard
Julian Story

Adrian Lamb
Albert K. Murray

Preston Powers
H. G. Matthews
Albert K. Murray

Ossip Perelma
Lewis C. Gregg

Moses W. D. Dykaar
Douglas Volk
John C. Johansen
Max Westfield

Alphonse Jongers
H. A. Root
John Neagle
Henry S. Hubbell

Thomas W. Wood
Edward Amateis
Henry Kirke Brown

Donor or Fund
International Business

Machines Corporation
International Business

Machines Corporation
Frank B. Noyes
Mrs. Lea Hudson
Museum fund
Committee on Tribute to

Belva A. Lockwood
Mrs. Elisha Gee Jr.

Mrs. Georgiana L.
McClellan

Mrs. Francis T. Redwood
(part of the George
Buchanan Coale Col-
lection, Baltimore)

Mrs. Mary E. Kreig

Gilbert Early

Miss Eunice Chambers

Mrs. James R. Mann

H. H. Flager

International Business
Machines Corporation

Unknown

Donna Julia Brambilla
and Mrs. Phillip O.
Coffin

H. S. Morgan

International Business
Machines Corporation

Dr. Charles L. Swann

Museum fund

International Business
Machines Corporation

Ossip Perelma

Mrs. Lewis C. Gregg,
Miss Emma Gregg

Estate of George Owen

National Art Committee

Anonymous Donor

James Knox Polk

Memorial Foundation

James E. Fraser

Miss Eunice Chambers

Museum fund

Henry S. Hubbell

Unknown
Edward Amateis
H. K. Bush-Brown

NATIONAL PORTRAIT GALLERY

301

Subject
*Seward, William H.
Sheridan, Philip
*Sherman, William T.
*Signing of the Treaty of

Versailles
*Sims, William S.
*Smithson, James
*Stanton, Edward

McMasters
Stuart, Gilbert
Taft, William Howard

Torbert, Alfred T. A.

Washington, George
*West, Benjamin
*White, Henry
*Woodrow Wilson

Woodrow Wilson
*Woodrow Wilson

Artist
Giovanni Benzoni
Thomas B. Read
G. P. A. Healy
John C. Johansen

Irving Wiles
Hattie Burdette
Henry Ulke

Unknown

Robert McCameron

Mathew Brady
Joseph Hiller
Frank Wilkins
John C. Johansen
John C. Johansen
Bryant Baker
Edmund Tarbell

Donor or Fund
Mrs. Sara Carr Upton
Benjamin Bell
Tecumseh Sherman
National Art Committee

National Art Committee

Unknown

Miss Sofie Stanton

Museum fund

Robert MacCameron Jr.,

Marguerite

MacCameron
Dorothy B. Webb
Unknov/n
Mrs. Mabel Wiles
Anonymous Donor
Anonymous Donor
Bryant Baker
Anonymous Donor

*Portraits marked with an asterisk are transfers from the National Collection
of fine Arts.

230-^57—66-

-25

National Gallery of Art

John Walker, Director

Sir : I have the honor to submit, on behalf of the Board of Trustees, the
29th annual report of the National Gallery of Art for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1 966. This report is made pursuant to the provisions
of section 5(d) of Public Resolution No. 14, 75th Congress, 1st session,
approved March 24, 1937 (50 Stat. 51), U.S. Code, title 20, sec. 75(d).

Organization

The National Gallery of Art, although technically established as a
bureau of the Smithsonian Institution, is an autonomous and separately
administered organization and is governed by its own Board of Trustees.
The statutory members of such Board of Trustees are the Chief Justice
of the United States, the Secretary of State, the Secretary of the Treas-
ury, and the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, ex officio. The
four General Trustees continuing in office during the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1 966, were Paul Mellon, John Hay Whitney, Dr. Franklin D.
Murphy, and Lessing J. Rosenwald. On May 5, 1966, Paul Mellon
was reelected by the Board of Trustees to serve as President of the
Gallery, and John Hay Whitney was reelected Vice President.

The executive officers of the Gallery as of June 30, 1 966, were as
follows:

Chief Justice of the United States, Earl Warren, Chairman.

Paul Mellon, President.

Ernest R. Feidler, Secretary-Treasurer.

303

304 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

John Walker, Director.
E. James Adams, Administrator.
Ernest R. Feidler, General Counsel.
Perry B. Cott, Chief Curator.
J. Carter Brown, Assistant Director.
The three standing committees of the Board, as constituted at the
annual meeting on May 5, 1966, were as follows:

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Chief Justice of the United States, Earl Warren, Chairman.

Paul Mellon, Vice Chairman.

Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, S. Dillon Ripley.

John Hay Whitney.

Dr. Franklin D. Murphy.

FINANCE COMMITTEE

Secretary of the Treasury, Henry H. Fowler, Chairman.
Paul Mellon.

Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, S. Dillon Ripley.
John Hay Whitney.

ACQUISITIONS COMMITTEE

Paul Mellon, Chairman.
John Hay Whitney.
Lessing J. Rosenwald.
Dr. Franklin D. Murphy.
John Walker.

Personnel

At the close of fiscal year 1966, full-time Government employees on
the permanent staff of the National Gallery of Art numbered 314.
The United States Civil Sendee regulations govern the appointment of
employees paid from appropriated funds.

Appropriations

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1966, the Congress of the United
States, in the regular annual appropriation, and in a supplemental
appropriation required for pay increases, provided $2,531,000 to be
used for salaries and expenses in the operation and upkeep of the
National Gallery of Art, the protection and care of works of art acquired
by the Board of Trustees, and all administrative expenses incident

NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 305

thereto, as authorized by the basic statute establishing the National
Gallery of Art, that is, the Public Resolution No. 14, 75th Congress,
1st session, approved March 24, 1937 (50 Stat. 51), U.S. Code, title
20, sees. 71-75.
The following obligations were incurred:

Personnel Compensation and Benefits $2, 214, 400. 00

All other Items 315, 669. 1 1

Total Obligations 2, 530, 069. 1 1

Attendance

Visitors to the Gallery during fiscal year 1966 were 1,577,108, an
increase of 324,006 over the 1965 attendance. From July 1 through
Labor Day, 1965, and April 1 through June 30, 1966, the Gallery was
open to the public from 10 a.m. to 10 p.m. on weekdays and from noon
to 10 p.m. on Sundays. For the remainder of the year the Gallery
was open to the public every day save Christmas and New Year's Day
on a schedule of 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. on weekdays and 2 to 10 p.m. on
Sundays. Visitors during the additional hours in the summer of 1965
and the spring of 1966 numbered 154,911. The average daily attend-
ance for year was 4,345.

Accessions

There were 2,835 accessions by the National Gallery of Art as gifts,
loans, or deposits during the fiscal year. This represents an increase of
1,113 accessions over those of fiscal 1965.

Gifts

Three hundred and fifty-one paintings by George Catlin were
received as a gift from Paul Mellon. In addition, the following works
of art were received as gifts or bequests accepted by the Board of
Trustees or were purchased pursuant to action by the Board of Trustees
from funds given or bequeathed:

PAINTINGS

Donor Artist Title

Avalon Foundation, Church Morning in the Tropics

New York, N.Y.

Copley Eleazer Tyng

306

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

paintings — continued

Donor

Artist

Title

Charles Ulrick and

Vigee-

The Marquise de Peze

Josephine Bay Founda-

Lebrun

and the Marquise de

tion

Rouget with Her Two
Children

Mrs. Julia Feininger

Feininger

Zirchow VII

Colonel and Mrs. Edgar

Earl

Dr. David Rogers

W. Garbisch, New

Martha Tennent Rogers

York, N.Y.

and Her Daughter

Field

Deacon Harlow A. Pease

Mrs. Harlow A. Pease

Attrib-

Staunch Gentleman

Harry Waldron Have-

meyer and Horace

Havemeyer, Jr.
National Gallery of Art,

Ailsa Mellon Bruce

Fund

National Gallery of Art,
Adolph Caspar Miller
Fund

Attrib-

Staunch Gentleman

uted to

Jeremiah

The us

Devout Lady

Sheffield

Connecticut Sea

Captain

Wife of Connecticut Sea

Captain

Unknown

Dennison Hill, South-

bridge, Massachusetts

Vermeer

A Lady Writing

Corneille de

Portrait of a Man

Lyon

Ercole

The Wife of Hasdrubal

Roberti

and Her Children

Rubens

Daniel in the Lions' Den

Rogier

Saint George and the

van der

Dragon

Weyden

La Farge

Afterglow, Tautira

River, Tahiti

Saint George and the Dragon, by Rogier van der Weyden (Flemish, 1399/1400-
1464). Wood, 6 X 45/8 inches. Ailsa Mellon Bruce Fund. National
Gallery of Art.

The Wife of Hasdrubal and Her Children, by Ercole Roberti (Ferrarese, c. 1456-

1496). Wood,
Gallery of Art.

18}£ X 12 inches. Ailsa Mellon Bruce Fund. National

Portrait of a Man, by Corneille de
Lyon (French, active 1534-
1574). Wood, 6% X 5%
inches. Ailsa Mellon Bruce
Fund. National Gallery of
Art.

Daniel in the Lions' Den, by Peter
Paul Rubens (Flemish, 1577-
1640). Canvas, 88# X 130>S
inches. Ailsa Mellon Bruce
Fund. National Gallery of
Art.

* ■

Saskia Lying in Bed, by Rembrandt van Ryn (Dutch, 1606-1669). Pen and
brush drawing, about 1638. Ailsa Mellon Bruce Fund. National Gallery
of Art.

NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART

307

Donor
William Benton, New

York, N.Y.
Chester Dale

Mrs. Snowden A.

Fahnestock, Washimg-

ton, D.C.
National Gallery of Art,

Ailsa Mellon Bruce

Fund

GRAPHIC ARTS

Artist
Reginald
Marsh
Bellows
Lurcat
Drian
Leger

Title
Merry-Go-Round

Three Pencil Sketches
Maud Dale
Maud Dale
Hands and Foot
Fragonard La Voile des Armours

Master of Satyrs with a Bacchante
1515

Rembrandt Saskia Lying in Bed

WORKS OF ART ON LOAN

The following works of art were received on loan, or were continued
on loan, by the Gallery:

Artist
Rembrandt

Donor
The Fuller Foundation,

Boston, Mass.
Jerome Hill, New York,

N.Y.

Mr. and Mrs. Paul
Mellon, Upperville,
Virginia

Private Collection

The Norton Simon
Foundation, Los
Angeles, Calif.

Delacroix

Desras

Stubbs

Various
French
Artists
Raphael
Veronese

Title

Portrait of a Man in a

Fur-lined Coat
The Arab Tax

Lion Devouring a Goat
14 Wax Sculptures

Lion Attacking a Deer
Lion Attacking a Horse
68 Paintings

The Madonna of Loreto
Self-Portrait
Rembrandt Portrait of the Artist's
Son Titus

308

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

WORKS OF ART ON LOAN RETURNED

The following works of art on loan were returned during the fiscal
year:

To Artist Title

The Fuller Foundation, Rembrandt Portrait of a Man in a

Boston, Mass. Fur-lined Goat

Colonel and Mrs. Edgar S. J.

W. Garbisch, New York, Johnson

N.Y.

Picking Grapes in an
Orchard

National Collection of
Fine Arts, Smithsonian
Institution

Private Collection

The Putnam Foundation,
San Diego, Calif.

Landis

Adam and Eve

Pelton

Jephthah Regrets His

Vow

Prior

Little Girl Holding

Apple

Unknown

Adeline Howard

Woman with Butterfly

Tie

Woman with Jagged

Collar

Fruit in Bowl

Man with Blue Eyes

Lady with Brown Eyes

Birds

Pigeons

Willson

The Prodigal Son

Taking Leave of His

Father

The Prodigal Son Wasted

His Substance

The Prodigal Son in

Misery

The Prodigal Son Re-

claimed

Homer

High Cliffs, Coast of

Maine

Raphael

The Madonna of Loreto

Veronese

Self-Portrait

Bruegel

Parable of the Sower

Christus

The Death of the Virgin

NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART

309

The Putnam Foundation,
San Diego, Calif.

The Norton Simon
Foundation, Los
Angeles, Calif.

J. H. Whittemore Com-
pany, Naugatuck, Conn.

[ loan returned — continued

Artist

Title

Corot

View of Volterra

Murillo

Christ on the Cross

Rembrandt

St. Bartholomew

Veronese

Virgin and Child

Rembrandt

Portrait of the Artist's

Son Titus

Whistler

The Dancer — Green

and Blue

Manet

Portrait of an Actor-

Buffoon of Philip IV

WORKS OF ART LENT

The following loans were made during the fiscal year:

To
Connecticut Historical
Society, Hartford, Conn.

Museum of Early Amer-
ican Folk Art, New
York, N.Y.

Metropolitan Museum of
Art, New York, N.Y.,
and Museum of Fine
Arts, Boston, Mass.

Artist

Title

Phillips

Joseph Slade

Alice Slade

Field

"He Turned Their

Waters Into Blood"

Copley

Gallery of Modern Art,
New York, N.Y.

Munson-Williams Proc-
tor Institute, Utica, N.Y.

Hassam
Quid or

Eleazer Tyng

Sir Robert Graham
The Red Cross Knight
Jane Browne
The Death of the Earl

of Chatham
Epes Sargent
The Copley Family
Watson and the Shark
Allies Day, May 1917

The Return of Rip Van
Winkle

310

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — HISTORY AND ART

works of art lent — continued

Artist

Title

National Collection of

Church

Morning in the Tropics

Fine Arts, Smithsonian

Institution

Old Salem Museum,

Stuart

George Washington

Winston-Salem, N.C.

(Vaughan-Sinclair)

Smithsonian Institution,

Jarvis

Commodore John

Museum of History and

Rodgers

Technology, Presidential

Reception Room

DeWitt Clinton

Healy

Daniel Webster

Peale

Robert Coleman

Sully

Major Thomas Biddle

University of Nebraska

Henri

Young Woman in Whit

Art Galleries
University Art Museum,
Austin, Texas

Inness

Other Gifts

The Lackawanna Valley

In the fiscal year 1966 gifts of money were made by the Avalon
Foundation, Frelinghuysen Foundation, J. I. Foundation, Samuel H.
Kress Foundation, Old Dominion Foundation, Eugene and Agnes E.
Meyer Foundation, Lila Acheson Wallace Fund, Inc., and Mr. Paul
Mellon.

Mrs. Ailsa Mellon Bruce contributed additional money and securities
for the purchase of works of art for the National Gallery of Art and for
educational purposes related to works of art.

Exhibitions

The following exhibitions were held at the National Gallery of Art
during the fiscal year 1966:

The Chester Dale Bequest. Continued from previous year.

Graphic Arts from the Chester Dale Collection. Continued from the previous

year through August 1 8, 1 965.
Exhibition Illustrating Richard Bales' Index of American Design Suite No. 4.

Continued from previous year through August 6, 1965.
Rembrandt's Portrait of the Artist's Son Titus, on loan from the Norton

Simon Foundation. Continued from previous year through December

5, 1965.

NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 311

Sketches by Constable from the Victoria and Albert Museum. Continued from

the preceding year through July 5, 1 965.
White House Festival of Arts Exhibition. Continued from previous year

through July 11, 1965.
19th and 20th Century European Drawings. July 1 1 through August 29,

1965.
19th and 20th Century Prints. August 6 through November 4, 1 965.
British Mezzotints from the 18th and Early 19th Centuries. September 18

through October 31,1 965.
John Singleton Copley: A Retrospective Exhibition. September 19 through

October 31, 1965.
Treasures of Peruvian Gold. October 14 through November 28, 1965.
Christmas Prints. November 5, 1 965 through January 1 2, 1 966.
Durer and His Time. November 14 through December 12, 1965.
Modern French Prints from the Rosenwald Collection. December 11, 1965

through March 9, 1966.
Fifteenth-Century Woodcuts and Metalcuts from the Collection of the National

Gallery of Art. December 19, 1965 through January 30, 1966.
Bruegel Prints from the Rosenwald Collection. January 13 through March 8,

1966.
French 18th Century Prints from the Widener Collection. March 9 through

July 1, 1966.
Etchings by Rembrandt in the Collection of the National Gallery of Art. March

11 until after July 1, 1966.
Drawings from the Collection of the National Gallery of Art. February 5

through April 17, 1966.
French Paintings from the Collections of Mr. and Mrs. Paul Mellon and

Mrs. Mellon Bruce. March 17 through May 1, 1966.
Twenty-five Tears of National Gallery Publications. March 17 through

May 1, 1966.
Art Treasures of Turkey, June 5 through July 17, 1966.

Exhibitions of recent accessions: The W^ife of Hasdrubal and Her Chil-
dren by Ercole Roberti, Elizabeth Throckmorton by Largilliere, and
Portrait of a Man by Corneille de Lyon from August 10, 1965, through
October 25, 1965; The Marquise de Peze and the Marquise de Rouget with
Her Two Children by Vigee-Lebrun from November 9, 1965, through
January 12, 1966; Daniel in the Lions' Den by Rubens from January 12,
1966; St. George and the Dragon by Rogier van der Weyden from May 6,
1966; and A Lady Writing by Vermeer from May 20, 1966.

312 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

Graphic Arts

Graphic Arts from the National Gallery of Art collections were in-
cluded in 8 traveling exhibitions, and special loans were made to 32
museums, universities, schools, and art centers in the United States and
abroad. There were 235 visitors to the Graphic Arts Study Room.

The material in the Index of American Design was used during the
year by 304 persons. Their interests included securing slides and
exhibits, doing special research and designing, and gathering illustra-
tions for publications.

Curatorial Activities

Under the direction of chief curator Perry B. Cott, the curatorial
department accessioned 377 gifts to the Gallery during the fiscal year
1966. Advice was given with respect to 1,669 works of art brought to
the Gallery for expert opinion, and 36 visits to collections were made by
members of the staff in connection with offers of gifts. The registrar's
office issued 220 permits to copy and 118 permits to photograph
works of art in the Gallery's collections, About 6,771 inquiries, many
of them requiring research, were answered verbally and by letter.

Assistant chief curator William P. Campbell served as a member of
the Special Fine Arts Committee of the Department of State and as
judge of a YWCA exhibition of the work of Washington artists.

Curator of painting H. Lester Cooke continued as consultant to
NASA with duties of organizing and supervising artists doing paintings
relating to the Space Program. He also acted as judge for exhibitons
of the Atlanta Southern States, 1965; Peoria, Illinois, Mid- West Area,
1966; Richmond, Virginia Area; and for four local exhibitions.

Museum curator Michael Mahoney acted as judge for the Internal
Revenue Service Art Exhibition, September 1965.

Assistant registrar Diane Russell taught a course on North European
medieval art at The American University in the 1966 spring term.

The Richter Archives received and catalogued 621 photographs on
exchange from museums here and abroad; 902 photographs were pur-
chased and about 200 reproductions have been added to the Richter
Archives. Five hundred photographs have been added to the Icon-
ographic Index.

Restoration

Francis Sullivan, resident restorer of the Gallery, made regular and
systematic inspection of all National Gallery of Art works of art in
Washington. He relined, cleaned, and restored 9 paintings and gave

A Lady Writing, by Jan Vermeer (Dutch, 1632-1675). Canvas, 17% X 15%
inches. Gift of Harry Waldron Havemeyer and Horace Havemeyer, Jr.,
in memory of their father Horace Havemeyer. National Gallery of Art.

230-457—66-

-26

The Marquise de Peze and the Marquise de Rouget with Her Two Children, by Elisabeth
Vigee-Lebrun (French, 1755-1842). Canvas, 48% X 61% inches. Gift
of the Bay Foundation in memory of Josephine Bay Paul and Ambassador
Charles Ulrick Bay. National Gallery of Art.

Eleazer Tyng, by John Singleton Copley (American, 1738-1815). Canvas,
49% X 40}£ inches. Gift of the Avalon Foundation. National Gallery of
Art.

NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 313

special treatment to 32. Twenty-three paintings were X-rayed as an
aid in research. He continued experiments with synthetic materials as
suggested by the National Gallery of Art Fellowship at the Mellon
Institute of Industrial Research, Pittsburgh, Pa. Technical advice
was given in response to 220 telephone inquiries. Special treatment
was given to works of art belonging to Government agencies, including
the Capitol, Treasury Department, the White House, the Coast Guard
Academy, and the Freer Gallery of Art.

Publications

La Galeria National de Washington by H. Lester Cooke was published
by the Aquilar Press, Madrid. Mr. Campbell wrote an introduction
to a new edition of Dunlap's History of the Rise and Progress of the Arts of
Design in the United States. Miss Katharine Shepard wrote two reviews
for the American Journal of Archaeology. An article written by
Michael Mahoney entitled "Salvator Rosa Provenance Studies:
Prince Livio Odescalchi and Queen Christina" was published in
Master Drawings, III, 4, 1966.

The catalogue Fifteenth-Century Woodcuts and Metalcuts from the
Collection of the National Gallery of Art was prepared by Richard S. Field.
This will constitute part of the definitive catalogue of the Gallery's
collections.

The curatorial staff prepared for publication the Summary Catalogue
of European Paintings and Sculpture.

Publications Service

During the fiscal year 1966, the Publications Service, under the
supervision of Mrs. Ruth Dundas, placed on sale seven new publica-
tions: La Galeria National de Washington (in Spanish) by H. Lester
Cooke; National Gallery of Art Summary Catalogue of European Paintings
and Sculpture; A Pageant of Painting from the National Gallery of Art, edited
by Huntington Cairns and John Walker; Dutch Landscape Painting of
the 17th Century by Wolfgang Stechow; John Singleton Copley by Jules D.
Prown; Renaissance Bronzes by John Pope-Hennessy; and The Smith-
sonian Institution by Walter Karp.

Over 300 new subjects in 2"x 2" original color slides were added
to the items sold to the public, and a slide catalogue, listing 427 sub-
jects, was published.

For the first time black and white gravure prints, ll"xl4" size,
were made from the Gallery's graphic arts collection. Eight subjects
were produced in this form. Six new subjects in \\"x\A" color

314 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — HISTORY AND ART

reproductions were published to make a total of 284 now available to
the public, and 15 new subjects were published in color postcards for
a total of 239. Twelve new large color reproductions were published
with Gallery assistance.

Educational Program

From June through December 1 965 the program of the educational
department was carried out under the direction of Dr. Raymond S.
Stites, curator in charge, and his staff. On January 1, 1966, Dr. Stites
became Assistant to the Director for Educational Services, and Dr.
Margaret Bouton, formerly associate curator, became curator in
charge of educational work. In addition to these changes, four em-
ployees were transferred from the publications office to the educational
department when the latter department took over responsibility for
the reception desks in the lobbies.

The educational department continued its series of lectures, con-
ducted tours, and special talks on the works of art in the Gallery's
collection. Attendance for the 741 general tours was 20,144. This is
an increase of 1,239 over last year. Attendance for all regularly
scheduled general tours, tours of the week, and picture of the week talks
amounted to 40,123 — an increase over last year of 3,280.

Special tours, lectures, and conferences (a total of 610) were arranged
to serve 20,888 persons. This is an increase of 4,578 over last year.
These included special appointments made for other government
agencies and bureaus such as the Department of State, Foreign Service
Institute, Foreign Students Service Council, and the Armed Forces.
Tours, lectures, and conferences were also arranged for many club and
study groups, members of the United States Congress, educators (both
American and foreign), museum officials, representatives from hos-
pitals (with patients), members of national and local chapters of
women's organizations, and groups of professional men and women
attending conventions in Washington. These special services were also
given to school groups coming from all areas of the country.

The program of training volunteer docents was continued, and the
department gave special instruction to 159 women from the Junior
League of Washington, D.C., and from the American Association of
University Women. By arrangement with the public and private
schools in the District of Columbia and surrounding counties of Mary-
land and Virginia, these two organizations conducted 2,814 classes
from the metropolitan area of Washington on tours, totaling 80,623
children. This is an increase of 160 classes and 4,689 children over
last year when 2,654 classes visited the Gallery. The volunteers also

NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 315

guided 744 Safety Patrol girls from Atlanta, Georgia, on tours of the
Gallery.

Fifty lectures were given in the auditorium on Sundays with slides or
films. The attendance at these lectures was 14,975 persons, represent-
ing an increase over last year of 2,406. Twenty-nine of these lectures
were given by guest lecturers. The A. W. Mellon Lectures in the Fine
Arts, given in 1966 by Lord David Cecil of Cambridge University,
constituted a series of six and bore the title "Dreamer or Visionary —
A Study of English Romantic Painting." Fifteen lectures were given
by members of the staff of the educational department.

The slide library of the educational department has a total of 49,648
slides in its permanent and lending collections. During the year 697
slides were added, and 2,308 slides were recatalogued. A total of
8,922 slides was lent to 292 persons, and it is estimated that these were
seen by 16,990 viewers.

Members of the staff participated in outside activities which included
lecturing to various club and school groups, and to other government
agencies. One staff member was responsible for the LecTour re-
cordings, which included the processing of 92 tapes.

Staff members prepared and recorded 30 ten-minute radio talks
which were broadcast over radio station WGMS in Washington, D.C.
They also participated in the Widening Horizons Program, which is
designed by various government agencies to introduce area high school
students to the career opportunities offered in Washington. In this
program staff members prepared and delivered eight briefing lectures
and gave six special tours for volunteers. These lectures were attended
by 130 persons.

A printed calendar of the programs and events of the Gallery was
prepared for monthly distribution to a mailing list of approximately
9,600 names, an estimated increase of 2,100.

Total public response to the educational program, excluding slide
viewers, was 166,209, which is an increase of 17,053 over last year.

Extension Services

The Office of Extension Services, under the direction of Dr. Grose
Evans, circulated to the public, traveling exhibitions, films, slide
lectures with texts, film strips, and other educational materials.

Traveling exhibitions are lent free of charge except for shipping
expenses. The total number of exhibits was 149, and these were
circulated in 1,122 bookings. This represents an increase over last
year of 278 bookings.

In addition there are 12 exhibits on loan to two organizations which

316 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

are circulating them. A large panel exhibition Color and Light in
Painting was completed and will be circulated by the Smithsonian
Institution Traveling Exhibition Service.

Fifty prints of three films on the National Gallery of Art and its
collections were circulated in 417 bookings; an increase in bookings
over last year of 101.

A total of 2,160 slide lecture sets was circulated in 6,872 bookings, an
increase of 1,155 bookings over last year. Ten slide sets are now
being circulated with records, and Dr. Evans prepared a new slide
lecture "Painting in Georgian England" based on paintings in the
collection of Mr. and Mrs. Paul Mellon. Two hundred copies will be
circulated by the Extension Services.

Based on the conservative average estimates per booking used in the
past, the audience served by the traveling exhibitions circulated by the
National Gallery was approximately 561,000 viewers; for the special
exhibitions being circulated by two other organizations, 72,014 viewers,
for the three films the estimated audience was 125,100 and for the
slide lectures and film strips, the audience was estimated to be 412,320.
It is estimated, therefore, that the Extension Services reached approxi-
mately 1,170,434 people — an increase of 199,371 over last year.

A new system of direct reporting of audience size by borrowing
institutions has led to a revision of audience accounting methods in
the interest of greater accuracy. The improved method, which is
still under study, indicates a decrease in the estimated audience in one
category and varying increases in the other two. Calculated on the
new basis, the total number of people recorded in fiscal 1965 is esti-
mated to have been 1,418,684.

In an effort to increase the circulation of the Extension Services
materials and to keep abreast of new developments in the audio-visual
field, Dr. Evans and his assistants traveled to various states attending
12 meetings and conventions, at which examples of the Extension
Services materials were exhibited.

Dr. Evans also assisted in the organization of a pilot research teachers
training program to be conducted at the National Gallery of Art by the
George Washington University. Forty teachers chosen by the Uni-
versity from applications received form all parts of the country will be
given a 6-week program from July 5 to August 12, 1966.

Library

During the year the library accessioned 3,355 publications by gift,
exchange with other institutions, or by purchase. A total of 1,600
publications was processed; 5,551 cards were filed in the main catalogue

NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 317

and the shelflist. Library of Congress cards were used for 390 tides;
original cataloging was done for 365 titles.

There were 3,136 periodicals recorded, received by gift, purchase,
or exchange. A total of 7,552 periodicals was circulated, and 4,145
books were charged to the staff. There were 6,524 books shelved in
regular routine.

During the year the library distributed 1,625 National Gallery of
Art publications under its exchange program and in response to
individual requests.

In this fiscal year the library borrowed 1,015 books, 946 of them
from the Library of Congress.

The library is the depository for black and white photographs of
works of art in the Gallery's collection. These are maintained for
use in research by the staff, for exchange with other institutions, for
reproduction in approved publications, and for sale to the public.
Approximately 6,581 photographs were added to the stock in the
library during the year, and 1,571 orders for 7,890 photographs were
filled. There were 472 permits for reproduction of 1,283 subjects
processed in the library.

Index of American Design

Under the supervision of Dr. Grose Evans, the Index of American
Design, circulated 31 traveling exhibitions for 65 showings in 21
states and one foreign country. The Index also circulated 135 sets of
color slides throughout the United States, and 432 photographs of
Index subjects were used for exhibits, study, and publication. The
photographic file was increased by 102 negatives and 328 prints;
14 permits were issued to persons wishing to reproduce 254 subjects.
The Index material was used by 304 persons, for the purpose of securing
slides, exhibits, doing special research and design, and gathering
illustrations for publications.

A number of special exhibitions of Index materials were arranged
for showing in museums devoted to folk art; and an exhibition honoring
the Christmas stamp issued by the Post Office Department in 1965 and
based on an Index subject was assembled and circulated throughout
the year.

Operation, Maintenance, Activities, and Protection

The Gallery building, mechanical equipment and grounds were
maintained throughtout the year at the established standards.
Renovation of the skylight on the east wing of the building last

318 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — HISTORY AND ART

summer completes the entire resealing of the more than two and one-
half acres of roof area.

The Gallery greenhouse continued to produce flowering and foliage
plants in quantities sufficient for all decorative needs of special openings
and day to day requirements of the Garden Courts.

Ultrasonic protection was installed in seven exhibition cases of
Renaissance jewelry and other decorative art objects. Also, the same
type of security system was installed in a vitrine in which the recently
acquired Saint George and the Dragon is exhibited.

LecTour

During the fiscal year 1966 LecTour, the Gallery's electronic guide
system, was used by 71,811 visitors — an increase of 13,690 users over
fiscal year 1965.

Music Program

Under the supervision of Richard H. Bales, assistant to the director
in charge of music, the program continued and forty concerts were
given during the fiscal year in the East Garden Court. Thirty-nine of
these concerts were played on Sunday evenings and one on Thursday
evening. The latter was played during the 25th Anniversary celebra-
tion of the National Gallery of Art. Thirty-two of these Sunday con-
certs were made possible by funds bequeathed to the National Gallery
of Art by Mr. William Nelson Cromwell; the 23rd American Music
Festival of seven concerts between May 1 and June 12, 1966, was
sponsored by the J. I. Foundation. The Gallery orchestra, conducted
by Mr. Bales, played 12 concerts. Two of these orchestra programs
were supported in part by a grant from the Music Performance Trust
Fund of the American Recording Industry.

All concerts, except the 25th Anniversary Concert, were broadcast
by WGMS-AM and FM. Music critics of the Washington papers
continued their regular coverage of the concerts.

Intermission talks during the Sunday evening broadcasts featured
members of the staff of the educational department speaking on various
art topics, and there were occasional interviews with guest lecturers.
Mr. Bales gave program notes during the intermissions of these broad-
casts.

Mr. Bales was in residence at the University of Rochester during
July and early August 1965, and conducted concerts and lectured on
conducting at the Eastman School of Music. He received the first
Distinguished Service Award from the Sons of Confederate Veterans
in recognition of his work in Civil War music.

NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 319

Two one-hour television programs by the National Gallery orchestra
with Mr. Bales conducting were taped by WTOP-TV, and these with
a previously taped program were telecast during the fiscal year.
Paintings from the National Gallery of Art collection were shown during
these concerts. In September 1965 a previous telecast by the National
Gallery of Art orchestra won a local "Emmy" award.

Mr. Bales appeared several times as a guest conductor and lecturer;
a number of his compositions and arrangements were performed by
other orchestras.

During May the National Gallery concerts and Mr. Bales received
their fourth award from the American Association of University Women
for a cultural contribution to the community through their television
concerts.

During April 1 966 Mr. Bales served as Chairman of the Instrumental
Music Panel of the Arts Advisory Committee of the District of Columbia
Recreation Board.

Other Activities

In commemoration of the Twenty-fifth Anniversary of the National
Gallery of Art, twenty-five medals were struck and awarded "For
Distinguished Service to Education in Art." The recepients were
flown to Washington for the Twenty-fifth Anniversary celebrations and
were awarded the medals by Mrs. Johnson in the East Room of the
White House on March 17. The obverse of the medal was designed
by the sculptor and graphic artist, Leonard Baskin, and the reverse
by the calligrapher and stone-carver, John Everett Benson. The
recepients of the medals also received a cash honorarium.

Director John Walker, served as chairman of the committee to make
arrangements for the visit to Washington of more than 500 directors
curators from sixty nations who had come to America for the first
meeting outside Europe of the International Council of Museums.
Bus tours and hospitality for ICOM delegates were made possible
through a donation to the Gallery by the Samuel H. Kress Foundation.
On Saturday, September 18, a luncheon for visiting art museum repre-
sentatives was given before the opening of the John Singleton Copley
exhibition.

The Gallery provided facilities for the ceremony held by the Post
Office Department on September 17, 1965, in honor of the first day
issue of a stamp in the Fine Arts Series. The stamp is based on a detail
from The Copley Family, by John Singleton Copley, in the National
Gallery's collection.

320 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

Henry Beville, head of the photographic laboratory, and his assistants
processed 61,037 items which included negatives, prints, slides, color
transparencies, and color slides.

Audit of Private Funds of the Gallery

An audit of the private funds of the Gallery will be made for the
fiscal year ended June 30, 1966, by Price Waterhouse and Co., public
accountants. A report of the audit will be forwarded to the Gallery.

John F. Kennedy Center for the
Performing Arts

Roger L. Stevens
Chairman, Board of Trustees

'"pHIS YEAR OF EFFORT AND ACCOMPLISHMENT Saw the Start of COnstrUC-

■*■ tion on the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts.
Property rights to the site were cleared. The Watergate Inn, a restau-
rant on the original site, is being preserved as a headquarters for the
builders and as an exhibition area for the Center during construction.
But all other buildings were removed and excavation is nearly finished.
Relocation of the Rock Creek Potomac Parkway will be completed late
this fall. Invitations to bid on the general contract were issued in
June. The doors of the Center should open in 1969.

The Metropolitan Opera National Company, co-sponsored by the
Center and the Metropolitan Opera Association, completed its in-
augural tour of 70 North American cities. Congress granted the Center
distribution rights to the United States Information Agency film, John
F. Kennedy: Tears of Lightning — Day of Drums, and it was seen by 1 50,000
people to date. It will begin its regular run throughout the country in
fall. The Friends of the Kennedy Center was formed as a volunteer
organization to promote nationwide interest in the Center and its
operations. Leonard Bernstein, music director of the New York Phil-
harmonic Orchestra, agreed to compose a major work for the Center's
opening in 1969. Activity, interest, and progress in all aspects of the
Center should increase in the next 12 months.

321

322 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

Organization

Three Presidents have played a direct, personal role in the John F.
Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts. The Center was authorized
originally as the National Cultural Center by an Act of Congress signed
into law by President Eisenhower in September 1958. The law speci-
fied that money for the Center's construction was to be raised within 5
years by voluntary contribution. Congress authorized a nationwide
fund-raising campaign for this purpose. The Act was extended 3 more
years during the Kennedy administration.

Following the death of President Kennedy, a spontaneous movement
developed to make the Cultural Center, in which he had taken such a
close personal interest, his sole official memorial in the Nation's capital.
President Johnson incorporated this sentiment in an Administration
request to Congress in December 1963. The measure was passed with
bipartisan support and signed into law by the President on January 23,
1964 (Public Law 88-260). At the same time, Congress authorized a
grant of $15.5 million to match private contributions toward the cost of
construction. The matching funds were subscribed or in the bank
prior to the statutory deadline of June 30, 1965, insuring that the
Center would become a reality.

Board of Trustees

Pursuant to the John F. Kennedy Center Act, the Board of Trustees
of the Center is made up to 15 members who serve ex officio, and 30
"general trustees." As of June 30, 1966, the Trustees of the Center
were as follows :

Appointed by the President of the United States

Richard Adler Erich Leinsdorf

Howard F. Ahmanson Sol Myron Linowitz

Floyd D. Akers George Meany

Robert O. Anderson Edwin W. Pauley

Ralph E. Becker Arthur Penn

K. LeMoyne Billings Richard S. Reynolds, Jr.

Mrs. Thomas W. Braden Frank H. Ricketson, Jr.

Edgar M. Bronfman Richard Rodgers

Mrs. George R. Brown Arthur Schlesinger, Jr.

Ralph J. Bunche Mrs. Jouett Shouse

Mr. Justice Fortas Mrs. Stephen E. Smith

Mrs. George A. Garrett Roger L. Stevens

Leonard H. Goldenson Edwin L. Weisl, Sr.

Senator Robert F. Kennedy Robert W. Woodruff
Mrs. Albert D. Lasker

KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS 323

President Johnson reluctantly accepted the resignation of Mr. Ernest
R. Breech as Trustee on March 17, 1966.

Appointed by the President of the United States Senate
Senator Joseph S. Clark Senator J. William Fulbright

Senator Leverett Saltonstall

Appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives
Representative Charlotte T. Reid Representative Frank H. Thompson,

Representative James C. Wright, Jr. Jr.

Members Ex Officio Designated by Act of Congress

Charles Frankel S. Dillon Ripley

George B. Hartzog, Jr. Walter N. Tobriner

Harold Howe, II William Walton

John William Gardner William H. Waters, Jr.

L. Quincy Mumford

Mrs. Lyndon B. Johnson, Mrs. John F. Kennedy, and Mrs. Dwight D.

Eisenhower continue to serve" as honorary co-chairmen of the Center.
The Trustees met on February 7, 1 966, and elected the officers of the

Center. They are as follows:

Roger L. Stevens, Chairman Kenneth J. Birgfeld, Assistant Treas-

Robert O. Anderson, Vice Chairman urer

Sol M. Linowitz, Vice Chairman Paul J. Bisset, Assistant Treasurer

Ralph E. Becker, General Counsel Herbert D. Lawson, Assistant Treas-

Daniel W. Bell, Treasurer urer

K. LeMoyne Billings, Secretary L. Corrin Strong, Chairman Emeritus

Philip J. Mullin, Administrative Offi-
cer and Assistant Secretary

Site and Construction Progress

Immediately after the announcement of the completion of General
Accounting Office auditing of the certification of funds for matching
purposes, another flurry of opposition to the location of the Center
arose. For several weeks the Chairman, the General Counsel, and
other officers were occupied in answering criticisms of the Potomac
River site. The officers of the Center were strongly supported by the
Senatorial and Congressional members of the Board of Trustees.

The closing of streets and alleys in the Center site occasioned another
outbreak of opposition. Objections lodged by Watergate Development
to the closing of streets in the Center site were withdrawn after meetings
of persons concerned were arranged by the General Counsel. The
Board of Commissioners of the District of Columbia ordered the closing
after extensive public hearings, at which the Center was represented by

324 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

its General Counsel. An opinion by the Solicitor of the Department of
the Interior, concurred in by the Attorney General, supported the
Center's stand that land, including closed streets and alleys, outside the
statutory site could be used for park setting purposes.

In the meantime, the Department of Justice reached an agreement
with the Watergate Inn on a condemnation price of $650,000 for the
restaurant and land. This marked the end of more than 2 years of
negotiations and completed the acquisition of private property for the
Center. An opinion is now being awaited from the Attorney General
that all land in the Center site is property of the United States. Plans
are underway for the transfer of jurisdiction over the various parcels
among the governmental agencies concerned. The last legal require-
ment imposed by the John F. Kennedy Center Act was met when the
Regents of the Smithsonian Institution found formally that the Center
had sufficient funds for construction.

The Comptroller General of the United States authorized General
Services Administration to solicit bids for the general construction
contract on a selective basis, following a determination by the Ad-
ministrator of GSA and the Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the
Center that advertised competitive bidding was not practicable. Nine
firms, selected on the basis of such considerations as reliability and
experience with similar projects, were invited to submit bids in June.
They were: George Hyman Construction Company and Charles H.
Tompkins Company, of Washington, D.C. ; McCloskey and Company
and John McShain, Inc., of Philadelphia; J. W. Bateson Company of
Dallas; Turner Company, George A. Fuller Construction Company,
and Paul Tishman Company, of New York; and Pashen-Kiewit of
Chicago and Omaha.

The Board of Trustees passed a resolution opposing the erection of
Watergate Development Building No. 1 to any height not substantially
lower than the Center. To protect its interests, the Center has been
represented at hearings before the Board of Zoning Appeals on matters
raised by Watergate.

Contracts were awarded for demolition of the buildings on the
Center's site, for excavation, and for the relocation of the Rock Creek
Potomac Parkway. A fence was constructed around the site and signs
erected. Electric display panels describing the Center are being
prepared.

During the last month of the fiscal year, Colonel William F. Powers
(U.S. Army, retired) was retained as Executive Director of Engineering.
Colonel Powers, who served 28 years in the Corps of Engineers, will

KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS 325

join the Center's staff on completion of his duties as Vice President of
Engineering for the Lincoln Center. In his New York assignment he
supervised the construction of all the buildings in the new performing
arts center.

The insurance requirements of the Center were almost unique. In a
major administrative action, unusual specifications were planned to
permit adequate insurance coverage during the construction phase
and beyond.

JFK Center-GSA Liaison Committee

The General Services Administration is the Center's agent for design
and construction and will continue in this capacity through the con-
struction phase. A special liaison committee, made up of five Trustees
and representatives of GSA and the architect will be responsible
for the final plans and specifications on all phases of construction.
The Trustee members of this committee are Chairman Stevens, Mrs.
Jouett Shouse, S. Dillon Ripley, George B. Hartzog, Jr., and Ralph
E. Becker. The Director of Engineering will join the Administrative
Officer as an ex officio member of the committee.

Several architectural changes in the Center's interior were recom-
mended by the JFK-GSA Liaison Committee in accordance with
suggestions by the Program Committee. The following changes were
then approved by the Liaison Committee, the Executive Committee,
and the Board of Trustees: elimination of a special "public reception
center" (including a small cinema, reception room, and mezzanine),
the addition of access doors to the stages of the Opera and the Theater,
additional dressing facilities, addition of a director's suite, reduction of
the opera stage apron, provision for hidden television camera locations,
reservation of unallotted space for possible extra rehearsal areas and
office space, alterations in the roof terrace restaurant facilities, and an
increase in the window area on the roof terrace. These changes were
incorporated in the final plans sent out for bids.

As a result of studies and recommendations by the Liaison Com-
mittee, an arrangement was made with Potomac Electric Power Com-
pany for equipping the Center as an all-electric building. All the
energy needs, including heating and air conditioning, will embody
concepts developed by the architect in close coordination with PEPCO
engineers. The arrangement with PEPCO will result in substantial
savings in construction costs.

230-457—66 27

326 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

Program Committee

The Program Committee, under the chairmanship of Arthur
Schlesinger, Jr., has held seven meetings in the past year. The members
of this committee include:

Mrs. Thomas W. Braden Goddard Lieberson

Harold E. Clurman Sol M. Linowitz

Mr. Justice Fortas S. Dillon Ripley

Richard N. Goodwin Oliver Smith

August Heckscher George Stevens, Jr.

Mrs. John F. Kennedy Roger L. Stevens (ex officio)

The committee consulted with outstanding professionals in the performing
arts to study the most effective use of the Center's facilities. On the
basis of the original Congressional mandate, the committee has studied
theories and formats of artistic management, possible establishment
of resident companies, the potential for the use of private and public
television to extend the Center's range of activity, and various educa-
tional opportunities. The committee recommended that priority be
given to the selection of the artistic management staff and that the
final statement of program policy be deferred in order to permit the
artistic director and his staff to praticipate in establishing the policy.

Because of the substantially increasing interest and activity in the
performing arts throughout the country since the original concept of
the Center was formed a decade ago, several changes were recom-
mended in the interior plans. The changes were intended to make the
facilities of the Center more flexible and to extend the educational
possibilities within the Center.

On June 23, it was announced that Leonard Bernstein, the eminent
and versatile composer and music director of the New York Phil-
harmonic Orchestra, had agreed to compose a major dramatic work
for the Center's opening. Mr. Bernstein, in accepting the commission,
recognized the national significance of the Center and expressed deep
appreciation of the cultural interests of President Kennedy.

Memorial Committee

The River Terrace of the Center, overlooking the expanse ol the
Potomac, is being considered as a site for a special memorial to
President Kennedy. The committee and Edward Durell Stone, the
Center's architect, have reviewed several ideas and expect to make
their recommendation in the coming year, subject to approval by the
Center's Trustees, the Regents of the Smithsonian Institution, and
Congress.

■i!

1 J

y '-■

iHBi
- 1

Wt^ ■ \ -*••

|H^

New model of the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts soon to
be put on display at the visitors' center (formerly the Watergate Inn) on
the site. Above: Entrance. Below: River terrace above Rock Creek Park-
way, overlooking Potomac River.

aftrtt.tff

JbaX.. m

ill JL.JI

The Opera, central hall of the Center, will seat 2,200. The stage will be
60 feet wide, 100 feet deep.

YX1?-

"4 . «f v

v.?'«-F

'v.-i-

Eg.-

WL>k

The Theater (above) will seat 1,100 and the Concert Hall (below) will
seat 2,700, both are on the main level, flanking the Opera.

The Studio Playhouse, above the Theater on the roof-terrace level, can be
used as a conventional theater, or with a thrust stage (top), for theater-in-
the-round (center), or as a film theater (below).

KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS 327

Friends of the Kennedy Center

Early this year the Trustees passed a resolution creating the Friends
of the Kennedy Center, a self-supporting volunteer organization, to
aid the Center in establishing its national scope. The first meeting
of the National Council of the Friends of the Kennedy Center was held
on June 27, and the following officers were elected:

Mrs. Frank G. Wisner, Chairman Murray Preston, Treasurer

Mrs. Polk Guest, Vice Chairman Mrs. Llewellyn E. Thompson,

George Stevens, Jr., Vice Chairman Member-at-Large
Mrs. David Ginsburg, Secretary

Representing the Center's Board of Trustees on the National Council
are the officers and Mrs. George Garrett, Mrs. Albert Lasker, and
Mrs. Jouett Shouse.

Mrs. Thomas W. Braden of California and Douglas Dillon of New
Jersey were named co-chairman of the National Membership Drive,
currently under way.

The purpose of the National Committee of the Friends of the Kennedy
Center is to develop activities and programs to bring attention to the
Center, its purposes and plans; and to enlist the active support of the
Center by members of the National Committee. Specific objectives
of the National Committee will be developed by the National Council
from time to time, subject at all times to approval of the Trustees of
the Center.

Fund-Raising and Gifts

Active fund-raising efforts for the Center were curtailed after the
$15.5 million Federal grant was matched, as required by law, by
June 30, 1965. The Development Committee, however, under
the chairmanship of Robert O. Anderson will continue to assess the
immediate and future needs and to solicit foundations and individuals
for additional major contributions. Fortunately, with the addition
of several small contributions the interest income substantially exceeded
the operating expenses for the year.

Since the above statutory deadline, several months have been lost
because of procedural delays, plan reviews, and revisions. There has
been some increase in wage scales and in materials and other costs.
It is hoped, nevertheless, that the building can be completed at a cost
close to present estimates and without the need for changes, deletions,
or more funds.

Models of the sculptured bronze panels given by the German Govern-
ment for the two main entrances to the Center were unveiled at a

328 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

ceremony at the German Embassy in January. Designed by the
distinguished young German sculptor, Jurgen Weber, each panel
will measure 40 feet long and 8 feet high. The panel leading into the
Hall of States will have a theme based on the ideals of President
Kennedy. The theme of the panel over the entrance to the Hall of
Nations will deal with the performing arts as contributants to peace.
The weaving of the Opera House curtain, a gift from the Government
of Japan and the America-Japan Society of Tokyo, is under way
The Japanese are making a 16-mm. film of this unique gift as the
craftsmen progress. The Center's architect has been working with the
designers of the Norwegian gift of crystal chandeliers and the Danish
gift of furniture. Sketches of the Waterford crystal chandelier, a gift
of the people of Ireland, have been submitted to Mr. Stone for approval.

Contracts have been signed for the quarrying and cutting of the
marble donated to the Center by the Italian Government. The three
companies chosen by the architect after extensive testing and sampling
are Bufalini, Henraux, and Montecatini. All the marble is being
quarried in the vicinity of Carrara, some of it coming from the same
quarry used by Michelangelo for many of his statues. These contracts
were drafted to assure that sufficient marble will be available for
construction when needed. Special insurance coverage was planned.
Shipments of marble will be coming from the port of Leghorn in late
fall, and will be transported without charge to Baltimore as a gift from
the American Export-Isbrandtsen Lines.

Many other foreign nations have expressed an interest in presenting
a gift to the Center and negotiations are being carried on with them.

The Fine Arts Accessions Committee held meetings to consider various
gifts offered to the Center. Gifts recently accepted include a Japanese
Byobu two-panel screen, from a group of Japanese ladies, and a Salt
Glaze Planter executed by Kenneth Ferguson, from the Kiln Club
of Washington. The Planter received a Kiln Club award at the Tenth
Annual Exhibition of Ceramic Art held at the Smithsonian Institution
last fall.

The John Philip Sousa Memorial Committee, appointed by the
American Bandmasters Association, has continued its campaign for a
$100,000 endowment to provide the stage and acoustical sound re-
flectors in the Concert Hall. The committee reported that 71 percent
of the goal has been reached and that it anticipates 100 percent success
during the school term beginning in September. The stage will be
named in honor of Mr. Sousa.

KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS 329

Consultants

Final plans for the Center, on which construction bids were received,
required expert assistance in many areas. In addition to the resources
of Edward Durell Stone, architect and his associates, the following were
engineering consultants to the architect: Syska & Hennessy, Inc.,
mechanical and electrical engineers; Meuser, Rutledge, Wentworth
and Johnston, foundation engineers; Donald Oenslager, Mr. Stone's
stage-design consultant; Abe Feder, lighting consultant; Ben Schlanger,
seating consultant; and Olaf Soot, stage machinery consultant. Dr.
Cyril Harris, acoustics consultant, designed the Center's acoustical
systems. Edward D. Stone, Jr., is landscape architect and Sasaki,
Walker, and Associates serve as landscape consultants.

Numerous members of the staff of the Public Buildings Service of the
General Services Administration have participated in the design de-
velopment of the John F. Kennedy Center. Among them special
recognition is appropriate for Karel Yasko, Assistant Commissioner
for Design; L. Anthony Ziernicki, Assistant Commissioner for Construc-
tion; J. Rowland Snyder, Director, Architectural Division; Robert R.
Jones, Director, Mechanical and Electrical Division; Arthur Westrich,
Director, Structural Division; James Francis, Director, Specifications
Division; James H. Jones, Project Coordinator; Ray Whitley, Chief,
Elevator Branch; Harry Kay, Estimator, Estimates Division; Edward
Kearney, Chief, Electrical Estimates Branch. Dr. Vern O. Knudsen
reviewed the Center's acoustical design.

Special Projects

The Metropolitan Opera National Company, co-sponsored by the
Center and the Metropolitan Opera Association, completed its in-
augural tour on June 12. The tour began at Clowes Memorial Hall
in Indianapolis, Indiana, last September 20. When the tour ended in
Guadalajara, Mexico, the company had performed in 71 cities on the
North American continent. The four operas presented were Bizet's
Carmen (in French and English), Puccini's Madama Butterfly (in Italian
and English), Carlisle Floyd's Susannah, and Rossini's Cinderella (in
English).

During the tour auditions were held in various regions of the country.
New singers, including two from Washington, D.C., were signed for
next year's tour.

330 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART

The company's second tour will begin on September 15, in Indian-
apolis, where it opened last year. Many new cities have been added to
the itinerary. The repertory for the second season will be Puccini's
La Bo/ieme, Verdi's La Traviata, Mozart's Marriage of Figaro and Benja-
min Britten's Rape of Lucretia. Because of the nature of the Center's
agreement with the Metropolitan Opera Association in establishing the
National Company, all financial obligations of the Center were dis-
charged in the first season, and there are no continuing financial
obligations.

Ordinarily films produced by the United States Information Agency
can be shown only in foreign countries. By special legislation, however,
Congress authorized the Center to distribute domestically the USIA
film John F. Kennedy: Tears of Lightning — Day of Drums, believing that
this particular film should be available to all Americans.

A Congressional resolution approved on October 7, provided for the
purchase of the film by the Center from the USIA for $122,000. The
resolution directed that the proceeds from all commercial showings of
the film would accrue to the Center. Congress also made clear its
intent that there should be no showing of the film which would serve a
partisan political purpose, and that when the film was made available
to educational and other nonprofit groups, it would be at no profit to
the Center.

On January 3, the Trustees entered into a contract with Embassy
Pictures Corporation for the commercial theatrical distribution of the
film. Embassy Pictures Corporation agreed to waive all distribution
fees. Negotiations have been initiated for eventual release of the film
to nonprofit organizations as agreed with Embassy Films. An agree-
ment was also reached with Capitol Records to permit the marketing of
the film's soundtrack as an LP record from which royalties will be paid
to the Center. The Center received an advance of royalities of $50,000
from Capitol Records.

John F. Kennedy: Tears of Lightning — Day of Drums opened at the
Lincoln Art Theatre in New York City on April 10. The film was
shown on a continuous performance basis through mid-June. Because
of public demand it was shown also at the Cinema I Theater in New
York City and had a successful 9-week run there. The film has sub-
sequently been shown in Boston and Chicago and is scheduled this fall
for showing in commercial theaters in all 50 states.

The Tom Sawyer Project involves a wooden fence surrounding the
construction site. The fence, erected last spring, has 250 panels, each 8
feet by 8 feet. These inspired a local organization to conceive the idea
of having boys and girls decorate the panels with murals. Plans were
made to have children in the District of Columbia's Widening Horizons

KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS 331

project paint 17 of the panels, after first receiving basic instruction from
Roger Selby, curator of education at the Corcoran Gallery of Art.
Plans are also under way by the Friends of the Kennedy Center to
expand the project.

The Year Ahead

The construction of the building will be well advanced during the
coming 12 months. As construction proceeds and problems relating
to it are met and solved, the attention of the Trustees will be turned to
the artistic management of the Center and to the development of
artistic concepts and programs in greater detail. As the policies of the
Center in this sphere are developed, so will be developed promotional
and financial programs to implement these policies. While the stone,
steel, and mortar give physical shape to the Center, the Trustees will be
pressing ahead to shape its intellectual and cultural dimensions for the
realization of the bright future that the John F. Kennedy Center holds
for the nation.

Other Smithsonian Activities

Smithsonian Institution Libraries

Mary A. Huffer, Acting Director

'"T'he Smithsonian institution libraries continue to develop under
■*~ the enthusiastic revitalizing encouragement of the Secretary and
the unstinting support of the scientists and historians of the Institution.
The Office of the Director of Smithsonian Institution Libraries was
established in December 1965. Library service within the Institution
is rendered through a complex network of bureau, branch, depart-
mental, and divisional libraries. Acquisitions and cataloging of all
materials for the various units are performed by the central library.
Most special subject collections are located in the immediate vicinity of
the object collection to which they pertain, but general reference and
bibliographic tools, together with extensive interdisciplinary, periph-
eral, and less immediately needed materials, are kept in the Central
Library collection.

Central Library

An extension of library service for Smithsonian staff was carried out
by the Smithsonian liaison librarian at the Library of Congress.

Material for translation amounting to 4,342 pages was submitted
during fiscal year 1966 on the Special Foreign Currency Information
Program and 5,077 pages were prepared for submittal in fiscal 1967. All
of these represent Russian literature to be translated into English in
Israel under sponsorship of the National Science Foundation. Progress
continues on translation of the Russian Academy of Sciences Flora
USSR, with 6 volumes of the 30 volume set in process or completed.
Four more volumes of the multivolume Keys to the Fauna USSR and

335

336 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

2 more of the Fauna USSR were submitted. Greater emphasis has
been put on translation of material on the history of science and
technology, with 6 volumes now slated for translation.

In the acquisitions section, the advent of automation and a sharp
increase in gifts and exchanges mark the fiscal year just ended.

Electronic data processing is an innovation that will have a signifi-
cant long-range impact on operation of the library. Late in June 1965,
an IBM-29 key punch was installed in the acquisitions section, and
during fiscal 1966 all purchase orders were printed on the computer in
the Smithsonian's data processing unit. The ADP program now pro-
vides computer-printed purchase orders, bi-weekly reports on the
status of various accounts, receiving cards, book labels, Library of
Congress card order slips, and temporary catalog cards.

Cataloging the large collection of materials transferred from the
Patent Office was completed during the year. The number of volumes
cataloged during the year has not quite kept abreast of incoming vol-
umes for the year: 10,097 cataloged to 11,201 received, therefore
leaving the backlog untouched. This is even more serious than it
seems, because material requiring original cataloging has been relegated
to the backlog while more easily handled literature (i.e., for which
Library of Congress cards exist) has been done as received or pulled
from the reserve supply in '"control" (or backlog) in order to get a
greater number of volumes moving through the department. Publi-
cations not already cataloged by the Library of Congress are probably
not owned by them or any other large research library; postponing
their cataloging, therefore, is a dubious expediency, but space problems
alone preclude deferment and consequent accumulation of large
amounts of material while catalogers spend extra time on original work.

Simplified and reduced forms for statistics have been prepared for
use during the coming fiscal year. In October, Miss Clarice M. Barker,
who had been acting chief of the catalog section since December 1964
and serials cataloger for the library since July 1960, retired.

Because this year's contractor for binding had difficulties in meeting
contract specifications, and major portions of most shipments had
to be reworked, the library's binding program suffered a serious set-
back. The binding unit moved into new, larger and brighter quarters
on the ground floor of the West Range of the Natural History building
in August.

Branch Libraries

As adequate space and equipment becomes available the library is
continuing to consolidate and reorganize many of the special and

SMITHSONIAN LIBRARIES 337

departmental collections. This year the Museum of Natural History
branch library, with the help of the botany department staff, completely
reorganized the botany library. Materials formerly housed in six
different locations are now shelved in the botany library on the fourth
floor of the west wing of the Natural History building. A temporary
card catalog was made by copying cards from the shelflist in the central
library. Review and weeding of the collection is now in process. In
April 1966, Dr. John A. Stevenson presented his mycological library to
the Institution.

Preliminary work on reorganizing the paleobiology collections has
begun. A small reference collection was established and housed in the
Cooper reading room in the department, and all other materials were
transferred into the main natural history collection.

Mrs. Gloria A. Mauney returned to the library after a year's absence
to take charge of the entomology library. A systematic review of all
serials in this collection is underway.

In fall 1965 new stacks were installed in the anthropology library
quarters on the third floor of the east wing of the Natural History building.
This equipment allowed for the transfer of the former Bureau of
American Ethnology library to the new location, thus bringing into
one facility all the anthropological collections. This transfer involved
moving approximately 35,000 items from the Smithsonian building.
Prior to this move the library collections of the various divisions of the
former department of anthropology were combined and moved to the
new location.

The card catalog was completely revised in the Museum of History
and Technology branch library: both the old and the new catalogs
were separated into author-title catalogs with separate subject catalogs.
The old shelflist was split to separate the trade literature shelflist from
the old shelflist for Dewey-classed books. These changes have made
the catalog considerably easier to use.

During the past year, efforts have continued to develop a strong
facility to serve the National Collection of Fine Arts, while radically
expanding that aspect of the work supporting the National Portrait
Gallery, in anticipation of the move to the Fine Arts and Portrait
Galleries building (the renovated Old Patent Office building) next
year. William Walker, the branch librarian, is engaged in a project
with the Library of Congress subject cataloging division, to revise the
Library of Congress "N" classification schedule for books on fine arts.
In January Miss Ruth Carlson joined the staff as senior cataloger for
fine arts.

230-457—66 28

338 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

In the National Air and Space Museum branch library work con-
tinued on the preliminary sorting of the large bulk of materials accumu-
lated over the years and stored at the Silver Hill facility. A member of
the Museum staff spent one-half day a week in the catalog section for
training in library cataloging procedures and to assist in expediting the
processing of materials for that library.

Staff Activities

At the December meeting of the Society of Systematic Zoology in
Berkeley, California, an informal paper "Data Processing, the Natural
History Library and the Future," by Mary A. Huffer and Jean Chan-
dler Smith was presented by Mrs. Huffer.

On April 27th the Federal Library Committee invited the Smith-
sonian to fill a vacancy in its membership for an unexpired term of two
years ending June 1967. The Acting Director of Smithsonian Institu-
tion Libraries was designated to represent the Institution on the Com-
mittee. Mrs. Huffer also continued to work with the Federal Library
Committee Task Force on Acquisitions of Library Materials and
Correlation of Federal Library Procedures.

Informal lectures and tours of the Smithsonian Libraries were
given several times during the year for groups of foreign visitors and
library graduate students. Various library staff members took an
active part in training enrollees of the Neighborhood Youth Corps as
library assistants and aides throughout the year.

Jean Chandler Smith continued work on the Bibliography on the
Chemical Composition and Nutrition of Endoparasites at the request of the
American Society of Parasitologists.

The following papers by a library staff member appeared in various
journals:

Goodwin, Jack S. Current bibliography in the history of technology
(1964). Technology and Culture (Spring 1966), vol. 7, pp. 268-300.

. [Review of] Bibliography of the history of medicine in

the United States and Canada, 1939-1960 (Baltimore: Johns
Hopkins Press, 1964). Technology and Culture (Fall 1965), vol. 6,
pp. 690-691.

. [Review of] Sources of business information, by Edwin T.

Coman (Berkeley: Univ. of California Press, 1964). Technology
and Culture (Winter 1966), vol. 7, pp. 123-124.

. [Review of] Merchants and scholars, edit. John Parker

(Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota Press, 1966). Society for the
History of Discoveries, Newsletter (May 1966), p. 9.

International Exchange Service

J. A. Collins, Director

rT~'HE international exchange service moved to new quarters in
-*- the Arts and Industries building during the fiscal year. The new
work area provides better facilities for the processing of publications
received for transmission. The total weight of publications processed
during the past year was the largest ever handled. Publications were
received from approximately 400 different organizations, institutions,
Government bureaus, Congressional committees, agricultural experi-
ment stations, and individuals for transmission to more than 100
different countries. Ocean freight rates were increased approximately
ten percent during the year, and the cost of materials and supplies
increased. A strike by the Maritime unions against some of the
steamship lines delayed the forwarding of publications to many
countries during the months of July, August, and September.

Official United States publications were transmitted to 105 libraries
in other countries. Full sets were received by 59 libraries and partial
sets by 46. The only change during the year in the recipients of the
official publications was the addition of the Haile Sellassie I University,
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, to receive a partial set. Daily issues of the
Congressional Record and the Federal Register were mailed to 134
foreign depository libraries.

President Johnson in his address at the Smithsonian Bicentennial
stated that, "we must embark on a new and a noble adventure: First

339

340

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

PACKAGES RECEIVED FOR TRANSMISSION FROM FOREIGN AND
DOMESTIC SOURCES, FISCAL YEAR 1966

Classification

For transmission abroad
by the Smithsonian

Number of
packages

Weight in
pounds

Received by the

Smithsonian for

distribution in the

United States

Number of
packages

Weight in
pounds

U.S. parliamentary documents re-
ceived for transmission abroad .

Publications received from foreign
sources for U.S. parliamentary
addressees

U.S. departmental documents re-
ceived for transmission abroad .

Publications received from foreign
sources for U.S. departmental
addressees

Miscellaneous scientific and
literary publications received
for transmission abroad

Miscellaneous scientific and
literary publications received
from abroad for distribution in

the United States

Total

Total packages received . . .
Total pounds received

920,015

310,488

354, 295

326, 704

10, 246

7,060

157,819

1, 388, 322
1,461,720

237, 343

918, 342

12,664

18, 356

56,

092

92,

130

398

123,

150

1,041,

492

to assist the education effort of the developing nations and the develop-
ing regions."

During the past year over one hundred schools, colleges, and univer-
sities in the United States transmitted publications through the Inter-
national Exchange Service to libraries in other countries. Medical
and dental textbooks and journals were transmitted for a number of
medical and dental organizations to libraries and schools in other
countries, and textbooks were forwarded to schools in which Peace
Corps Volunteers were teaching.

The Smithsonian Institution through the work of the International
Exchange Service has been able to carry out in a substantial way, the
request of the President. It also serves as a means of developing and
executing in part the broad and comprehensive objective, "the diffusion
of knowledge."

Administrative Support Services

A number of administrative divisions, operating behind the scenes,
serve the Smithsonian Institution by providing the technical assistance
and resources and other support that enable the bureaus and other
program activities to work productively and efficiently. In carrying
out this responsibility, these divisions directly share in the Institution's
accomplishments in research, exhibits, education, and public service.
The following brief statements highlight some of their activities and note
the more significant staff changes during this past year.

An Office of Programming and Budget was established under the
Assistant Secretary to work closely with the Institution's museums and
scientific bureaus in studying their objectives, analyzing their programs,
and translating their essential requirements into sound budgets. In
April 1966, Edward H. Kohn, formerly executive officer of the Smith-
sonian's Science Information Exchange, was appointed director of this
new office.

The supply division continued its efforts in the market place to pro-
cure the supplies, materials, and services needed in the many and
varied Smithsonian activities. Over 6,000 purchase orders were
issued for such diverse items as dehydrated fire-fly tails, lifesize manne-
quins, hardwood sawdust, and a newsboy's bag to be used by a scientist
to carry traps while in Africa.

The Smithsonian benefitted from the highly effective property
utilization program of the General Services Administration. By
means of this program, material and equipment are transferred from
Government agencies where they are no longer required to other
agencies where they can be put to productive use, and thus additional
purchases are avoided. One million dollars worth of this property was
acquired by the Institution this year. It included $100,000 worth
of office furniture and equipment, and, for the the collections, a proto-
type Hawk missile launcher and the 29-foot, 6-ton U.S. Navy ex-
perimental hydrofoil craft Sea Legs, which will be placed on exhibit.

In December 1965, after 47 yeai s of service to the Institution, Anthony
W. Wilding retired as chief of the supply division and in March 1966,
Fred G. Barwick was appointed chief. Mr. Barwick had previously
been a contract specialist with the Bureau of Ships, Department of
the Navy.

341

342 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

To meet the workload imposed by the payroll and other accounts
of the Institution, the fiscal division made increased use of automatic
data processing equipment, with its capability of fast and accurate
computations.

As is evident by the preceding pages of this report, much of the
Institution's work is conducted overseas, so that foreign exchange rates
and overseas accounts add an international dimension as well as
challenging problems to the staff of the fiscal division. In this aspect
of the work, they were assisted greatly by the U.S. Treasury Depart-
ment and private banking concerns in Washington, D.C.

The personnel division, in addition to processing over 3,200 person-
nel actions, conducted an active Incentive Awards Program, under
which 58 employees received cash awards totaling $5,230. Of par-
ticular significance was the suggestion to establish the Smithson
Medal for Scientific and Curatorial Excellence. Also, during this
period the Secretary approved the design for the new Henry Medal,
to be used by the Board of Regents to recognize distinguished service
or achievement. With the cooperation of its various bureaus, the
Institution provided practical training opportunities for disadvantaged
youth in the Metropolitan Area under the President's Youth Oppor-
tunity Program. Much of the credit for successful staffing and train-
ing programs can be given to the efforts and assistance of the Civil
Service Commission.

With the general increase in exhibits, research, education, and
public services throughout the Smithsonian, the workload of the
photographic services division increased substantially. Approximately
184,000 black and white prints, color slides and other color photog-
raphy items, an increase of 45,000 over the previous year, were pro-
duced, as well as 21,000 feet of motion picture film. A particularly
important job performed by the photographers was the coverage
of the colorful Smithson Bicentennial. The resulting photographs,
slides, and motion pictures, which received wide distribution, provided
an exceptionally complete documentary of this significant and historic
occasion.

Plans for constructing a photographic laboratory to service the
Oceanographic Sorting Center were approved, and this facility is
expected to be in operation during the coming fiscal year.

The tasks assigned to the Smithsonian's buildings management
department are both large and particularly significant to the successful
meeting of the Smithsonian's goals. To this department is assigned
the broad responsibility of maintaining, operating, and improving the
buildings and associated equipment and other facilities, and of pro-
tecting these buildings, their irreplaceable contents, and the visiting

ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT 343

public. Much of this work is on an around-the-clock basis. An indi-
cation of its scope is provided by a few statistics: six monumental
buildings on the Mall and other significant properties in and around
Washington to be repaired, improved, and kept presentable; some 60
million objects of natural history, art, and scientific, technological,
and cultural significance to be protected; and over 13 million visitors
this year to be safeguarded and assisted.

The department also participated in the installation of exhibits;
repaired and refurbished furniture, equipment, and museum objects;
it provided necessary supporting services for the curatorial, research,
and public sendee activities; and it conducted safety programs.

Automatic data processing equipment holds a tremendous potential
for assisting in the curatorial and scientific areas as well as in certain
administrative areas. The full value of the information documenting
the collections cannot be realized until it can be captured, correlated,
and retrieved by means other than traditional manual methods. An
information systems division was established this year to design and
program the systems to meet these needs effectively and efficiently.
Nicholas J. Suszynski, Jr., who was appointed in November 1966 to
head this new division, brings to it ten years of ADP experience in a
variety of business management and scientific assignments.

Other staff activities in the Office of the Secretary provided valuable
advisory and management assistance: The office of the general counsel,
the contracts office, the organization and methods division and the
internal audit office. The last named was established this year to
support the Smithsonian's continuing efforts to assure sound financial
management in all its aspects, and in March 1966 Douglas Martin
was appointed to implement this program by means of on-site reviews
and other techniques of fiscal analysis.

Appendix

1. REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS

OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
1966

2. SMITHSONIAN FOREIGN CURRENCY PROGRAM GRANTS AWARDED, FISCAL

YEAR 1966

3. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN PRESS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

JUNE 30, 1966

4. MEMBERS OF THE SMITHSONIAN COUNCIL, JUNE 30, 1966

5. RESEARCH PARTICIPATION PROGRAMS, APPOINTMENTS 1965-1966

6. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, JUNE 30, 1966

345

Report of the Executive Committee of the Board of
Regents of the Smithsonian Institution

For the Tear Ended June 30, 7966

To the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution:

Your executive committee respectfully submits the following report
in relation to the funds of the Smithsonian Institution, together with a
statement of the appropriations by Congress for the Government bu-
reaus in the administrative charge of the Institution.

Parent Fund

The original bequest of James Smithson was £104,960 8s 6d
($508,318.46). Refunds of money expended in prosecution of the
claim, freight, insurance, and other incidental expenses, together
with payment into the fund of the sum of £5,015, which had been
withheld during the lifetime of Madame de la Batut, brought the
fund to the amount of $550,000.

The gift of James Smithson was "lent to the United States Treasury,
at 6 per centum per annum interest" (20 U.S.C. 54) and by the Act
of March 12, 1894 (20 U.S.C. 55) the Secretary of the Treasury was
"authorized to receive into the Treasury, on the same terms as the
original bequest of James Smithson, such sums as the Regents may,
from time to time see fit to deposit, not exceeding, with the original
bequest the sum of $1,000,000."

The maximum of $1,000,000 which the Smithsonian Institution
was authorized to deposit in the Treasury of the United States was
reached on January 11, 1917, by the deposit of $2,000.

Under the above authority the amounts shown on the following page
are deposited in the United States Treasury and draw 6 percent interest.

In addition to the $1,000,000 deposited in the Treasury of the United
States there has been accumulated from income and bequests the
sum of $7,314,088.20 which has been invested. Of this sum,
$6,232,813.25 is carried on the books of the Institution as the Con-
solidated Fund, a policy approved by the Regents at their meeting
on December 14, 1916. The balance is made up of several small
funds.

347

348

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Sources: Smithsonian Fund Deposited in

Unrestricted
Donor funds

James Smithson $727, 640

Avery 14,000

Habel 500

Hamilton 2, 500

Hodgkins (General) 1 16, 000

Poore 26, 670

Rhees 590

Sanford 1, 100

Restricted

funds

Hodgkins (Specific) $100, 000

Reid 11,000

U.S. Treasury

Income

1966

$43, 658

840

150

6,960

1,600

$889, 000

$53, 340

6,000

660

111,000

6,660

$1,000,000

$60, 000

Consolidated Fund

[Income for the unrestricted use of the Institution]

Investment

Fund 1966

Abbott, W. L., Special $24, 792

* Avery, Robert S., and Lydia 65, 715

Forrest, Robert Lee 1, 857, 275

Gifts, royalties, gain on sale of securities 459, 354

Goddard, Robert, Memorial Fund 15, 035

Hachenberg, George P., and Caroline 6, 602

*Hamilton, James 672

Hart, Gustavus E 810

Henry, Caroline 2, 012

Henry, Joseph and Harriet A 81, 560

Higbee, Harry, Memorial Fund 19, 459

*Hodgkins, Thomas G. (General) 50, 397

Morrow, Dwight W 128, 656

Olmsted, Helen A 1, 333

*Poore, Lucy T. and George W 270, 832

Porter, Henry Kirke 476, 465

*Rhees, William Jones 787

*Sanford, George H 1, 481

*Smithson, James 34, 61 1

Taggart, Gansen 598

Witherspoon, Thomas A 214, 697

Total $3, 713, 143

Income
1966

$1,449

3,777

78,521

26, 385
137

118

4,708

937

2,897

7,413

15, 802

27, 368

2,379

12. 331

; 184, 599

*In addition to funds deposited in the United States Treasury.

report of the executive committee 349

Consolidated Fund

[Income restricted to specific use]

Investment Income

Fund 1966 1966

Abbott, William L., for investigations in biology $173, 441 $9, 962

Armstrong, Edwin James, for use of Department of
Invertebrate Paleontology when principal amounts
to $5,000.00 2, 518

Arthur, James, for investigations and study of the sun

and annual lecture on same 66, 537

Bacon, Virginia Purdy, for traveling scholarship to
investigate fauna of countries other than the United
States 83, 352

Baird, Lucy H., for creating a memorial to Secretary

Baird 60, 975

Barney, Alice Pike, for collection of paintings and pastels
and for encouragement of American artistic en-
deavors 47, 7 1 6

Barstow, Frederick D., for purchase of animals for

Zoological Park 1, 663

Brown, Roland W., endowment fund — study, care, and
improvement of the Smithsonian paleobotanical
collections 54, 063

Canfield collection, for increase and care of the Canfield

collection of minerals 63, 774

Casey, Thomas L., for maintenance of the Casey collec-
tion and promotion of researches relating to Cole-
optera 20, 853

Chamberlain, Francis Lea, for increase and promotion

of Isaac Lea Collection of gems and mollusks 46, 850

Division of Mammals Curators Fund, for support of

scientific purposes 3, 308

Dykes, Charles, for support in financial research 71, 627

Eickemeyer, Florence Brevoort, for preservation and
exhibition of the photographic collection of Rudolph
Eickemeyer, Jr 18, 083 1, 038

Guggenheim, David and Florence, Foundation for a
commemorative Guggenheim Exhibit, an annual
Daniel Guggenheim Lecture, and annual Guggen-
heim Fellowships for graduate students for research
at the National Air Museum 50, 539 1, 121

Hanson, Martin Gustav and Caroline Runice, for some
scientific work of the Institutian, preferably in
chemistry or medicine 14, 790 850

Higbee, Harry, income for general use of the Smith-
sonian Institution after June 11, 1967 977 20

Hillyer, Virgil, for increase and care of Virgil Hillyer

collection of lighting objects 10, 934 628

Hitchcock, Albert S., for care of the Hitchcock Agro-

stological Library 2, 626 153

230-457— 66— —29

122

825

790

419

741

614

214

199

691

113

350 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Consolidated Fund — Continued

Investment Income

Fund 1966 1966

Hrdlicka, Ales and Marie, to further researches in

physical anthropology and publication in connec-
tion therewith $100, 812 $4, 812

Hughes, Bruce, to found Hughes alcove 31, 845 1, 831

Johnson, E. R. Fenimore, research in underwater

photography 13, 927

Loeb, Morris, for furtherance of knowledge in the

exact sciences 145, 031

Long, Annette and Edith C, for upkeep and preservation

of Long collection ot embroideries, laces, and

textiles 904

Maxwell, Mary E., for care and exhibition of Maxwell

collection 32, 632

Myer, Catherine Walden, for purchase of first-class

works of art for use and benefit of the National

Collection of Fine Arts 33, 605

Nelson, Edward W., for support of biological studies. . . 39, 559

Noyes, Frank B., for use in connection with the collection

of dolls placed in the U.S. National Museum through

the interest of and Mr. Mrs. Noyes 1, 600

Pell, Cornelia Livingston, for maintenance of Alfred

Duane Pell collection 12, 333

Petrocelli, Joseph, for the care of the Petrocelli collection

of photographic prints and for the enlargement and

development of the section of photography of the

U.S. National Museum 12, 334

Rathbun, Richard, for use of division of U.S. National

Museum containing Crustacea 17, 696

*Reid, Addison T., for founding chair in biology, in

memory of Asher Tunis 29, 592

Roebling Collection, for care, improvement, and increase

of Roebling collection of minerals 200, 785

Roebling Solar Research 41, 668

Rollins, Miriam and William, for investigations in

physics and chemistry 259, 965

Smithsonian employees' retirement 5, 525

Smithsonian Institution and THF 7, 623

Sprague Fund for the advancement of the physical

sciences 1 , 780, 760

Springer, Frank, for care and increase of the Springer

collection and library 29, 834

Stevenson, John A., Mycological Library Fund, for care,

maintenance, and additions to the library 10, 002

Strong, Julia D., for benefit of the National Collection

of Fine Arts 16, 635

Walcott, Charles D. and Mary Vaux, for development

of geological and paleontological studies and

publishing results of same 932, 217

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 351

Consolidatfe Fund — Continued

Fund
Walcott, Mary Vaux, for publication in botany. . . .
Zerbee, Francis Brinckle, for endowment of aquaria .

Investment

Income

1966

$96, 251

$5, 335

1,578

Total $4, 649, 339 $1 74, 548

*In addition to funds deposited in the United States Treasury.

Freer Gallery of Art Fund

Early in 1906, by deed of gift, Charles L. Freer, of Detroit, gave to
the Institution his collection of Chinese and other Oriental objects of
art, as well as paintings, etchings, and other works of art by Whistler,
Thayer, Dewing, and other artists. Later he also gave funds for con-
struction of a building to house the collection, and finally in his will,
probated November 6, 1919, he provided stocks and securities to the
estimated value of $1,958,591 as an endowment fund for the operation
of the Gallery. The fund now amounts to $11,605,036.

Summary of Endowments

Invested endowment for general purposes $5, 879, 442

Invested endowment for specific purposes other than Freer endow-
ment 5, 100, 950

Total invested endowment other than Freer 10, 980, 392

Freer invested endowment for specific purposes 11,605,036

Total invested endowment for all purposes $22, 585, 428

Classification of Investments

Deposited in the U.S. Treasury at 6 percent per annum, as authorized

in the U.S. Revised Statutes, sec. 5591 $1,000,000

Investments other than Freer endowment (cost or market value at
date acquired) :

Bonds $3, 570, 000

Stocks 4,517,280

Real estate and mortgages 1,614,588

Uninvested capital 278, 524 9, 980, 392

Total investments other than Freer endowment . 10, 980, 392

352 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Investments of Freer endowment (cost or market value
at date acquired) :

Bonds $6, 720, 045

Stocks 4, 884, 784

Uninvested capital 207 $11,605,036

Total investments $22, 585, 428

Gifts, Grants, and Bequests
The Smithsonian institution gratefully acknowledges gifts, grants,
and bequests from the following :

American Heritage Publishing Co., Inc.: Grant to create and publish a series of

books under the overall title of the Smithsonian Library.
American Petroleum Institute : Grant for research entitled The Crustose Corallines

of the North Atlantic.
Anonymous donor : Gift for the American Association of Physical Anthropologists

Conference at Berkeley, California.
Anonymous donor: Gift for the department of botany.
Archbold Foundation: Grant for the support of research entitled Biological

Survey of Dominica Project.
Atomic Energy Commission : Additional grant for research entitled A Study of the
Biochemical Effects of Ionizing and Nonionizing Radiation of Plant Metabolism During
Development.
Charles and Rosanna Batchelor Memorial Inc. : Gift for the purpose of

improving the Emma E. Batchelor stamp collection.
Buffalo Bill Memorial Association: Gift to help support the Smithsonian In-
stitution-National Park Service-Whitney Gallery excavations at Mummy Cave,
Wyoming.
Hardy Jefferson Bowen: Grant entitled Bowen Andros Expedition.
Bredin Foundation : Grant for the support of research entitled Biological Survey of

Dominica Project.
Mr. and Mrs. Joseph Campbell: Gift to the Zoo Animal Fund.
Coca-Cola Company : Gift to the division of medical sciences.
Conservation Foundation: Grant to support Conference on Avifauna of North-
ern Latin America.
Joanne T. Cummings : Gift for the purpose of acquiring ceramics and glass.
Charles Darwin Foundation : Gift for the support of research and conservation in

the Galapagos Islands.
Department of the Air Force : Grant for research entitled Chemical Analysis of
Chrondrite Meteorites.
Additional grant for studies directed toward the development of a technique for
measuring wind speed and direction at heights using ionized paths generated
by meteors.
Additional grants for the support of research entitled Researches — Molecular

Collisions.
Additional grant for research directed toward the study of stellar scintillation.
Additional grant for the study of Atmospheric Entry and Impact of High Velocity
Meteorites.

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 353

Additional grant for research directed toward the studies of rate of accretion of

interplanetary matter by the earth.
Additional grant for research directed toward providing a program for deter-
mination of satellite density data.
Department of Army: Grants for the support of research entitled Potential Vectors
and Reservoirs of Disease in Greece and Central and South Africa; Gold Flash; and
Ecology and Distribution of Mammalian Ectoparasites, Arboviruses, and Their Hosts in
Venezuela.
Additional grants for the support of research entitled Studies of the Mosquitoes of
Southeast Asia and Potential Vectors and Reservoirs of Disease in Strategic Overseas
Area; also for support of research on the analysis of bird migration in the
Pacific area and the study of the ecology of birds and mammals on one or
more Pacific Islands.
Department of Commerce: Grant to identify and develop economic opportunities

and employment potential in craft industries.
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare: Grant for planning experi-
mental museum exhibits for the blind. Grant for study of parasites of Philippine
fishes.

Department of the Interior: Grants for support of research entitled Indexing
Vocabulary for Publication by the Office of Water Resources Research and Sorting of
Plankton Samples from Geronimo; and to provide services to sub-sample plankton
samples from the International Indian Ocean Expedition.
Additional grants for the support of research entitled Tropical Fishes and Con-
tinuation of a Review of the General and American Species of the Shrimp Family
Penaeidae; also for the purpose in the preparation of camera-ready copy of
research data suitable for photocopying and printing as a current Water
Resources Research Catalog.
Department of State: Grant for Mr. Joseph F. K. Acquaye, assistant curator

of the Ghana National Science Museum.
Ford Foundation: Grant to purchase land on the Chesapeake Bay known as

Ivy Neck.
Ford Motor Company: Gift in support of the model foundry for the iron and steel

hall.
General Precision, Inc. : Gift to the Link Prolonged and Deep Submergence

Study Program Fund.
Julius W. Gilbert: Gift to the Joanne Toor Cummings Fund.
C. M. Goethe: Gift to the Barro Colorado Island Fund.
Mayer and Ruth Greenberg Foundation: Gift to the division of ceramics and

glass.
Daniel and Florence Guggenheim Foundation: Addition to the grant for the
establishment of a Commemorative Guggenheim Exhibit, an Annual Guggen-
heim Lecture, and Annual Guggenheim Fellowships for graduate students, for
research at the National Air Museum.
Harvard University: Grants for the engineering services to Harvard University
and for the support to Harvard University for the transportation of an 84-foot
radiotelescope.
Humble Companies Charitable Trust: Gift for reconstructing the fluid catalytic

cracking unit model for the hall of petroleum.
International Business Machines Corp.: Gift to cover expenses on Smithsonian

Film.
Felix and Helen Juda Foundation: Gift to the Freer Gallery of Art for the pur-
chase of collections.

354 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Otto Kallir : Gift for the purchase of the lithograph Seeds for Sowing May Mot
be Milled.

Kaudus Charitable Trust: Gift to further the work of the National Portrait
Gallery.

Kevorkian Foundation: Gifts to the Freer Gallery of Art Library; to the Freer
Gallery of Art for the publication of Ganhara frieze in the form of a picture
book; and to the Freer Gallery of Art Library for purchasing books dealing with
Near Eastern art.

Elsie and William Knight Foundation: Grant to the Stazione Zoologica.

Dorothy V. Lee : Gift for the support of research and conservation in the Galapa-
gos Islands.

Link Foundation: Gift for the 1966 Edwin A. Link Lecture.

Marilyn C. Link : Grant to support the publication of a biographical booklet on
James Smithson.

Eugene and Agnes E. Meyer Foundation : Gift toward the costs of the program
to provide for greater use of Smithsonian museum exhibits in the District schools.

National Academy of Sciences: Gift to defray travel expenses to Monks Wood,
England.

National Aeronautics and Space Administration: Grants for the support of
research projects entitled: Symposium on Meteoritic Orbits and Dusts; Exobiology and
Origin of Life; Photoelectric Techniques for Measurement of Earthshine; Data Analyses
in Connection with the National Geodetic Satellite Program; A Survey of the Influx Rates
of the Major Meteor Streams; and High-Energy Gamma-Ray Astronomy Experiment for
High-Altitude Balloons.
Additional grants for the support of research entitled Optical and Radar In-
vestigation of Simulated and Natural Meteors; Textures of Meteorites; and Optical
Satellite Tracking Program; also for research of the systematic recovery of
meteorites and the photography of meteorites in flight; for an investigation
and collection of meteorites, tektites, and related materials; and for the
scientific and engineering study for instrumenting and orbiting telescope.

National Foundation on the Arts and Humanities : Grant for organizing and to
present a major display representative of contemporary American painting.

National Geographic Society: Grants for support of research entitled Bermuda
Underwater Archeological Expedition; also for the study of Mollusks on Polynesia
and Melanesia and for the Seabird Colonies project. Gift to Freer Gallery of
Art for publications.

National Science Foundation: Additional grants for the support of research
projects entitled: Early Tertiary Mammals of North America; Mammals of the South-
eastern United States; Botanical Exploration on Southern Brazil; Revisionary Study of
Blattoidea; Morphology and Paleoecology of Permian Brachiopods of the Glass Mountain,
Texas; South Asian Microlepidoptera, particularly the Philippine Series; Taxonomy of
Bamboos; Lower Cretaceous Ostracoda of Israel; Marine Mollusks of Polynesia; Tertiary
Echiniods of the Eastern United States and the Caribbean; Zoogeography of Southern Ocean
Sclearactinian Coral Faunas; The American Commensal Crabs of the Family Pinnotheridae;
Indo- Australian Vespidae sens. lat. and Specidae; Revision of Genera of Paleozoic Bryozoa;
Monographic Studies of the Tingidae of the World; Study of Type Specimens of Ferns in
European Herbaria; Polychaetous Annelids of New England; The Phanerogams of Colombia;
Revision of Scarab Beetles of the Genus Ataenius; Geographic Variation in the Inter-
specific Relations among certain Andean Passeriformes; Systemic Studies of the Archidaceae,
Subtribe Epidendrinae; A Monograph of the Stomatopod Crustaceans of the Western Atlantic;
Recording of Data for Specimens Collected during the U.S. Antarctic Program; Distribution

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 355

of North America Calanoid and Harpacticoid Copepoda; Collection of Meteorites and Tek-
tites in Australia; Installation of Power Line to Barro Colorado from Mainland; Upper
Cretaceous Inoceraminae in North America and Western Europe; Environment of Permo-
Triassic Reptiles of the Order Therapsida in South Africa; Taxonomic and Biological
Studies of Neotropical Water Beetles; Evolution and Distribution of Parmelia in Eastern Asia
and Pacific; Taconomic Studies of the Family Stenomidae in Neotropical Region; Pre-
Industrial System of Water Management in Arid Region; Revisionary Stiudies in the Chilopoda;
Photographic Investigation of Comets; Purchase of the Hood Collection of Thrips, Archaeo-
logical Survey of Southwestern Kansas; Science Information Exchange; Taxonomic and
Biological Studies on Central American Caddisflies; Identification Guide to Antarctic Birds;
Ostracoda of the Indian Ocean; Sorting of Collection from the U.S. Antarctic Research
Program; Sorting of Collections from the International Indian Ocean Expedition; Systematic;
of the Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic Gemmaridean Amphipods; Eltanin Cruise Participations;
Stellar Atmospheres; Comparative Study of Molluscan Faunas of Tertiary Stages; The
Mammals of Panama; Systematics of Stomiatoid Fishes; Cooperative Systematics Studies in
Antarctic Biology; Undergraduate Research Participation Program; Purchase of the Carl
Bosch Research Collection of Minerals and Meteorites; and Bibliography of Termites.

Office of Naval Research: Additional grants for the support of research entitled:
Information of Shark Distribution and Distribution of Shark Attack All Over the World;
Conduct Research on the Medusae and Related Organisms From the Indian Ocean Collec-
tion; Studies of the Ecology, Distribution and Classification of South American Birds;
Distribution of Formaminifera in the Eastern Tropical Atlantic; and The Formation of
Spectrum Lines. Also, to provide expert consultants to advise the Navy Advisory
Committee, and to perform psychological research studies.

Marjorie Merriweather Post: Gift to defray travel expenses of Marvin Ross.

Rosser Reeves, Ted Bates and Company: Gift for the purchase of insurance for
the Rosser Reeves Ruby.

Dorothy B. Rothschild: Gift to the Joanne Toor Cummings Fund.

Shirley Latter Schlesinger: Contribution to the National Collection of Fine
Arts to be entitled "Cassatt Research Fund."

Ansel Schoeneman: Gift for the purchase of an 18th-century, earthenware,
English figure of the Duke of Cumberland.

St. Petersburg Shell Company: Grant for the St. Petersburg Shell Company
Fund.

Society for a More Beautiful National Capital Inc. : Gift for landscaping the
entrance to the National Zoo.

Spraque Fund : Bequest of the late Joseph White Spraque to establish a fund for
the advancement of the physical sciences.

E. R. Squibb and Sons: Gift to the division of medical sciences.

John A. Stevenson: Gift of the John A. Stevenson Mycological Library and a gift
for care and maintenance and making additions thereto.

Sydney Printing and Publishing Company: Grant for the purchase of U.S. coins.

United States Information Agency: Grant to undertake complete responsibility
of the Agency's Fine Arts exhibits activity.

United States Steel Corp.: Grant to defray the cost of a model of an integrated
steel plant.

University of Michigan: Gift to Freer Gallery of Art for the Ars Orientalis Fund.

G. Unger Vetlesen Foundation: Grant to assist in studying flora and other
terrestial and marine fauna in Australia.

Lila Acheson Wallace: Contribution for expenses in connection with Sym-
posiums for Department of Civil History.

356 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Washington Biologists' Field Club: Grant for the purpose of defraying the

costs of the publication of the work Trapnesting Wasps and Bees.
Washington Fashion Group: Gift to the Historic Dresses Fund.
Ellen Bayard Weedon Foundation: Gift to the Freer Gallery of Art for the

Library Fund.
Wenonah Development Company: Contribution to the Kathryn and Gilbert

Miller Fund.
Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution: Grant for participation of five

Smithsonian staff members in cruises of the Anton Bruun in the Eastern Pacific

Ocean.
Charles M. Wormser: Gift to the Moritz Wormser Memorial Collection.

The Smithsonian Institution gratefully acknowledges gifts, for the
special purposes indicated, from the following:

For the Carl Bosch Collection Fund:

Gem Lapidary and Mineral Society of Standard Oil Company of New Jersey

Montgomery County. American Metal Climax Foundation

Mineralogical Society of the District of Incorporated

Columbia. Foundation of Litton Industries

Yale University Consolidation Coal Company

Franklin Ogdensburg Mineralogical Lockheed Aircraft Corporation
Society

Xerox Fund

For the Division of Mammals Curators Fund:

David H. Johnson Gerrit S. Miller, Jr.

Remington Kellogg

For the purpose of the S. D. Heron Memorial Fund:

Anonymous donor Harold S. Morehouse

A. E. Felt J. H. Stern

For the purpose of the Smithsonian Bicentennial Ceremony:

Burlington Industries Foundation Wilmarth S. Lewis

W. R. Burgess Martha I. Love

Austin B. Chinn Charles Nagel

Ben Gray Marjorie Merriweather Post

For the purpose of the Smithson Bicentennial Celebration:

Anonymous Eastern Airlines, Inc.

Bethlehem Steel Corp. Eastman Kodak Co.

Bibb Manufacturing Co. The Equitable Life Assurance Society

Burrough Corp. Evening Star

Carrier Corp. Electro-Optical Systems

Certain-teed Products Corp. Ex-Cell-O-Corporation

Connecticut Printer Fisher Scientific Co.

John Deere Foundation General Aniline and Film Corp.

R. R. Donnelly and Sons Co. General Dynamics Corp.

Douglas Aircraft General Precision Equipment Corp.

Dumbarton Oaks Goodwill Ambassador

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

357

Grumman Aircraft Engineering Corp.

I. B. M. Corp.

William W. Johnson

C. O. Kienbusch

Kresge Foundation

Link Foundation

Lockheed Aircraft Corp.

David McKay

Martin Co.

The Magnavox Co.

The Maytag Co.

Majorie Merriweather Post

The Merck Company Foundation

Philadelphia Inquirer

Reader's Digest

Revell, Inc.

Scholastic Magazine, Inc.

Southern Railway System

Alfred P. Sloan

Time, Inc.

United Aircraft Corp.

United States Steel Foundation, Inc.

Washington Post

Westinghouse Electric Corp.

For the purpose of the Venice Biennale Fund:

Mrs. Dean Acheson

Mrs. Philip Barry

Mr. Harvey Baskin

Mrs. and Mrs. John Begg

Mr. and Mrs. Melvin Belman

Dr. and Mrs. Edgar F. Berman

Mr. Leo M. Bernstein

Mr. and Mrs. Norman Bernstein

Mr. William McCormick Blair

Mr. Jacob Blaustein

Mr. and Mrs. Huntington Block

Mr. and Mrs. Richard Borwick

Mrs. Edith Bralove

Mr. and Mrs. Abner Brenner

Dr. Iving Brotman

Mr. J. Carter Brown

Mr. John Bucknell

Mrs. Douglas Burden

Mr. and Mrs. S. Carter Burden

Mr. William A. M. Burene

Mrs. Morris Cafritz

Mrs. Calvert Carey

Mr. Aldus Chapin

Mr. and Mrs. Gilbert Chapman

Mr. and Mrs. Marcus Cohn

The Honorable and Mrs. John T.

Connor
Miss Edith Newman Cook
Mr. Gardner Cowles
Crown-Zellerbach Foundation
Mrs. Gertrude d'Amecourt
The Honorable and Mrs. C. Douglas

Dillon
Miss Barbara Donald
Mr. and Mrs. Robert B. Eichholz
Mr. Milton Elsberg
Dr. and Mrs. Richard Ettinghausen
Mr. and Mrs. David E. Finley

Mr. and Mrs. Lawrence A. Fleischman

The Honorable and Mrs. Clifford Folger

Forage Foundation, Inc.

Mrs. Elizabeth J. Foy

Mr. and Mrs. Carl M. Freeman

The Honorable and Mrs. Peter H. B.

Frelinghuysen
Mr. and Mrs. B. H. Friedman
Mrs. J. William Fullbright
Mr. Richard E. Fuller
Mr. Wreathan E. Gathright
Mr. and Mrs. Joseph Geldzahler
Mr. Ira Gershwin
Mr. Roland Gibson
Mr. and Mrs. Mackensie Gordon
Mrs. Philip L. Graham
Miss Jacqueline Greber
Mr. and Mrs. Gilbert Hahn, Jr.
Mrs. W. Averill Harriman
Mr. E. David Harrison
Mr. and Mrs. John Hechinger
Mr. Henry H. Hecht, Jr.
Mr. Ernest Hillman, Jr.
Mr. Barnet Hodes
Mrs. Arthur U. Hooper
Mr. and Mrs. David Jay Hyman
Dr. and Mrs. John M. Ide
I. F. A. Galleries, Inc.
Industrial Union Department
AFL-CIO
Dr. H. W. Janson
Mr. and Mrs. Maxey Jarman
The Honorable Jacob K. Javits
Mrs. J. Lee Johnson, III
Captain and Mrs. Francois C. B.

Jordan
Mr. Garfield I. Kass
Mrs. Estes Kefauver

358

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Mrs. Fenwick Keyser

Mrs. Robert Kintner

Mrs. GraemeKorff

Mr. and Mrs. David Lloyd Kreeger

Mr. Sigmund Junstadter

Mr. Irving Levick

Dr. and Mrs. Alec C. Levin

Mr. and Mrs. Jerome P. Lewis

Mr. and Mrs. Sidney Lewis

Mr. John L. Loeb, Jr.

Mr. and Mrs. Walter C. Louchheim, Jr.

Mr. Georg S. T. Maisel, III

Mr. Stanley Marcus

Mr. Henry A. Markus

Mr. Morton May

Mr. Robert B. Mayer

Mr. Stephen Mazoh

Mr. and Mrs. William S. McCornick

Mr. Henry P. Mcllhenny

The Honorable and Mrs. Robert S.

McNamara
Mr. and Mrs. Paul Mellon
Mr. and Mrs. Cord Meyer, Jr.
Mr. and Mrs. Robert E. MeyerhofF
Mrs. Paul Moore
The Honorable and Mrs. William S.

Moorhead
Mr. and Mrs. Edward P. Morgan
Philip Morris International
Mr. Charles Nagel
Mrs. David Halle
Mr. and Mrs. Roy R. Neuberger
Mr. Gerson Nordlinger, Jr.
Miss Anna Belle O'Brien
Mr. and Mrs. Joseph Ottenstein
Mr. and Mrs. Maxwell Oxman
Mrs. Tompkins Parker
Mr. Robert E. Phinney, Jr.
Mr. Abe Pollin
Mrs. S. Prentice Porter
Mrs. Merriweather Post
Mr. Gustave Ring
Mr. Laurance S. Rockefeller

Samuel and David Rose Fund, Inc.

Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Ross

Mr. William M. Roth

Mrs. Seymour J. Rubin

Mrs. Henry P. Russell

Mrs. Serge Sacknoff

Mr. and Mrs. Walter Salant

Dr. and Mrs. Stanley J. Sarnoff

Rita and Taft Schreiber Foundation

Mrs. John Farr Simmons

Skidmore, Owings and Merrill

Mr. and Mrs. Albert H. Small

Mr. and Mrs. Charles E. Smith

Mr. L. M. C. Smith

Mr. and Mrs. Stephen E. Smith

Miss Laura Steinbach

Mr. and Mrs. Philip Stern

Mrs. Donald B. Straus

Mrs. Madeleine S. Sundlun

Mr. and Mrs. Carleton Byron Swift

Mrs. Fredrika M. Tandler

Walter Dorwin Teague Associates

Mr. and Mrs. Edward Russell True, Jr.

Mr. and Mrs. Bayard Underwood

Mr. and Mrs. T. Graydon Upton

Mr. and Mrs. Julius Wadsworth

Mrs. C. Law Watkins

Mr. Thomas J. Watson, Jr.

Mrs. Vanderbilt Webb

Dr. and Mrs. Paul S. Weisberg

Mr. and Mrs. Eric Wentworth

Dr. and Mrs. Sidney Werkman

Mr. and Mrs. Kurt Wiener

Mrs. J. Burke Wilkenson

Mrs. Earle Kress Williams

Mr. and Mrs. Anthony Wilson

Mr. Howard Wise

Mrs. Frank G. Wisner

The Honorable and Mrs. Stanley

Woodward
Xerox Corporation
Mr. and Mrs. Jacob Zettlin
Mr. and Mrs. Sidney S. Zlotnick

report of the executive committee 359

Funds and Federal Appropriations

The following appropriations were made by Congress for the Govern-
ment bureaus under the administrative charge of the Smithsonian
Institution for the fiscal year 1966:

Salaries and Expenses $18,921,000

National Zoological Park $1,832,000

The appropriation made to the National Gallery of Art (which is a
bureau of the Smithsonian Institution under a separate Board of
Trustees) was $2,531,000

The Institution also received appropriations to continue the 12-year
capital improvement program at the National Zoological Park
($1,539,000); and for the restoration and renovation of buildings
($2,248,000).

For fiscal year 1966, the Smithsonian was granted an appropriation
of $1,300,000 in foreign currencies for museum programs and related
research.

In addition, funds were transferred from other Government agencies
for expenditure under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution as
follows :

Working funds, transferred from the National Park Service, Depart-
ment of the Interior, for archeological investigations in river basins
throughout the United States $221,000

The Institution also administers a trust fund for partial support of the
Canal Zone Biological Area, located on Barro Colorado Island in the
Canal Zone.

Audit
The report of the audit of the Smithsonian Private Funds is attached.

Respectfully submitted:

Robert V. Fleming
Caryl P. Haskins
Clinton P. Anderson
Executive Committee.

Washington, D.C., October 7, 1966

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 361

Peat, Marwick, Mitchell & Co.

ACCOUNTANTS AND AUDITORS

1730 M STREET, NW.

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20036

THE BOARD OF REGENTS,
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,

We have examined the balance sheet of private funds of Smithsonian Insti-
tution as of June 30, 1966, and the related statements of changes in funds
for the year then ended. Our examination was made in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards, and accordingly included such tests of
the accounting records and such other auditing procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances.

Except for certain real estate acquired by gift or purchased from proceeds
of gifts which are valued at cost or appraised value at date of gift, land, build-
ings, furniture, equipment, works of art, living and other specimens and certain
other similar property are not included in the accounts of the Institution;
the amounts of investments in such properties are not readily determinable.
Current expenditures for such properties are included among expenses.
The accompanying statements do not include the National Gallery of Art, the
John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts nor other departments,
bureaus and operations administered by the Institution under Federal Appro-
priations. The accounts of the Institution are maintained on the basis of cash
receipts and disbursements, with the result that the accompanying statements
do not reflect income earned but not collected or expenses incurred but not paid.

In our opinion, subject to the matters referred to in the preceding paragraph,
the accompanying balance sheet of private funds and the related statements of
changes in funds present fairly the assets and funds principal of Smithsonian
Institution at June 30, 1966 and changes in fund balances resulting from cash
transactions of the private funds for the year then ended, on a basis consistent
with that of the preceding year.

PEAT, MARWICK, MITCHELL & CO.

October 7, 1966

In the Auditor's report, the following statement precedes schedules 1
and 2:

Accountants'' Report on Supplementary Data

We have reported separately herein on the basic financial statements of pri-
vate funds of Smithsonian Institution. The current year's supplementary data
included in Schedules 1-2 were subjected to the same auditing procedures and,
in our opinion, are stated fairly in all material respects when considered in
conjunction with the basic financial statements taken as a whole.

362 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Smithsonian
BALANCE SHEET OF PRIVATE

Assets
Current funds:
General :
Cash:
United States Treasury current

account $334, 369

In banks and on hand 336, 881

671, 250

Investments — stocks and bonds

(quoted market value $2,709,-

440.00) (note 1) 2,863,780

Contract reimbursements due 556, 951

Travel and other advances 70, 777

Total general funds 4, 162, 758

Restricted :

Cash:

United States Treasury current
account $670,413

In banks 147, 007

Due from general fund 999, 279

Due from Freer endowment fund 2, 076

Total restricted funds 1,818,775

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 363

EXHIBIT A

Institution

FUNDS, JUNE 30, 1966

Fund Balances
Current funds:
General :
Due to restricted funds $999, 279

Unexpended funds — unrestricted

(Exhibit B) 3,163,479

Total general funds
estricted (Exhibit C) :
Unexpended income from

endow-

4, 162, 758

ment:
Freer
Restricted

$380, 032
642,813

$1,022,845
795, 930

Funds for special purposes:
Gifts
Grants
Contracts

505, 550

98, 972

191,408

Total restricted funds

1,818,775

364 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

Assets — Continued

Total current funds $5,981,533

Endowment funds and funds functioning
as endowment:
Freer Gallery of Art Fund:
Cash $207

Stocks and bonds (quoted market

value $17,009,713.00) (note 1) 11, 604, 829

Total Freer Gallery of Art fund 1 1, 605, 036

Other funds:
Cash $278, 524

Stocks and bonds (quoted market

value $9,139,617.00) (note 1) 8, 083, 958

8, 362, 482
Loan to United States Treasury 1, 000, 000

Other stocks and bonds (quoted

market value $ 1 2,404.00) (note 1 ) 3,322

Real estate (note 2) 1, 614, 588

Total other funds 10, 980, 392

Total endowment funds and
funds functioning as endow-
ment 22, 585, 428

$28,566,961

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

365

Fund Balances — Continued

Total current funds
Endowment funds and funds function-
ing as endowment (Exhibit D) :
Freer Gallery of Art fund :
Due to Freer restricted fund
Principal of fund
(Exhibit D)
Total Freer Gallery of Art
fund
Other funds:
Mortgages payable (note 2)
Principal of funds
(Exhibit D) :
Restricted $4, 878, 667

General 5, 879, 442

$5, 981, 533

$2, 076
11,602,960

11,605,036

$222, 283

10, 758, 109

Total other funds

Total endowment funds and
funds functioning as endow-
ment

10, 980, 392

22, 585, 428
$28, 566, 961

230-457 — 66-

-30

366

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

<
<

Q
Z

l— 1
<

<
>

<zi

i— i

C/3

1/3

ffi

C/3

Si 8

■*

1 1

r-»

rh"

t>T

r--'

oo"

r-T

-*<

■*

•*"

iri"

€«•

ee-

»-< O v*

■■s-s ^'

<a ^N lO

2 <"

so bfl lO

-2.1 ^co"

<§& *»

O •* r-» r}-

cv ct> r^ to

— > to CM

r^ oo

— o

«-> « £ c

00OU

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

367

i— i

m
i— i

ffl

t-i <N

cm ct> CT) r^ o •* -i -h
onoiioocNin-i
Ncomoajiooio

p-T in ^ aT t^" cm to" co"

CMCOCOCO— iCMlOCM

to -h - r^ cm m

I-H

Q
Z

H
<
>

z
o

K
H

S
GO

<
h-1
<
pq

O
»— i

H to

o
H
55

</5

<
o

fin
O

tO
CM
</3-

r* <*-"
O W-

ct>
o

05 to

■«

■*

-S?

-*■

K «

Q
Z

t) "

'Jt

ct>

<£> •

CT>

■*

in"

CO
CT)

to"

CT)

to"

co
o

t}- CO tJ<
CO CT) CM

i>» >— < m

CM CT) g CO CO

o co S Is* co

CM CO ^ CM tO

— " in" :J co — "

cm co cc co — ■

• ■*

• r-»

i — i

i-^

■*

•*

CT)

H
<
H

c/3

—

-a

£1

rxti

^*H

u
a

-
• =

—

"tti

_, Si

C v

—

-—
o

—

•=

o c

■J3 W

-
2

gram
exhi
from

'-J

T3 %> 2

—

o
E

V
V

0 P

•—
o

Gifts an
Travelii
Advanc

368

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

«,

eooiom^ai^r^o
o-ocoo(D't'*n

t-» — "*• CO O

CO C7>

ffl to co n in

lO <o

CO CM — to r-

i — i

co m
cn — .

CO CO

CT)

(*s

--.

CD
CO
CO

co"

te-

co •

co"

CM
CM

LO"

o" ■
co •

o"
co

•*

CO"

r>."

te-

• CD

■ CD

■*

•&

E «j

£ s

-a -2 >

s n " ^

U <U U flj

— «J
3 =2

o O

.a 3-s

C • C o g G

SW ^« W^ ft «j <3

«hOPOO?OOU

o- E

I -a || 2 9

„ c £ w • - o u
« o 3 *■" be u bo

,w a o O O O o

s«hhhHh

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

369

f»

r^-

■*

ctT

co"

■*

«5-

■*

0-i

Tj<

to-

tr>

— ->

to-

r-»

r>-

■*

<J*

c >-

■b o

370 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

EXHIBIT D

Smithsonian Institution

PRIVATE FUNDS

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PRINCIPAL OF ENDOWMENT FUNDS

AND FUNDS FUNCTIONING AS ENDOWMENT

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1966

Balance at beginning of year $19, 659, 589

Add:

Gifts and bequests 2, 009, 451

Income added to principal as prescribed by donor 20, 890

Transfer from gifts for investment 350, 899

Net gain on investments 320, 240

Balance at end of year 22, 361, 069

Balance at end of year consisting of:

Freer Gallery of Art 11, 602, 960

Other :

Restricted 4, 878, 667

General 5, 879, 442

$22, 361, 069

Smithsonian Institution
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 1966

(1) Investments are stated at cost or appraised value at date of gift.

(2) During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1966, the Institution acquired by gift,
bequest or purchase, property subject to existing mortgages. At June 30, 1966
there were three parcels of property pledged as security for mortgages with unpaid
balances totaling $222,283.

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

371

!H
o

c-i m

—

Tt<

—

-•

r~-

1 — 1

«— '

IT.

r~-

-+-

.'.:

.::

—

ifl

CD -te>

- e5

r«

-t

c«

-f

Tj<

■*

— i

i —

i — i

co — m co co

to" crT Tt"" o" t~-T

co o co in co

— i to

co"

CD
CD

CD CM — CM CO

t~« in CD Tf rj-

co — in to co

to" cd" •*" co i-~-"

co o co m co
— co

CM r.

i>-

r~-

« ~°

•S ° £

O ^ JJ

o c O

V £

^ -g

c W

fa O

ex
s

•^

—

—
p

5
u

'tu

Efl

•J
Si

Ri
V

u
u

Ri
U

a
eu

3
U

Gfl

en rt

R! C
'« O

o
H

'eu

-
O

c
Ri

*c3
o
H

c/T

o u

2 &

c5i

OOO

cu
Si

-1

372

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966

t/3

G) O Ci CO
■* «D CO CD
CO CM CM Ol

•<*•

-f

■*

i — i

<T>

i>»

<T>

t£>

^ CO CO

co lo io
•* <y> o

CM CO -h
CO CM CO
CM CM LO

CT>
CO

QC
CM

o
co

z p4 §

w Ph td

§ Ph [VI

^ 0 £
«

E
o

en ■

■*

r>«

,— 1

-V

-i-

cr>

■*

<->
K

t-»

•-*

«
^

^_T

cm"

ee-

CO CM iO CO

O) CM 00 CO

CO O ^ •*

co" co" cr>" r>T

cm r~. o o o

lO CO iO o lO
CO O ^ lo CO

lo" ltT en" o" co"

CM CO O LO

— ' CO --• LO

_ CO o o
CD ^ CO CO
CM O CO

v « O,

<S •£ S

tf 0 W

- .X —

W ^ u

CC3 (J

c
o

'-£

S-c

<**

"3,

-a

wi •

■a.

:che
nses
ave

3 T3

w ° a

3 a

3 XI

5 3 £

*- 5 c
tx .2 •-

"55

- a^ •

(3 J3.

fi c
u .^.

C T3

a c

c
t3

ah H

W 0 5

.- 3

x! cq

T) _ ^3

c « s

<3 .y 3

« 3 T3

S J C

3 o kj

o u

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

373

r>»

t^-

CT>

— -1

-+•

a->

-+■

CM CO CT)

co m o

^h CD CO

r-" co" cm"

t- ID CN

O -<

r>."

cm"

cr>

t^-

■*

r^.'

— Tf

r» i^

t^ — •

' — '

— " Tf

m
y=7

(^ cm co m in

m m cm m -4"

co co i—i m m

—
0-,

J-l

■S

-3

3
u

S- Bj > U „ Ri ^

1 « «1 Is g?l

O. O *- rt .3 H .3 u

r* O V r- y, £ *£ ">

% £> £ S3 g o.S «

O 3 « -J *_, <U u rt

Ot«0 a < J Ph cc

Smithsonian Foreign Currency Program Grants

Awarded Fiscal Year 1966

Archeology and Related Disciplines

American Institute of Indian Studies, Philadelphia, Pa. To es-
tablish American Academy at Benares, India, an institution for
research in art history and archeology.

American Research Center in Egypt, Boston, Mass. To support a
program of research and excavation in Egypt: a, Excavation of the
early Medieval Arab town of Fustat; b, Excavation of a fortified
town in Nubia (Gebel Adda); c, Epigraphic and architectural
survey at Luxor; d, Excavation of a stratified Pharonic site at Mendes
in the Nile Delta; e, Field project for recording and preserving the
treasures of St. Catherine's Monastery, Mt. Sinai; f, Study of ancient
glass found at Fustat; g, Operation of Center facilities at Cairo;
h, Survey of opportunities for restoration of monuments and sites;
i, Excavation of ancient city of Hierakonpolis.

Brooklyn Museum. To support three projects: a, Construction of
scale models of Egyptian monuments, b, Study of ancient Egyptian
goldwork; c, Photographic survey of ancient sites.

Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, University of California,
Berkeley. To test utilization of cosmic rays to "x-ray" the Egyptian
pyramids in search of presently unknown chambers.

Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh Theological Seminary. To exca-
vate a Philistine city at Ashdod, Israel.

University of Colorado. To prepare a proposal to study prehistoric
archeological and paleontologic remains in Tunisia.

Jerusalem School of Archeology of the Hebrew Union College,
Cincinnati, Ohio. To excavate an archeological site at Gezer,
Israel, and to conduct a Summer Institute on Near Eastern Civiliza-
tions.

Institute for Advanced Study, Princeton, New Jersey. To study
and document Bronze and Iron age materials in Yugoslavia.

375

376 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — APPENDIX

Museum of Anthropology, University of Michigan. To develop
a program for research and training in prehistoric archeology in
Israel.

Curators of the University of Missouri. To investigate ancient
Phoenician glass manufacturing sites in Israel.

Institute of International Studies and Overseas Administration,
University of Oregon. To conduct research into the history of
ancient civilizations of Guinea.

University Museum, University of Pennsylvania. To excavate the
archeological site at Mohenjo-daro in the lower Indus Valley, Pak-
istan.

University Museum, University of Pennsylvania. To study remain-
ing stones of the Temple of Akhnaten at Luxor, Egypt.

Smithsonian Institution, Office of Anthropology. To study
ancient urban technology in Pakistan and India.

Southern Methodist University. To study prehistory of the area
around Sibaiya, Egypt.

Southern Methodist University. To complete excavations near
Tushka, Egypt, of an archeological site to be inundated by water
rising behind the Aswan Dam.

American Museum of Natural History, University of Washington,
Seattle. To study and excavate prehistoric and early historic
sites in East and West Pakistan.

Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University. To ex-
cavate the Oligocene and Miocene deposits of Egypt to enlarge
knowledge of the primitive ancestors of man in Egypt.

Publications of the Smithsonian Press
For the Tear Ended June 30, 1966

SMITHSONIAN SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS

NATURAL HISTORY

Flora of Japan, by Jisaburo Ohwi. ix-j- 1067 pp., 33 pis., 18 figs.
Publ. 4542, September 20, 1965. ($25.)

Gems in the Smithsonian Institution, by Paul E. Desautels. 74 pp.,
46 pis., 18 figs. Publ. 4608, December 14, 1965. ($1.25.)

The United States and the world ocean, by Lt. Comdr. Don Walsh,
USN. 28 pp., 13 pis. Publ. 4650, December 3, 1965. (25 cents.)

The Philippine Bureau of Science Monographic Publications on Fishes:
No. 1, Check-list of the species of fishes known from the Philippine
Archipelago, by David Starr Jordan and Robert Earl Richardson,
78 pp. 1910. No. 23, Gobies of the Philippines and the China
Sea, by Albert W. Herre, 352 pp., 1-30 pis., 6 figs., 1927. No. 24,
Pomacentridae of the Philippine Islands by Heraclio R. Montalban,
117 pp., 19 pis., 1927. September 1, 1965. (tfh fund reprint:
$5.50.)

SMITHSONIAN ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory star catalog. Four volumes,

unpaged. Publ. 4652, March 18, 1966. ($20.)
Lighthouse of the skies — The Smithsonian Observatory: Background

and history, 1846-1955, by Bessie Zaban Jones. 399 pp., 32 pis.

Publ. 4612, September 16, 1965. ($5.)

NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS

Roots of abstract art in America, 1910-1930; introd. by Adelyn D.

Breeskin. 93 pp., illustr. Publ. 4655, 1965. ($3.65.)
Frederic Edwin Church; preface by Richard P. Wunder. 86 pp.,

illustr. Publ. 4657, 1966. ($3.95.)
American landscape: A changing frontier; introd. by David W. Scott.

42 pp., illustr. Publ. 4671, 1966. ($2.25.)

377

378 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 APPENDIX

SMITHSONIAN TRAVELING EXHIBITION SERVICE

Early monuments and architecture of Ireland. 4 pp. Publ. 4642,

1965.
Durer and his time. 252 pp., illustr. Publ. 4647, 1965. ($4.25.)
Rugs from the Joseph V. McMullan collection. 57 pp., illustr. Publ.

4660, 1966. (SI. 50.)
Art treasures of Turkey, introductions by Rodney S. Young and

Richard Ettinghausen. 217 pp., illustr. Publ. 4663, 1966.

($3.65.)
Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service catalogue,

1966-1967. 60 pp., illustr. Publ. 4668, 1966.
New names in Latin American art, introduction by Jose Gomez-Sicre.

14 pp., illustr. Publ. 4672, 1966. (35 cents.)

HISTORY AND TECHNOLOGY

Meissen and other German porcelain in the Alfred Duane Pell collec-
tion, by Paul Vickers Gardner. 68 pp., illustr. Publ. 4256, 1966.

($2.)
American folk art from the Eleanor and Mabel Van Alstyne collection,

by Peter C. Welsh. 97 pp., 65 pis. Publ. 4615, 1965. ($3.)
The trotter in America Prints from the Harry T. Peters America on

stone lithography collection, Smithsonian Institution, by Peter C.

Welsh. 17 pp., 14 pis. Publ. 4637, August 16, 1965. (50 cents.)
Exterior inscriptions — Museum of History and Technology. 3 pp.

Publ. 4639, July 21, 1965.
The First Ladies hall, by Margaret W. Brown Klapthor. 14 pp., illustr.

Publ. 4640, September 6, 1965. (50 cents.)
The Dolls' house, by Faith Bradford. 29 pp., illustr. Publ. 4641,

September 28, 1965. (50 cents.)
The great design — two lectures on the Smithson bequest by John

Quincy Adams, edited, with an introduction, by Wilcomb E.

Washburn. 95 pp., 8 pis. Publ. 4643, September 16, 1965. ($5.)

AMERICAN HISTORICAL ASSOCIATION

Annual report of the American Historical Association for the year 1959.

Vol. II, Writings on American History, 1957. xv + 698 pp.

July 12, 1965.
Annual report of the American Historical Association for the year 1 964.

Vol. I, Proceedings, xxix + 83 pp. November 3, 1965.

MISCELLANEOUS

Brief guide to the museums in the Washington area. 39 pp., 31 pis.

Publ. 4528, September 27, 1965. (25 cents.)
Smithsonian research opportunities — science, fine arts, history, 1966—
1967. 64 pp. Publ. 4645, September 21, 1965. (50 cents.)

PUBLICATIONS OF SMITHSONIAN PRESS 379

Smithsonian publications 1848-1965. 16 pp. Publ. 4646, September
16, 1965.

SMITHSONIAN SERIES

Smithsonian Annual Reports
Smithsonian year 1965. 439 pp., illustr. Publ. 4648, January 27,

1966.
Annual report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution,
1964. xiii-f 553 pp. Publ. 4613, December 30, 1965.
The general appendix contained the following papers, which were
published separately (Publ. 4618-4636), as follows:
The quest for life beyond the earth, by Carl Sagan.
The secret of Stonehenge, by Gerald S. Hawkins.

The Smithsonian's satellite-tracking program: its history and organiza-
tion. Part 3, by Nelson Hayes.
How mountains are formed, by R. A. Lyttleton.
The future of oceanography, by Athelstan Spilhaus.
Search for the Thresher, by F. N. Spiess and A. E. Maxwell.
Recent events in relativity, by Milton A. Rothman.
The edge of science, by Sanborn C. Brown.
Anatomy of an experiment: An account of the discovery of the neutrino,

by Clyde L. Cowan.
Fracture of solids, by J. E. Field.

Man-made diamonds: A progress report, by C. G. Suits.
How do microbes "fix" nitrogen from the air? by D. J. D. Nicholas.
The unity of ecology, by F. Fraser Darling.
Venomous animals and their toxins, by Findlay E. Russell.
How insects work in groups, by John Sudd.
Our native termites, by Thomas E. Snyder.
The phenomenon of predation, by Paul L. Errington.
5,000 years of stone age culture in Borneo, by Tom Harrisson.
The emergence of the Plains Indian as the symbol of the North American
Indian, by John C. Ewers.

Smithsonian Contributions to Astrophysics
volume 8
9. Static diffusion models of the upper atmosphere with empirical
temperature profiles, by Luigi G. Jacchia. pp. 215-257, 4 figs.,
2 tab. December 27, 1965.

Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections
volume 148
6. Middle and late Turonian oysters of the Lopha lugubris group, by
Erie G. Kauffman. 92 pp., 8 pis., 18 figs. Publ. 4602, October 6,
1965.

380 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 APPENDIX

7. An account of the Astropysical Observatory of the Smithsonian

Institution, 1904-1953, by G. G. Abbot. 16 pp., 4 figs. Publ.
4656, February 24, 1966.

8. Forecasting from harmonic periods in precipitation, by C. G.

Abbot. 16 pp., 8 figs. Publ. 4659, March 23, 1966.

9. New Lower Cambrian trilobite faunule from the taconic sequence

of New York, by Franco Rasetti. 52 pp., 12 pis. Publ. 4662,
May 23, 1966.

VOLUME 149

4. An endocranial cast of the Bridger middle Eocene primate Smilo-

dectes gracilis, by C. Lewis Gazin. 14 pp., 2 pis. Publ. 4616, July 1,
1965.

5. Display patterns of tropical American "Nine-Primaried" songbirds.

IV. The yellow-rumped tanager, by M. Moynihan. 34 pp., 6
figs. Publ. 4644, January 27, 1966.

6. Echinoid distribution and habits, Key Largo coral reef preserve,

Florida, by Porter M. Kier and Richard E. Grant. 68 pp., 16 pis.,
15 figs. Publ. 4649, October 22, 1965.

7. Silicified Ordovician brachiopods from east-central Alaska, by

Reuben James Ross, Jr., and J. Thomas Dutro, Jr. 22 pp., 3 pis.,
1 fig. Publ. 4654, March 4, 1966.

8. Bartolome Bermejo's "Espiscopal Saint." A study in medieval

Spanish symbolism, by Herbert Friedmann. 21 pp., 11 pis. Publ.
4658, April 4, 1966.

9. A new Pliocene stork from Nebraska, by Lester L. Short, Jr. 1 1 pp.,

1 pi. Publ. 4661, May 26, 1966.

VOLUME 150

[Whole Volume.] The birds of the Republic of Panama. Part 1. —
Tinamidae (tinamous) to Rynchopidae (skimmers), by Alexander
Wetmore. 483 pp., 73 pis. Publ. 4617, December 27, 1965. ($6.)

VOLUME 151

1. Stringocephalus in the Devonian of Indiana, by G. Arthur Cooper and
Thomas Phelan. 20 pp., 5 pis., 2 figs. Publ. 4664, May 23, 1966.

4. Parapercis kamoharai (family Mugiloididae), a new fish from Japan
with notes on other species of the genus, by Leonard P. Schultz.
4 pp., 1 pi. Publ. 4669, May 18, 1966.

United States National Museum Bulletins
museum of natural history

202, vol. 3. Fishes of the Marshall and Marianas Islands, by Leonard
P. Schultz and collaborators: Loren P. Woods and Ernest A.
Lachner. vii+176 pp., 25 pis., 18 tab., 22 figs. March 9, 1966.

PUBLICATIONS OF SMITHSONIAN PRESS 381

246. Catalog of living whales, by Philip Hershkovitz. 259 pp. Feb-
ruary 28, 1966.

247, parts 1 and 2. Fossil marine mammals from the Miocene Calvert
formation of Maryland and Virginia, by Remington Kellogg. 63
pp., 32 pis., 31 figs. October 15, 1965.

MUSEUM OF HISTORY AND TECHNOLOGY

229. Contributions from the Museum of History and Technology:
Papers 31-33, on numismatics.

32. Numismatics: an ancient science — a survey of its history, by
Elvira Eliza Clain-Stefanelli. 102 pp., 47 figs. December 30,
1965.

33. Italian coin engravers since 1800, by Elvira Eliza Clain-
Stefanelli. 68 pp., 138 figs., December 13, 1965.

241. Contributions from the Museum of History and Technology:

Papers 45-51, on cultural history.

47. Presentation pieces in the Museum of History and Technology,
by Margaret Brown Klapthor. pp. 81-108, 22 figs. Sep-
tember 20, 1965.

49. Benjamin Latrobe and Dolley Madison decorate the White
House, 1809-1811, by Margaret Brown Klapthor. pp. 153-164,
10 figs. November 3, 1965.

51. Woodworking tools, 1600-1900, by Peter C. Welsh, pp. 177-
227, 66 figs. June 7, 1966.

245. Cincinnati locomotive builders, 1845-1868, by John H. White.
167 pp., 56 figs. December 30, 1965.

249. Contributions from the Museum of History and Technology:
Papers 52-58, on historic sites archeology.

52. Excavations at Clay Bank in Gloucester County, Virginia,
1962-1963, by Ivor Noel Hume. pp. 1-28, 16 figs. January
18, 1966.

53. Excavations at Tutter's Neck in James City County, Virginia,
1960-1961, by Ivor Noel Hume. pp. 29-72, 20 figs. June 3,
1966.

250. Contributions from the Museum of History and Technology:
Papers 59- , on cultural history.

61. Rembrandt's etching technique: An example, by Peter
Morse, pp. 93-108, 16 figs. May 4, 1966.

Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletins

194. Hidatsa social and ceremonial organization, by Alfred W. Bowers.
xii + 528 pp., 12 pis., 12 figs., 5 maps, 14 charts, 4 tab. 1965.

230-457—66 31

382 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 APPENDIX

195. The Ponca tribe, by James H. Howard, xii-f- 191 pp., 24 pis.,
8 figs., 1 map. 1965.

196. Anthropological papers, nos. 75-80. iii-j-470 pp., 4 pis., 14 figs.,
2 maps, 26 tab. 1966.

Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology

volume 1

[Whole volume.] Early formative period of coastal Ecuador: The
Valdivia and Machalilla phases, by Betty J. Meggers, Clifford
Evans, and Emilio Estrada. xxi-|-234 pp., 196 pis., 115 figs.,
30 tables. December 20, 1965.

Contributions from the National Herbarium

volume 32

Part 5. The American species of Ormosia (Leguminosae), by Velva E.
Rudd. pp. 279-384, 6 pis., 15 figs. September 17, 1965.

VOLUME 37

Part 2. Mosses of the Eastern Highlands, New Guinea, from the 6th
Archbold Expedition, 1959, by Edwin B. Bartram. pp. 1-66.
September 21, 1965.

Proceedings of the United States National Museum

VOLUME 1 1 6

Title page, table of contents and index, pp. v + 557-586. January
13, 1966.

VOLUME 1 1 7

3508. Microlepidoptera of Juan Fernandez Island, by J. F. Gates
Clarke, pp. 1-106, 1 pi, 111 figs. July 13, 1965.

3509. Neotropical Hemerobiidae in the United States National
Museum, by Waro Nakahara. pp. 107-122, 2 pis., 5 figs. July 30,
1965.

3510. Hermatobates, a new generic record for the Atlantic Ocean,
with descriptions of new species (Hemiptera: Gerridae), by Jon L.
Herring, pp. 123-130, 4 figs. July 6, 1965.

3511. Benthic polychaetous annelids from Bering, Chukchi, and
Beaufort Seas, by Donald J. Reish. pp. 131-158, 1 tab, 3 figs.
August 25, 1965.

PUBLICATIONS OF SMITHSONIAN PRESS 383

3512. Haustoriidae of New England (Crustacea: Amphipoda), by
E. L. Bousfield. pp. 159-240, 31 figs. August 17, 1965.

3513. Planktonic copepods from Bahia Fosforescente, Puerto Rico,
and adjacent waters, by Juan C. Gonzalez and Thomas E. Bowman,
pp. 241-304, 21 figs. August 24, 1965.

3514. Revision of the milliped genera Boraria and Gyalostethus
(Polydesmida: Xstodesmidae), by Richard L. Hoffman, pp. 305-
348, 26 figs. August 17, 1965.

3515. Revision of Diaperini of America north of Mexico with notes
on extralimital species (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae), by Charles A.
Triplehorn. pp. 349-458, 7 pis., 3 figs. November 16, 1965.

3516. Marine Amphipoda of Atolls in Micronesia, by J. Laurens
Barnard, pp. 459-552, 11 tab., 35 figs. December 14, 1965.

3517. Hedgehogs and shrews of Turkey, by Dale J. Osborn. pp. 553-
566, 4 figs. December 3, 1965.

3518. Systematic significance of breeding tubercles in fishes of the
family Percidae, by Bruce B. Collette. pp. 567-614, 3 tab., 7 figs.
December 7, 1965.

3519. Land snails of the genus Amphidromus from Thailand (Mollusca:
Pulmonata: Camaenidae), by Alan Solem. pp. 615-629, 2 pis.
December 3, 1965.

3520. A review of the genus Haimbrachia Dyar with descriptions of
new species (Lepidoptera: Crambidae), by Hahn W. Capps.
pp. 629-653, 6 figs. December 13, 1965.

3521. Genus Lexiphanes of America north of Mexico (Coleoptera:
Chrysomelidae), by Edward U. Balsbaugh, Jr. pp. 655-680, 8 figs.
January 18, 1966.

VOLUME 118

3522. Marine Amphipoda of the family Ampithoidae from southern
California, by J. Laurens Barnard, pp. 1-46, 28 figs. December
30, 1965.

3523. Species of Oedemeridae of the Big Bend region of Texas, by
Ross H. Arnett, Jr. pp. 47-55, 6 pis., 3 figs. December 17, 1965.

3524. Copepod crustaceans parasitic on elasmobranch fishes of the
Hawaiian Islands, by Alan G. Lewis, pp. 57-154, 40 figs. April
12, 1966.

3525. Revision of the Pilargidae (Annelida: Polychaeta), including
descriptions of new species, and redescription of the pelagic
Podarmus ploa Chamberlin (Polynoidae), by Marian H. Pettibone.
pp. 155-208, 26 figs. March 31, 1966.

3526. Descriptions and records of West Indian Cerambycidae (Cole-
optera), by John A. Chemsak. pp. 209-220. February 8, 1966.

384 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — APPENDIX

3527. Neotropical Microlepidoptera VII, new genus Pseudomeritastis
and its species (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae), by Nicholas S.
Obraztsov. pp. 221-232, 6 pis., 2 figs. February 23, 1966.

3528. More new galerucine bettles with excised middle tibiae in
the male, by Doris H. Blake, pp. 233-266, 35 figs. February
23, 1966.

3529. A review of the beetles of the genus Neobrotica and some closely
related genera, by Doris H. Blake, pp. 267-372, 16 figs. April
14, 1966.

3530. Notes on certain nearctic Trichoptera in the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology, by Oliver S. Flint, Jr. pp. 373-390, 4 figs.
February 23, 1966.

3531. Neotropical Microlepidoptera VIII, a review of the genus
Falculina with descriptions of new species (Lepidoptera: Steno-
midae), by W. Donald Duckworth, pp. 391-404, 1 pi., 5 figs.
February 10, 1966.

3532. A revision of the genus Furnaricola (Mallophaga) with descrip-
tions of new species, by M. A. Carriker, Jr. pp. 405-432, 31 figs.
March 9, 1966.

Members of the Smithsonian Council
June 30, 1966

Ralph E. Alston. Professor of Botany, University of Texas, Austin,
Texas. Born 1925. B.S. College of William and Mary, Ph. D.
University of Indiana, 1955. Author of Biochemical Systematics
(1963). Research interests include plant physiology and genetics.

H. Harvard Arnason. Vice President for Art Administration of the
Solomon R. Guggenheim Foundation, 1071 Fifth Avenue, New
York City. Born 1909. B.S. and A.M. Northwestern University,
M.F.A. Princeton University, 1939. Worked with O.W.I.
1942-1945 and the State Department, Office of International
Information and Cultural Affairs, 1945-1946; from 1947-1961
served as professor and chairman of the Department of Art at
the University of Minnesota; appointed to present position in
1961. Member of the Art in America editorial board as well as
many professional organizations. Author of numerous articles
on medieval and modern art, Modern Sculpture (1962), and
Conrad Marca-Relli (1962).

Whitfield J. Bell, Jr. Association Librarian, American Philo-
sophical Society, 105 South Fifth Street, Philadelphia, Penn-
sylvania. Born 1914. A.B. Dickinson College, Ph. D. University
of Pennsylvania, 1947. Associated with Dickinson College
1937-1954; assistant and then associate editor of the Papers
of Benjamin Franklin 1954-1961; and from 1961 Association
Librarian of APS. Editor of Bibliography of the History of Medicine
in the U.S. and Canada (1948-1953) and Mr. Franklin (with L. W.
Labaree) (1956). Author of Needs and Opportunities for Research
in the History of Early American Science ( 1 955) .

Fred R. Egg an. Professor of Anthropology, University of Chicago,
1126 East 59th Street, Chicago, Illinois. Born 1906. Ph. B.
University of Chicago, Ph. D. University of Chicago, 1933.
Has been with the University of Chicago since 1 934 (Chairman

385

386 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 APPENDIX

of the Department of Anthropology since 1961 and Director
of the Philippine Studies Program since 1953). Has served
as the U.S. official delegate to the Pacific Science Congresses
in Manila (1953), Bangkok (1957), and Honolulu (1961).
Research centers on the Indians of western United States and
the tribes of the Philippines. Author of Social Organization of
the Western Pueblos (1959). Editor of Social Anthropology of North
American Tribes (1937 and 1955).
Donald S. Farner. Chairman, Department of Zoology, University
of Washington, Seattle, Washington. Born 1915. B.A. Hamline
University, Ph. D. University of Wisconsin, 1941. With the
Washington State University 1947-1966 (Dean of the Graduate
School 1960-1966). Author of The Birds of Crater Lake National
Park (1952) and contributor to many scientific publications,
mainly on the subject of ornithology.
Anthony N. B. Garvan. Chairman, Department of American
Civilization, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsyl-
vania. Born 1917. B.A. and M.A. Yale University, Ph. D.
Yale University, 1948. Has been with the University of Pennsyl-
vania since 1951, except three years (1957-1960) as Head Curator
of the Department of Civil History at the Smithsonian Institution
(Chairman of the Department of American Civilization since
1960). Editor of the American Quarterly 1951-1957. Author of
Architecture and Town Planning in Colonial Connecticut (1951), Index
of American Cultures (1953).
G. Evelyn Hutchinson. Sterling Professor of Zoology, Yale University,
New Haven, Connecticut. Born 1903. University of Cam-
bridge. Has been at Yale since 1928. Author of The Clear
Mirror (1936), The Itinerant Ivory Tower (1953), A Treatise on
Limnology, vol. 1 (1957), A Preliminary List of the Writings of Rebecca
West 1912-1951 (1957), The Enchanted Voyage (1962), The Ecological
Theater and the Evolutionary Play (1965), and many scientific papers.
Studies lie in the fields of oceanography and limnology, ecology,
population biology, and biology in the development of literature
and the fine arts.
Clifford L. Lord. President, Hofstra University, Hempstead, Long-
Island, New York. Born 1912. A.B. and A.M. Amherst College,
Ph. D. Columbia University, 1943. Was Director of the New
York State Historical Association 1941-1946; organized the
Farmers' Museum in Cooperstown, New York, in 1942; Honorary
Director of Circus World Museum (Director 1955-58); Vice
President of the National Railroad Museum 1956 — ; Dean of the

MEMBERS OF SMITHSONIAN COUNCIL 387

School of General Studies and Professor of History at Columbia
University 1958-1965. Member of many historical associations.
Author of History of U.S. Naval Aviation (1949).

Charles D. Michener. Watkins Distinguished Professor of Entomol-
ogy, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. Born 1918.
B.S. University of California at Berkeley, Ph. D. University of
California at Berkeley, 1941. Has been with the University of
Kansas since 1948 (Watkins Distinguished Professor since 1959).
Served as State Entomologist 1949-1961. Author of American
Social Insects (with Mary H. Michener) (1951), Nest Architecture
of the Sweat Bees (with S. F. Sakagami) (1962), and approximately
200 technical works, mainly on bees. Work in taxonomy reflects
his interests in concepts of numerical taxonomy, behavior, and
ecology.

Peter M. Millman. National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa
2, Ontario, Canada. Born 1906. B.A. Toronto, Ph. D. Harvard
University, 1932. President of the Royal Astronomical Council
of Canada. A meteoritic specialist whose studies include those
of the upper atmosphere with planetary and space research; also
interested in the culture of Japan and international exchanges.

Robert Motherwell. 173 East 94th Street, New York City. Born
1915. A. B. Stanford University, 1937. A well-known artist who
has exhibited nationally and internationally and contributes to
American and foreign magazines. Editor of The Documents of
Modern Art 1944-1952.

Norman D. Newell. Chairman, Department of Fossil Invertebrates,
American Museum of Natural History, New York City. Born
1909. B.S. and A.M. University of Kansas, Ph. D. Yale Uni-
versity, 1933. Since 1945 has been a professor at Columbia
University as well as curator of invertebrate paleontology at the
American Museum of Natural History. Author of The Nature of
the Fossil Record (1959), Organism Communities and Bottom Fades,
Great Bahama Bank (1959) and is the organizer of the pelecypod
volume of the Treatise on Paleontology. Coeditor of the Journal of
Paleontology (1939-1942). Has visited all parts of North America,
Europe, Australia, and Asia in the study of the Permian of the
world. Other major field of interest is pelecypods.

Norman Holmes Pearson. Chairman of the Department of American
Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. Born 1909.
A.B. Yale University, Ph. D. Yale University, 1941. Has been
with Yale University since 1941 and in his present position since
1958. Editor of Complete Novels of Hawthorne (1937), The Oxford

388 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 APPENDIX

Anthology of American Literature (with W. R. Benet) (1938),
Walden (1948), Poets of the English Language (with W. H. Auden)
(1950), and The Pathfinder (1952).

Frederick Seitz. President, National Academy of Sciences, 2101
Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, D.C. Born 1911.
A.B. Leland Stanford Jr. University, Ph. D. Princeton, 1934.
Has taught physics at University of Rochester, University of
Pennsylvania, Carnegie Institute of Technology, and University
of Illinois (Head of Department of Physics 1957 — Dean of
Graduate College and Vice President for Research 1964—1965).
Was Chairman of Governing Board of the American Institute of
Physics 1954-1959. President, NAS since 1962. Author of
Modern Theory of Solids (1940), The Physics of Metals (1943).

Cyril Stanley Smith. Institute Professor, Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Born 1903. B.S. Uni-
versity of Birmingham, Sc. D. Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology, 1926. Has been with M.I.T. since 1945 (Institute
Professor since 1961). Was a member of the President's Science
Advisory Committee in 1959. Coauthor of Structure and Proper-
ties of Solid Surfaces (1953), Reaumur'' s Memoirs on Steel and Iron
(1956), Treatise on Divers Arts by Theophilus (1963). Author of
A History of Metallography (1960). A primary interest is the
historical interaction between science and technology, and he is
a frequent consultant to the Freer Gallery of Art and the Smith-
sonian Office of Anthropology.

John D. Spikes. College of Letters and Science, University of Utah,
Salt Lake City, Utah. Born 1918. B.S. California Institute of
Technology, Ph. D. California Institute of Technology, 1948.
Has been with the University of Utah since 1948 (except for a
period on leave as Cell Physiologist of the Division of Biology
and Medicine of the Atomic Energy Commission). Author of
numerous publications in scientific journals, bulletins, etc.
Major research is in biophysics, especially photobiology.

Stephen E. Toulmin. Department of the History and Philosophy of
Science, Brandeis University, Waltham, Massachusetts. Born
1922. B.A. King's College, Ph. D. King's College, 1948. Has
taught at Oxford, University of Melbourne, University of Leeds,
New York University, Stanford University, and Columbia
University, and from 1960-1966 was Director of the Nuffield
Foundation Unit for History of Ideas. Author of The Place of
Reason in Ethics (1950); The Philosophy of Science, an Introduction

MEMBERS OF SMITHSONIAN COUNCIL 389

(1953); Metaphysical Beliefs (author of one of three essays) (1957);
The Uses of Argument (1958); Foresight and Understanding (1961);
"The Ancestry of Science": vol. 1 {The Fabric of Heavens) (1961),
vol. 2 {The Architecture of Matter) (1962), vol. 3 {The Discovery of
Time) (1965); Night Sky at Rhodes (1963).

Appointments 1965-1966
Research Participation Programs

Post- Doctoral, Graduate, Undergraduate

POST-DOCTORAL RESEARCH ASSOCIATES

Ralph F. Baierlein, Harvard University: General relativistic analysis of

rotating astrophysical systems.
John H. Beaman, Michigan State University: Study of the alpine flora of

Mexico and Guatemala.
James H. Brewer, North Carolina College (Durham) : The Confederate Negro:

the ambivalent rebel in Virginia.
William A. Gosline, University of Hawaii: Classification and relationships of

perciform fishes.
Charles W. Harper, Jr., University College of Swansea (G.B.): Investigation

of Upper Ordovician, Silurian, and Devonian brachiopod collections in

USNM.
Henry J. Kauffman, Millersville State College (Pennsylvania): Development

of technology in America.
Peter B. Leavens, Harvard University: Mineralogy and geochemistry of the

Fe-Mn phosphates and the paragenesis of secondary phosphates in

pegmatites.
Frank J. S. Maturo, University of Florida: Systematic study of the Ectoprocta

collected by the Atlantic Continental Shelf and Slope Survey (Hudson

Canyon to Key West).
Robert H. McCorkell, University of Manitoba: Study of extraterrestrial

materials in sea sediments by means of cosmic ray produced radio-
isotopes.
Thornton L. Page, Wesleyan University: Evolution of galaxies.
Francesco Parenti, Universita degli studi di Milano: Effect of previous

photoperiodic treatment of leaves on biosynthetic capacity of isolated

chloroplasts.
Ladislav Sehnal, Astronomical Institute, Ondrejov, Czechoslovakia: Solar

radiation pressure effects in the motion of satellites.

391

392 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — APPENDIX

GRADUATE RESEARCH PARTICIPATION PROGRAMS

(*Denotes Pre-Doctoral Internship)

Susan E. Bratley, University of Michigan: Basic reorganization of the
National Collection of Fine Arts/National Portrait Gallery Library
morgue (separating subject material from artist and institution files,
and setting up an American portrait file).

Joseph C. Britton, Jr., Texas Christian University: Sorting, cataloguing,
and identifying a portion of material collected in conjunction with the
Indian Ocean Expedition in 1963. Collection contains some 2,400 lots
of mollusks representing 9143 specimens.

* Everett D. Cashatt, Catholic University of America: Continuation and
expansion of project on consolidation and rearrangement, according to
latest revisionary study, of USNM collection of N. A. Chrysauginae.
Also, distribution and taxonomy of Oidaemathophorus balanotes
Meyrick were examined, resulting in description of two new species.

Anthony G. Coates, University of the West Indies: Conducted studies on
Mesozoic Caribbean fossil collection, especially the coral fauna.

George T. Farmer, Jr., University of Cincinnati: Continuation of studies
begun in 1961, completing preparation of specimens and studying
techniques to be used in the systematic part of the study, which will follow.

Robert D. Gordon, North Dakota State University: Revision of the niger-
tenebrosus group of the genus Hydroporus (Coleoptera: Dytiscidae),
involving putting into practice the standard procedures of systematists
in the study of insect classification.

*Elizabeth M. Harris, University of Reading (G. B.) : Study, classification,
and cataloguing of the Division of Graphic Arts' collection of prints.

Sister Mary Victoria Hayden, St. Louis University: Survey of families of
seed plants represented on Barro Colorado Island, evaluation of her-
barium there and the system of filing used, study of the Rubiaceae,
microscope examination of seed coats of Psychotrieae, assistance in
observation of bees which frequent orchids.

Henry L. Hull, Georgetown University: Study of the objects in the collec-
tion of Captain P. V. H. Weems U.S.N, (retired), and an attempt to
gain information on the historical background of the collection's instru-
ments on navigation in general.

*Charles J. LaRue, Jr., University of Maryland: Variation and functional
interrelations of the major components of the bird skull.

Robert F. Magnus, Columbia University Teachers College: Assisted in
installing and removing various exhibits; assisted in aspects of paper
work involved in exhibitions; designed signs used in several exhibitions;
made up model of art hall to be used for useful visualization of future
exhibits.

Walker B. Moore, Jr., Howard University: Study of Eskimo and Aleut
juvenile skulls, involving suture closure and tooth eruption, and tabula-
tion of data on IBM processing cards.

RESEARCH PARTICIPATION PROGRAMS 393

*Eugene S. Morton, Cornell University: Ecology of avian sound; the forces
of the physical and biological environments selecting for or against
certain sound characteristics.

*Martin G. Naumann, University of Kansas: Investigation and observation
of wasps in the field; making descriptions of nests and analyses of nest
populations.

Dolores Newton, Harvard University: Assisted in research on the material
culture of the Seminole Indians of Florida; tabulated and organized
pictorial and photographic information to be used, and explored pos-
sibilities in categorizing design strips.

Osborn B. Nye, Jr., University of Cincinnati: Learned techniques involved
in thin sectioning cyclostome bryozoans, and defining specific problems
for future work.

Herbert H. Odom, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

F. Paul Prucha, S.J., Marquette University: Study of the origin, development
and use of the Indian Peace Medal in the United States.

* John R. Oppenheimer, University of Illinois: Ethology of Cabus capucinus.
*Carmen Perilliat, University of Mexico: Study of USNM's collection of

Miocene mollusks.

Patricia E. Putnam, Emory University: Identifying fern collections from
India, Mexico, Honduras, Michigan and Dominica; general herbarium
work, including refiling and demounting of returned specimens, labelling
and rearranging collections to conform with orders of genera in the fern
herbarium.

*Gary L. Ranck, University of Utah: Study of the rodents of Libya.

*Michael H. Robinson, University College of Swansea: Research and field
studies on insect antipredator behavior.

Lawrence E. Schaad, University of Illinois: Description of avian and mam-
malian quarantine procedures at the National Zoological Park to explain
procedures of keeping accurate records on medical condition of accessions
of these species from all over the world; feeding routines, exams for
parasitic infestation, medication for control of observed parasites, and
preparation for conditions other than those caused by parasites.

Kenneth W. Shipps, Yale University: Inquiry into the development and
prevalence of political campaign music in the U.S. from earliest traces in
Jefferson's campaign through 1860.

Harold K. Skramstad, Jr., George Washington University: Devising system
for organizing, describing, and storing the archival and manuscript
collections of the Division of Mechanical and Civil Engineering; preparing
illustrated booklet on the archival collections; working out a system of
archival control, which might be adaptable to future acquistions.

* Nicholas D. Smythe, University of Maryland: Reconnaissance of habitat

and population density in order to establish basic data on ecology of the
Agouta.
Betty I. Strauss, University of Delaware: Iconography of George Washington.

* William L. Taylor, Brown University: Traced growth and development of

the port of Baltimore; analyzed evolution of the size and types of ships

394 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — APPENDIX

employed in trade and commerce; began dissertation on the gradual
domination during latter half of 19th and early 20th centuries of coastwise
steamship lines along the New England coast by the railroads of New
England.
Jane C. Wheeler, Cambridge University: Prehistoric hunting patterns in the
Iranian paleolithic sites.

UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH PARTICIPATION PROGRAM

Diane H. Alexander, University of Maryland: Identification by fiber content
and basic weave of a large collection of fabrics collected by U.S. con-
sulates from various countries during the late 19th and early 20th
centuries, for the organization of a fabric sample file by country.

Ronald A. Anderson, Ferris State College: Fitting additional families into the
zocae key as a supplement to D. I. Williams (1957) key, which covered
approximately 13 families including all major sections of Decapoda.

Oran W. Atkinson, Howard University: Bibliographical research, measure-
ment, and study of skeletal elements associated with hind limbs in
different genera, specimen sorting, and classifying specimens for pur-
poses of recording information on punch card files.

Colles A. Baxter, Wheaton College: Verifying information and making out
reference cards, carrying out preliminary research on various collections
or paintings and labeling photographs and furniture.

Denton F. Blair, Yale University: Assembling, preparing, and organizing
various collections and paintings for storage or exhibit, with particular
attention given to the Gellatly Collection.

Daniel C. Church, Yale University: Study of the manifestations of the
American romantic movement in objects of material culture in connec-
tion with the Gothic and Italianate revivals.

The A B. Comins, Bennington College: Helping to prepare catalogue for
Turkish exhibition; cataloguing new acquisitions; augmenting previous
catalogue entries.

William D. Crosby, Jr., Yale University: Collecting parts of the story of the
history of rocketry through the year 1945 and compiling an outline and
analysis on the historical events. Assisted in taking inventory of the
Silver Hill warehouse facilities, including the identification and catalogu-
ing of pieces in this collection.

Barbara B. Davenport, Bennington College: Preparing specimens for exhibit;
research pertaining to ceramic imports into the U.S., 1800-1825;
mounting slides.

Arthur B. Davis, North Carolina State University: Work in the quantitative
analysis laboratory involving standard quantitative preparations and
procedures; running emission spectograph for qualitative analyses and
spectrophotometer for quantitative analyses: maintenance of meteorite
reference-filing system.

Carolyn R. Fawcett, Radcliffe College: Transcribing and translating from the
notebook of Lorenzo della Volpaia, a contemporary of Cellini, da

RESEARCH PARTICIPATION PROGRAMS 395

Vinci, and Poliziano, with particular attention to the planetary clock
and scientific instruments designed and executed by della Volpaia.

Jack B. Fisher, Cornell University: Field assistant in the Bredin-Archbold-
Smithsonian Biological Survey of Dominica; in the Botany Herbarium,
identified pressed material collected on Dominica last year and made
keys to genera and species for those families identified.

Madeline E. Gerken, Cornell University: Work on the extraction of phyto-
chrome from green plants.

Daniel D. Gibson, University of Alaska: In cooperation with the Oceano-
graphic Sorting Center and the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, con-
ducted study of seabird habits based on material on hand in the Division
of Birds from four Atlantic cruises, including one made by the participant.

Jerold L. Grashoff, Michigan State University: Comparative anatomical
study of olyroid grasses.

Robert K. Hitch, University of Tennessee: Typing Antarctic plankton down
to genus and making up a reference sample for the Lamont Geological
Laboratory.

Judith A. Holland, Pennsylvania State University: Work on the classification
of the family Scarabaeidae of North America.

Richard S. Hopkins, Harvard College: Work on reclassification of the mineral
study collection according to the seventh edition of Dana's "System of
Mineralogy" and addition to the existing files of new x-ray standards
of absolute accuracy, in large part for those same minerals that were being
reclassified.

Dee Anne F. Houston, George Washington University: Analysis of living
reef-associated Bivalvia and their reflection in fossil reef assemblages.

Marilyn R. Johnstone, Bard College: An evaluation of the journals of Charles
D. Walcott, 1870-1921.

Joyce A. Keener, Bennington College: Helping to organize two print collec-
tions; outlining a procedure for identifying engravings and other graphic
works according to media.

Richard H. Kessin, Yale University: Work on the isolation of RNA poly-
phosphates.

Saul J. Krotki, University of Utah: Engaged in x-ray crystallographic analysis
of garnet.

Mary F. Kundahl, George Washington University: Research on the Hans
Zyz Collection of 18th century Oriental and European porcelain;
involved revision of the Collection Catalogue, expansion of the catalogue
files, and assistance in processes necessary for displaying the collection.

Richard S. Laub, Queens College, University of the City of New York:
Study of morphological variations found in horizontal and vertical
trending populations of the fossil coral Turbinolia pharetra.

Barbara M. K. Lawrence, Bennington College: Compiled photofile books for
exhibitions; checked photographs in former Bureau of Ethnology files
against their negatives to determine if negatives could still be printed or
were still extant, or properly catalogued.

396 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — APPENDIX

Jeffrey A. Levy, Bard College: Morphometric study of copepoda ectoparasitic
on sharks.

James A. McKenney, University of Maryland: Participated in initiation of
proposed Smithsonian catalogue of the Neotropical Squamata, confining
work to literature available on lizards known to occur south of Mexico.

Russell B. Merrill, University of Kansas: Assisting in the illustration, descrip-
tion, and population analysis of part of the ostracode fauna of the
western Indian Ocean.

Susan E. Mintz, Bennington College: Learning techniques of conservation and
preservation of ethnological and archeological specimens.

Maria C. Novoa, Mount Marty College (South Dakota): Studying evolu-
tionary trends of asteroids.

Martha S. Ray, University of Connecticut: Research on distinguishing
between mysids and euphausids.

Charlotte Rundles, Duke University: Engaged in anatomical research on
the freshwater mollusks of Thailand, some of which are of medical im-
portance. Reassigned: Study of the cranial and facial measurements of
Eskimo and Aleutian children.

Stephen L. Schilling, College of William and Mary: Compiling an annotated
bibliography on animal-sediment relationships, writing a report on
benthic animals found in marine sediments, and assisting in setting up
the Division of Sedimentology.

Elizabeth E. Scull, Bennington College: Survey of National Collection of
Fine Arts' American art paintings suitable for exhibit; initiating survey of
American art course offerings in U.S.

Christiane E. Seidenschnur, Michigan State University: Study and prepara-
tion of a large collection of Virginia-Maryland plants for deposit in the
National Herbarium and distribution as exchange.

Priscilla A. Sherwin, Pomona College: Vascularization of aroid flowers,
of which the Department has a large collection, preserved following
collecting trips.

Dorman H. Smith, University of California: Carrying out preliminary research
on instruments in the collection, then cataloguing and storing them;
research and presentation of a paper to the Division staff on enharmonic
keyboard instruments.

Shari B. Taylor, Wheaton College (Massachusetts): Studying the Jurassic
Formaninifera of the western interior of the United States. Reas-
signed: Study of the size of Wilson's petrel related to its geographic distri-
bution.

Staff of the Smithsonian Institution

June 30, 1966

Office of the Secretary

Office of the Assistant Secre-
tary (Administration)

Office of the Assistant Secre-
tary (Science)

Fine Arts Special Project
Office of Education and

Training
Office of International

Activities
General Counsel
Public Information
Smithsonian Press
Smithsonian Libraries

Smithsonian Museum Service
Smithsonian Associates

Fiscal

Organization and Methods
Programming and Budget
Contracts
Internal Audit
Information Systems

Theodore W. Taylor, Assistant to the Secre-
tary

Philip G. Ritterbush, Special Assistant to the
Secretary

Robert W. Mason, Executive Assistant

Robert N. Cunningham, Development Officer

Samuel T. Suratt, Archivist

John Whitelaw, Executive Assistant

Otis O. Martin, Financial Management
Adviser

Harry Hyman, Special Assistant for Science
Resources Planning

Michael A. Stahl, Administrative Officer

Thomas M. Beggs

Charles Blitzer, Director

William W. Warner, Director

Peter G. Powers

B. Richard Berg, Director

Anders Richter, Director

Mrs. Mary A. Huffer, Acting Director

Ruth E. Blanchard, Library of Congress
Liaison

Meredith Johnson, Acting Director

G. Carroll Lindsay, Acting Executive Secre-
tary

Mrs. Lisa M. Suter, Program Manager

Mrs. Betty J. Morgan, Assistant Treasurer

Ernest A. Berger, Assistant Treasurer

Mrs. Ann S. Campbell, Director

Edward H. Kohn, Director

Eld ridge O. Hurlbut, Contracting Officer

Douglas R. Martin

Nicholas J. Suszynski, Director

397

230-457 — 66-

-32

398

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — APPENDIX

Personnel

Buildings Management
Supply
Photographic Services

J. A. Kennedy, Director
Andrew F. Michaels, Jr., Director
Fred G. Barwick, Chief
O. H. Greeson, Chief

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

Director

Registrar

Office of Exhibits

Natural History Laboratory

History and Technology

Laboratory
Exhibits Labels Editor
Conservation Research Labora-
tory
Traveling Exhibition Service

Exhibits Coordinators

Frank A. Taylor

Helena M. Weiss

John E. Anglim, Chief

A. Gilbert Wright, Assistant Chief

Julius Tretick, Production Supervisor

Benjamin W. Lawless, Chief

William M. Clark, Jr., Production Supervisor

George Weiner

Charles H. Olin, Chief

Mrs. Jacqueline S. Olin, Chemist

Mrs. Dorothy Van Arsdale, Chief

Mrs. Nancy Curtis Padnos, Assistant Chief

Frances P. Smyth, Mrs. Erika Passantino,

Barboura C. Flues, Mrs. Jean Taylor,

Mrs. Genie Rice

MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

Director

Deputy Director

Assistant Director for Oceanog-
raphy and Limnology
Smithsonian Oceanographic
Sorting Center

Assistant Director for Ecology
Research Biologist

Special Assistant for Tropical
Biology

Director, Chesapeake Bay
Field Station

Administrative Officer

Smithsonian Office of
Anthropology

Cultural Anthropology

Richard S. Cowan
Donald F. Squires
I. Eugene Wallen

H. Adair Fehlmann

Helmut K. Buechner

Lee M. Talbot

F. Raymond Fosberg

Kyle R. Barbehenn

Mrs. Mabel A. Byrd
Richard B. Woodbury, Chairman
T. Dale Stewart, Senior Scientist
Waldo R. Wedel, Senior Scientist
John C. Ewers, Senior Scientist
Henry B. Collins, Senior Scientist
Mrs. M. Blaker, Archivist
Joseph Andrews, Exhibit Specialist
Saul H. Riesenberg, Curator in Charge
Gordon D. Gibson, Associate Curator

STAFF

399

Physical Anthropology

River Basin Surveys
Vertebrate ^oology

Fishes

Reptiles and Amphibians
Birds

Mammals
Invertebrate ^oology

Crustacea

Echinoderms
Worms

Mollusks

Entomology

Neuropteroids

Eugene I. Knez, Associate Curator
Clifford Evans, Jr., Curator
William H. Crocker, Associate Curator
Gus W. Van Beek, Associate Curator
Kent V. Flannery, Associate Curator
William C. Sturtevant, Associate Curator
Robert M. Laughlin, Associate Curator
J. Lawrence Angel, Curator in Charge
Lucile E. Hoyme, Associate Curator
Robert L. Stephenson, Anthropologist
Philip S. Humphrey, Chairman
Leonard P. Schultz, Senior Scientist
Ernest A. Lachner, Curator in Charge
Victor G. Springer, Associate Curator
William R. Taylor, Associate Curator
Stanley H. Weitzman, Associate Curator
Robert H. Gibbs, Jr., Associate Curator
Doris M. Cochran, Curator in Charge
James A. Peters, Associate Curator
George E. Watson, Curator in Charge
Richard L. Zusi, Associate Curator
Paul Slud, Associate Curator
Charles O. Handley, Jr., Curator in Charge
Henry W. Setzer, Associate Curator
David H. Johnson, Research Curator
Joseph Rosewater, Acting Chairman
Fenner A. Chace, Jr., Senior Scientist
Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., Senior Scientist
Joseph Britton, Systematic Zoologist
Raymond B. Manning, Curator in Charge
Thomas E. Bowman, Associate Curator
J. Laurens Barnard, Associate Curator
Louis S. Kornicker, Associate Curator
Roger F. Cressey, Jr., Associate Curator
David L. Pawson, Curator in Charge
Klaus Rutzler, Associate Curator
Meredith L. Jones, Curator in Charge
Marian H. Pettibone, Associate Curator
W. Duane Hope, Associate Curator
Mary E. Rice, Associate Curator
Joseph Rosewater, Curator in Charge
Joseph P. E. Morrison, Associate Curator
Harald A. Rehder, Research Curator
Karl V. Krombein, Chairman
J. F. Gates Clarke, Senior Scientist
Oliver S. Flint, Jr., Curator in Charge

400

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 APPENDIX

Lepidoptera

Coleoptera

Hemiptera

Myriapoda and Arachnida
Botany

Phanerogams

Ferns

Grasses
Cryptogams

Plant Anatomy
Fungi

Paleobiology

Invertebrate Paleontology

Vertebrate Paleontology

Donald R. Davis, Curator in Charge
W. Donald Duckworth, Associate Curator
William D. Field, Associate Curator
Oscar L. Cartwright, Curator in Charge
Paul J. Spangler, Associate Curator
Richard C. Froeschner, Curator in Charge
Ralph E. Crabill, Jr., Curator in Charge
William L. Stern, Chairman
Lyman B. Smith, Senior Scientist
John J. Wurdack, Curator in Charge
Wallace R. Ernst, Associate Curator
Dan H. Nicolson, Associate Curator
Velva E. Rudd, Associate Curator
Stanwyn G. Shetler, Associate Curator
Conrad V. Morton, Curator in Charge
David B. Lellinger, Associate Curator
Thomas R. Soderstrom, Curator in Charge
Mason E. Hale, Jr., Curator in Charge
E. Yale Dawson, Curator*
Paul S. Conger, Associate Curator
Harold E. Robinson, Associate Curator
William L. Stern, Acting Curator in Charge
Richard H. Eyde, Associate Curator
Chester R. Benjamin, Honorary Curator
John A. Stevenson, Honorary Curator
John L. Cunningham, Honorary Curator
Marie L. Farr, Honorary Curator
Paul Lewis Lentz, Honorary Curator
Francis A. Uecker, Honorary Curator
G. Arthur Cooper, Chairman
Richard S. Boardman, Curator in Charge
Porter M. Kier, Associate Curator
Richard Cifelli, Associate Curator
Erle G. Kauffman, Associate Curator
Martin A. Buzas, Associate Curator
Richard M. Benson, Associate Curator
Kenneth M. Towe, Associate Curator
Thomas R. Waller, Associate Curator
Richard A. Robison, Associate Curator
C. Lewis Gazin, Curator in Charge
David H. Dunkle, Associate Curator
Nicholas Hotton III, Associate Curator
Clayton E. Ray, Associate Curator

*Deceased June 23, 1966.

STAFF

401

Paleobotany

Sedimentology
Mineral Sciences
Meteorites

Mineralogy
Petrology

Francis M. Hueber, Curator in Charge
Walter H. Adey, Associate Curator
Jack W. Pierce, Curator in Charge
George S. Switzer, Chairman
Kurt Fredriksson, Curator in Charge
Edward P. Henderson, Curator
Roy S. Clarke, Jr., Chemist
Paul E.Desautels, Associate Curator in Charge
William G. Melson, Associate Curator in
Charge

Director

Assistant Director
Office of the Director

Associates in Ecology

NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK
T. H. Reed
John Perry,

Travis E. Fauntleroy, Assistant to the Direc-
tor
John Eisenberg, Resident Scientist
Donald R. Dietlein, Manager of the Animal

Department
Clinton W. Gray, Veterinarian
Marian P. McCrane, Zoologist
Helmut K. Buechner, Lee M. Talbot

SMITHSONIAN TROPICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE

Director Martin H. Moynihan

Biologists Robert L. Dressler, A. Stanley Rand, Neal

G. Smith

RADIATION BIOLOGY LABORATORY

Director William H. Klein

Assistant Director Walter A. Shropshire, Jr.

Biochemists David L. Correll, Maurice M. Margulies,

Francesco Parenti, Robert L. Weintraub

Cytogeneticist Te-Hsiu Ma

Geochemist Austin Long

Physicist Bernard Goldberg

Plant Physiologists Victor B. Elstad, Bernard Nebel, Leonard

Price

Electronic Engineer Junius H. Harrison

Instrument Engineering Darnel G. Talbert
Technician

402

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 APPENDIX

ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

Director Fred L. Whipple

Assistant Director (Science) Charles A. Lundquist

Assistant Director (Management) Carlton W. Tillinghast

Scientific Staff

Consultants

Research Associates

Leendert Aardoom, Eugene H. Avrett,
Nathaniel P. Carleton, Willard R. Chap-
pell, Giuseppe Colombo, Matthias F. Co-
merford, Allan F. Cook, Robert J. Davis,
James C. deFelice, Charles H. Dugan,
Giovanni G. Fazio, Edward L. Fireman,
Enrichetta E. Forti, Giuseppe Forti,
Fred A. Franklin, Manfred P. Friedman,
Edward M. Gaposchkin, Owen J. Ginge-
rich, Antanas Girnius, Mario D. Grossi,
Salah E. Hamid, Gerald S. Hawkins,
Henry F. Helmken, Paul W. Hodge,
William M. Irvine, Luigi G. Jacchia,
Wolfgang Kalkofen, Walter J. Kohn-
lein, Yoshihide Kozai, Myron Lecar,
Anthony R. Lee, Carlton G. Lehr,
A. Edward Lilley, Brian G. Marsden,
Ursula B. Marvin, Richard E. McCrosky,
Jean Meffroy, Donald H. Menzel, Henri
E. Mitler, Robert W. Noyes, Costas
Papaliolios, Cecilia H. Payne-Gaposchkin,
Douglas T. Pitman, James B. Pollack,
Annette G. Posen, George B. Rybicki,
Carl Sagan, Jack W. Slowey, Leonard
H. Solomon, Richard B. Southworth,
Stephen E. Strom, David Tilles, Sachiko
Tsuruta, Chi- Yuen Wang, Charles A.
Whitney, John A. Wood, Frances W.
Wright, James P. Wright.

Giorgio Fiocco, Yusuke Hagihara, David
G. Hummer, William M. Kaula, Colin
S. L. Keay, Czeslaw P. Kentzer, Irving
Michelson, Eduardo O. Patino, A. E.
Ringwood, Juan Roderer, Winfield W.
Salisbury, Mario R. Schaffner, William
E. Strange, Bhuwan M. Tripathy, Fran-
cis X. Tuoti, George Veis

Ralph F. Baierlein, Robert H. McCorkell,
Thornton L. Page, Ladislav Sehnal

STAFF

Central Bureau for Satellite Jan Rolff, Executive Director

Geodesy
Central Bureau for Astronomical Owen J. Gingerich, Director

Telegrams

403

SCIENCE INFORMATION EXCHANGE

Director

Deputy Director
Associate Directors

Executive Officer

Monroe E. Freeman

David F. Hersey

Willis R. Foster, Life Sciences

Frank J. Kreysa, Physical Sciences

Harvey Marron, Operations

V. P. Verfuerth

MUSEUM OF HISTORY AND TECHNOLOGY

Director

Assistant Director
Liaison Editor
Administrative Officer
Science and Technology

Physical Sciences

Mechanical and Civil
Engineering

Electricity
Transportation

Medical Sciences

Robert P. Multhauf

Silvio A. Bedini

Roger Pineau

Virginia Beets

Walter F. Cannon, Chairman

Mrs. Deborah J. Warner, Assistant Curator

Walter F. Cannon, Acting Curator; in charge
of Sections of Astronomy, Chemistry, Mete-
orology, and Physics

Uta C. Merzbach, Associate Curator, Sec-
tions of Mathematics and Antique Instru-
ments

Robert M. Vogel, Associate Curator in
Charge; Sections of Heavy Machinery and
Civil Engineering

Edwin A. Battison, Associate Curator; Sec-
tions of Light Machinery and Horology

Monte A. Calvert, Associate Curator, Sec-
tion of Tools

Bernard S. Finn, Curator

Howard I. Chapelle, Curator

Melvin H. Jackson, Associate Curator, Section
of Marine Transportation

John H. White, Jr., Associate Curator, Sec-
tion of Land Transportation

Sami K. Hamarneh, Curator; in charge of
Sections of Medical and Dental Histoiy and
Pharmaceutical History and Health

404

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — APPENDIX

Arts and Manufactures

Manufactures and Heavy

Industries
Agriculture and Forest

Products
Textiles

Ceramics and Glass

Graphic Arts

Civil History

Political History

Cultural History

Philately and Postal History
Numismatics

Armed Forces History
Military History

Naval History

American Studies

Growth of the United States

Philip W. Bishop, Chairman
Philip W. Bishop, Acting Curator
John N. Hoffman, Associate Curator
John T. Schlebecker, Curator

Mrs. Grace Rogers Cooper, Curator

Rita J. Adrosko, Associate Curator

Paul V. Gardner, Curator

J. Jefferson Miller II, Associate Curator

Jacob Kainen, Curator

Peter Morse, Associate Curator

Eugene Ostroff, Associate Curator; Section

of Photography
Richard H. Howland, Chairman
Keith E. Melder, Associate Curator in Charge
Mrs. Margaret B. Klapthor, Associate

Curator
Mrs. Anne W. Murray, Associate Curator
Herbert R. Collins, Assistant Curator
Mrs. Claudia B. Kidwell, Assistant Curator
C. Malcolm Watkins, Curator
Richard E. Ahlborn, Associate Curator
John T. Fesperman, Jr., Concert Director
Mrs. Cynthia A. Hoover, Associate Curator
Rodris C. Roth, Associate Curator
Carl H. Scheele, Associate Curator in Charge
Vladimir Clain-Stefanelli, Curator
Mrs. Elvira Clain-Stefanelli, Associate

Curator
Mendel L. Peterson, Chairman
Edgar M. Howell, Curator
Craddock R. Goins, Jr., Associate Curator
Philip K. Lundeberg, Curator
Wilcomb E. Washburn, Chairman
Peter C. Welsh, Curator
Ann Castrodale, Assistant Curator

NATIONAL AIR AND SPACE MUSEUM

Director

Assistant Director {Astro-
nautics)

Assistant Director {Education
and Information)

Visual Information Officer

S. Paul Johnston
Frederick G. Durant

Paul E. Garber

James A. Mahoney

STAFF

405

Flight Craft
Flight Materiel
Flight Propulsion
Presentation and Restoration

Louis C. Casey, Curator in Charge
Kenneth E. Newland, Curator in Charge
Robert B. Meyer, Curator in Charge
Walter M. Male, Facilities Manager

NATIONAL ARMED FORCES MUSEUM ADVISORY BOARD

Director

Assistant Director
Museum Specialist
Advisory Board
Members

Ex Officio

Col. John H. Magruder III

James S. Hutchins

Col. Robert M. Calland

John Nicholas Brown, Chairman

Chief Justice of the United States, Secre-
tary of Army, Secretary of Navy,
Secretary of Air Force, David Lloyd
Kreeger, Henry Bradford Washburn,
Jr., William H. Perkins, Jr., James H.
Cassell, Jr.

Secretary of Defense, Secretary of the
Smithsonian Institution

FREER GALLERY OF ART

Director

Assistant Director

Head Curator {Near Eastern

Art)
Associate Curator {Chinese Art)
Head, Technical Laboratory

John A. Pope
Harold P. Stern
Richard Ettinghausen

William Trousdale
Rutherford J. Gettens

NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS

Director

Assistant to the Director
Assistant for Special Services
Special Consultants {Art)

Curator {Painting and Sculp-
ture)

Curator {Exhibits)

Curator {Information and
Lending)

Chief, International Art Pro-

gram

Librarian

David W. Scott

Donald R. McClelland

John Latham

Mrs. Adelyn Dohme Breeskin, Stefan P.

Mu.NSING

Richard P. Wunder

Harry Lowe
Rowland Lyon*

Lois Bingham

William Walker

*Deceased October 21 1966.

406

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — APPENDIX

Administrative Officers
Smithsonian Art Commission

Members

Members Emeritus

Harry W. Zichterman, Mrs. Louise VV.

Robinson
Edgar P. Richardson, Chairman
Gilmore D. Clarke, Vice Chairman
S. Dillon Ripley, Secretary
Page Cross, David E. Finley, Lloyd Good

rich, Walker Hancock, Bartlett H.

Hayes, Jr., Wilmarth S. Lewis, Henry P.

McIlhenny, Paul Mellon, Ogden M.

Pleissner, Charles H. Sawyer, Stow

Wengenroth, Andrew Wyeth
Leonard Carmichael, Alexander Wetmore

Director

Historian

Curator

Assistant Historian

Librarian

Design Consultant

Assistants

Commission

Ex Officio

NATIONAL PORTRAIT GALLERY

Charles Nagel
Daniel J. Reed
Robert G. Stewart
Mrs. Virginia Purdy
William Walker
Victor Proetz

Mrs. Genevieve A. Kennedy, Museum Special-
ist
Mrs. Marcia Simon, Research Assistant
Mrs. Pamela Christoffel, Research Assistant
Lewis T. McInnis, Museum Technician
John Nicholas Brown, Chairman, Catherine
Drinker Bowen, Julian P. Boyd, Lewis
Deschler, David E. Finley, Edgar P.
Richardson, Wilmarth Sheldon Lewis,
Richard H. Shryock, Col. Frederick P.
Todd
Chief Justice of the United States
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution
Director, National Gallery of Art

NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART

Trustees

Earl Warren, Chief Justice of the United
States, Chairman

Dean Rusk, Secretary of State

Henry H. Fowler, Secretary of the Treasury

S. Dillon Ripley, Secretary of the Smith-
sonian Institution

Paul Mellon, John Hay Whitney, John N.
Irwin II, Lessing J. Rosenwald, Franklin
D. Murphy

STAFF 407

President Paul Mellon

Vice President John Hay Whitney

Secretary-Treasurer Ernest R. Feidler

Director John Walker

Administrator E. James Adams

General Counsel Ernest R. Feidler

Chief Curator Perry B. Cott

Assistant Director J. Carter Brown

JOHN F. KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS

Chairman Roger L. Stevens

Officers Robert O. Anderson, Vice Chairman

Sol M. Linowitz, Vice Chairman
Ralph E. Becker, General Counsel
Daniel W. Bell, Treasurer
K. LeMoyne Billings, Secretary
Philip J. Mullin, Assistant Secretary and

Administrative Officer
Herbert D. Lawson, Assistant Treasurer
Kenneth Birgfeld, Assistant Treasurer
Paul Seltzer, Assistant Treasurer
L. Corrin Strong, Chairman Emeritus

INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE SERVICE

Chief J. A. Collins

Honorary Smithsonian Fellows, Associates, Collaborators,
Custodians of Collections, and Honorary Curators

NATURAL SCIENCES

Anthropology John M. Campbell (Archeology), Sister Inez

Hilger (Ethnology), C. G. Holland (Arche-
ology), Neil M. Judd (Archeology), Olga
Linares de Sapir (Archeology), Betty J.
Meggers (Archeology), Frank H. H. Rob-
erts, Jr. (Archeology),* Matthew W.
Stirling (Archeology), William J. Tobin
(Physical Anthropology), Douglas Taylor
(Ethnology), Theodore A. Wertime (Arche-
ology), Nathalie F. S. Woodbury (Arche-
ology)

*Deceased February 23, 1966.

408

SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 APPENDIX

Vertebrate ^oology

Invertebrate ^oology

Entomology

Botany

Paleobiology

Mineral Sciences

John W. Aldrich (Birds), Oliver L. Austin,
Jr. (Birds), Leonard Carmichael (Psychol-
ogy and Animal Behavior), Herbert G.
Deign an (Birds), Robert W. Ficken (Birds),
Herbert Friedmann (Birds), Laurence
Irving (Birds), E. V. Komarek (Mammals),
Richard H. Manville (Mammals),
Edgardo Mondolfi (Mammals), Robert
B. Paine (Birds), Michael Palmieri (Birds),
Dioscoro S. Rabor (Birds), Lester L.
Short (Birds), Alexander Wetmore
(Birds), John G. Williams (Birds)

Willard W. Becklund (Helminthology),
J. Bruce Bredin (Biology), Maybelle H.
Chitwood (Worms), Ailsa M. Clark
(Marine Invertebrates), Elisabeth Deich-
mann (Echinoderms), Waldo L. Schmitt
(Marine Invertebrates), Frank R. Schwen-
gel (Mollusks), Gilbert L. Voss (Mollusks),
Mrs. Mildred Stratton Wilson (Copepod
Crustacea)

William H. Anderson (Coleoptera), Doris H.
Blake (Coleoptera), Frank L. Campbell
(Insect Physiology), Domiciano Dias
(Insect Ecology), K. C. Emerson (Malloph-
aga), Frank M. Hull (Diptera), William
L. Jellison (Siphonaptera, Anoplura), Carl
F. W. Muesebeck (Hymenoptera), Thomas
E. Snyder (Isoptera), Robert Traub
(Siphonaptera)

Jose Cuatrecasas (Flora of Tropical South
America), Elbert L. Little, Jr. (Den-
drology), Floyd A. McClure (Bamboos),
Kittie F. Parker (Compositae), Egbert H.
Walker (Myrsinaceae, Eastern Asian Floras)

C. Wythe Cooke (Intertebrate Paleontology),
J. Thomas Dutro (Invertebrate Paleon-
tology), Remington Kellogg (Vertebrate
Paleontology), Axel A. Olsson (Inverte-
brate Paleontology), Franco Rasetti (In-
vertebrate Paleontology), Wendell P. Wood-
ring (Invertebrate Paleontology)

Edward P. Henderson (Meteorites), John B.
Jago (Mineralogy), Gunnar Kullerud
(Meteorites), Rosser Reeves (Mineralogy),
Harry Winston (Mineralogy), Waldemar
T. Schaller (Mineralogy)

STAFF

409

National Zoological Park

Smithsonian Astrophysical

Observatory
Smithsonian Tropical Research

Institute

Exhibits

Science and Technology
Arts and Manufactures
Civil History

Armed Forces History
Freer Gallery of Art
National Air Museum
Smithsonian Press

Jean Delacour, E. P. Walker, Constance

Warner
Charles G. Abbot

Charles F. Bennett, Jr., Robert H. Mag-
Arthur, Ernst Mayr, Giles W. Mead,
W. John Smith, C. C. Soper, Martin
Young

W. L. Brown (Taxidermy)

Derek J. de Solla Price

Hans Syz (Ceramics)

Mrs. Arthur M. Greenwood (Cultural
History), Elmer C. Herber (History),
Ivor Noel Hume (Cultural History), Fred
W. McKay (Numismatics), Mrs. Emery
May Norweb (Numismatics), R. Henry
Norweb (Numismatics), Mrs. Joan Pear-
son Watkins (Cultural History)

William Rea Furlong, Frederic C. Lane,
Byron McCandless

Oleg Grabar, Max Loehr, Katherine N.
Rhoades

Frederick C. Crawford, Alfred V. Ver-
ville

Paul H. Oehser

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Smithsonian year"

See other formats